Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/921/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports & Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/921/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:31:13 GMT Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:31:13 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/921/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/921/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/921/ thebookvoice.com no Prof. Monique Conn DVM bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/921/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports & Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359120 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Talk: What Science Can Tell Us About Female Friendship Author: Jacqueline Mroz Narrator: Casey Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A veteran science reporter's investigation into the fascinating and distinctive nature of women's friendships In Girl Talk, New York Times science reporter Jacqueline Mroz takes on the science of female friendship -- a phenomenon that's as culturally powerful as it is individually mysterious. She examines friendship from a range of angles, from the historical to the experiential, with a scientific analysis that reveals new truths about what leads us to connect and build alliances, and then 'break up' when a friendship no longer serves us. Mroz takes a new look at how friendship has evolved throughout history, showing how friends tend to share more genetic commonalities than strangers, and that the more friends we have, the more empathy and pleasure chemicals are present in our brains. Scientists have also reported that friendship directly influences health and longevity; women with solid, supportive friendships experience fewer 'fight or flight' impulses and stronger heart function, and women without friendships tend to develop medical challenges on par with those associated with smoking and excessive body weight. With intimate reporting and insightful analysis, Mroz reveals new awareness about the impact of women's friendships, and how they shape our culture at large. Jacqueline Mroz Tue, 13 Nov 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359120 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Talk: What Science Can Tell Us About Female Friendship Author: Jacqueline Mroz Narrator: Casey Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A veteran science reporter's investigation into the fascinating and distinctive nature of women's friendships In Girl Talk, New York Times science reporter Jacqueline Mroz takes on the science of female friendship -- a phenomenon that's as culturally powerful as it is individually mysterious. She examines friendship from a range of angles, from the historical to the experiential, with a scientific analysis that reveals new truths about what leads us to connect and build alliances, and then 'break up' when a friendship no longer serves us. Mroz takes a new look at how friendship has evolved throughout history, showing how friends tend to share more genetic commonalities than strangers, and that the more friends we have, the more empathy and pleasure chemicals are present in our brains. Scientists have also reported that friendship directly influences health and longevity; women with solid, supportive friendships experience fewer 'fight or flight' impulses and stronger heart function, and women without friendships tend to develop medical challenges on par with those associated with smoking and excessive body weight. With intimate reporting and insightful analysis, Mroz reveals new awareness about the impact of women's friendships, and how they shape our culture at large. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Talk: What Science Can Tell Us About Female Friendship Author: Jacqueline Mroz Narrator: Casey Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A veteran science reporter's investigation into the fascinating and distinctive nature of women's friendships In Girl Talk, New York Times science reporter Jacqueline Mroz takes on the science of female friendship -- a phenomenon that's as culturally powerful as it is individually mysterious. She examines friendship from a range of angles, from the historical to the experiential, with a scientific analysis that reveals new truths about what leads us to connect and build alliances, and then 'break up' when a friendship no longer serves us. Mroz takes a new look at how friendship has evolved throughout history, showing how friends tend to share more genetic commonalities than strangers, and that the more friends we have, the more empathy and pleasure chemicals are present in our brains. Scientists have also reported that friendship directly influences health and longevity; women with solid, supportive friendships experience fewer 'fight or flight' impulses and stronger heart function, and women without friendships tend to develop medical challenges on par with those associated with smoking and excessive body weight. With intimate reporting and insightful analysis, Mroz reveals new awareness about the impact of women's friendships, and how they shape our culture at large. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359024]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Merchants of Truth: Inside the News Revolution Author: Jill Abramson Narrator: January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 7, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Merchants of Truth by Jill Abramson, former editor of The New York Times, is the gripping and definitive in-the-room account of the revolution that has swept the news industry over the last decade and reshaped our world. Drawing on revelatory access, Abramson takes us behind the scenes at four media titans during the most volatile years in news history. Two are maverick upstarts: BuzzFeed, the brain-child of virtuoso clickbait scientist Jonah Perretti, and VICE, led by the booze-fuelled anarcho-hipster Shane Smith. Their viral technology and disregard for the long-established standards of news journalism allow them to build game-changing billion-dollar businesses out of the millennial taste for puppies and nudity. The two others are among the world’s most venerable news institutions: The New York Times, owned and run for generations by the Sulzberger dynasty, and The Washington Post, also family-owned but soon to be bought by the world’s richest merchant of all, Jeff Bezos. Here Abramson reveals first-hand the seismic clashes that take place in the boardrooms and newsrooms as they are forced to choose between their cherished principles – objectivity and impartiality – and survival in a world where online advertising via Facebook and Google seems the only life-raft. We are with the deal-making tycoons, thrusting reporters and hard-bitten editors, the egomaniacs, bullshitters, provocateurs and bullies, as some surf and others drown in the breaking wave of change. And we watch as the survivors confront the horrifying cost of their success: sexual scandal, fake news, the election of President Trump, the shaking of democracy. Exposing the people and decisions that brought us to now, Merchants of Truth is a major book that breaks the ultimate news story of our times. (c) 2019, Jill Abramson (P) 2019 Simon & Schuster Audio Jill Abramson Thu, 07 Feb 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359024 thebookvoice.com 19:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359024]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Merchants of Truth: Inside the News Revolution Author: Jill Abramson Narrator: January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 7, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Merchants of Truth by Jill Abramson, former editor of The New York Times, is the gripping and definitive in-the-room account of the revolution that has swept the news industry over the last decade and reshaped our world. Drawing on revelatory access, Abramson takes us behind the scenes at four media titans during the most volatile years in news history. Two are maverick upstarts: BuzzFeed, the brain-child of virtuoso clickbait scientist Jonah Perretti, and VICE, led by the booze-fuelled anarcho-hipster Shane Smith. Their viral technology and disregard for the long-established standards of news journalism allow them to build game-changing billion-dollar businesses out of the millennial taste for puppies and nudity. The two others are among the world’s most venerable news institutions: The New York Times, owned and run for generations by the Sulzberger dynasty, and The Washington Post, also family-owned but soon to be bought by the world’s richest merchant of all, Jeff Bezos. Here Abramson reveals first-hand the seismic clashes that take place in the boardrooms and newsrooms as they are forced to choose between their cherished principles – objectivity and impartiality – and survival in a world where online advertising via Facebook and Google seems the only life-raft. We are with the deal-making tycoons, thrusting reporters and hard-bitten editors, the egomaniacs, bullshitters, provocateurs and bullies, as some surf and others drown in the breaking wave of change. And we watch as the survivors confront the horrifying cost of their success: sexual scandal, fake news, the election of President Trump, the shaking of democracy. Exposing the people and decisions that brought us to now, Merchants of Truth is a major book that breaks the ultimate news story of our times. (c) 2019, Jill Abramson (P) 2019 Simon & Schuster Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359024]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Merchants of Truth: Inside the News Revolution Author: Jill Abramson Narrator: January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 7, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Merchants of Truth by Jill Abramson, former editor of The New York Times, is the gripping and definitive in-the-room account of the revolution that has swept the news industry over the last decade and reshaped our world. Drawing on revelatory access, Abramson takes us behind the scenes at four media titans during the most volatile years in news history. Two are maverick upstarts: BuzzFeed, the brain-child of virtuoso clickbait scientist Jonah Perretti, and VICE, led by the booze-fuelled anarcho-hipster Shane Smith. Their viral technology and disregard for the long-established standards of news journalism allow them to build game-changing billion-dollar businesses out of the millennial taste for puppies and nudity. The two others are among the world’s most venerable news institutions: The New York Times, owned and run for generations by the Sulzberger dynasty, and The Washington Post, also family-owned but soon to be bought by the world’s richest merchant of all, Jeff Bezos. Here Abramson reveals first-hand the seismic clashes that take place in the boardrooms and newsrooms as they are forced to choose between their cherished principles – objectivity and impartiality – and survival in a world where online advertising via Facebook and Google seems the only life-raft. We are with the deal-making tycoons, thrusting reporters and hard-bitten editors, the egomaniacs, bullshitters, provocateurs and bullies, as some surf and others drown in the breaking wave of change. And we watch as the survivors confront the horrifying cost of their success: sexual scandal, fake news, the election of President Trump, the shaking of democracy. Exposing the people and decisions that brought us to now, Merchants of Truth is a major book that breaks the ultimate news story of our times. (c) 2019, Jill Abramson (P) 2019 Simon & Schuster Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Women: Exposing Data Bias in a World Designed for Men Author: Caroline Criado Perez Narrator: Caroline Criado Perez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 49 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 16 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of Invisible Women, read by Caroline Criado Perez. **Winner of the Royal Society Insight Investment Science Book Prize 2019** **Winner of the Readers' Choice Books Are My Bag Award 2019** **Winner of the FT & McKinsey Business Book of the Year 2019 Book of the Year Award 2019** **The Times Current Affairs Book of the Year 2019** Imagine a world where... · Your phone is too big for your hand · Your doctor prescribes a drug that is wrong for your body · In a car accident you are 47% more likely to be injured. If any of that sounds familiar, chances are you're a woman. From government policy and medical research, to technology, workplaces, and the media. Invisible Women reveals how in a world built for and by men we are systematically ignoring half of the population, often with disastrous consequences. Caroline Criado Perez brings together for the first time an impressive range of case studies, stories and new research from across the world that illustrate the hidden ways in which women are forgotten, and the profound impact this has on us all. Discover the shocking gender bias that affects our everyday lives. © Caroline Criado Perez 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 Caroline Criado Perez Thu, 07 Mar 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359023 thebookvoice.com 9:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Women: Exposing Data Bias in a World Designed for Men Author: Caroline Criado Perez Narrator: Caroline Criado Perez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 49 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 16 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of Invisible Women, read by Caroline Criado Perez. **Winner of the Royal Society Insight Investment Science Book Prize 2019** **Winner of the Readers' Choice Books Are My Bag Award 2019** **Winner of the FT & McKinsey Business Book of the Year 2019 Book of the Year Award 2019** **The Times Current Affairs Book of the Year 2019** Imagine a world where... · Your phone is too big for your hand · Your doctor prescribes a drug that is wrong for your body · In a car accident you are 47% more likely to be injured. If any of that sounds familiar, chances are you're a woman. From government policy and medical research, to technology, workplaces, and the media. Invisible Women reveals how in a world built for and by men we are systematically ignoring half of the population, often with disastrous consequences. Caroline Criado Perez brings together for the first time an impressive range of case studies, stories and new research from across the world that illustrate the hidden ways in which women are forgotten, and the profound impact this has on us all. Discover the shocking gender bias that affects our everyday lives. © Caroline Criado Perez 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Women: Exposing Data Bias in a World Designed for Men Author: Caroline Criado Perez Narrator: Caroline Criado Perez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 49 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 16 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of Invisible Women, read by Caroline Criado Perez. **Winner of the Royal Society Insight Investment Science Book Prize 2019** **Winner of the Readers' Choice Books Are My Bag Award 2019** **Winner of the FT & McKinsey Business Book of the Year 2019 Book of the Year Award 2019** **The Times Current Affairs Book of the Year 2019** Imagine a world where... · Your phone is too big for your hand · Your doctor prescribes a drug that is wrong for your body · In a car accident you are 47% more likely to be injured. If any of that sounds familiar, chances are you're a woman. From government policy and medical research, to technology, workplaces, and the media. Invisible Women reveals how in a world built for and by men we are systematically ignoring half of the population, often with disastrous consequences. Caroline Criado Perez brings together for the first time an impressive range of case studies, stories and new research from across the world that illustrate the hidden ways in which women are forgotten, and the profound impact this has on us all. Discover the shocking gender bias that affects our everyday lives. © Caroline Criado Perez 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358947 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can Thrive After Narcissistic Abuse: The #1 System for Recovering from Toxic Relationships Author: Melanie Tonia Evans Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A unique recovery programme created by one of the world’s leading on-line authorities on Narcissistic Abuse. Narcissistic abuse was originally defined as a specific form of emotional abuse of children by narcissistic parents, more recently the term has been applied more broadly to refer to any abuse by a narcissist (someone that who admires their own attributes), in particular adult-to-adult relationships the abuse may be mental, physical, financial, spiritual or sexual. If you have been through an abusive relationship with someone who has Narcissistic Personality Disorder, you will know that no one understands what you are going through unless they have personally experienced it. Melanie Tonia Evans was abused by her former husband for over five years, it almost took her to the point of no return, at her lowest point she had an epiphany that signified the birth of the Quanta Freedom Healing Technique. In this book you will learn how to: recognise if you are in an abusive relationship how to detach remove yourself from the narcissist's ability to affect or abuse you any more identify your subconscious programme, release it and replace it focus on healing yourself become empowered thrive and not just survive This revolutionary programme is designed to heal you from the inside out, its effectiveness has been proven by thousands of people worldwide. Melanie Tonia Evans Tue, 13 Nov 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358947 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can Thrive After Narcissistic Abuse: The #1 System for Recovering from Toxic Relationships Author: Melanie Tonia Evans Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A unique recovery programme created by one of the world’s leading on-line authorities on Narcissistic Abuse. Narcissistic abuse was originally defined as a specific form of emotional abuse of children by narcissistic parents, more recently the term has been applied more broadly to refer to any abuse by a narcissist (someone that who admires their own attributes), in particular adult-to-adult relationships the abuse may be mental, physical, financial, spiritual or sexual. If you have been through an abusive relationship with someone who has Narcissistic Personality Disorder, you will know that no one understands what you are going through unless they have personally experienced it. Melanie Tonia Evans was abused by her former husband for over five years, it almost took her to the point of no return, at her lowest point she had an epiphany that signified the birth of the Quanta Freedom Healing Technique. In this book you will learn how to: recognise if you are in an abusive relationship how to detach remove yourself from the narcissist's ability to affect or abuse you any more identify your subconscious programme, release it and replace it focus on healing yourself become empowered thrive and not just survive This revolutionary programme is designed to heal you from the inside out, its effectiveness has been proven by thousands of people worldwide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can Thrive After Narcissistic Abuse: The #1 System for Recovering from Toxic Relationships Author: Melanie Tonia Evans Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A unique recovery programme created by one of the world’s leading on-line authorities on Narcissistic Abuse. Narcissistic abuse was originally defined as a specific form of emotional abuse of children by narcissistic parents, more recently the term has been applied more broadly to refer to any abuse by a narcissist (someone that who admires their own attributes), in particular adult-to-adult relationships the abuse may be mental, physical, financial, spiritual or sexual. If you have been through an abusive relationship with someone who has Narcissistic Personality Disorder, you will know that no one understands what you are going through unless they have personally experienced it. Melanie Tonia Evans was abused by her former husband for over five years, it almost took her to the point of no return, at her lowest point she had an epiphany that signified the birth of the Quanta Freedom Healing Technique. In this book you will learn how to: recognise if you are in an abusive relationship how to detach remove yourself from the narcissist's ability to affect or abuse you any more identify your subconscious programme, release it and replace it focus on healing yourself become empowered thrive and not just survive This revolutionary programme is designed to heal you from the inside out, its effectiveness has been proven by thousands of people worldwide. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358943 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Double Lives: True Tales of the Criminals Next Door Author: Eric Brach Narrator: Karen Peakes, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 Amazon New Release! ─ Terrifying true crime stories True Crime is hot right now, with true crime books, TV shows, and podcasts topping lists of readers, viewers, and listeners across the country. Eric Brach's new book Double Lives: True Tales of the Criminals Next Door offers terrifying true stories about the criminals hidden among us and the banality of evil and crime, elevated by its frank discussion of the nation-wide criminal scourge of the moment: opioid addiction. Double Lives chronicles the very monsters who walk unnoticed among us — even serial killers like Jeffrey Dahmer, Ted Bundy, or John Wayne Gacy. They are neighbors and students, professionals and friends living out criminal double lives. Double Lives is both a nonfiction exposé and a nationwide search that details the exploits of some of the worst criminals in recent American history, all of whom succeeded in going undetected for years while perpetrating one crime after another… and all in their own hometowns. Gender? Race? Age? Socioeconomic class? It doesn’t matter. All stripes of people from all walks of life are profiled in this true crime roller-coaster. At the same time, the author provides a personal look at opioid addiction and its current effects right alongside these binge-worthy tales of two-faced criminals caught and incarcerated, making Double Lives a sensational yet sobering read. If you're a fan of true crime and serial killer books such as Pretty Little Killers, Mind Hunter, or The Big Book of Serial Killers you'll love Double Lives. Eric Brach Tue, 04 Dec 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358943 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Double Lives: True Tales of the Criminals Next Door Author: Eric Brach Narrator: Karen Peakes, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 Amazon New Release! ─ Terrifying true crime stories True Crime is hot right now, with true crime books, TV shows, and podcasts topping lists of readers, viewers, and listeners across the country. Eric Brach's new book Double Lives: True Tales of the Criminals Next Door offers terrifying true stories about the criminals hidden among us and the banality of evil and crime, elevated by its frank discussion of the nation-wide criminal scourge of the moment: opioid addiction. Double Lives chronicles the very monsters who walk unnoticed among us — even serial killers like Jeffrey Dahmer, Ted Bundy, or John Wayne Gacy. They are neighbors and students, professionals and friends living out criminal double lives. Double Lives is both a nonfiction exposé and a nationwide search that details the exploits of some of the worst criminals in recent American history, all of whom succeeded in going undetected for years while perpetrating one crime after another… and all in their own hometowns. Gender? Race? Age? Socioeconomic class? It doesn’t matter. All stripes of people from all walks of life are profiled in this true crime roller-coaster. At the same time, the author provides a personal look at opioid addiction and its current effects right alongside these binge-worthy tales of two-faced criminals caught and incarcerated, making Double Lives a sensational yet sobering read. If you're a fan of true crime and serial killer books such as Pretty Little Killers, Mind Hunter, or The Big Book of Serial Killers you'll love Double Lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Double Lives: True Tales of the Criminals Next Door Author: Eric Brach Narrator: Karen Peakes, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 Amazon New Release! ─ Terrifying true crime stories True Crime is hot right now, with true crime books, TV shows, and podcasts topping lists of readers, viewers, and listeners across the country. Eric Brach's new book Double Lives: True Tales of the Criminals Next Door offers terrifying true stories about the criminals hidden among us and the banality of evil and crime, elevated by its frank discussion of the nation-wide criminal scourge of the moment: opioid addiction. Double Lives chronicles the very monsters who walk unnoticed among us — even serial killers like Jeffrey Dahmer, Ted Bundy, or John Wayne Gacy. They are neighbors and students, professionals and friends living out criminal double lives. Double Lives is both a nonfiction exposé and a nationwide search that details the exploits of some of the worst criminals in recent American history, all of whom succeeded in going undetected for years while perpetrating one crime after another… and all in their own hometowns. Gender? Race? Age? Socioeconomic class? It doesn’t matter. All stripes of people from all walks of life are profiled in this true crime roller-coaster. At the same time, the author provides a personal look at opioid addiction and its current effects right alongside these binge-worthy tales of two-faced criminals caught and incarcerated, making Double Lives a sensational yet sobering read. If you're a fan of true crime and serial killer books such as Pretty Little Killers, Mind Hunter, or The Big Book of Serial Killers you'll love Double Lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358884 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Man Might Author: Candice Mary Narrator: Candice Mary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 17, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wouldn't it be incredible if you knew how to take back your God-given power, and finally be happy? Well, you can. Man Might is a fresh and empowering concept that will remind you of your God-given super power and how to finally make it work for you - not against you. It's brave (just like you) and offers real, relatable, and transformative insight to cut through any confusion you may have and empower you to take back the manhood that's rightfully yours (once and for all). Don't play small with your masculinity for another minute. Candice Mary Wed, 17 Jan 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358884 thebookvoice.com 2:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Man Might Author: Candice Mary Narrator: Candice Mary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 17, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wouldn't it be incredible if you knew how to take back your God-given power, and finally be happy? Well, you can. Man Might is a fresh and empowering concept that will remind you of your God-given super power and how to finally make it work for you - not against you. It's brave (just like you) and offers real, relatable, and transformative insight to cut through any confusion you may have and empower you to take back the manhood that's rightfully yours (once and for all). Don't play small with your masculinity for another minute. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Man Might Author: Candice Mary Narrator: Candice Mary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 17, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wouldn't it be incredible if you knew how to take back your God-given power, and finally be happy? Well, you can. Man Might is a fresh and empowering concept that will remind you of your God-given super power and how to finally make it work for you - not against you. It's brave (just like you) and offers real, relatable, and transformative insight to cut through any confusion you may have and empower you to take back the manhood that's rightfully yours (once and for all). Don't play small with your masculinity for another minute. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358882 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equal but Different Author: Dr Judy Dlamini Narrator: Malika Ndlovu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 10, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "My interest in this area of study is based on my strong belief that people are born equal but different. It is a belief that equity across gender, race, social class and sexual orientation will be attained in my lifetime." Equal but Different is based on my doctoral thesis, which investigated the intersection of race, gender, and social class in women leaders' career progression. The women leaders came up with strategies for gender transformation at leadership level. The audiobook presents life stories of women leaders in South Africa and abroad and men who believe in gender equality and have contributed toward this goal. The common thread across the life stories of women who contributed to the audiobook are: A message from family that said ''you can be anything that you set your mind to be''. Supportive men who sponsored and mentored them. Pursuit of education. Determination to succeed. Your initial social class should not determine the person you become. Though the lower your initial social class is, the harder you have to work to achieve your ambitious dreams. This audiobook is relevant for people across gender, race, and social class who want advice on personal strategies and tactics to succeed; leaders who want to be inclusive, with an empowerment agenda for minorities; mentors across gender; and corporate and government leaders who are committed to transformation. Dr Judy Dlamini Thu, 10 Aug 2017 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358882 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equal but Different Author: Dr Judy Dlamini Narrator: Malika Ndlovu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 10, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "My interest in this area of study is based on my strong belief that people are born equal but different. It is a belief that equity across gender, race, social class and sexual orientation will be attained in my lifetime." Equal but Different is based on my doctoral thesis, which investigated the intersection of race, gender, and social class in women leaders' career progression. The women leaders came up with strategies for gender transformation at leadership level. The audiobook presents life stories of women leaders in South Africa and abroad and men who believe in gender equality and have contributed toward this goal. The common thread across the life stories of women who contributed to the audiobook are: A message from family that said ''you can be anything that you set your mind to be''. Supportive men who sponsored and mentored them. Pursuit of education. Determination to succeed. Your initial social class should not determine the person you become. Though the lower your initial social class is, the harder you have to work to achieve your ambitious dreams. This audiobook is relevant for people across gender, race, and social class who want advice on personal strategies and tactics to succeed; leaders who want to be inclusive, with an empowerment agenda for minorities; mentors across gender; and corporate and government leaders who are committed to transformation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equal but Different Author: Dr Judy Dlamini Narrator: Malika Ndlovu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 10, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "My interest in this area of study is based on my strong belief that people are born equal but different. It is a belief that equity across gender, race, social class and sexual orientation will be attained in my lifetime." Equal but Different is based on my doctoral thesis, which investigated the intersection of race, gender, and social class in women leaders' career progression. The women leaders came up with strategies for gender transformation at leadership level. The audiobook presents life stories of women leaders in South Africa and abroad and men who believe in gender equality and have contributed toward this goal. The common thread across the life stories of women who contributed to the audiobook are: A message from family that said ''you can be anything that you set your mind to be''. Supportive men who sponsored and mentored them. Pursuit of education. Determination to succeed. Your initial social class should not determine the person you become. Though the lower your initial social class is, the harder you have to work to achieve your ambitious dreams. This audiobook is relevant for people across gender, race, and social class who want advice on personal strategies and tactics to succeed; leaders who want to be inclusive, with an empowerment agenda for minorities; mentors across gender; and corporate and government leaders who are committed to transformation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358584 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raised in Captivity: Fictional Nonfiction Author: Chuck Klosterman Narrator: Jon Dolan, Bill Wise, Will Brill, Jon Wurster, Kurt Loder, Chris Gethard, H. Jon Benjamin, James Urbaniak, Eddie Huang, Mike Birbiglia, Sloane Crosley, Chuck Klosterman, John Hodgman, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Microdoses of the straight dope, stories so true they had to be wrapped in fiction for our own protection, from the best-selling author of But What if We're Wrong? A man flying first class discovers a puma in the lavatory. A new coach of a small-town Oklahoma high school football team installs an offense comprised of only one, very special, play. A man explains to the police why he told the employee of his local bodega that his colleague looked like the lead singer of Depeche Mode, a statement that may or may not have led in some way to a violent crime. A college professor discusses with his friend his difficulties with the new generation of students. An obscure power pop band wrestles with its new-found fame when its song 'Blizzard of Summer' becomes an anthem for white supremacists. A couple considers getting a medical procedure that will transfer the pain of childbirth from the woman to her husband. A woman interviews a hit man about killing her husband but is shocked by the method he proposes. A man is recruited to join a secret government research team investigating why coin flips are no longer exactly 50/50. A man sees a whale struck by lightning, and knows that everything about his life has to change. A lawyer grapples with the unintended side effects of a veterinarian's rabies vaccination.  Fair warning: Raised in Captivity does not slot into a smooth preexisting groove. If Saul Steinberg and Italo Calvino had adopted a child from a Romanian orphanage and raised him on Gary Larsen and Thomas Bernhard, he would still be nothing like Chuck Klosterman. They might be good company, though. Funny, wise and weird in equal measure, Raised in Captivity bids fair to be one of the most original and exciting story collections in recent memory, a fever graph of our deepest unvoiced hopes, fears and preoccupations. Ceaselessly inventive, hostile to corniness in all its forms, and mean only to the things that really deserve it, it marks a cosmic leap forward for one of our most consistently interesting writers. Read by Chuck Klosterman, James Urbaniak, Bill Wise, Eddie Huang, Jon Wurster, H. Jon Benjamin, Jon Dolan, Mike Birbiglia, Kurt Loder, John Hodgman, Sloane Crosley, Chris Gethard, Will Brill, Dennis Boutsikaris, Melissa Maerz, Jeremy Bobb, Scott Shepherd, Brent Musburger, and Vincent Kartheiser Chuck Klosterman Tue, 16 Jul 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358584 thebookvoice.com 7:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raised in Captivity: Fictional Nonfiction Author: Chuck Klosterman Narrator: Jon Dolan, Bill Wise, Will Brill, Jon Wurster, Kurt Loder, Chris Gethard, H. Jon Benjamin, James Urbaniak, Eddie Huang, Mike Birbiglia, Sloane Crosley, Chuck Klosterman, John Hodgman, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Microdoses of the straight dope, stories so true they had to be wrapped in fiction for our own protection, from the best-selling author of But What if We're Wrong? A man flying first class discovers a puma in the lavatory. A new coach of a small-town Oklahoma high school football team installs an offense comprised of only one, very special, play. A man explains to the police why he told the employee of his local bodega that his colleague looked like the lead singer of Depeche Mode, a statement that may or may not have led in some way to a violent crime. A college professor discusses with his friend his difficulties with the new generation of students. An obscure power pop band wrestles with its new-found fame when its song 'Blizzard of Summer' becomes an anthem for white supremacists. A couple considers getting a medical procedure that will transfer the pain of childbirth from the woman to her husband. A woman interviews a hit man about killing her husband but is shocked by the method he proposes. A man is recruited to join a secret government research team investigating why coin flips are no longer exactly 50/50. A man sees a whale struck by lightning, and knows that everything about his life has to change. A lawyer grapples with the unintended side effects of a veterinarian's rabies vaccination.  Fair warning: Raised in Captivity does not slot into a smooth preexisting groove. If Saul Steinberg and Italo Calvino had adopted a child from a Romanian orphanage and raised him on Gary Larsen and Thomas Bernhard, he would still be nothing like Chuck Klosterman. They might be good company, though. Funny, wise and weird in equal measure, Raised in Captivity bids fair to be one of the most original and exciting story collections in recent memory, a fever graph of our deepest unvoiced hopes, fears and preoccupations. Ceaselessly inventive, hostile to corniness in all its forms, and mean only to the things that really deserve it, it marks a cosmic leap forward for one of our most consistently interesting writers. Read by Chuck Klosterman, James Urbaniak, Bill Wise, Eddie Huang, Jon Wurster, H. Jon Benjamin, Jon Dolan, Mike Birbiglia, Kurt Loder, John Hodgman, Sloane Crosley, Chris Gethard, Will Brill, Dennis Boutsikaris, Melissa Maerz, Jeremy Bobb, Scott Shepherd, Brent Musburger, and Vincent Kartheiser Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raised in Captivity: Fictional Nonfiction Author: Chuck Klosterman Narrator: Jon Dolan, Bill Wise, Will Brill, Jon Wurster, Kurt Loder, Chris Gethard, H. Jon Benjamin, James Urbaniak, Eddie Huang, Mike Birbiglia, Sloane Crosley, Chuck Klosterman, John Hodgman, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Microdoses of the straight dope, stories so true they had to be wrapped in fiction for our own protection, from the best-selling author of But What if We're Wrong? A man flying first class discovers a puma in the lavatory. A new coach of a small-town Oklahoma high school football team installs an offense comprised of only one, very special, play. A man explains to the police why he told the employee of his local bodega that his colleague looked like the lead singer of Depeche Mode, a statement that may or may not have led in some way to a violent crime. A college professor discusses with his friend his difficulties with the new generation of students. An obscure power pop band wrestles with its new-found fame when its song 'Blizzard of Summer' becomes an anthem for white supremacists. A couple considers getting a medical procedure that will transfer the pain of childbirth from the woman to her husband. A woman interviews a hit man about killing her husband but is shocked by the method he proposes. A man is recruited to join a secret government research team investigating why coin flips are no longer exactly 50/50. A man sees a whale struck by lightning, and knows that everything about his life has to change. A lawyer grapples with the unintended side effects of a veterinarian's rabies vaccination.  Fair warning: Raised in Captivity does not slot into a smooth preexisting groove. If Saul Steinberg and Italo Calvino had adopted a child from a Romanian orphanage and raised him on Gary Larsen and Thomas Bernhard, he would still be nothing like Chuck Klosterman. They might be good company, though. Funny, wise and weird in equal measure, Raised in Captivity bids fair to be one of the most original and exciting story collections in recent memory, a fever graph of our deepest unvoiced hopes, fears and preoccupations. Ceaselessly inventive, hostile to corniness in all its forms, and mean only to the things that really deserve it, it marks a cosmic leap forward for one of our most consistently interesting writers. Read by Chuck Klosterman, James Urbaniak, Bill Wise, Eddie Huang, Jon Wurster, H. Jon Benjamin, Jon Dolan, Mike Birbiglia, Kurt Loder, John Hodgman, Sloane Crosley, Chris Gethard, Will Brill, Dennis Boutsikaris, Melissa Maerz, Jeremy Bobb, Scott Shepherd, Brent Musburger, and Vincent Kartheiser https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358521 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Resistance: A Songwriter's Story of Hope, Change, and Courage Author: Tori Amos Narrator: Tori Amos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A timely and passionate call to action for engaging with our current political moment, from the Grammy-nominated and multiplatinum singer-songwriter and New York Times bestselling author Tori Amos. Since the release of her first, career-defining solo album Little Earthquakes, Tori Amos has been one of the music industry’s most enduring and ingenious artists. From her unnerving depiction of sexual assault in “Me and a Gun” to her post-9/11 album, Scarlet’s Walk, to 2017’s Native Invader, her work has never shied away from intermingling the personal with the political. From her time as a teenager playing hotel bars in Washington, DC, for the politically powerful to the subsequent three decades of her formidable music career, Amos explains how she managed to create meaningful, politically resonant work against patriarchal power structures—and how her proud declarations of feminism and her fight for the marginalized always proved to be her guiding light. She teaches us to engage with intention in this tumultuous global climate and speaks directly to supporters of #MeToo and Time’s Up, as well as young people fighting for their rights and visibility in the world. Filled with compassionate guidance and actionable advice—and using some of the most powerful, political songs in Amos’s canon—Resistance is for anyone determined to steer the world back in the right direction. Tori Amos Tue, 05 May 2020 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358521 thebookvoice.com 8:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Resistance: A Songwriter's Story of Hope, Change, and Courage Author: Tori Amos Narrator: Tori Amos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A timely and passionate call to action for engaging with our current political moment, from the Grammy-nominated and multiplatinum singer-songwriter and New York Times bestselling author Tori Amos. Since the release of her first, career-defining solo album Little Earthquakes, Tori Amos has been one of the music industry’s most enduring and ingenious artists. From her unnerving depiction of sexual assault in “Me and a Gun” to her post-9/11 album, Scarlet’s Walk, to 2017’s Native Invader, her work has never shied away from intermingling the personal with the political. From her time as a teenager playing hotel bars in Washington, DC, for the politically powerful to the subsequent three decades of her formidable music career, Amos explains how she managed to create meaningful, politically resonant work against patriarchal power structures—and how her proud declarations of feminism and her fight for the marginalized always proved to be her guiding light. She teaches us to engage with intention in this tumultuous global climate and speaks directly to supporters of #MeToo and Time’s Up, as well as young people fighting for their rights and visibility in the world. Filled with compassionate guidance and actionable advice—and using some of the most powerful, political songs in Amos’s canon—Resistance is for anyone determined to steer the world back in the right direction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Resistance: A Songwriter's Story of Hope, Change, and Courage Author: Tori Amos Narrator: Tori Amos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A timely and passionate call to action for engaging with our current political moment, from the Grammy-nominated and multiplatinum singer-songwriter and New York Times bestselling author Tori Amos. Since the release of her first, career-defining solo album Little Earthquakes, Tori Amos has been one of the music industry’s most enduring and ingenious artists. From her unnerving depiction of sexual assault in “Me and a Gun” to her post-9/11 album, Scarlet’s Walk, to 2017’s Native Invader, her work has never shied away from intermingling the personal with the political. From her time as a teenager playing hotel bars in Washington, DC, for the politically powerful to the subsequent three decades of her formidable music career, Amos explains how she managed to create meaningful, politically resonant work against patriarchal power structures—and how her proud declarations of feminism and her fight for the marginalized always proved to be her guiding light. She teaches us to engage with intention in this tumultuous global climate and speaks directly to supporters of #MeToo and Time’s Up, as well as young people fighting for their rights and visibility in the world. Filled with compassionate guidance and actionable advice—and using some of the most powerful, political songs in Amos’s canon—Resistance is for anyone determined to steer the world back in the right direction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358519 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358519]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Speak for Ourselves: A Word from Forgotten Black America Author: D. Watkins Narrator: D. Watkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the row houses of Baltimore to the stoops of Brooklyn, the New York Times bestselling author of The Cook Up lays bare the voices of the most vulnerable and allows their stories to uncover the systematic injustice threaded within our society. Honest and eye-opening, the pages of We Speak for Ourselves “are abundant with wisdom and wit; integrity and love, not to mention enough laughs for a stand-up comedy routine” (Mitchell S. Jackson, author of Survival Math). Watkins introduces you to Down Bottom, the storied community of East Baltimore that holds a mirror to America’s poor black neighborhoods—“hoods” that could just as easily be in Chicago, Detroit, Oakland, or Atlanta. As Watkins sees it, the perspective of people who live in economically disadvantaged black communities is largely absent from the commentary of many top intellectuals who speak and write about race. Unapologetic and sharp-witted, D. Watkins is here to tell the truth as he has seen it. We Speak for Ourselves offers an in-depth analysis of inner-city hurdles and honors the stories therein. We sit in underfunded schools, walk the blocks burdened with police corruption, stand within an audience of Make America Great Again hats, journey from trap house to university lecture, and rally in neglected streets. And we listen. “Watkins has come to remind us, everyone deserves the opportunity to speak for themselves” (Jason Reynolds, New York Times bestselling author) and serves hope to fellow Americans who are too often ignored and calling on others to examine what it means to be a model activist in today’s world. We Speak for Ourselves is a must-read for all who are committed to social change. D. Watkins Tue, 23 Apr 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358519 thebookvoice.com 4:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358519]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Speak for Ourselves: A Word from Forgotten Black America Author: D. Watkins Narrator: D. Watkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the row houses of Baltimore to the stoops of Brooklyn, the New York Times bestselling author of The Cook Up lays bare the voices of the most vulnerable and allows their stories to uncover the systematic injustice threaded within our society. Honest and eye-opening, the pages of We Speak for Ourselves “are abundant with wisdom and wit; integrity and love, not to mention enough laughs for a stand-up comedy routine” (Mitchell S. Jackson, author of Survival Math). Watkins introduces you to Down Bottom, the storied community of East Baltimore that holds a mirror to America’s poor black neighborhoods—“hoods” that could just as easily be in Chicago, Detroit, Oakland, or Atlanta. As Watkins sees it, the perspective of people who live in economically disadvantaged black communities is largely absent from the commentary of many top intellectuals who speak and write about race. Unapologetic and sharp-witted, D. Watkins is here to tell the truth as he has seen it. We Speak for Ourselves offers an in-depth analysis of inner-city hurdles and honors the stories therein. We sit in underfunded schools, walk the blocks burdened with police corruption, stand within an audience of Make America Great Again hats, journey from trap house to university lecture, and rally in neglected streets. And we listen. “Watkins has come to remind us, everyone deserves the opportunity to speak for themselves” (Jason Reynolds, New York Times bestselling author) and serves hope to fellow Americans who are too often ignored and calling on others to examine what it means to be a model activist in today’s world. We Speak for Ourselves is a must-read for all who are committed to social change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358519]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Speak for Ourselves: A Word from Forgotten Black America Author: D. Watkins Narrator: D. Watkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the row houses of Baltimore to the stoops of Brooklyn, the New York Times bestselling author of The Cook Up lays bare the voices of the most vulnerable and allows their stories to uncover the systematic injustice threaded within our society. Honest and eye-opening, the pages of We Speak for Ourselves “are abundant with wisdom and wit; integrity and love, not to mention enough laughs for a stand-up comedy routine” (Mitchell S. Jackson, author of Survival Math). Watkins introduces you to Down Bottom, the storied community of East Baltimore that holds a mirror to America’s poor black neighborhoods—“hoods” that could just as easily be in Chicago, Detroit, Oakland, or Atlanta. As Watkins sees it, the perspective of people who live in economically disadvantaged black communities is largely absent from the commentary of many top intellectuals who speak and write about race. Unapologetic and sharp-witted, D. Watkins is here to tell the truth as he has seen it. We Speak for Ourselves offers an in-depth analysis of inner-city hurdles and honors the stories therein. We sit in underfunded schools, walk the blocks burdened with police corruption, stand within an audience of Make America Great Again hats, journey from trap house to university lecture, and rally in neglected streets. And we listen. “Watkins has come to remind us, everyone deserves the opportunity to speak for themselves” (Jason Reynolds, New York Times bestselling author) and serves hope to fellow Americans who are too often ignored and calling on others to examine what it means to be a model activist in today’s world. We Speak for Ourselves is a must-read for all who are committed to social change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358418 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sanctuary Cities, Communities, and Organizations: A Nation at a Crossroads Author: Melvin Delgado Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The term 'sanctuary city' gained a new level of national recognition during the 2016 United States presidential election, and immigration policies and debates have remained a top issue since Donald Trump was elected President. The battle over immigration and deportation will be waged on many fronts in the coming years, but sanctuary cities— municipalities that resist the national government's efforts to enforce immigration laws—are likely to be on the front lines for the immediate future, and social workers and others in the helping professions have vital roles to play. In this book, Melvin Delgado offers a compelling case for the centrality of sanctuary cities' cause to the very mission and professional identity of social workers and others in the human services and mental health professions. He also presents a historical perspective on the rise of the sanctuary movements of the 1970s and 2000s, giving context for the current environment and immigration debate. Sanctuary Cities, Communities, and Organizations serves as a helpful resource for human service practitioners, academics, and the general public alike. Melvin Delgado Tue, 30 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358418 thebookvoice.com 10:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sanctuary Cities, Communities, and Organizations: A Nation at a Crossroads Author: Melvin Delgado Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The term 'sanctuary city' gained a new level of national recognition during the 2016 United States presidential election, and immigration policies and debates have remained a top issue since Donald Trump was elected President. The battle over immigration and deportation will be waged on many fronts in the coming years, but sanctuary cities— municipalities that resist the national government's efforts to enforce immigration laws—are likely to be on the front lines for the immediate future, and social workers and others in the helping professions have vital roles to play. In this book, Melvin Delgado offers a compelling case for the centrality of sanctuary cities' cause to the very mission and professional identity of social workers and others in the human services and mental health professions. He also presents a historical perspective on the rise of the sanctuary movements of the 1970s and 2000s, giving context for the current environment and immigration debate. Sanctuary Cities, Communities, and Organizations serves as a helpful resource for human service practitioners, academics, and the general public alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sanctuary Cities, Communities, and Organizations: A Nation at a Crossroads Author: Melvin Delgado Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The term 'sanctuary city' gained a new level of national recognition during the 2016 United States presidential election, and immigration policies and debates have remained a top issue since Donald Trump was elected President. The battle over immigration and deportation will be waged on many fronts in the coming years, but sanctuary cities— municipalities that resist the national government's efforts to enforce immigration laws—are likely to be on the front lines for the immediate future, and social workers and others in the helping professions have vital roles to play. In this book, Melvin Delgado offers a compelling case for the centrality of sanctuary cities' cause to the very mission and professional identity of social workers and others in the human services and mental health professions. He also presents a historical perspective on the rise of the sanctuary movements of the 1970s and 2000s, giving context for the current environment and immigration debate. Sanctuary Cities, Communities, and Organizations serves as a helpful resource for human service practitioners, academics, and the general public alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358344 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Chicas muertas Author: Selva Almada Narrator: Luciana Falcón Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una no ficción atípica que combina percepciones y recuerdos personales con la investigación de tres femicidios en el interior de la Argentina durante la década del 80 y que revelan, de modo sutil, la ferocidad del machismo y la indefensión de las mujeres pobres. «Tres adolescentes de provincia asesinadas en los años ochenta, tres muertes impunes ocurridas cuando todavía, en nuestro país, desconocíamos el término femicidio.» Tres asesinatos entre los cientos que no alcanzan para titulares de tapa ni convocan a las cámaras de los canales de Buenos Aires. Tres casos que llegan desordenados: los anuncia la radio, los conmemora un diario de pueblo, alguien los recuerda en una conversación. Tres crímenes ocurridos en el interior del país, mientras la Argentina festejaba el regreso de la democracia. Tres muertes sin culpables. Convertidos en obsesión con el paso de los años, estos casos dan lugar a una investigación atípica e infructuosa. La prosa nítida de Selva Almada plasma en negro lo invisible, y las formas cotidianas de la violencia contra nenas y mujeres pasan a integrar una misma trama intensa y vívida. Con este libro, la autora abre nuevos rumbos a la no ficción latinoamericana. Entre los mejores libros del 2020 publicados por editoriales independientes según The Guardian 'No hay aquí, en estas páginas duras y austeras, conmiseración alguna hacia la sociedad en que se masacran con tanta facilidad, con apabullante naturalidad, un montón de cuerpos femeninos.' Cristina Rivera Garza, Literal 'Chicas muertas, además de útil, es literatura en estado de gracia.' Luisgé Martín, Babelia, El País, España 'Una crónica tensa, exacta, que afronta con seriedad un tema aún más serio.' El Cultural, España 'Lejos de la crónica policial, ésta es una historia íntima, una suerte de negativo de la autobiografía de una mujer joven mirando a otras mujeres jóvenes, y cómo todas son vistas desde una sociedad donde la misoginia y la violencia contra ellas es aún hoy cosa de todos los días.' Página 12 'La brutalidad no puede ser contada con ñoñería, con remilgos o con ocultamientos: tiene que ser contada con brutalidad. Selva Almada quiere herir al lector, y lo hace sin exuberancias ni efectismos. El encarnizamiento en realidad no lo pone ella. Está en las vidas que nos muestra.' Suplemento Babelia, El País 'Chicas muertas es también una novela sobre las ausencias, a las que Almada despoja de su olvido a partir de la trascendencia con que estas historias calaron en ella.' Radar Libros 'La tensión siempre latente entre lo real y lo literario, sustenta este trabajo que se perfila como uno de los mayores aportes al género de no-ficción en los últimos tiempos.' Ideas de izquierdas.org 'Almada cambia de género discursivo, se lanza a las aguas híbridas de la no ficción y… ¡triunfa una vez más!' Vuelo Digital 'Selva Almada construye una crónica de una potencia inaudita, arrojando luz donde estaban las sombras del olvido.' Página 12 'En el epílogo de Chicas muertas hay una frase que deja los pelos de punta: aquella que señala que la única diferencia entre los protagonistas (…) y usted, es la suerte.' Ángel Castaño Guzmán, El Espectador Selva Almada Thu, 20 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358344 thebookvoice.com 3:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Chicas muertas Author: Selva Almada Narrator: Luciana Falcón Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una no ficción atípica que combina percepciones y recuerdos personales con la investigación de tres femicidios en el interior de la Argentina durante la década del 80 y que revelan, de modo sutil, la ferocidad del machismo y la indefensión de las mujeres pobres. «Tres adolescentes de provincia asesinadas en los años ochenta, tres muertes impunes ocurridas cuando todavía, en nuestro país, desconocíamos el término femicidio.» Tres asesinatos entre los cientos que no alcanzan para titulares de tapa ni convocan a las cámaras de los canales de Buenos Aires. Tres casos que llegan desordenados: los anuncia la radio, los conmemora un diario de pueblo, alguien los recuerda en una conversación. Tres crímenes ocurridos en el interior del país, mientras la Argentina festejaba el regreso de la democracia. Tres muertes sin culpables. Convertidos en obsesión con el paso de los años, estos casos dan lugar a una investigación atípica e infructuosa. La prosa nítida de Selva Almada plasma en negro lo invisible, y las formas cotidianas de la violencia contra nenas y mujeres pasan a integrar una misma trama intensa y vívida. Con este libro, la autora abre nuevos rumbos a la no ficción latinoamericana. Entre los mejores libros del 2020 publicados por editoriales independientes según The Guardian 'No hay aquí, en estas páginas duras y austeras, conmiseración alguna hacia la sociedad en que se masacran con tanta facilidad, con apabullante naturalidad, un montón de cuerpos femeninos.' Cristina Rivera Garza, Literal 'Chicas muertas, además de útil, es literatura en estado de gracia.' Luisgé Martín, Babelia, El País, España 'Una crónica tensa, exacta, que afronta con seriedad un tema aún más serio.' El Cultural, España 'Lejos de la crónica policial, ésta es una historia íntima, una suerte de negativo de la autobiografía de una mujer joven mirando a otras mujeres jóvenes, y cómo todas son vistas desde una sociedad donde la misoginia y la violencia contra ellas es aún hoy cosa de todos los días.' Página 12 'La brutalidad no puede ser contada con ñoñería, con remilgos o con ocultamientos: tiene que ser contada con brutalidad. Selva Almada quiere herir al lector, y lo hace sin exuberancias ni efectismos. El encarnizamiento en realidad no lo pone ella. Está en las vidas que nos muestra.' Suplemento Babelia, El País 'Chicas muertas es también una novela sobre las ausencias, a las que Almada despoja de su olvido a partir de la trascendencia con que estas historias calaron en ella.' Radar Libros 'La tensión siempre latente entre lo real y lo literario, sustenta este trabajo que se perfila como uno de los mayores aportes al género de no-ficción en los últimos tiempos.' Ideas de izquierdas.org 'Almada cambia de género discursivo, se lanza a las aguas híbridas de la no ficción y… ¡triunfa una vez más!' Vuelo Digital 'Selva Almada construye una crónica de una potencia inaudita, arrojando luz donde estaban las sombras del olvido.' Página 12 'En el epílogo de Chicas muertas hay una frase que deja los pelos de punta: aquella que señala que la única diferencia entre los protagonistas (…) y usted, es la suerte.' Ángel Castaño Guzmán, El Espectador Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Chicas muertas Author: Selva Almada Narrator: Luciana Falcón Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una no ficción atípica que combina percepciones y recuerdos personales con la investigación de tres femicidios en el interior de la Argentina durante la década del 80 y que revelan, de modo sutil, la ferocidad del machismo y la indefensión de las mujeres pobres. «Tres adolescentes de provincia asesinadas en los años ochenta, tres muertes impunes ocurridas cuando todavía, en nuestro país, desconocíamos el término femicidio.» Tres asesinatos entre los cientos que no alcanzan para titulares de tapa ni convocan a las cámaras de los canales de Buenos Aires. Tres casos que llegan desordenados: los anuncia la radio, los conmemora un diario de pueblo, alguien los recuerda en una conversación. Tres crímenes ocurridos en el interior del país, mientras la Argentina festejaba el regreso de la democracia. Tres muertes sin culpables. Convertidos en obsesión con el paso de los años, estos casos dan lugar a una investigación atípica e infructuosa. La prosa nítida de Selva Almada plasma en negro lo invisible, y las formas cotidianas de la violencia contra nenas y mujeres pasan a integrar una misma trama intensa y vívida. Con este libro, la autora abre nuevos rumbos a la no ficción latinoamericana. Entre los mejores libros del 2020 publicados por editoriales independientes según The Guardian 'No hay aquí, en estas páginas duras y austeras, conmiseración alguna hacia la sociedad en que se masacran con tanta facilidad, con apabullante naturalidad, un montón de cuerpos femeninos.' Cristina Rivera Garza, Literal 'Chicas muertas, además de útil, es literatura en estado de gracia.' Luisgé Martín, Babelia, El País, España 'Una crónica tensa, exacta, que afronta con seriedad un tema aún más serio.' El Cultural, España 'Lejos de la crónica policial, ésta es una historia íntima, una suerte de negativo de la autobiografía de una mujer joven mirando a otras mujeres jóvenes, y cómo todas son vistas desde una sociedad donde la misoginia y la violencia contra ellas es aún hoy cosa de todos los días.' Página 12 'La brutalidad no puede ser contada con ñoñería, con remilgos o con ocultamientos: tiene que ser contada con brutalidad. Selva Almada quiere herir al lector, y lo hace sin exuberancias ni efectismos. El encarnizamiento en realidad no lo pone ella. Está en las vidas que nos muestra.' Suplemento Babelia, El País 'Chicas muertas es también una novela sobre las ausencias, a las que Almada despoja de su olvido a partir de la trascendencia con que estas historias calaron en ella.' Radar Libros 'La tensión siempre latente entre lo real y lo literario, sustenta este trabajo que se perfila como uno de los mayores aportes al género de no-ficción en los últimos tiempos.' Ideas de izquierdas.org 'Almada cambia de género discursivo, se lanza a las aguas híbridas de la no ficción y… ¡triunfa una vez más!' Vuelo Digital 'Selva Almada construye una crónica de una potencia inaudita, arrojando luz donde estaban las sombras del olvido.' Página 12 'En el epílogo de Chicas muertas hay una frase que deja los pelos de punta: aquella que señala que la única diferencia entre los protagonistas (…) y usted, es la suerte.' Ángel Castaño Guzmán, El Espectador https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358328 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358328]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving You, Thinking of You, Don't Forget to Pray: Letters to My Son in Prison Author: Jacqueline L. Jackson Narrator: Mirron Willis, Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a mother, role model, and civil rights veteran, an inspiring gift of love to a child in his darkest hour. Jacqueline Jackson promised her son, Congressman Jesse L. Jackson, Jr., that she would write him every day during his incarceration in federal prison to serve his thirty-month sentence. This book is an inspiring and moving selection of the letters she wrote him. Together, they comprise a powerful act of love―nurturing and ministering to her son's heart, health, and mind and maintaining his essential connection with home. Frank, anecdotal, imbued with faith, and sometimes humorous, they offer intimate details from the family’s daily life, along with news of friends and the community and glimpses of such figures as Nelson Mandela, Winnie Mandela, and Mayor Marion Barry. They also touch eloquently on issues of social justice, politics, and history, as when Mrs. Jackson recalls growing up in Jim Crow Florida, and they reflect the qualities, instilled by her own mother, that made her a role model for much of her life. Ultimately, these letters offer a blueprint for why we have to support our families not just as they elevate but when they fall. This collection is Mrs. Jackson's contribution to healing during a time when our prisons are full and our communities are suffering. She provides the road map for ensuring that the individuals serving sentences understand that prison is where they are, not who they are and for helping them sustain the courage to keep hope alive. Jacqueline L. Jackson Tue, 05 Feb 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358328 thebookvoice.com 5:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358328]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving You, Thinking of You, Don't Forget to Pray: Letters to My Son in Prison Author: Jacqueline L. Jackson Narrator: Mirron Willis, Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a mother, role model, and civil rights veteran, an inspiring gift of love to a child in his darkest hour. Jacqueline Jackson promised her son, Congressman Jesse L. Jackson, Jr., that she would write him every day during his incarceration in federal prison to serve his thirty-month sentence. This book is an inspiring and moving selection of the letters she wrote him. Together, they comprise a powerful act of love―nurturing and ministering to her son's heart, health, and mind and maintaining his essential connection with home. Frank, anecdotal, imbued with faith, and sometimes humorous, they offer intimate details from the family’s daily life, along with news of friends and the community and glimpses of such figures as Nelson Mandela, Winnie Mandela, and Mayor Marion Barry. They also touch eloquently on issues of social justice, politics, and history, as when Mrs. Jackson recalls growing up in Jim Crow Florida, and they reflect the qualities, instilled by her own mother, that made her a role model for much of her life. Ultimately, these letters offer a blueprint for why we have to support our families not just as they elevate but when they fall. This collection is Mrs. Jackson's contribution to healing during a time when our prisons are full and our communities are suffering. She provides the road map for ensuring that the individuals serving sentences understand that prison is where they are, not who they are and for helping them sustain the courage to keep hope alive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358328]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving You, Thinking of You, Don't Forget to Pray: Letters to My Son in Prison Author: Jacqueline L. Jackson Narrator: Mirron Willis, Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a mother, role model, and civil rights veteran, an inspiring gift of love to a child in his darkest hour. Jacqueline Jackson promised her son, Congressman Jesse L. Jackson, Jr., that she would write him every day during his incarceration in federal prison to serve his thirty-month sentence. This book is an inspiring and moving selection of the letters she wrote him. Together, they comprise a powerful act of love―nurturing and ministering to her son's heart, health, and mind and maintaining his essential connection with home. Frank, anecdotal, imbued with faith, and sometimes humorous, they offer intimate details from the family’s daily life, along with news of friends and the community and glimpses of such figures as Nelson Mandela, Winnie Mandela, and Mayor Marion Barry. They also touch eloquently on issues of social justice, politics, and history, as when Mrs. Jackson recalls growing up in Jim Crow Florida, and they reflect the qualities, instilled by her own mother, that made her a role model for much of her life. Ultimately, these letters offer a blueprint for why we have to support our families not just as they elevate but when they fall. This collection is Mrs. Jackson's contribution to healing during a time when our prisons are full and our communities are suffering. She provides the road map for ensuring that the individuals serving sentences understand that prison is where they are, not who they are and for helping them sustain the courage to keep hope alive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357762 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black and British: A Forgotten History Author: David Olusoga Narrator: Kobna Holdbrook-Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: '[A] comprehensive and important history of black Britain . . . Written with a wonderful clarity of style and with great force and passion.' – Kwasi Kwarteng, Sunday Times In this vital re-examination of a shared history, historian and broadcaster David Olusoga tells the rich and revealing story of the long relationship between the British Isles and the people of Africa and the Caribbean. This edition, fully revised and updated, features a new chapter encompassing the Windrush scandal and the Black Lives Matter protests of 2020, events which put black British history at the centre of urgent national debate. Black and British is vivid confirmation that black history can no longer be kept separate and marginalised. It is woven into the cultural and economic histories of the nation and it belongs to us all. Drawing on new genealogical research, original records, and expert testimony, Black and British reaches back to Roman Britain, the medieval imagination, Elizabethan ‘blackamoors’ and the global slave-trading empire. It shows that the great industrial boom of the nineteenth century was built on American slavery, and that black Britons fought at Trafalgar and in the trenches of both World Wars. Black British history is woven into the cultural and economic histories of the nation. It is not a singular history, but one that belongs to us all. Unflinching, confronting taboos, and revealing hitherto unknown scandals, Olusoga describes how the lives of black and white Britons have been entwined for centuries. Winner of the 2017 PEN Hessell-Tiltman Prize. Winner of the Longman History Today Trustees’ Award. A Waterstones History Book of the Year. Longlisted for the Orwell Prize. Shortlisted for the inaugural Jhalak Prize. David Olusoga Thu, 03 Nov 2016 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357762 thebookvoice.com 24:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black and British: A Forgotten History Author: David Olusoga Narrator: Kobna Holdbrook-Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: '[A] comprehensive and important history of black Britain . . . Written with a wonderful clarity of style and with great force and passion.' – Kwasi Kwarteng, Sunday Times In this vital re-examination of a shared history, historian and broadcaster David Olusoga tells the rich and revealing story of the long relationship between the British Isles and the people of Africa and the Caribbean. This edition, fully revised and updated, features a new chapter encompassing the Windrush scandal and the Black Lives Matter protests of 2020, events which put black British history at the centre of urgent national debate. Black and British is vivid confirmation that black history can no longer be kept separate and marginalised. It is woven into the cultural and economic histories of the nation and it belongs to us all. Drawing on new genealogical research, original records, and expert testimony, Black and British reaches back to Roman Britain, the medieval imagination, Elizabethan ‘blackamoors’ and the global slave-trading empire. It shows that the great industrial boom of the nineteenth century was built on American slavery, and that black Britons fought at Trafalgar and in the trenches of both World Wars. Black British history is woven into the cultural and economic histories of the nation. It is not a singular history, but one that belongs to us all. Unflinching, confronting taboos, and revealing hitherto unknown scandals, Olusoga describes how the lives of black and white Britons have been entwined for centuries. Winner of the 2017 PEN Hessell-Tiltman Prize. Winner of the Longman History Today Trustees’ Award. A Waterstones History Book of the Year. Longlisted for the Orwell Prize. Shortlisted for the inaugural Jhalak Prize. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black and British: A Forgotten History Author: David Olusoga Narrator: Kobna Holdbrook-Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: '[A] comprehensive and important history of black Britain . . . Written with a wonderful clarity of style and with great force and passion.' – Kwasi Kwarteng, Sunday Times In this vital re-examination of a shared history, historian and broadcaster David Olusoga tells the rich and revealing story of the long relationship between the British Isles and the people of Africa and the Caribbean. This edition, fully revised and updated, features a new chapter encompassing the Windrush scandal and the Black Lives Matter protests of 2020, events which put black British history at the centre of urgent national debate. Black and British is vivid confirmation that black history can no longer be kept separate and marginalised. It is woven into the cultural and economic histories of the nation and it belongs to us all. Drawing on new genealogical research, original records, and expert testimony, Black and British reaches back to Roman Britain, the medieval imagination, Elizabethan ‘blackamoors’ and the global slave-trading empire. It shows that the great industrial boom of the nineteenth century was built on American slavery, and that black Britons fought at Trafalgar and in the trenches of both World Wars. Black British history is woven into the cultural and economic histories of the nation. It is not a singular history, but one that belongs to us all. Unflinching, confronting taboos, and revealing hitherto unknown scandals, Olusoga describes how the lives of black and white Britons have been entwined for centuries. Winner of the 2017 PEN Hessell-Tiltman Prize. Winner of the Longman History Today Trustees’ Award. A Waterstones History Book of the Year. Longlisted for the Orwell Prize. Shortlisted for the inaugural Jhalak Prize. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357547 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Prison Diary Volume I: Hell Series: #1 of The Prison Diaries Author: Jeffrey Archer Narrator: Andrew Sachs Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 7, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The sun is shining through the bars of my window on what must be a glorious summer day. I've been incarcerated in a cell five paces by three for twelve and a half hours, and will not be let out again until midday; eighteen and a half hours of solitary confinement. There is a child of seventeen in the cell below me who has been charged with shoplifting - his first offence, not even convicted - and he is being locked up for eighteen and a half hours, unable to speak to anyone. This is Great Britain in the twenty-first century, not Turkey, not Nigeria, not Kosovo, but Britain. On Thursday 19 July 2001, after a perjury trial lasting seven weeks, Jeffrey Archer was sentenced to four years in jail. He was to spend the first twenty-two days and fourteen hours in HMP Belmarsh, a double A-Category high-security prison in South London, which houses some of Britain's most violent criminals. Hell, the first volume in Archer's The Prison Diaries, is the author's daily record of the time he spent there. Jeffrey Archer Fri, 07 Sep 2007 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357547 thebookvoice.com 5:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Prison Diary Volume I: Hell Series: #1 of The Prison Diaries Author: Jeffrey Archer Narrator: Andrew Sachs Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 7, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The sun is shining through the bars of my window on what must be a glorious summer day. I've been incarcerated in a cell five paces by three for twelve and a half hours, and will not be let out again until midday; eighteen and a half hours of solitary confinement. There is a child of seventeen in the cell below me who has been charged with shoplifting - his first offence, not even convicted - and he is being locked up for eighteen and a half hours, unable to speak to anyone. This is Great Britain in the twenty-first century, not Turkey, not Nigeria, not Kosovo, but Britain. On Thursday 19 July 2001, after a perjury trial lasting seven weeks, Jeffrey Archer was sentenced to four years in jail. He was to spend the first twenty-two days and fourteen hours in HMP Belmarsh, a double A-Category high-security prison in South London, which houses some of Britain's most violent criminals. Hell, the first volume in Archer's The Prison Diaries, is the author's daily record of the time he spent there. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Prison Diary Volume I: Hell Series: #1 of The Prison Diaries Author: Jeffrey Archer Narrator: Andrew Sachs Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 7, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The sun is shining through the bars of my window on what must be a glorious summer day. I've been incarcerated in a cell five paces by three for twelve and a half hours, and will not be let out again until midday; eighteen and a half hours of solitary confinement. There is a child of seventeen in the cell below me who has been charged with shoplifting - his first offence, not even convicted - and he is being locked up for eighteen and a half hours, unable to speak to anyone. This is Great Britain in the twenty-first century, not Turkey, not Nigeria, not Kosovo, but Britain. On Thursday 19 July 2001, after a perjury trial lasting seven weeks, Jeffrey Archer was sentenced to four years in jail. He was to spend the first twenty-two days and fourteen hours in HMP Belmarsh, a double A-Category high-security prison in South London, which houses some of Britain's most violent criminals. Hell, the first volume in Archer's The Prison Diaries, is the author's daily record of the time he spent there. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357192 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faces at the Bottom of the Well: The Permanence of Racism Author: Derrick Bell Narrator: Brad Raymond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The classic work on American racism and the struggle for racial justice In Faces at the Bottom of the Well, civil rights activist and legal scholar Derrick Bell uses allegory and historical example to argue that racism is an integral and permanent part of American society. African American struggles for equality are doomed to fail so long as the majority of whites do not see their own well-being threatened by the status quo. Bell calls on African Americans to face up to this unhappy truth and abandon a misplaced faith in inevitable progress. Only then will blacks, and those whites who join with them, be in a position to create viable strategies to alleviate the burdens of racism. 'Freed of the stifling rigidity of relying unthinkingly on the slogan 'we shall overcome,'' he writes, 'we are impelled both to live each day more fully and to examine critically the actual effectiveness of traditional civil rights remedies.' Derrick Bell Tue, 30 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357192 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faces at the Bottom of the Well: The Permanence of Racism Author: Derrick Bell Narrator: Brad Raymond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The classic work on American racism and the struggle for racial justice In Faces at the Bottom of the Well, civil rights activist and legal scholar Derrick Bell uses allegory and historical example to argue that racism is an integral and permanent part of American society. African American struggles for equality are doomed to fail so long as the majority of whites do not see their own well-being threatened by the status quo. Bell calls on African Americans to face up to this unhappy truth and abandon a misplaced faith in inevitable progress. Only then will blacks, and those whites who join with them, be in a position to create viable strategies to alleviate the burdens of racism. 'Freed of the stifling rigidity of relying unthinkingly on the slogan 'we shall overcome,'' he writes, 'we are impelled both to live each day more fully and to examine critically the actual effectiveness of traditional civil rights remedies.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faces at the Bottom of the Well: The Permanence of Racism Author: Derrick Bell Narrator: Brad Raymond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The classic work on American racism and the struggle for racial justice In Faces at the Bottom of the Well, civil rights activist and legal scholar Derrick Bell uses allegory and historical example to argue that racism is an integral and permanent part of American society. African American struggles for equality are doomed to fail so long as the majority of whites do not see their own well-being threatened by the status quo. Bell calls on African Americans to face up to this unhappy truth and abandon a misplaced faith in inevitable progress. Only then will blacks, and those whites who join with them, be in a position to create viable strategies to alleviate the burdens of racism. 'Freed of the stifling rigidity of relying unthinkingly on the slogan 'we shall overcome,'' he writes, 'we are impelled both to live each day more fully and to examine critically the actual effectiveness of traditional civil rights remedies.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357103 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: John Brown, Abolitionist: The Man Who Killed Slavery, Sparked the Civil War, and Seeded Civil Rights Author: David S. Reynolds Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Few historical figures are as intriguing as John Brown, the controversial Abolitionist who used terrorist tactics against slavery and single-handedly changed the course of American history. This brilliant biography of Brown (1800—1859) by the prize-winning critic and cultural biographer David S. Reynolds brings to life the Puritan warrior who gripped slavery by the throat and triggered the Civil War. When does principled resistance become anarchic brutality? How can a murderer be viewed as a heroic freedom fighter? The case of John Brown opens windows on these timely issues. Was Brown an insane criminal or a Christ-like martyr? A forerunner of Osama bin Laden or of Martin Luther King, Jr.? David Reynolds sorts through the tangled evidence and makes some surprising findings. Reynolds demonstrates that Brown’s most violent acts–his slaughter of unarmed citizens in Kansas, his liberation of slaves in Missouri, and his dramatic raid, in October 1859, on the federal arsenal at Harpers Ferry, Virginia–were inspired by the slave revolts, guerilla warfare, and revolutionary Christianity of the day. He shows us how Brown seized the nation’s attention, creating sudden unity in the North, where the Transcendentalists led the way in sanctifying Brown, and infuriating the South, where proslavery fire-eaters exploited the Harpers Ferry raid to whip up a secessionist frenzy. In fascinating detail, Reynolds recounts how Brown permeated politics and popular culture during the Civil War and beyond. He reveals the true depth of Brown’s achievement: not only did Brown spark the war that ended slavery, but he planted the seeds of the civil rights movement by making a pioneering demand for complete social and political equality for America’s ethnic minorities. A deeply researched and vividly written cultural biography–a revelation of John Brown and his meaning for America. David S. Reynolds Tue, 14 May 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357103 thebookvoice.com 25:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: John Brown, Abolitionist: The Man Who Killed Slavery, Sparked the Civil War, and Seeded Civil Rights Author: David S. Reynolds Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Few historical figures are as intriguing as John Brown, the controversial Abolitionist who used terrorist tactics against slavery and single-handedly changed the course of American history. This brilliant biography of Brown (1800—1859) by the prize-winning critic and cultural biographer David S. Reynolds brings to life the Puritan warrior who gripped slavery by the throat and triggered the Civil War. When does principled resistance become anarchic brutality? How can a murderer be viewed as a heroic freedom fighter? The case of John Brown opens windows on these timely issues. Was Brown an insane criminal or a Christ-like martyr? A forerunner of Osama bin Laden or of Martin Luther King, Jr.? David Reynolds sorts through the tangled evidence and makes some surprising findings. Reynolds demonstrates that Brown’s most violent acts–his slaughter of unarmed citizens in Kansas, his liberation of slaves in Missouri, and his dramatic raid, in October 1859, on the federal arsenal at Harpers Ferry, Virginia–were inspired by the slave revolts, guerilla warfare, and revolutionary Christianity of the day. He shows us how Brown seized the nation’s attention, creating sudden unity in the North, where the Transcendentalists led the way in sanctifying Brown, and infuriating the South, where proslavery fire-eaters exploited the Harpers Ferry raid to whip up a secessionist frenzy. In fascinating detail, Reynolds recounts how Brown permeated politics and popular culture during the Civil War and beyond. He reveals the true depth of Brown’s achievement: not only did Brown spark the war that ended slavery, but he planted the seeds of the civil rights movement by making a pioneering demand for complete social and political equality for America’s ethnic minorities. A deeply researched and vividly written cultural biography–a revelation of John Brown and his meaning for America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: John Brown, Abolitionist: The Man Who Killed Slavery, Sparked the Civil War, and Seeded Civil Rights Author: David S. Reynolds Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Few historical figures are as intriguing as John Brown, the controversial Abolitionist who used terrorist tactics against slavery and single-handedly changed the course of American history. This brilliant biography of Brown (1800—1859) by the prize-winning critic and cultural biographer David S. Reynolds brings to life the Puritan warrior who gripped slavery by the throat and triggered the Civil War. When does principled resistance become anarchic brutality? How can a murderer be viewed as a heroic freedom fighter? The case of John Brown opens windows on these timely issues. Was Brown an insane criminal or a Christ-like martyr? A forerunner of Osama bin Laden or of Martin Luther King, Jr.? David Reynolds sorts through the tangled evidence and makes some surprising findings. Reynolds demonstrates that Brown’s most violent acts–his slaughter of unarmed citizens in Kansas, his liberation of slaves in Missouri, and his dramatic raid, in October 1859, on the federal arsenal at Harpers Ferry, Virginia–were inspired by the slave revolts, guerilla warfare, and revolutionary Christianity of the day. He shows us how Brown seized the nation’s attention, creating sudden unity in the North, where the Transcendentalists led the way in sanctifying Brown, and infuriating the South, where proslavery fire-eaters exploited the Harpers Ferry raid to whip up a secessionist frenzy. In fascinating detail, Reynolds recounts how Brown permeated politics and popular culture during the Civil War and beyond. He reveals the true depth of Brown’s achievement: not only did Brown spark the war that ended slavery, but he planted the seeds of the civil rights movement by making a pioneering demand for complete social and political equality for America’s ethnic minorities. A deeply researched and vividly written cultural biography–a revelation of John Brown and his meaning for America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357074 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burn the Ice: The American Culinary Revolution and Its End Author: Kevin Alexander Narrator: Kevin Alexander, Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Inspiring'—Danny Meyer, CEO, Union Square Hospitality Group; Founder, Shake Shack; and author, Setting the Table James Beard Award-winning food journalist Kevin Alexander traces an exhilarating golden age in American dining Over the past decade, Kevin Alexander saw American dining turned on its head. Starting in 2006, the food world underwent a transformation as the established gatekeepers of American culinary creativity in New York City and the Bay Area were forced to contend with Portland, Oregon. Its new, no-holds-barred, casual fine-dining style became a template for other cities, and a culinary revolution swept across America. Traditional ramen shops opened in Oklahoma City. Craft cocktail speakeasies appeared in Boise. Poke bowls sprung up in Omaha. Entire neighborhoods, like Williamsburg in Brooklyn, and cities like Austin, were suddenly unrecognizable to long-term residents, their names becoming shorthand for the so-called hipster movement. At the same time, new media companies such as Eater and Serious Eats launched to chronicle and cater to this developing scene, transforming nascent star chefs into proper celebrities. Emerging culinary television hosts like Anthony Bourdain inspired a generation to use food as the lens for different cultures. It seemed, for a moment, like a glorious belle epoque of eating and drinking in America. And then it was over. To tell this story, Alexander journeys through the travails and triumphs of a number of key chefs, bartenders, and activists, as well as restaurants and neighborhoods whose fortunes were made during this veritable gold rush--including Gabriel Rucker, an originator of the 2006 Portland restaurant scene; Tom Colicchio of Gramercy Tavern and Top Chef fame; as well as hugely influential figures, such as André Prince Jeffries of Prince's Hot Chicken Shack in Nashville; and Carolina barbecue pitmaster Rodney Scott. He writes with rare energy, telling a distinctly American story, at once timeless and cutting-edge, about unbridled creativity and ravenous ambition. To 'burn the ice' means to melt down whatever remains in a kitchen's ice machine at the end of the night. Or, at the bar, to melt the ice if someone has broken a glass in the well. It is both an end and a beginning. It is the firsthand story of a revolution in how Americans eat and drink. Kevin Alexander Tue, 09 Jul 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357074 thebookvoice.com 10:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burn the Ice: The American Culinary Revolution and Its End Author: Kevin Alexander Narrator: Kevin Alexander, Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Inspiring'—Danny Meyer, CEO, Union Square Hospitality Group; Founder, Shake Shack; and author, Setting the Table James Beard Award-winning food journalist Kevin Alexander traces an exhilarating golden age in American dining Over the past decade, Kevin Alexander saw American dining turned on its head. Starting in 2006, the food world underwent a transformation as the established gatekeepers of American culinary creativity in New York City and the Bay Area were forced to contend with Portland, Oregon. Its new, no-holds-barred, casual fine-dining style became a template for other cities, and a culinary revolution swept across America. Traditional ramen shops opened in Oklahoma City. Craft cocktail speakeasies appeared in Boise. Poke bowls sprung up in Omaha. Entire neighborhoods, like Williamsburg in Brooklyn, and cities like Austin, were suddenly unrecognizable to long-term residents, their names becoming shorthand for the so-called hipster movement. At the same time, new media companies such as Eater and Serious Eats launched to chronicle and cater to this developing scene, transforming nascent star chefs into proper celebrities. Emerging culinary television hosts like Anthony Bourdain inspired a generation to use food as the lens for different cultures. It seemed, for a moment, like a glorious belle epoque of eating and drinking in America. And then it was over. To tell this story, Alexander journeys through the travails and triumphs of a number of key chefs, bartenders, and activists, as well as restaurants and neighborhoods whose fortunes were made during this veritable gold rush--including Gabriel Rucker, an originator of the 2006 Portland restaurant scene; Tom Colicchio of Gramercy Tavern and Top Chef fame; as well as hugely influential figures, such as André Prince Jeffries of Prince's Hot Chicken Shack in Nashville; and Carolina barbecue pitmaster Rodney Scott. He writes with rare energy, telling a distinctly American story, at once timeless and cutting-edge, about unbridled creativity and ravenous ambition. To 'burn the ice' means to melt down whatever remains in a kitchen's ice machine at the end of the night. Or, at the bar, to melt the ice if someone has broken a glass in the well. It is both an end and a beginning. It is the firsthand story of a revolution in how Americans eat and drink. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burn the Ice: The American Culinary Revolution and Its End Author: Kevin Alexander Narrator: Kevin Alexander, Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Inspiring'—Danny Meyer, CEO, Union Square Hospitality Group; Founder, Shake Shack; and author, Setting the Table James Beard Award-winning food journalist Kevin Alexander traces an exhilarating golden age in American dining Over the past decade, Kevin Alexander saw American dining turned on its head. Starting in 2006, the food world underwent a transformation as the established gatekeepers of American culinary creativity in New York City and the Bay Area were forced to contend with Portland, Oregon. Its new, no-holds-barred, casual fine-dining style became a template for other cities, and a culinary revolution swept across America. Traditional ramen shops opened in Oklahoma City. Craft cocktail speakeasies appeared in Boise. Poke bowls sprung up in Omaha. Entire neighborhoods, like Williamsburg in Brooklyn, and cities like Austin, were suddenly unrecognizable to long-term residents, their names becoming shorthand for the so-called hipster movement. At the same time, new media companies such as Eater and Serious Eats launched to chronicle and cater to this developing scene, transforming nascent star chefs into proper celebrities. Emerging culinary television hosts like Anthony Bourdain inspired a generation to use food as the lens for different cultures. It seemed, for a moment, like a glorious belle epoque of eating and drinking in America. And then it was over. To tell this story, Alexander journeys through the travails and triumphs of a number of key chefs, bartenders, and activists, as well as restaurants and neighborhoods whose fortunes were made during this veritable gold rush--including Gabriel Rucker, an originator of the 2006 Portland restaurant scene; Tom Colicchio of Gramercy Tavern and Top Chef fame; as well as hugely influential figures, such as André Prince Jeffries of Prince's Hot Chicken Shack in Nashville; and Carolina barbecue pitmaster Rodney Scott. He writes with rare energy, telling a distinctly American story, at once timeless and cutting-edge, about unbridled creativity and ravenous ambition. To 'burn the ice' means to melt down whatever remains in a kitchen's ice machine at the end of the night. Or, at the bar, to melt the ice if someone has broken a glass in the well. It is both an end and a beginning. It is the firsthand story of a revolution in how Americans eat and drink. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357068 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357068]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Transformational Leadership: Strategic Action for Change Agents Author: Monica Sharma Narrator: Robert Sherwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Monica Sharma describes how we can source our inner capacities and wisdom to manifest change that embodies universal values such as dignity, compassion, fairness, and courage. Drawing on more than twenty years of work for the United Nations and elsewhere, she presents a radical new approach to transformational leadership, one that creates systems of change where everyone can engage—not just analysts and policy-makers. Demonstrating that we all can be architects of a new humanity, Monica demystifies policy-making, planning, and implementation so that everyone can play an informed and strategic part in eradicating the world’s most intractable problems. Using real-life examples from around the world, she shows how our innate characteristics of universal compassion, equity impulse, and human capability can create new patterns that effectively address major challenges such as gross inequality, unbridled hate, conflicts based on social identity, and the never-enough mindset of greed. Written in a straightforward, accessible style, Radical Transformational Leadership outlines a path-breaking paradigm shift that is already generating equitable and sustainable results across the globe. Winner of the Nautilus Gold Award for Business and Leadership Monica Sharma Tue, 05 Mar 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357068 thebookvoice.com 12:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357068]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Transformational Leadership: Strategic Action for Change Agents Author: Monica Sharma Narrator: Robert Sherwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Monica Sharma describes how we can source our inner capacities and wisdom to manifest change that embodies universal values such as dignity, compassion, fairness, and courage. Drawing on more than twenty years of work for the United Nations and elsewhere, she presents a radical new approach to transformational leadership, one that creates systems of change where everyone can engage—not just analysts and policy-makers. Demonstrating that we all can be architects of a new humanity, Monica demystifies policy-making, planning, and implementation so that everyone can play an informed and strategic part in eradicating the world’s most intractable problems. Using real-life examples from around the world, she shows how our innate characteristics of universal compassion, equity impulse, and human capability can create new patterns that effectively address major challenges such as gross inequality, unbridled hate, conflicts based on social identity, and the never-enough mindset of greed. Written in a straightforward, accessible style, Radical Transformational Leadership outlines a path-breaking paradigm shift that is already generating equitable and sustainable results across the globe. Winner of the Nautilus Gold Award for Business and Leadership Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357068]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Transformational Leadership: Strategic Action for Change Agents Author: Monica Sharma Narrator: Robert Sherwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Monica Sharma describes how we can source our inner capacities and wisdom to manifest change that embodies universal values such as dignity, compassion, fairness, and courage. Drawing on more than twenty years of work for the United Nations and elsewhere, she presents a radical new approach to transformational leadership, one that creates systems of change where everyone can engage—not just analysts and policy-makers. Demonstrating that we all can be architects of a new humanity, Monica demystifies policy-making, planning, and implementation so that everyone can play an informed and strategic part in eradicating the world’s most intractable problems. Using real-life examples from around the world, she shows how our innate characteristics of universal compassion, equity impulse, and human capability can create new patterns that effectively address major challenges such as gross inequality, unbridled hate, conflicts based on social identity, and the never-enough mindset of greed. Written in a straightforward, accessible style, Radical Transformational Leadership outlines a path-breaking paradigm shift that is already generating equitable and sustainable results across the globe. Winner of the Nautilus Gold Award for Business and Leadership https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357018 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gendered Brain: The new neuroscience that shatters the myth of the female brain Author: Gina Rippon Narrator: Catherine Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Gendered Brain by Gina Rippon, read by Catherine Bailey. 'A treasure trove of information and good humour' CORDELIA FINE, author of Testosterone Rex Do you have a female brain or a male brain? Or is that the wrong question? Reading maps or reading emotions? Barbie or Lego? We live in a gendered world where we are bombarded with messages about sex and gender. On a daily basis we face deeply ingrained beliefs that your sex determines your skills and preferences, from toys and colours to career choice and salaries. But what does this constant gendering mean for our thoughts, decisions and behaviour? And what does it mean for our brains? Drawing on her work as a professor of cognitive neuroimaging, Gina Rippon unpacks the stereotypes that bombard us from our earliest moments and shows how these messages mould our ideas of ourselves and even shape our brains. Taking us back through centuries of sexism, The Gendered Brain reveals how science has been misinterpreted or misused to ask the wrong questions. Instead of challenging the status quo, we are still bound by outdated stereotypes and assumptions. By exploring new, cutting-edge neuroscience, Rippon urges us to move beyond a binary view of our brains and instead to see these complex organs as highly individualised, profoundly adaptable, and full of unbounded potential. Rigorous, timely and liberating, The Gendered Brain has huge repercussions for women and men, for parents and children, and for how we identify ourselves. Gina Rippon Thu, 28 Feb 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357018 thebookvoice.com 12:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gendered Brain: The new neuroscience that shatters the myth of the female brain Author: Gina Rippon Narrator: Catherine Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Gendered Brain by Gina Rippon, read by Catherine Bailey. 'A treasure trove of information and good humour' CORDELIA FINE, author of Testosterone Rex Do you have a female brain or a male brain? Or is that the wrong question? Reading maps or reading emotions? Barbie or Lego? We live in a gendered world where we are bombarded with messages about sex and gender. On a daily basis we face deeply ingrained beliefs that your sex determines your skills and preferences, from toys and colours to career choice and salaries. But what does this constant gendering mean for our thoughts, decisions and behaviour? And what does it mean for our brains? Drawing on her work as a professor of cognitive neuroimaging, Gina Rippon unpacks the stereotypes that bombard us from our earliest moments and shows how these messages mould our ideas of ourselves and even shape our brains. Taking us back through centuries of sexism, The Gendered Brain reveals how science has been misinterpreted or misused to ask the wrong questions. Instead of challenging the status quo, we are still bound by outdated stereotypes and assumptions. By exploring new, cutting-edge neuroscience, Rippon urges us to move beyond a binary view of our brains and instead to see these complex organs as highly individualised, profoundly adaptable, and full of unbounded potential. Rigorous, timely and liberating, The Gendered Brain has huge repercussions for women and men, for parents and children, and for how we identify ourselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gendered Brain: The new neuroscience that shatters the myth of the female brain Author: Gina Rippon Narrator: Catherine Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Gendered Brain by Gina Rippon, read by Catherine Bailey. 'A treasure trove of information and good humour' CORDELIA FINE, author of Testosterone Rex Do you have a female brain or a male brain? Or is that the wrong question? Reading maps or reading emotions? Barbie or Lego? We live in a gendered world where we are bombarded with messages about sex and gender. On a daily basis we face deeply ingrained beliefs that your sex determines your skills and preferences, from toys and colours to career choice and salaries. But what does this constant gendering mean for our thoughts, decisions and behaviour? And what does it mean for our brains? Drawing on her work as a professor of cognitive neuroimaging, Gina Rippon unpacks the stereotypes that bombard us from our earliest moments and shows how these messages mould our ideas of ourselves and even shape our brains. Taking us back through centuries of sexism, The Gendered Brain reveals how science has been misinterpreted or misused to ask the wrong questions. Instead of challenging the status quo, we are still bound by outdated stereotypes and assumptions. By exploring new, cutting-edge neuroscience, Rippon urges us to move beyond a binary view of our brains and instead to see these complex organs as highly individualised, profoundly adaptable, and full of unbounded potential. Rigorous, timely and liberating, The Gendered Brain has huge repercussions for women and men, for parents and children, and for how we identify ourselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356970 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Such Sweet Possession: The Life and Loves of “Gentleman Jack”, Anne Lister: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation Author: Mary Cooper Narrator: Helen Schlesinger, Deborah Mcandrew, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Meet Anne Lister, the 18th Century landowner, industrialist, explorer, lesbian and feminist icon. This is her story... Anne was different from society’s expectations of a woman at the time: she not only did not wish to marry, but she also did not want to conform. Anne was only interested in women and had ‘marriage’ ceremonies with Mariana Lawton and later Ann Walker. She spent a great deal of time studying, managed her own estates, sought business opportunities, travelled widely and climbed mountains In this full-cast BBC Radio 4 dramatisation written by Mary Cooper and starring Deborah McAndrew as Anne, we meet the serial diarist as she describes her life, her loves and the societal changes happening around her. Cast: Anne......Deborah McAndrew Isabella......Helen Schlesinger Mariana......Kaye Wragg Eliza......Rina Mahoney Produced and directed by Nadia Molinan. Mary Cooper Thu, 21 Mar 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356970 thebookvoice.com 2:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Such Sweet Possession: The Life and Loves of “Gentleman Jack”, Anne Lister: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation Author: Mary Cooper Narrator: Helen Schlesinger, Deborah Mcandrew, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Meet Anne Lister, the 18th Century landowner, industrialist, explorer, lesbian and feminist icon. This is her story... Anne was different from society’s expectations of a woman at the time: she not only did not wish to marry, but she also did not want to conform. Anne was only interested in women and had ‘marriage’ ceremonies with Mariana Lawton and later Ann Walker. She spent a great deal of time studying, managed her own estates, sought business opportunities, travelled widely and climbed mountains In this full-cast BBC Radio 4 dramatisation written by Mary Cooper and starring Deborah McAndrew as Anne, we meet the serial diarist as she describes her life, her loves and the societal changes happening around her. Cast: Anne......Deborah McAndrew Isabella......Helen Schlesinger Mariana......Kaye Wragg Eliza......Rina Mahoney Produced and directed by Nadia Molinan. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Such Sweet Possession: The Life and Loves of “Gentleman Jack”, Anne Lister: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation Author: Mary Cooper Narrator: Helen Schlesinger, Deborah Mcandrew, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Meet Anne Lister, the 18th Century landowner, industrialist, explorer, lesbian and feminist icon. This is her story... Anne was different from society’s expectations of a woman at the time: she not only did not wish to marry, but she also did not want to conform. Anne was only interested in women and had ‘marriage’ ceremonies with Mariana Lawton and later Ann Walker. She spent a great deal of time studying, managed her own estates, sought business opportunities, travelled widely and climbed mountains In this full-cast BBC Radio 4 dramatisation written by Mary Cooper and starring Deborah McAndrew as Anne, we meet the serial diarist as she describes her life, her loves and the societal changes happening around her. Cast: Anne......Deborah McAndrew Isabella......Helen Schlesinger Mariana......Kaye Wragg Eliza......Rina Mahoney Produced and directed by Nadia Molinan. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356960 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356960]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charisma: An exploration of that elusive quality Author: Francine Stock Narrator: Francine Stock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Francine Stock sets out to explore the elusive quality that is charisma. Can charisma – variously combining charm, magic and power – ever really be pinned down? Moving from St Paul’s coining of the word in the first century of the Christian Era right up to the present day, charisma continues to be a powerful influence, not always for the good, in the fields of politics, banking, terrorism, theatre and film. Along the way, Francine takes in early medieval mystics such as Margery Kempe and Joan of Arc; the Elizabethan belief in the so-called 'Royal Touch' and its different manifestations today; the powerful healing claims of Franz Mesmer; and radical charismatic leaders from Garibaldi to Osama Bin Laden. She explores the power and appeal of charisma with stars such as Sarah Bernhardt; self-made businessmen such as W.K.Kellogg, Henry Ford and Steve Jobs; totalitarian leaders including Hitler, and new forms of political extremism such as the so-called Islamic State; civil rights leaders, Nelson Mandela and the Dalai Lama; and the volatile world of contemporary banking. There is a continuing hunger for charisma; can this gift of grace be turned to a shared advantage? Produced by Beaty Rubens ©2018 BBC Worldwide Ltd (P)2018 BBC Worldwide Ltd Francine Stock Thu, 01 Nov 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356960 thebookvoice.com 2:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356960]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charisma: An exploration of that elusive quality Author: Francine Stock Narrator: Francine Stock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Francine Stock sets out to explore the elusive quality that is charisma. Can charisma – variously combining charm, magic and power – ever really be pinned down? Moving from St Paul’s coining of the word in the first century of the Christian Era right up to the present day, charisma continues to be a powerful influence, not always for the good, in the fields of politics, banking, terrorism, theatre and film. Along the way, Francine takes in early medieval mystics such as Margery Kempe and Joan of Arc; the Elizabethan belief in the so-called 'Royal Touch' and its different manifestations today; the powerful healing claims of Franz Mesmer; and radical charismatic leaders from Garibaldi to Osama Bin Laden. She explores the power and appeal of charisma with stars such as Sarah Bernhardt; self-made businessmen such as W.K.Kellogg, Henry Ford and Steve Jobs; totalitarian leaders including Hitler, and new forms of political extremism such as the so-called Islamic State; civil rights leaders, Nelson Mandela and the Dalai Lama; and the volatile world of contemporary banking. There is a continuing hunger for charisma; can this gift of grace be turned to a shared advantage? Produced by Beaty Rubens ©2018 BBC Worldwide Ltd (P)2018 BBC Worldwide Ltd Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356960]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charisma: An exploration of that elusive quality Author: Francine Stock Narrator: Francine Stock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Francine Stock sets out to explore the elusive quality that is charisma. Can charisma – variously combining charm, magic and power – ever really be pinned down? Moving from St Paul’s coining of the word in the first century of the Christian Era right up to the present day, charisma continues to be a powerful influence, not always for the good, in the fields of politics, banking, terrorism, theatre and film. Along the way, Francine takes in early medieval mystics such as Margery Kempe and Joan of Arc; the Elizabethan belief in the so-called 'Royal Touch' and its different manifestations today; the powerful healing claims of Franz Mesmer; and radical charismatic leaders from Garibaldi to Osama Bin Laden. She explores the power and appeal of charisma with stars such as Sarah Bernhardt; self-made businessmen such as W.K.Kellogg, Henry Ford and Steve Jobs; totalitarian leaders including Hitler, and new forms of political extremism such as the so-called Islamic State; civil rights leaders, Nelson Mandela and the Dalai Lama; and the volatile world of contemporary banking. There is a continuing hunger for charisma; can this gift of grace be turned to a shared advantage? Produced by Beaty Rubens ©2018 BBC Worldwide Ltd (P)2018 BBC Worldwide Ltd https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture of Fear: Why Americans Are Afraid of the Wrong Things Author: Barry Glassner Narrator: William Dufris, Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling book revealing why Americans are so fearful, and why we fear the wrong things-now updated for the age of Trump In the age of Trump, our society is defined by fear. Indeed, three out of four Americans say they feel more fearful today than they did only a couple decades ago. But are we living in exceptionally perilous times? In his bestselling book The Culture of Fear, sociologist Barry Glassner demonstrates that it is our perception of danger that has increased, not the actual level of risk. Glassner exposes the people and organizations that manipulate our perceptions and profit from our fears: politicians who win elections by heightening concerns about crime and drug use even as rates for both are declining; advocacy groups that raise money by exaggerating the prevalence of particular diseases; TV shows that create a new scare every week to garner ratings. Glassner spells out the prices we pay for social panics: the huge sums of money that go to waste on unnecessary programs and products as well as time and energy spent worrying about our fears. All the while, we are distracted from the true threats, from climate change to worsening inequality. In this updated edition of a modern classic, Glassner examines the current panics over vaccination and 'political correctness' and reveals why Donald Trump's fearmongering is so dangerously effective. Barry Glassner Tue, 06 Nov 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905 thebookvoice.com 10:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture of Fear: Why Americans Are Afraid of the Wrong Things Author: Barry Glassner Narrator: William Dufris, Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling book revealing why Americans are so fearful, and why we fear the wrong things-now updated for the age of Trump In the age of Trump, our society is defined by fear. Indeed, three out of four Americans say they feel more fearful today than they did only a couple decades ago. But are we living in exceptionally perilous times? In his bestselling book The Culture of Fear, sociologist Barry Glassner demonstrates that it is our perception of danger that has increased, not the actual level of risk. Glassner exposes the people and organizations that manipulate our perceptions and profit from our fears: politicians who win elections by heightening concerns about crime and drug use even as rates for both are declining; advocacy groups that raise money by exaggerating the prevalence of particular diseases; TV shows that create a new scare every week to garner ratings. Glassner spells out the prices we pay for social panics: the huge sums of money that go to waste on unnecessary programs and products as well as time and energy spent worrying about our fears. All the while, we are distracted from the true threats, from climate change to worsening inequality. In this updated edition of a modern classic, Glassner examines the current panics over vaccination and 'political correctness' and reveals why Donald Trump's fearmongering is so dangerously effective. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture of Fear: Why Americans Are Afraid of the Wrong Things Author: Barry Glassner Narrator: William Dufris, Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling book revealing why Americans are so fearful, and why we fear the wrong things-now updated for the age of Trump In the age of Trump, our society is defined by fear. Indeed, three out of four Americans say they feel more fearful today than they did only a couple decades ago. But are we living in exceptionally perilous times? In his bestselling book The Culture of Fear, sociologist Barry Glassner demonstrates that it is our perception of danger that has increased, not the actual level of risk. Glassner exposes the people and organizations that manipulate our perceptions and profit from our fears: politicians who win elections by heightening concerns about crime and drug use even as rates for both are declining; advocacy groups that raise money by exaggerating the prevalence of particular diseases; TV shows that create a new scare every week to garner ratings. Glassner spells out the prices we pay for social panics: the huge sums of money that go to waste on unnecessary programs and products as well as time and energy spent worrying about our fears. All the while, we are distracted from the true threats, from climate change to worsening inequality. In this updated edition of a modern classic, Glassner examines the current panics over vaccination and 'political correctness' and reveals why Donald Trump's fearmongering is so dangerously effective. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356828 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing Institutional Bias: How to Create Systemic Change forOrganizational Inclusion Author: Tiffany Jana, Ashley Diaz Mejias Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All humans have bias, and as a result, so do the institutions we build. Internationally sought after diversity consultant Tiffany Jana offers concrete ways for anyone to work against institutional bias no matter what their position is in an organization. While it is easy to identify intentionally built systems of oppression like Jim Crow or the paralysis caused by the glass ceiling for women in the workplace, confronting systems that perpetuate subtle, unconscious bias is much harder. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people tackle structural bias regardless of their positional power. Eliminating systemic bias can seem an insurmountable task from the vantage point of an ordinary individual, yet Jana and Mejias empower readers to recognize that each of us has the ability to affect systemic bias through a deliberate, coordinated effort. Institutional bias afflicts all industries -including business, education, health care, government, tech, the arts, nonprofits, and finance and banking. Among the types of institutional bias addressed are hiring bias, gender bias, racial bias, occupational bias, and customer bias. Jana and Mejias focus their attention on bias in the workplace and give readers practices and activities to create organizational trust to challenge these implicit biases. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people recognize that each of us has the power to affect systemic bias. Each of us can evaluate our own current role in perpetuating systemic bias and define our new role in breaking down systemic bias. Tiffany Jana, Ashley Diaz Mejias Tue, 23 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356828 thebookvoice.com 4:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing Institutional Bias: How to Create Systemic Change forOrganizational Inclusion Author: Tiffany Jana, Ashley Diaz Mejias Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All humans have bias, and as a result, so do the institutions we build. Internationally sought after diversity consultant Tiffany Jana offers concrete ways for anyone to work against institutional bias no matter what their position is in an organization. While it is easy to identify intentionally built systems of oppression like Jim Crow or the paralysis caused by the glass ceiling for women in the workplace, confronting systems that perpetuate subtle, unconscious bias is much harder. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people tackle structural bias regardless of their positional power. Eliminating systemic bias can seem an insurmountable task from the vantage point of an ordinary individual, yet Jana and Mejias empower readers to recognize that each of us has the ability to affect systemic bias through a deliberate, coordinated effort. Institutional bias afflicts all industries -including business, education, health care, government, tech, the arts, nonprofits, and finance and banking. Among the types of institutional bias addressed are hiring bias, gender bias, racial bias, occupational bias, and customer bias. Jana and Mejias focus their attention on bias in the workplace and give readers practices and activities to create organizational trust to challenge these implicit biases. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people recognize that each of us has the power to affect systemic bias. Each of us can evaluate our own current role in perpetuating systemic bias and define our new role in breaking down systemic bias. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing Institutional Bias: How to Create Systemic Change forOrganizational Inclusion Author: Tiffany Jana, Ashley Diaz Mejias Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All humans have bias, and as a result, so do the institutions we build. Internationally sought after diversity consultant Tiffany Jana offers concrete ways for anyone to work against institutional bias no matter what their position is in an organization. While it is easy to identify intentionally built systems of oppression like Jim Crow or the paralysis caused by the glass ceiling for women in the workplace, confronting systems that perpetuate subtle, unconscious bias is much harder. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people tackle structural bias regardless of their positional power. Eliminating systemic bias can seem an insurmountable task from the vantage point of an ordinary individual, yet Jana and Mejias empower readers to recognize that each of us has the ability to affect systemic bias through a deliberate, coordinated effort. Institutional bias afflicts all industries -including business, education, health care, government, tech, the arts, nonprofits, and finance and banking. Among the types of institutional bias addressed are hiring bias, gender bias, racial bias, occupational bias, and customer bias. Jana and Mejias focus their attention on bias in the workplace and give readers practices and activities to create organizational trust to challenge these implicit biases. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people recognize that each of us has the power to affect systemic bias. Each of us can evaluate our own current role in perpetuating systemic bias and define our new role in breaking down systemic bias. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356755 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Ground: A Turbulent Decade in the Lives of Three American Families Author: J. Anthony Lukas Narrator: Eric Michael Summerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 35 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Pulitzer Prize, the National Book Critics Circle Award, the Robert F. Kennedy Book Award, and the American Book Award, the bestselling Common Ground is much more than the story of the busing crisis in Boston as told through the experiences of three families. As Studs Terkel remarked, it's 'gripping, indelible . . . a truth about all large American cities.' J. Anthony Lukas Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356755 thebookvoice.com 35:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Ground: A Turbulent Decade in the Lives of Three American Families Author: J. Anthony Lukas Narrator: Eric Michael Summerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 35 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Pulitzer Prize, the National Book Critics Circle Award, the Robert F. Kennedy Book Award, and the American Book Award, the bestselling Common Ground is much more than the story of the busing crisis in Boston as told through the experiences of three families. As Studs Terkel remarked, it's 'gripping, indelible . . . a truth about all large American cities.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Ground: A Turbulent Decade in the Lives of Three American Families Author: J. Anthony Lukas Narrator: Eric Michael Summerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 35 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Pulitzer Prize, the National Book Critics Circle Award, the Robert F. Kennedy Book Award, and the American Book Award, the bestselling Common Ground is much more than the story of the busing crisis in Boston as told through the experiences of three families. As Studs Terkel remarked, it's 'gripping, indelible . . . a truth about all large American cities.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356757 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where the Millennials Will Take Us: A New Generation Wrestles with the Gender Structure Author: Barbara J. Risman Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are today's young adults gender rebels or returning to tradition? In Where the Millennials Will Take Us, Barbara J. Risman reveals the diverse strategies youth use to negotiate the ongoing gender revolution. Using her theory of gender as a social structure, Risman analyzes life history interviews with a diverse set of Millennials to probe how they understand gender and how they might change it. Some are true believers that men and women are essentially different and should be so. Others are innovators, defying stereotypes and rejecting sexist ideologies and organizational practices. Perhaps new to this generation are gender rebels who reject sex categories, often refusing to present their bodies within them and sometimes claiming genderqueer identities. And finally, many youths today are simply confused by all the changes swirling around them. As a new generation contends with unsettled gender norms and expectations, Risman reminds us that gender is much more than an identity; it also shapes expectations in everyday life, and structures the organization of workplaces, politics, and, ideology. To pursue change only in individual lives, Risman argues, risks the opportunity to eradicate both gender inequality and gender as a primary category that organizes social life. Barbara J. Risman Tue, 23 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356757 thebookvoice.com 15:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where the Millennials Will Take Us: A New Generation Wrestles with the Gender Structure Author: Barbara J. Risman Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are today's young adults gender rebels or returning to tradition? In Where the Millennials Will Take Us, Barbara J. Risman reveals the diverse strategies youth use to negotiate the ongoing gender revolution. Using her theory of gender as a social structure, Risman analyzes life history interviews with a diverse set of Millennials to probe how they understand gender and how they might change it. Some are true believers that men and women are essentially different and should be so. Others are innovators, defying stereotypes and rejecting sexist ideologies and organizational practices. Perhaps new to this generation are gender rebels who reject sex categories, often refusing to present their bodies within them and sometimes claiming genderqueer identities. And finally, many youths today are simply confused by all the changes swirling around them. As a new generation contends with unsettled gender norms and expectations, Risman reminds us that gender is much more than an identity; it also shapes expectations in everyday life, and structures the organization of workplaces, politics, and, ideology. To pursue change only in individual lives, Risman argues, risks the opportunity to eradicate both gender inequality and gender as a primary category that organizes social life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where the Millennials Will Take Us: A New Generation Wrestles with the Gender Structure Author: Barbara J. Risman Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are today's young adults gender rebels or returning to tradition? In Where the Millennials Will Take Us, Barbara J. Risman reveals the diverse strategies youth use to negotiate the ongoing gender revolution. Using her theory of gender as a social structure, Risman analyzes life history interviews with a diverse set of Millennials to probe how they understand gender and how they might change it. Some are true believers that men and women are essentially different and should be so. Others are innovators, defying stereotypes and rejecting sexist ideologies and organizational practices. Perhaps new to this generation are gender rebels who reject sex categories, often refusing to present their bodies within them and sometimes claiming genderqueer identities. And finally, many youths today are simply confused by all the changes swirling around them. As a new generation contends with unsettled gender norms and expectations, Risman reminds us that gender is much more than an identity; it also shapes expectations in everyday life, and structures the organization of workplaces, politics, and, ideology. To pursue change only in individual lives, Risman argues, risks the opportunity to eradicate both gender inequality and gender as a primary category that organizes social life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356708 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356708]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vaccines Did Not Cause Rachel's Autism: My Journey as a Vaccine Scientist, Pediatrician, and Autism Dad Author: Peter J. Hotez MD PhD Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 21, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1994, Peter Hotez's nineteen-month-old daughter, Rachel, was diagnosed with autism. Dr. Hotez, a pediatrician-scientist who develops vaccines for neglected tropical diseases affecting the world's poorest people, became troubled by the decades-long rise of the influential anti-vaccine community and their inescapable narrative around childhood vaccines and autism. The alleged link between the two was first espoused in a fraudulent scientific paper, long since retracted, but the story shows no signs of letting up. As a result, we've seen deadly and disabling outbreaks of vaccine-preventable diseases around the country, and Texas, where Hotez lives, is at particular risk. In Vaccines Did Not Cause Rachel's Autism, Hotez draws on his experiences as a pediatrician, vaccine scientist, and father of an autistic child. Outlining the arguments on both sides of the debate, he examines the science that refutes the concerns of the anti-vaccine movement, debunks current conspiracy theories alleging a cover-up by the CDC, and critiques the scientific community's failure to effectively communicate the facts about vaccines and autism to the general public, all while sharing his very personal story of raising a now-adult daughter with autism. Peter J. Hotez MD PhD Sun, 21 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356708 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356708]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vaccines Did Not Cause Rachel's Autism: My Journey as a Vaccine Scientist, Pediatrician, and Autism Dad Author: Peter J. Hotez MD PhD Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 21, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1994, Peter Hotez's nineteen-month-old daughter, Rachel, was diagnosed with autism. Dr. Hotez, a pediatrician-scientist who develops vaccines for neglected tropical diseases affecting the world's poorest people, became troubled by the decades-long rise of the influential anti-vaccine community and their inescapable narrative around childhood vaccines and autism. The alleged link between the two was first espoused in a fraudulent scientific paper, long since retracted, but the story shows no signs of letting up. As a result, we've seen deadly and disabling outbreaks of vaccine-preventable diseases around the country, and Texas, where Hotez lives, is at particular risk. In Vaccines Did Not Cause Rachel's Autism, Hotez draws on his experiences as a pediatrician, vaccine scientist, and father of an autistic child. Outlining the arguments on both sides of the debate, he examines the science that refutes the concerns of the anti-vaccine movement, debunks current conspiracy theories alleging a cover-up by the CDC, and critiques the scientific community's failure to effectively communicate the facts about vaccines and autism to the general public, all while sharing his very personal story of raising a now-adult daughter with autism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356708]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vaccines Did Not Cause Rachel's Autism: My Journey as a Vaccine Scientist, Pediatrician, and Autism Dad Author: Peter J. Hotez MD PhD Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 21, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1994, Peter Hotez's nineteen-month-old daughter, Rachel, was diagnosed with autism. Dr. Hotez, a pediatrician-scientist who develops vaccines for neglected tropical diseases affecting the world's poorest people, became troubled by the decades-long rise of the influential anti-vaccine community and their inescapable narrative around childhood vaccines and autism. The alleged link between the two was first espoused in a fraudulent scientific paper, long since retracted, but the story shows no signs of letting up. As a result, we've seen deadly and disabling outbreaks of vaccine-preventable diseases around the country, and Texas, where Hotez lives, is at particular risk. In Vaccines Did Not Cause Rachel's Autism, Hotez draws on his experiences as a pediatrician, vaccine scientist, and father of an autistic child. Outlining the arguments on both sides of the debate, he examines the science that refutes the concerns of the anti-vaccine movement, debunks current conspiracy theories alleging a cover-up by the CDC, and critiques the scientific community's failure to effectively communicate the facts about vaccines and autism to the general public, all while sharing his very personal story of raising a now-adult daughter with autism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356664 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Women Author: Lisa Taddeo Narrator: Mena Suvari, Tara Lynne Barr, Lisa Taddeo, Marin Ireland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 122 Ratings of Narrator: 4.32 of Total 28 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NOW A SERIES ON STARZ STARRING SHAILENE WOODLEY * BETTY GILPIN * DeWANDA WISE * GABRIELLE CREEVY * with BLAIR UNDERWOOD “Staggeringly intimate...Groundbreaking.” —Entertainment Weekly “A breathtaking and important book.” —Cheryl Strayed “Extraordinary...A nonfiction literary masterpiece.” —Elizabeth Gilbert #1 New York Times Bestseller and a Best Book of the Year by: The Washington Post * NPR * The Atlantic * New York Public Library * Vanity Fair * PBS * Time * Economist * Entertainment Weekly * Financial Times * Shelf Awareness * Guardian * Sunday Times * BBC * Esquire * Good Housekeeping * Elle * Real Simple * And more A riveting true story about the sex lives of three real American women “who are carnal, brave, and beautifully flawed” (People, Book of the Week), based on nearly a decade of reporting. Lina, a young mother in suburban Indiana whose marriage has lost its passion, reconnects with an old flame through social media and embarks on an affair that quickly becomes all-consuming. Maggie, a seventeen-year-old high school student in North Dakota, allegedly engages in a relationship with her married English teacher; the ensuing criminal trial turns their quiet community upside down. Sloane, a successful restaurant owner in an exclusive enclave of the Northeast, is happily married to a man who likes to watch her have sex with other men and women. Hailed as “a dazzling achievement” (Los Angeles Times) and “a riveting page-turner that explores desire, heartbreak, and infatuation in all its messy, complicated nuance” (The Washington Post), Lisa Taddeo’s Three Women has captivated readers, booksellers, and critics—and topped bestseller lists—worldwide. Based on eight years of immersive research, it is “an astonishing work of literary reportage” (The Atlantic) that introduces us to three unforgettable women—and one remarkable writer—whose experiences remind us that we are not alone. Lisa Taddeo Tue, 09 Jul 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356664 thebookvoice.com 11:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Women Author: Lisa Taddeo Narrator: Mena Suvari, Tara Lynne Barr, Lisa Taddeo, Marin Ireland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 122 Ratings of Narrator: 4.32 of Total 28 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NOW A SERIES ON STARZ STARRING SHAILENE WOODLEY * BETTY GILPIN * DeWANDA WISE * GABRIELLE CREEVY * with BLAIR UNDERWOOD “Staggeringly intimate...Groundbreaking.” —Entertainment Weekly “A breathtaking and important book.” —Cheryl Strayed “Extraordinary...A nonfiction literary masterpiece.” —Elizabeth Gilbert #1 New York Times Bestseller and a Best Book of the Year by: The Washington Post * NPR * The Atlantic * New York Public Library * Vanity Fair * PBS * Time * Economist * Entertainment Weekly * Financial Times * Shelf Awareness * Guardian * Sunday Times * BBC * Esquire * Good Housekeeping * Elle * Real Simple * And more A riveting true story about the sex lives of three real American women “who are carnal, brave, and beautifully flawed” (People, Book of the Week), based on nearly a decade of reporting. Lina, a young mother in suburban Indiana whose marriage has lost its passion, reconnects with an old flame through social media and embarks on an affair that quickly becomes all-consuming. Maggie, a seventeen-year-old high school student in North Dakota, allegedly engages in a relationship with her married English teacher; the ensuing criminal trial turns their quiet community upside down. Sloane, a successful restaurant owner in an exclusive enclave of the Northeast, is happily married to a man who likes to watch her have sex with other men and women. Hailed as “a dazzling achievement” (Los Angeles Times) and “a riveting page-turner that explores desire, heartbreak, and infatuation in all its messy, complicated nuance” (The Washington Post), Lisa Taddeo’s Three Women has captivated readers, booksellers, and critics—and topped bestseller lists—worldwide. Based on eight years of immersive research, it is “an astonishing work of literary reportage” (The Atlantic) that introduces us to three unforgettable women—and one remarkable writer—whose experiences remind us that we are not alone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Women Author: Lisa Taddeo Narrator: Mena Suvari, Tara Lynne Barr, Lisa Taddeo, Marin Ireland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 122 Ratings of Narrator: 4.32 of Total 28 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NOW A SERIES ON STARZ STARRING SHAILENE WOODLEY * BETTY GILPIN * DeWANDA WISE * GABRIELLE CREEVY * with BLAIR UNDERWOOD “Staggeringly intimate...Groundbreaking.” —Entertainment Weekly “A breathtaking and important book.” —Cheryl Strayed “Extraordinary...A nonfiction literary masterpiece.” —Elizabeth Gilbert #1 New York Times Bestseller and a Best Book of the Year by: The Washington Post * NPR * The Atlantic * New York Public Library * Vanity Fair * PBS * Time * Economist * Entertainment Weekly * Financial Times * Shelf Awareness * Guardian * Sunday Times * BBC * Esquire * Good Housekeeping * Elle * Real Simple * And more A riveting true story about the sex lives of three real American women “who are carnal, brave, and beautifully flawed” (People, Book of the Week), based on nearly a decade of reporting. Lina, a young mother in suburban Indiana whose marriage has lost its passion, reconnects with an old flame through social media and embarks on an affair that quickly becomes all-consuming. Maggie, a seventeen-year-old high school student in North Dakota, allegedly engages in a relationship with her married English teacher; the ensuing criminal trial turns their quiet community upside down. Sloane, a successful restaurant owner in an exclusive enclave of the Northeast, is happily married to a man who likes to watch her have sex with other men and women. Hailed as “a dazzling achievement” (Los Angeles Times) and “a riveting page-turner that explores desire, heartbreak, and infatuation in all its messy, complicated nuance” (The Washington Post), Lisa Taddeo’s Three Women has captivated readers, booksellers, and critics—and topped bestseller lists—worldwide. Based on eight years of immersive research, it is “an astonishing work of literary reportage” (The Atlantic) that introduces us to three unforgettable women—and one remarkable writer—whose experiences remind us that we are not alone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356631 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Guarded Gate: Bigotry, Eugenics and the Law That Kept Two Generations of Jews, Italians, and Other European Immigrants Out of America Author: Daniel Okrent Narrator: Daniel Okrent Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE “100 NOTABLE BOOKS OF THE YEAR” BY THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW From the widely celebrated New York Times bestselling author of Last Call—this “rigorously historical” (The Washington Post) and timely account of how the rise of eugenics helped America keep out “inferiors” in the 1920s is “a sobering, valuable contribution to discussions about immigration” (Booklist). A forgotten, dark chapter of American history with implications for the current day, The Guarded Gate tells the story of the scientists who argued that certain nationalities were inherently inferior, providing the intellectual justification for the harshest immigration law in American history. Brandished by the upper class Bostonians and New Yorkers—many of them progressives—who led the anti-immigration movement, the eugenic arguments helped keep hundreds of thousands of Jews, Italians, and other unwanted groups out of the US for more than forty years. Over five years in the writing, The Guarded Gate tells the complete story from its beginning in 1895, when Henry Cabot Lodge and other Boston Brahmins launched their anti-immigrant campaign. In 1921, Vice President Calvin Coolidge declared that “biological laws” had proven the inferiority of southern and eastern Europeans; the restrictive law was enacted three years later. In his trademark lively and authoritative style, Okrent brings to life the rich cast of characters from this time, including Lodge’s closest friend, Theodore Roosevelt; Charles Darwin’s first cousin, Francis Galton, the idiosyncratic polymath who gave life to eugenics; the fabulously wealthy and profoundly bigoted Madison Grant, founder of the Bronx Zoo, and his best friend, H. Fairfield Osborn, director of the American Museum of Natural History; Margaret Sanger, who saw eugenics as a sensible adjunct to her birth control campaign; and Maxwell Perkins, the celebrated editor of Hemingway and Fitzgerald. A work of history relevant for today, The Guarded Gate is “a masterful, sobering, thoughtful, and necessary book” that painstakingly connects the American eugenicists to the rise of Nazism, and shows how their beliefs found fertile soil in the minds of citizens and leaders both here and abroad. Daniel Okrent Tue, 07 May 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356631 thebookvoice.com 14:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Guarded Gate: Bigotry, Eugenics and the Law That Kept Two Generations of Jews, Italians, and Other European Immigrants Out of America Author: Daniel Okrent Narrator: Daniel Okrent Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE “100 NOTABLE BOOKS OF THE YEAR” BY THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW From the widely celebrated New York Times bestselling author of Last Call—this “rigorously historical” (The Washington Post) and timely account of how the rise of eugenics helped America keep out “inferiors” in the 1920s is “a sobering, valuable contribution to discussions about immigration” (Booklist). A forgotten, dark chapter of American history with implications for the current day, The Guarded Gate tells the story of the scientists who argued that certain nationalities were inherently inferior, providing the intellectual justification for the harshest immigration law in American history. Brandished by the upper class Bostonians and New Yorkers—many of them progressives—who led the anti-immigration movement, the eugenic arguments helped keep hundreds of thousands of Jews, Italians, and other unwanted groups out of the US for more than forty years. Over five years in the writing, The Guarded Gate tells the complete story from its beginning in 1895, when Henry Cabot Lodge and other Boston Brahmins launched their anti-immigrant campaign. In 1921, Vice President Calvin Coolidge declared that “biological laws” had proven the inferiority of southern and eastern Europeans; the restrictive law was enacted three years later. In his trademark lively and authoritative style, Okrent brings to life the rich cast of characters from this time, including Lodge’s closest friend, Theodore Roosevelt; Charles Darwin’s first cousin, Francis Galton, the idiosyncratic polymath who gave life to eugenics; the fabulously wealthy and profoundly bigoted Madison Grant, founder of the Bronx Zoo, and his best friend, H. Fairfield Osborn, director of the American Museum of Natural History; Margaret Sanger, who saw eugenics as a sensible adjunct to her birth control campaign; and Maxwell Perkins, the celebrated editor of Hemingway and Fitzgerald. A work of history relevant for today, The Guarded Gate is “a masterful, sobering, thoughtful, and necessary book” that painstakingly connects the American eugenicists to the rise of Nazism, and shows how their beliefs found fertile soil in the minds of citizens and leaders both here and abroad. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Guarded Gate: Bigotry, Eugenics and the Law That Kept Two Generations of Jews, Italians, and Other European Immigrants Out of America Author: Daniel Okrent Narrator: Daniel Okrent Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE “100 NOTABLE BOOKS OF THE YEAR” BY THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW From the widely celebrated New York Times bestselling author of Last Call—this “rigorously historical” (The Washington Post) and timely account of how the rise of eugenics helped America keep out “inferiors” in the 1920s is “a sobering, valuable contribution to discussions about immigration” (Booklist). A forgotten, dark chapter of American history with implications for the current day, The Guarded Gate tells the story of the scientists who argued that certain nationalities were inherently inferior, providing the intellectual justification for the harshest immigration law in American history. Brandished by the upper class Bostonians and New Yorkers—many of them progressives—who led the anti-immigration movement, the eugenic arguments helped keep hundreds of thousands of Jews, Italians, and other unwanted groups out of the US for more than forty years. Over five years in the writing, The Guarded Gate tells the complete story from its beginning in 1895, when Henry Cabot Lodge and other Boston Brahmins launched their anti-immigrant campaign. In 1921, Vice President Calvin Coolidge declared that “biological laws” had proven the inferiority of southern and eastern Europeans; the restrictive law was enacted three years later. In his trademark lively and authoritative style, Okrent brings to life the rich cast of characters from this time, including Lodge’s closest friend, Theodore Roosevelt; Charles Darwin’s first cousin, Francis Galton, the idiosyncratic polymath who gave life to eugenics; the fabulously wealthy and profoundly bigoted Madison Grant, founder of the Bronx Zoo, and his best friend, H. Fairfield Osborn, director of the American Museum of Natural History; Margaret Sanger, who saw eugenics as a sensible adjunct to her birth control campaign; and Maxwell Perkins, the celebrated editor of Hemingway and Fitzgerald. A work of history relevant for today, The Guarded Gate is “a masterful, sobering, thoughtful, and necessary book” that painstakingly connects the American eugenicists to the rise of Nazism, and shows how their beliefs found fertile soil in the minds of citizens and leaders both here and abroad. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356455 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356455]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Kids: Growing Up with Privilege in a Racially Divided America Author: Margaret A. Hagerman Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Riveting stories of how affluent, white children learn about race American kids are living in a world of ongoing public debates about race, daily displays of racial injustice, and for some, an increased awareness surrounding diversity and inclusion. In this heated context, sociologist Margaret A. Hagerman zeroes in on affluent, white kids to observe how they make sense of privilege, unequal educational opportunities, and police violence. In fascinating detail, Hagerman considers the role that they and their families play in the reproduction of racism and racial inequality in America. White Kids, based on two years of research involving in-depth interviews with white kids and their families, is a clear-eyed and sometimes shocking account of how white kids learn about race. In doing so, this book explores questions such as, “How do white kids learn about race when they grow up in families that do not talk openly about race or acknowledge its impact?” and “What about children growing up in families with parents who consider themselves to be ‘anti-racist’?” Featuring the actual voices of young, affluent white kids and what they think about race, racism, inequality, and privilege, White Kids illuminates how white racial socialization is much more dynamic, complex, and varied than previously recognized. It is a process that stretches beyond white parents’ explicit conversations with their white children and includes not only the choices parents make about neighborhoods, schools, peer groups, extracurricular activities, and media, but also the choices made by the kids themselves. By interviewing kids who are growing up in different racial contexts—from racially segregated to meaningfully integrated and from politically progressive to conservative—this important book documents key differences in the outcomes of white racial socialization across families. And by observing families in their everyday lives, this book explores the extent to which white families, even those with anti-racist intentions, reproduce and reinforce the forms of inequality they say they reject. Margaret A. Hagerman Tue, 15 Jan 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356455 thebookvoice.com 8:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356455]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Kids: Growing Up with Privilege in a Racially Divided America Author: Margaret A. Hagerman Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Riveting stories of how affluent, white children learn about race American kids are living in a world of ongoing public debates about race, daily displays of racial injustice, and for some, an increased awareness surrounding diversity and inclusion. In this heated context, sociologist Margaret A. Hagerman zeroes in on affluent, white kids to observe how they make sense of privilege, unequal educational opportunities, and police violence. In fascinating detail, Hagerman considers the role that they and their families play in the reproduction of racism and racial inequality in America. White Kids, based on two years of research involving in-depth interviews with white kids and their families, is a clear-eyed and sometimes shocking account of how white kids learn about race. In doing so, this book explores questions such as, “How do white kids learn about race when they grow up in families that do not talk openly about race or acknowledge its impact?” and “What about children growing up in families with parents who consider themselves to be ‘anti-racist’?” Featuring the actual voices of young, affluent white kids and what they think about race, racism, inequality, and privilege, White Kids illuminates how white racial socialization is much more dynamic, complex, and varied than previously recognized. It is a process that stretches beyond white parents’ explicit conversations with their white children and includes not only the choices parents make about neighborhoods, schools, peer groups, extracurricular activities, and media, but also the choices made by the kids themselves. By interviewing kids who are growing up in different racial contexts—from racially segregated to meaningfully integrated and from politically progressive to conservative—this important book documents key differences in the outcomes of white racial socialization across families. And by observing families in their everyday lives, this book explores the extent to which white families, even those with anti-racist intentions, reproduce and reinforce the forms of inequality they say they reject. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356455]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Kids: Growing Up with Privilege in a Racially Divided America Author: Margaret A. Hagerman Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Riveting stories of how affluent, white children learn about race American kids are living in a world of ongoing public debates about race, daily displays of racial injustice, and for some, an increased awareness surrounding diversity and inclusion. In this heated context, sociologist Margaret A. Hagerman zeroes in on affluent, white kids to observe how they make sense of privilege, unequal educational opportunities, and police violence. In fascinating detail, Hagerman considers the role that they and their families play in the reproduction of racism and racial inequality in America. White Kids, based on two years of research involving in-depth interviews with white kids and their families, is a clear-eyed and sometimes shocking account of how white kids learn about race. In doing so, this book explores questions such as, “How do white kids learn about race when they grow up in families that do not talk openly about race or acknowledge its impact?” and “What about children growing up in families with parents who consider themselves to be ‘anti-racist’?” Featuring the actual voices of young, affluent white kids and what they think about race, racism, inequality, and privilege, White Kids illuminates how white racial socialization is much more dynamic, complex, and varied than previously recognized. It is a process that stretches beyond white parents’ explicit conversations with their white children and includes not only the choices parents make about neighborhoods, schools, peer groups, extracurricular activities, and media, but also the choices made by the kids themselves. By interviewing kids who are growing up in different racial contexts—from racially segregated to meaningfully integrated and from politically progressive to conservative—this important book documents key differences in the outcomes of white racial socialization across families. And by observing families in their everyday lives, this book explores the extent to which white families, even those with anti-racist intentions, reproduce and reinforce the forms of inequality they say they reject. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356407 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356407]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me Who You Are: Sharing Our Stories of Race, Culture, & Identity Author: Winona Guo, Priya Vulchi Narrator: Priya Vulchi, Winona Guo, Elizabeth Liang, Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An eye-opening exploration of race in America In this deeply inspiring audiobook, Winona Guo and Priya Vulchi recount their experiences talking to people from all walks of life about race and identity on a cross-country tour of America. Spurred by the realization that they had nearly completed high school without hearing any substantive discussion about racism in school, the two young women deferred college admission for a year to collect first-person accounts of how racism plays out in this country every day--and often in unexpected ways.  In Tell Me Who You Are, Guo and Vulchi reveal the lines that separate us based on race or other perceived differences and how telling our stories--and listening deeply to the stories of others--are the first and most crucial steps we can take towards negating racial inequity in our culture. Featuring interviews with over 150 Americans, this intimate toolkit also offers a deep examination of the seeds of racism and strategies for effecting change. This groundbreaking audiobook will inspire readers to join Guo and Vulchi in imagining an America in which we can fully understand and appreciate who we are. Read by Elizabeth Liang and Dominic Hoffman with authors Winona Guo and Priya Vulchi Winona Guo, Priya Vulchi Tue, 04 Jun 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356407 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356407]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me Who You Are: Sharing Our Stories of Race, Culture, & Identity Author: Winona Guo, Priya Vulchi Narrator: Priya Vulchi, Winona Guo, Elizabeth Liang, Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An eye-opening exploration of race in America In this deeply inspiring audiobook, Winona Guo and Priya Vulchi recount their experiences talking to people from all walks of life about race and identity on a cross-country tour of America. Spurred by the realization that they had nearly completed high school without hearing any substantive discussion about racism in school, the two young women deferred college admission for a year to collect first-person accounts of how racism plays out in this country every day--and often in unexpected ways.  In Tell Me Who You Are, Guo and Vulchi reveal the lines that separate us based on race or other perceived differences and how telling our stories--and listening deeply to the stories of others--are the first and most crucial steps we can take towards negating racial inequity in our culture. Featuring interviews with over 150 Americans, this intimate toolkit also offers a deep examination of the seeds of racism and strategies for effecting change. This groundbreaking audiobook will inspire readers to join Guo and Vulchi in imagining an America in which we can fully understand and appreciate who we are. Read by Elizabeth Liang and Dominic Hoffman with authors Winona Guo and Priya Vulchi Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356407]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me Who You Are: Sharing Our Stories of Race, Culture, & Identity Author: Winona Guo, Priya Vulchi Narrator: Priya Vulchi, Winona Guo, Elizabeth Liang, Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An eye-opening exploration of race in America In this deeply inspiring audiobook, Winona Guo and Priya Vulchi recount their experiences talking to people from all walks of life about race and identity on a cross-country tour of America. Spurred by the realization that they had nearly completed high school without hearing any substantive discussion about racism in school, the two young women deferred college admission for a year to collect first-person accounts of how racism plays out in this country every day--and often in unexpected ways.  In Tell Me Who You Are, Guo and Vulchi reveal the lines that separate us based on race or other perceived differences and how telling our stories--and listening deeply to the stories of others--are the first and most crucial steps we can take towards negating racial inequity in our culture. Featuring interviews with over 150 Americans, this intimate toolkit also offers a deep examination of the seeds of racism and strategies for effecting change. This groundbreaking audiobook will inspire readers to join Guo and Vulchi in imagining an America in which we can fully understand and appreciate who we are. Read by Elizabeth Liang and Dominic Hoffman with authors Winona Guo and Priya Vulchi https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to See the World Author: Nicholas Mirzoeff Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How to See the World, A Pelican Book, by Nicholas Mirzoeff, read by Jonathan Keeble. In recent decades, we have witnessed an explosion in the number of visual images we encounter, as our lives have become increasingly saturated with screens. From Google Images to Instagram, video games to installation art, this transformation is confusing, liberating and worrying all at once, since observing the new visuality of culture is not the same as understanding it. Nicholas Mirzoeff is a leading figure in the field of visual culture, which aims to make sense of this extraordinary explosion of visual experiences. As Mirzoeff reminds us, this is not the first visual revolution; the 19th century saw the invention of film, photography and x-rays, and the development of maps, microscopes and telescopes made the 17th century an era of visual discovery. But the sheer quantity of images produced on the internet today has no parallels. In the first book to define visual culture for the general reader, Mirzoeff draws on art history, theory and everyday experience to provide an engaging and accessible overview of how visual materials shape and define our lives. Nicholas Mirzoeff Thu, 31 Jan 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356386 thebookvoice.com 7:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to See the World Author: Nicholas Mirzoeff Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How to See the World, A Pelican Book, by Nicholas Mirzoeff, read by Jonathan Keeble. In recent decades, we have witnessed an explosion in the number of visual images we encounter, as our lives have become increasingly saturated with screens. From Google Images to Instagram, video games to installation art, this transformation is confusing, liberating and worrying all at once, since observing the new visuality of culture is not the same as understanding it. Nicholas Mirzoeff is a leading figure in the field of visual culture, which aims to make sense of this extraordinary explosion of visual experiences. As Mirzoeff reminds us, this is not the first visual revolution; the 19th century saw the invention of film, photography and x-rays, and the development of maps, microscopes and telescopes made the 17th century an era of visual discovery. But the sheer quantity of images produced on the internet today has no parallels. In the first book to define visual culture for the general reader, Mirzoeff draws on art history, theory and everyday experience to provide an engaging and accessible overview of how visual materials shape and define our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to See the World Author: Nicholas Mirzoeff Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How to See the World, A Pelican Book, by Nicholas Mirzoeff, read by Jonathan Keeble. In recent decades, we have witnessed an explosion in the number of visual images we encounter, as our lives have become increasingly saturated with screens. From Google Images to Instagram, video games to installation art, this transformation is confusing, liberating and worrying all at once, since observing the new visuality of culture is not the same as understanding it. Nicholas Mirzoeff is a leading figure in the field of visual culture, which aims to make sense of this extraordinary explosion of visual experiences. As Mirzoeff reminds us, this is not the first visual revolution; the 19th century saw the invention of film, photography and x-rays, and the development of maps, microscopes and telescopes made the 17th century an era of visual discovery. But the sheer quantity of images produced on the internet today has no parallels. In the first book to define visual culture for the general reader, Mirzoeff draws on art history, theory and everyday experience to provide an engaging and accessible overview of how visual materials shape and define our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356220 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust: Twenty Ways to Build a Better Country Author: David Johnston Narrator: David Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From our esteemed former Governor General--and author of the bestsellers The Idea of Canada and Ingenious--a very timely guide for restoring personal, community, and national trust. Trust is a much-needed manual for the repair and restoration of the social quality on which all democracies rely. One of Canada's most revered governors general, David Johnston mines his long life and varied career to give Canadians twenty ways to make themselves, their institutions, and their country more worthy of trust. Many of these habits, attitudes, and approaches stem from his experiences serving as the representative of the head of state in Canada for seven years. Some ways are individual--listen first, never manipulate, be consistent in public and private. Some are geared toward leaders at all levels and of all stripes--be barn-raisers, tell everyone your plans, depend on those around you. And some are societal--apologize, cherish teachers, invite others to dance. As such, not only every Canadian, but also every person who cares about their democratic way of life is wise to heed David Johnston's polite yet pressing call. You can become more worthy of trust. You can spot and encourage this vital quality in others. You can be an instrumental force in restoring trust in your community and country--making them better for yourself and your fellow citizens, and the world better for all. David Johnston Tue, 09 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356220 thebookvoice.com 5:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust: Twenty Ways to Build a Better Country Author: David Johnston Narrator: David Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From our esteemed former Governor General--and author of the bestsellers The Idea of Canada and Ingenious--a very timely guide for restoring personal, community, and national trust. Trust is a much-needed manual for the repair and restoration of the social quality on which all democracies rely. One of Canada's most revered governors general, David Johnston mines his long life and varied career to give Canadians twenty ways to make themselves, their institutions, and their country more worthy of trust. Many of these habits, attitudes, and approaches stem from his experiences serving as the representative of the head of state in Canada for seven years. Some ways are individual--listen first, never manipulate, be consistent in public and private. Some are geared toward leaders at all levels and of all stripes--be barn-raisers, tell everyone your plans, depend on those around you. And some are societal--apologize, cherish teachers, invite others to dance. As such, not only every Canadian, but also every person who cares about their democratic way of life is wise to heed David Johnston's polite yet pressing call. You can become more worthy of trust. You can spot and encourage this vital quality in others. You can be an instrumental force in restoring trust in your community and country--making them better for yourself and your fellow citizens, and the world better for all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust: Twenty Ways to Build a Better Country Author: David Johnston Narrator: David Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From our esteemed former Governor General--and author of the bestsellers The Idea of Canada and Ingenious--a very timely guide for restoring personal, community, and national trust. Trust is a much-needed manual for the repair and restoration of the social quality on which all democracies rely. One of Canada's most revered governors general, David Johnston mines his long life and varied career to give Canadians twenty ways to make themselves, their institutions, and their country more worthy of trust. Many of these habits, attitudes, and approaches stem from his experiences serving as the representative of the head of state in Canada for seven years. Some ways are individual--listen first, never manipulate, be consistent in public and private. Some are geared toward leaders at all levels and of all stripes--be barn-raisers, tell everyone your plans, depend on those around you. And some are societal--apologize, cherish teachers, invite others to dance. As such, not only every Canadian, but also every person who cares about their democratic way of life is wise to heed David Johnston's polite yet pressing call. You can become more worthy of trust. You can spot and encourage this vital quality in others. You can be an instrumental force in restoring trust in your community and country--making them better for yourself and your fellow citizens, and the world better for all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356216 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356216]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Day We'll All Be Dead and None of This Will Matter: Essays Author: Scaachi Koul Narrator: Scaachi Koul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: **National Bestseller **A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice **A Globe and Mail Best Book of 2017 **A National Post Best Book of 2017 **A CBC Best Book of 2017 **An Amazon Best Book of 2017 **A Popsugar Best Book of 2017 **A Kobo Best Book of 2017 **An NPR Best Book of 2017 **A Chatelaine Best Book of 2017 **A Buzzfeed Best Book of 2017 **A Book Riot Best Book of 2017 **A Chicago Review of Books Best Book of 2017 **A Paste Best Book of 2017 **An Amazon Best Humour and Entertainment Book of 2017 **Finalist for the 2018 Kobo Emerging Writer Prize **Finalist for the 2018 Stephen Leacock Memorial Medal for Humour **Nominated for the 2017 Goodreads Choice Award For readers of Mindy Kaling, Jenny Lawson and Roxane Gay, a debut collection of fierce and funny essays about growing up the daughter of Indian immigrants in Canada, 'a land of ice and casual racism,' by the irreverent, hilarious cultural observer and incomparable rising star, Scaachi Koul. In One Day We’ll All Be Dead and None of This Will Matter, Scaachi deploys her razor-sharp humour to share her fears, outrages and mortifying experiences as an outsider growing up in Canada. Her subjects range from shaving her knuckles in grade school, to a shopping trip gone horribly awry, to dealing with internet trolls, to feeling out of place at an Indian wedding (as an Indian woman), to parsing the trajectory of fears and anxieties that pressed upon her immigrant parents and bled down a generation. Alongside these personal stories are pointed observations about life as a woman of colour, where every aspect of her appearance is open for critique, derision or outright scorn. Where strict gender rules bind in both Western and Indian cultures, forcing her to confront questions about gender dynamics, racial tensions, ethnic stereotypes and her father’s creeping mortality—all as she tries to find her feet in the world.      With a clear eye and biting wit, Scaachi Koul explores the absurdity of a life steeped in misery. And through these intimate, wise and laugh-out-loud funny dispatches, a portrait of a bright new literary voice emerges. Scaachi Koul Tue, 26 Sep 2017 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356216 thebookvoice.com 5:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356216]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Day We'll All Be Dead and None of This Will Matter: Essays Author: Scaachi Koul Narrator: Scaachi Koul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: **National Bestseller **A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice **A Globe and Mail Best Book of 2017 **A National Post Best Book of 2017 **A CBC Best Book of 2017 **An Amazon Best Book of 2017 **A Popsugar Best Book of 2017 **A Kobo Best Book of 2017 **An NPR Best Book of 2017 **A Chatelaine Best Book of 2017 **A Buzzfeed Best Book of 2017 **A Book Riot Best Book of 2017 **A Chicago Review of Books Best Book of 2017 **A Paste Best Book of 2017 **An Amazon Best Humour and Entertainment Book of 2017 **Finalist for the 2018 Kobo Emerging Writer Prize **Finalist for the 2018 Stephen Leacock Memorial Medal for Humour **Nominated for the 2017 Goodreads Choice Award For readers of Mindy Kaling, Jenny Lawson and Roxane Gay, a debut collection of fierce and funny essays about growing up the daughter of Indian immigrants in Canada, 'a land of ice and casual racism,' by the irreverent, hilarious cultural observer and incomparable rising star, Scaachi Koul. In One Day We’ll All Be Dead and None of This Will Matter, Scaachi deploys her razor-sharp humour to share her fears, outrages and mortifying experiences as an outsider growing up in Canada. Her subjects range from shaving her knuckles in grade school, to a shopping trip gone horribly awry, to dealing with internet trolls, to feeling out of place at an Indian wedding (as an Indian woman), to parsing the trajectory of fears and anxieties that pressed upon her immigrant parents and bled down a generation. Alongside these personal stories are pointed observations about life as a woman of colour, where every aspect of her appearance is open for critique, derision or outright scorn. Where strict gender rules bind in both Western and Indian cultures, forcing her to confront questions about gender dynamics, racial tensions, ethnic stereotypes and her father’s creeping mortality—all as she tries to find her feet in the world.      With a clear eye and biting wit, Scaachi Koul explores the absurdity of a life steeped in misery. And through these intimate, wise and laugh-out-loud funny dispatches, a portrait of a bright new literary voice emerges. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356216]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Day We'll All Be Dead and None of This Will Matter: Essays Author: Scaachi Koul Narrator: Scaachi Koul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: **National Bestseller **A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice **A Globe and Mail Best Book of 2017 **A National Post Best Book of 2017 **A CBC Best Book of 2017 **An Amazon Best Book of 2017 **A Popsugar Best Book of 2017 **A Kobo Best Book of 2017 **An NPR Best Book of 2017 **A Chatelaine Best Book of 2017 **A Buzzfeed Best Book of 2017 **A Book Riot Best Book of 2017 **A Chicago Review of Books Best Book of 2017 **A Paste Best Book of 2017 **An Amazon Best Humour and Entertainment Book of 2017 **Finalist for the 2018 Kobo Emerging Writer Prize **Finalist for the 2018 Stephen Leacock Memorial Medal for Humour **Nominated for the 2017 Goodreads Choice Award For readers of Mindy Kaling, Jenny Lawson and Roxane Gay, a debut collection of fierce and funny essays about growing up the daughter of Indian immigrants in Canada, 'a land of ice and casual racism,' by the irreverent, hilarious cultural observer and incomparable rising star, Scaachi Koul. In One Day We’ll All Be Dead and None of This Will Matter, Scaachi deploys her razor-sharp humour to share her fears, outrages and mortifying experiences as an outsider growing up in Canada. Her subjects range from shaving her knuckles in grade school, to a shopping trip gone horribly awry, to dealing with internet trolls, to feeling out of place at an Indian wedding (as an Indian woman), to parsing the trajectory of fears and anxieties that pressed upon her immigrant parents and bled down a generation. Alongside these personal stories are pointed observations about life as a woman of colour, where every aspect of her appearance is open for critique, derision or outright scorn. Where strict gender rules bind in both Western and Indian cultures, forcing her to confront questions about gender dynamics, racial tensions, ethnic stereotypes and her father’s creeping mortality—all as she tries to find her feet in the world.      With a clear eye and biting wit, Scaachi Koul explores the absurdity of a life steeped in misery. And through these intimate, wise and laugh-out-loud funny dispatches, a portrait of a bright new literary voice emerges. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356171 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Afraid of Men Author: Vivek Shraya Narrator: Vivek Shraya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 26 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Named a Best Book by: The Globe and Mail, Indigo, Out Magazine, Audible, CBC, Apple, Quill & Quire, Kirkus Reviews, Brooklyn Public Library, Writers’ Trust of Canada, Autostraddle, Bitch, and BookRiot. Finalist for the 2019 Lambda Literary Award, Transgender Nonfiction Nominated for the 2019 Forest of Reading Evergreen Award Winner of the 2018  Alcuin Society Awards for Excellence in Book Design – Prose Non-Fiction 'Cultural rocket fuel.' --Vanity Fair 'Emotional and painful but also layered with humour, I'm Afraid of Men will widen your lens on gender and challenge you to do better. This challenge is a necessary one--one we must all take up. It is a gift to dive into Vivek's heart and mind.' --Rupi Kaur, bestselling author of The Sun and Her Flowers and Milk and Honey A trans artist explores how masculinity was imposed on her as a boy and continues to haunt her as a girl--and how we might reimagine gender for the twenty-first century. Vivek Shraya has reason to be afraid. Throughout her life she's endured acts of cruelty and aggression for being too feminine as a boy and not feminine enough as a girl. In order to survive childhood, she had to learn to convincingly perform masculinity. As an adult, she makes daily compromises to steel herself against everything from verbal attacks to heartbreak. Now, with raw honesty, Shraya delivers an important record of the cumulative damage caused by misogyny, homophobia, and transphobia, releasing trauma from a body that has always refused to assimilate. I'm Afraid of Men is a journey from camouflage to a riot of colour and a blueprint for how we might cherish all that makes us different and conquer all that makes us afraid. Vivek Shraya Tue, 28 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356171 thebookvoice.com 1:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Afraid of Men Author: Vivek Shraya Narrator: Vivek Shraya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 26 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Named a Best Book by: The Globe and Mail, Indigo, Out Magazine, Audible, CBC, Apple, Quill & Quire, Kirkus Reviews, Brooklyn Public Library, Writers’ Trust of Canada, Autostraddle, Bitch, and BookRiot. Finalist for the 2019 Lambda Literary Award, Transgender Nonfiction Nominated for the 2019 Forest of Reading Evergreen Award Winner of the 2018  Alcuin Society Awards for Excellence in Book Design – Prose Non-Fiction 'Cultural rocket fuel.' --Vanity Fair 'Emotional and painful but also layered with humour, I'm Afraid of Men will widen your lens on gender and challenge you to do better. This challenge is a necessary one--one we must all take up. It is a gift to dive into Vivek's heart and mind.' --Rupi Kaur, bestselling author of The Sun and Her Flowers and Milk and Honey A trans artist explores how masculinity was imposed on her as a boy and continues to haunt her as a girl--and how we might reimagine gender for the twenty-first century. Vivek Shraya has reason to be afraid. Throughout her life she's endured acts of cruelty and aggression for being too feminine as a boy and not feminine enough as a girl. In order to survive childhood, she had to learn to convincingly perform masculinity. As an adult, she makes daily compromises to steel herself against everything from verbal attacks to heartbreak. Now, with raw honesty, Shraya delivers an important record of the cumulative damage caused by misogyny, homophobia, and transphobia, releasing trauma from a body that has always refused to assimilate. I'm Afraid of Men is a journey from camouflage to a riot of colour and a blueprint for how we might cherish all that makes us different and conquer all that makes us afraid. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Afraid of Men Author: Vivek Shraya Narrator: Vivek Shraya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 26 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Named a Best Book by: The Globe and Mail, Indigo, Out Magazine, Audible, CBC, Apple, Quill & Quire, Kirkus Reviews, Brooklyn Public Library, Writers’ Trust of Canada, Autostraddle, Bitch, and BookRiot. Finalist for the 2019 Lambda Literary Award, Transgender Nonfiction Nominated for the 2019 Forest of Reading Evergreen Award Winner of the 2018  Alcuin Society Awards for Excellence in Book Design – Prose Non-Fiction 'Cultural rocket fuel.' --Vanity Fair 'Emotional and painful but also layered with humour, I'm Afraid of Men will widen your lens on gender and challenge you to do better. This challenge is a necessary one--one we must all take up. It is a gift to dive into Vivek's heart and mind.' --Rupi Kaur, bestselling author of The Sun and Her Flowers and Milk and Honey A trans artist explores how masculinity was imposed on her as a boy and continues to haunt her as a girl--and how we might reimagine gender for the twenty-first century. Vivek Shraya has reason to be afraid. Throughout her life she's endured acts of cruelty and aggression for being too feminine as a boy and not feminine enough as a girl. In order to survive childhood, she had to learn to convincingly perform masculinity. As an adult, she makes daily compromises to steel herself against everything from verbal attacks to heartbreak. Now, with raw honesty, Shraya delivers an important record of the cumulative damage caused by misogyny, homophobia, and transphobia, releasing trauma from a body that has always refused to assimilate. I'm Afraid of Men is a journey from camouflage to a riot of colour and a blueprint for how we might cherish all that makes us different and conquer all that makes us afraid. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356095 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Chicken: The Incredible Story of How Antibiotics Created Modern Agriculture and Changed the Way the World Eats Author: Maryn McKenna Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this eye-opening exposé, acclaimed health journalist and National Geographic contributor Maryn McKenna documents how antibiotics transformed chicken from local delicacy to industrial commodity—and human health threat—uncovering the ways we can make America's favorite meat safer again. What you eat matters—for your health, for the environment, and for future generations. In this riveting investigative narrative, McKenna dives deep into the world of modern agriculture by way of chicken: from the farm where it's raised directly to your dinner table. Consumed more than any other meat in the United States, chicken is emblematic of today's mass food-processing practices and their profound influence on our lives and health. Tracing its meteoric rise from scarce treat to ubiquitous global commodity, McKenna reveals the astounding role of antibiotics in industrial farming, documenting how and why 'wonder drugs' revolutionized the way the world eats—and not necessarily for the better. Rich with scientific, historical, and cultural insights, this spellbinding cautionary tale shines a light on one of America's favorite foods—and shows us the way to safer, healthier eating for ourselves and our children. Maryn McKenna Tue, 16 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356095 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Chicken: The Incredible Story of How Antibiotics Created Modern Agriculture and Changed the Way the World Eats Author: Maryn McKenna Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this eye-opening exposé, acclaimed health journalist and National Geographic contributor Maryn McKenna documents how antibiotics transformed chicken from local delicacy to industrial commodity—and human health threat—uncovering the ways we can make America's favorite meat safer again. What you eat matters—for your health, for the environment, and for future generations. In this riveting investigative narrative, McKenna dives deep into the world of modern agriculture by way of chicken: from the farm where it's raised directly to your dinner table. Consumed more than any other meat in the United States, chicken is emblematic of today's mass food-processing practices and their profound influence on our lives and health. Tracing its meteoric rise from scarce treat to ubiquitous global commodity, McKenna reveals the astounding role of antibiotics in industrial farming, documenting how and why 'wonder drugs' revolutionized the way the world eats—and not necessarily for the better. Rich with scientific, historical, and cultural insights, this spellbinding cautionary tale shines a light on one of America's favorite foods—and shows us the way to safer, healthier eating for ourselves and our children. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Chicken: The Incredible Story of How Antibiotics Created Modern Agriculture and Changed the Way the World Eats Author: Maryn McKenna Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this eye-opening exposé, acclaimed health journalist and National Geographic contributor Maryn McKenna documents how antibiotics transformed chicken from local delicacy to industrial commodity—and human health threat—uncovering the ways we can make America's favorite meat safer again. What you eat matters—for your health, for the environment, and for future generations. In this riveting investigative narrative, McKenna dives deep into the world of modern agriculture by way of chicken: from the farm where it's raised directly to your dinner table. Consumed more than any other meat in the United States, chicken is emblematic of today's mass food-processing practices and their profound influence on our lives and health. Tracing its meteoric rise from scarce treat to ubiquitous global commodity, McKenna reveals the astounding role of antibiotics in industrial farming, documenting how and why 'wonder drugs' revolutionized the way the world eats—and not necessarily for the better. Rich with scientific, historical, and cultural insights, this spellbinding cautionary tale shines a light on one of America's favorite foods—and shows us the way to safer, healthier eating for ourselves and our children. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356057 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extra Time: 10 Lessons for an Ageing World Author: Camilla Cavendish Narrator: Camilla Cavendish Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘An inspirational call to arms’ DAILY MAIL ‘This book is so sensible, so substantially researched, so briskly written, so clear in its arguments, that one wishes Baroness Cavendish was still whispering into the prime ministerial ear’ THE TIMES ‘A thoughtful handbook to help societies age gracefully’ FINANCIAL TIMES ‘This bold, visionary book is a wake-up call to governments. It is a wake-up call to us all’ SUNDAY TIMES From award-winning journalist, Camilla Cavendish, comes a profound analysis of one of the biggest challenges facing the human population today. The world is undergoing a dramatic demographic shift. By 2020, for the first time in history, the number of people aged 65 and over will outnumber children aged five and under. But our systems are lagging woefully behind this new reality. In Extra Time, Camilla Cavendish embarks on a journey to understand how different countries are responding to these unprecedented challenges. Travelling across the world in a carefully researched and deeply human investigation, Cavendish contests many of the taboos around ageing. Interviewing leading scientists about breakthroughs that could soon transform the quality and extent of life, she sparks a debate about how governments, businesses, doctors, the media and each one of us should handle the second half of life. She argues that if we take a more positive approach, we should be able to reap the benefits of a prolonged life. But that will mean changing our attitudes and using technology, community, even anti-ageing pills, to bring about a revolution. Camilla Cavendish Thu, 02 May 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356057 thebookvoice.com 7:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extra Time: 10 Lessons for an Ageing World Author: Camilla Cavendish Narrator: Camilla Cavendish Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘An inspirational call to arms’ DAILY MAIL ‘This book is so sensible, so substantially researched, so briskly written, so clear in its arguments, that one wishes Baroness Cavendish was still whispering into the prime ministerial ear’ THE TIMES ‘A thoughtful handbook to help societies age gracefully’ FINANCIAL TIMES ‘This bold, visionary book is a wake-up call to governments. It is a wake-up call to us all’ SUNDAY TIMES From award-winning journalist, Camilla Cavendish, comes a profound analysis of one of the biggest challenges facing the human population today. The world is undergoing a dramatic demographic shift. By 2020, for the first time in history, the number of people aged 65 and over will outnumber children aged five and under. But our systems are lagging woefully behind this new reality. In Extra Time, Camilla Cavendish embarks on a journey to understand how different countries are responding to these unprecedented challenges. Travelling across the world in a carefully researched and deeply human investigation, Cavendish contests many of the taboos around ageing. Interviewing leading scientists about breakthroughs that could soon transform the quality and extent of life, she sparks a debate about how governments, businesses, doctors, the media and each one of us should handle the second half of life. She argues that if we take a more positive approach, we should be able to reap the benefits of a prolonged life. But that will mean changing our attitudes and using technology, community, even anti-ageing pills, to bring about a revolution. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extra Time: 10 Lessons for an Ageing World Author: Camilla Cavendish Narrator: Camilla Cavendish Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘An inspirational call to arms’ DAILY MAIL ‘This book is so sensible, so substantially researched, so briskly written, so clear in its arguments, that one wishes Baroness Cavendish was still whispering into the prime ministerial ear’ THE TIMES ‘A thoughtful handbook to help societies age gracefully’ FINANCIAL TIMES ‘This bold, visionary book is a wake-up call to governments. It is a wake-up call to us all’ SUNDAY TIMES From award-winning journalist, Camilla Cavendish, comes a profound analysis of one of the biggest challenges facing the human population today. The world is undergoing a dramatic demographic shift. By 2020, for the first time in history, the number of people aged 65 and over will outnumber children aged five and under. But our systems are lagging woefully behind this new reality. In Extra Time, Camilla Cavendish embarks on a journey to understand how different countries are responding to these unprecedented challenges. Travelling across the world in a carefully researched and deeply human investigation, Cavendish contests many of the taboos around ageing. Interviewing leading scientists about breakthroughs that could soon transform the quality and extent of life, she sparks a debate about how governments, businesses, doctors, the media and each one of us should handle the second half of life. She argues that if we take a more positive approach, we should be able to reap the benefits of a prolonged life. But that will mean changing our attitudes and using technology, community, even anti-ageing pills, to bring about a revolution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355992 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on a Shipwreck: A Story of Refugees, Borders, and Hope Author: Davide Enia Narrator: P. J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A moving firsthand account of migrant landings on the island of Lampedusa that gives voice to refugees, locals, and volunteers while also exploring a deeply personal father-son relationship. On the island of Lampedusa, the southernmost part of Italy, between Africa and Europe, Davide Enia looks in the faces of those who arrive and those who wait, and tells the story of an individual and collective shipwreck. On one side, a multitude in motion, crossing entire nations and then the Mediterranean Sea under conditions beyond any imagination. On the other, a handful of men and women on the border of an era and a continent, trying to welcome the newcomers. In the middle is the author himself, telling of what actually happens at sea and on land, and the failure of words in the attempt to understand the present paradoxes. Enia reveals the emotional consequences of this touching and disconcerting reality, especially in his relationship with his father, a recently retired doctor who agrees to travel with him to Lampedusa. Witnessing together the public pain of those who land and those who save them from death, alongside the private pain of his uncle’s illness, pushes them to reinvent their relationship, to forge a new and unprecedented dialogue that replaces the silences of the past. Davide Enia Tue, 19 Feb 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355992 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on a Shipwreck: A Story of Refugees, Borders, and Hope Author: Davide Enia Narrator: P. J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A moving firsthand account of migrant landings on the island of Lampedusa that gives voice to refugees, locals, and volunteers while also exploring a deeply personal father-son relationship. On the island of Lampedusa, the southernmost part of Italy, between Africa and Europe, Davide Enia looks in the faces of those who arrive and those who wait, and tells the story of an individual and collective shipwreck. On one side, a multitude in motion, crossing entire nations and then the Mediterranean Sea under conditions beyond any imagination. On the other, a handful of men and women on the border of an era and a continent, trying to welcome the newcomers. In the middle is the author himself, telling of what actually happens at sea and on land, and the failure of words in the attempt to understand the present paradoxes. Enia reveals the emotional consequences of this touching and disconcerting reality, especially in his relationship with his father, a recently retired doctor who agrees to travel with him to Lampedusa. Witnessing together the public pain of those who land and those who save them from death, alongside the private pain of his uncle’s illness, pushes them to reinvent their relationship, to forge a new and unprecedented dialogue that replaces the silences of the past. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on a Shipwreck: A Story of Refugees, Borders, and Hope Author: Davide Enia Narrator: P. J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A moving firsthand account of migrant landings on the island of Lampedusa that gives voice to refugees, locals, and volunteers while also exploring a deeply personal father-son relationship. On the island of Lampedusa, the southernmost part of Italy, between Africa and Europe, Davide Enia looks in the faces of those who arrive and those who wait, and tells the story of an individual and collective shipwreck. On one side, a multitude in motion, crossing entire nations and then the Mediterranean Sea under conditions beyond any imagination. On the other, a handful of men and women on the border of an era and a continent, trying to welcome the newcomers. In the middle is the author himself, telling of what actually happens at sea and on land, and the failure of words in the attempt to understand the present paradoxes. Enia reveals the emotional consequences of this touching and disconcerting reality, especially in his relationship with his father, a recently retired doctor who agrees to travel with him to Lampedusa. Witnessing together the public pain of those who land and those who save them from death, alongside the private pain of his uncle’s illness, pushes them to reinvent their relationship, to forge a new and unprecedented dialogue that replaces the silences of the past. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355788 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Pride: LGBTQ Heroes Who Changed the World Author: Mason Funk Narrator: Mason Funk, Charles Constant, Kevin R. Free, Eileen Stevens, Robin Miles, Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE BOOK OF PRIDE captures the true story of the gay rights movement from the 1960s to the present, through richly detailed, stunning interviews with the leaders, activists, and ordinary people who witnessed the movement and made it happen. These individuals fought battles both personal and political, often without the support of family or friends, frequently under the threat of violence and persecution. By shining a light on these remarkable stories of bravery and determination, THE BOOK OF PRIDE not only honors an important chapter in American history, but also empowers young people today (both LGBTQ and straight) to discover their own courage in order to create positive change. Furthermore, it serves a critically important role in ensuring the history of the LGBTQ movement can never be erased, inspiring us to resist all forms of oppression with ferocity, community, and, most importantly, pride. Mason Funk Tue, 21 May 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355788 thebookvoice.com 10:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Pride: LGBTQ Heroes Who Changed the World Author: Mason Funk Narrator: Mason Funk, Charles Constant, Kevin R. Free, Eileen Stevens, Robin Miles, Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE BOOK OF PRIDE captures the true story of the gay rights movement from the 1960s to the present, through richly detailed, stunning interviews with the leaders, activists, and ordinary people who witnessed the movement and made it happen. These individuals fought battles both personal and political, often without the support of family or friends, frequently under the threat of violence and persecution. By shining a light on these remarkable stories of bravery and determination, THE BOOK OF PRIDE not only honors an important chapter in American history, but also empowers young people today (both LGBTQ and straight) to discover their own courage in order to create positive change. Furthermore, it serves a critically important role in ensuring the history of the LGBTQ movement can never be erased, inspiring us to resist all forms of oppression with ferocity, community, and, most importantly, pride. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Pride: LGBTQ Heroes Who Changed the World Author: Mason Funk Narrator: Mason Funk, Charles Constant, Kevin R. Free, Eileen Stevens, Robin Miles, Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE BOOK OF PRIDE captures the true story of the gay rights movement from the 1960s to the present, through richly detailed, stunning interviews with the leaders, activists, and ordinary people who witnessed the movement and made it happen. These individuals fought battles both personal and political, often without the support of family or friends, frequently under the threat of violence and persecution. By shining a light on these remarkable stories of bravery and determination, THE BOOK OF PRIDE not only honors an important chapter in American history, but also empowers young people today (both LGBTQ and straight) to discover their own courage in order to create positive change. Furthermore, it serves a critically important role in ensuring the history of the LGBTQ movement can never be erased, inspiring us to resist all forms of oppression with ferocity, community, and, most importantly, pride. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355771 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wordslut: A Feminist Guide to Taking Back the English Language Author: Amanda Montell Narrator: Amanda Montell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “As funny as it is informative, this book will have you laughing out loud while you contemplate the revolutionary power of words.” —Camille Perri, author of The Assistants and When Katie Met Cassidy A brash, enlightening, and wildly entertaining feminist look at gendered language and the way it shapes us. The word bitch conjures many images for many people, but it is most often meant to describe an unpleasant woman. Even before its usage to mean a female canine, bitch didn’t refer to gender at all—it originated as a gender-neutral word meaning genitalia. A perfectly innocuous word devolving into a female insult is the case for tons more terms, including hussy—which simply meant housewife—or slut, which meant an untidy person and was also used to describe men. These words are just a few among history’s many English slurs hurled at women. Amanda Montell, reporter and feminist linguist, deconstructs language—from insults and cursing, gossip, and catcalling to grammar and pronunciation patterns—to reveal the ways it has been used for centuries to keep women and other marginalized genders from power. Ever wonder why so many people are annoyed when women talk with vocal fry or use the word like as a filler? Or why certain gender-neutral terms stick and others don’t? Or where stereotypes of how women and men speak come from in the first place? Montell effortlessly moves between history, science, and popular culture to explore these questions and more—and how we can use the answers to effect real social change. Her irresistible humor shines through, making linguistics not only approachable but both downright hilarious and profound, demonstrated in chapters such as: Slutty Skanks and Nasty Dykes: A Comprehensive List of Gendered Insults How to Embarrass the Shit Out of People Who Try to Correct Your Grammar Fuck it: An Ode to Cursing While Female Cyclops, Panty Puppet, Bald Headed Bastard and 100+ Other Things to Call Your Genitalia Wordslut gets to the heart of our language, marvels at its elasticity, and sheds much-needed light into the biases that shadow women in our culture and our consciousness. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Amanda Montell Tue, 28 May 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355771 thebookvoice.com 6:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wordslut: A Feminist Guide to Taking Back the English Language Author: Amanda Montell Narrator: Amanda Montell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “As funny as it is informative, this book will have you laughing out loud while you contemplate the revolutionary power of words.” —Camille Perri, author of The Assistants and When Katie Met Cassidy A brash, enlightening, and wildly entertaining feminist look at gendered language and the way it shapes us. The word bitch conjures many images for many people, but it is most often meant to describe an unpleasant woman. Even before its usage to mean a female canine, bitch didn’t refer to gender at all—it originated as a gender-neutral word meaning genitalia. A perfectly innocuous word devolving into a female insult is the case for tons more terms, including hussy—which simply meant housewife—or slut, which meant an untidy person and was also used to describe men. These words are just a few among history’s many English slurs hurled at women. Amanda Montell, reporter and feminist linguist, deconstructs language—from insults and cursing, gossip, and catcalling to grammar and pronunciation patterns—to reveal the ways it has been used for centuries to keep women and other marginalized genders from power. Ever wonder why so many people are annoyed when women talk with vocal fry or use the word like as a filler? Or why certain gender-neutral terms stick and others don’t? Or where stereotypes of how women and men speak come from in the first place? Montell effortlessly moves between history, science, and popular culture to explore these questions and more—and how we can use the answers to effect real social change. Her irresistible humor shines through, making linguistics not only approachable but both downright hilarious and profound, demonstrated in chapters such as: Slutty Skanks and Nasty Dykes: A Comprehensive List of Gendered Insults How to Embarrass the Shit Out of People Who Try to Correct Your Grammar Fuck it: An Ode to Cursing While Female Cyclops, Panty Puppet, Bald Headed Bastard and 100+ Other Things to Call Your Genitalia Wordslut gets to the heart of our language, marvels at its elasticity, and sheds much-needed light into the biases that shadow women in our culture and our consciousness. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wordslut: A Feminist Guide to Taking Back the English Language Author: Amanda Montell Narrator: Amanda Montell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “As funny as it is informative, this book will have you laughing out loud while you contemplate the revolutionary power of words.” —Camille Perri, author of The Assistants and When Katie Met Cassidy A brash, enlightening, and wildly entertaining feminist look at gendered language and the way it shapes us. The word bitch conjures many images for many people, but it is most often meant to describe an unpleasant woman. Even before its usage to mean a female canine, bitch didn’t refer to gender at all—it originated as a gender-neutral word meaning genitalia. A perfectly innocuous word devolving into a female insult is the case for tons more terms, including hussy—which simply meant housewife—or slut, which meant an untidy person and was also used to describe men. These words are just a few among history’s many English slurs hurled at women. Amanda Montell, reporter and feminist linguist, deconstructs language—from insults and cursing, gossip, and catcalling to grammar and pronunciation patterns—to reveal the ways it has been used for centuries to keep women and other marginalized genders from power. Ever wonder why so many people are annoyed when women talk with vocal fry or use the word like as a filler? Or why certain gender-neutral terms stick and others don’t? Or where stereotypes of how women and men speak come from in the first place? Montell effortlessly moves between history, science, and popular culture to explore these questions and more—and how we can use the answers to effect real social change. Her irresistible humor shines through, making linguistics not only approachable but both downright hilarious and profound, demonstrated in chapters such as: Slutty Skanks and Nasty Dykes: A Comprehensive List of Gendered Insults How to Embarrass the Shit Out of People Who Try to Correct Your Grammar Fuck it: An Ode to Cursing While Female Cyclops, Panty Puppet, Bald Headed Bastard and 100+ Other Things to Call Your Genitalia Wordslut gets to the heart of our language, marvels at its elasticity, and sheds much-needed light into the biases that shadow women in our culture and our consciousness. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355684 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stranger: The Challenge of a Latino Immigrant in the Trump Era Author: Jorge Ramos Narrator: Jorge Ramos, Ozzie Rodriguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “There are times when I feel like a stranger in this country. I am not complaining and it’s not for lack of opportunity. But it is something of a disappointment. I never would have imagined that after having spent thirty five years in the United States I would still be a stranger to so many. But that’s how it is”. Jorge Ramos, an Emmy award-winning journalist, Univision’s longtime anchorman and widely considered the “voice of the voiceless” within the Latino community, was forcefully removed from an Iowa press conference in 2015 by then-candidate Donald Trump after trying to ask about his plans on immigration. In this personal manifesto, Ramos sets out to examine what it means to be a Latino immigrant, or just an immigrant, in present-day America. Using current research and statistics, with a journalist’s nose for a story, and interweaving his own personal experience, Ramos shows us the changing face of America while also trying to find an explanation for why he, and millions of others, still feel like strangers in this country. “It is precisely this pattern of confrontation… that has won Ramos the trust of so many Hispanics. They know that in many countries south of the United States, direct questions can provoke not simply a loss of access but also a loss of life.” --Marcela Valdes, The New York Times Jorge Ramos Tue, 27 Feb 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355684 thebookvoice.com 4:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stranger: The Challenge of a Latino Immigrant in the Trump Era Author: Jorge Ramos Narrator: Jorge Ramos, Ozzie Rodriguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “There are times when I feel like a stranger in this country. I am not complaining and it’s not for lack of opportunity. But it is something of a disappointment. I never would have imagined that after having spent thirty five years in the United States I would still be a stranger to so many. But that’s how it is”. Jorge Ramos, an Emmy award-winning journalist, Univision’s longtime anchorman and widely considered the “voice of the voiceless” within the Latino community, was forcefully removed from an Iowa press conference in 2015 by then-candidate Donald Trump after trying to ask about his plans on immigration. In this personal manifesto, Ramos sets out to examine what it means to be a Latino immigrant, or just an immigrant, in present-day America. Using current research and statistics, with a journalist’s nose for a story, and interweaving his own personal experience, Ramos shows us the changing face of America while also trying to find an explanation for why he, and millions of others, still feel like strangers in this country. “It is precisely this pattern of confrontation… that has won Ramos the trust of so many Hispanics. They know that in many countries south of the United States, direct questions can provoke not simply a loss of access but also a loss of life.” --Marcela Valdes, The New York Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stranger: The Challenge of a Latino Immigrant in the Trump Era Author: Jorge Ramos Narrator: Jorge Ramos, Ozzie Rodriguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “There are times when I feel like a stranger in this country. I am not complaining and it’s not for lack of opportunity. But it is something of a disappointment. I never would have imagined that after having spent thirty five years in the United States I would still be a stranger to so many. But that’s how it is”. Jorge Ramos, an Emmy award-winning journalist, Univision’s longtime anchorman and widely considered the “voice of the voiceless” within the Latino community, was forcefully removed from an Iowa press conference in 2015 by then-candidate Donald Trump after trying to ask about his plans on immigration. In this personal manifesto, Ramos sets out to examine what it means to be a Latino immigrant, or just an immigrant, in present-day America. Using current research and statistics, with a journalist’s nose for a story, and interweaving his own personal experience, Ramos shows us the changing face of America while also trying to find an explanation for why he, and millions of others, still feel like strangers in this country. “It is precisely this pattern of confrontation… that has won Ramos the trust of so many Hispanics. They know that in many countries south of the United States, direct questions can provoke not simply a loss of access but also a loss of life.” --Marcela Valdes, The New York Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355679 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Childfree By Choice: The Movement Redefining Family and Creating a New Age of Independence Author: Amy Blackstone Narrator: Macleod Andrews, Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Dr. Amy Blackstone, childfree woman, co-creator of the blog we're {not} having a baby, and nationally recognized expert on the childfree choice, comes a definitive investigation into the history and current growing movement of adults choosing to forgo parenthood: what it means for our society, economy, environment, perceived gender roles, and legacies, and how understanding and supporting all types of families can lead to positive outcomes for parents, non-parents, and children alike. As a childfree woman, Dr. Amy Blackstone is no stranger to a wide range of negative responses when she informs people she doesn't have--nor does she want--kids: confused looks, patronizing quips, thinly veiled pity, even outright scorn and condemnation. But she is not alone in opting out when it comes to children. More people than ever are choosing to forgo parenthood, and openly discussing a choice that's still often perceived as taboo. Yet this choice, and its effects personally and culturally, are still often misunderstood.  Amy Blackstone, a professor of sociology, has been studying the childfree choice since 2008, a choice she and her husband had already confidently and happily made. Using her own and others' research as well as her personal experience, Blackstone delves into the childfree movement from its conception to today, exploring gender, race, sexual orientation, politics, environmentalism, and feminism, as she strips away the misconceptions surrounding non-parents and reveals the still radical notion that support of the childfree can lead to better lives and societies for all. Amy Blackstone Tue, 11 Jun 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355679 thebookvoice.com 7:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Childfree By Choice: The Movement Redefining Family and Creating a New Age of Independence Author: Amy Blackstone Narrator: Macleod Andrews, Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Dr. Amy Blackstone, childfree woman, co-creator of the blog we're {not} having a baby, and nationally recognized expert on the childfree choice, comes a definitive investigation into the history and current growing movement of adults choosing to forgo parenthood: what it means for our society, economy, environment, perceived gender roles, and legacies, and how understanding and supporting all types of families can lead to positive outcomes for parents, non-parents, and children alike. As a childfree woman, Dr. Amy Blackstone is no stranger to a wide range of negative responses when she informs people she doesn't have--nor does she want--kids: confused looks, patronizing quips, thinly veiled pity, even outright scorn and condemnation. But she is not alone in opting out when it comes to children. More people than ever are choosing to forgo parenthood, and openly discussing a choice that's still often perceived as taboo. Yet this choice, and its effects personally and culturally, are still often misunderstood.  Amy Blackstone, a professor of sociology, has been studying the childfree choice since 2008, a choice she and her husband had already confidently and happily made. Using her own and others' research as well as her personal experience, Blackstone delves into the childfree movement from its conception to today, exploring gender, race, sexual orientation, politics, environmentalism, and feminism, as she strips away the misconceptions surrounding non-parents and reveals the still radical notion that support of the childfree can lead to better lives and societies for all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Childfree By Choice: The Movement Redefining Family and Creating a New Age of Independence Author: Amy Blackstone Narrator: Macleod Andrews, Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Dr. Amy Blackstone, childfree woman, co-creator of the blog we're {not} having a baby, and nationally recognized expert on the childfree choice, comes a definitive investigation into the history and current growing movement of adults choosing to forgo parenthood: what it means for our society, economy, environment, perceived gender roles, and legacies, and how understanding and supporting all types of families can lead to positive outcomes for parents, non-parents, and children alike. As a childfree woman, Dr. Amy Blackstone is no stranger to a wide range of negative responses when she informs people she doesn't have--nor does she want--kids: confused looks, patronizing quips, thinly veiled pity, even outright scorn and condemnation. But she is not alone in opting out when it comes to children. More people than ever are choosing to forgo parenthood, and openly discussing a choice that's still often perceived as taboo. Yet this choice, and its effects personally and culturally, are still often misunderstood.  Amy Blackstone, a professor of sociology, has been studying the childfree choice since 2008, a choice she and her husband had already confidently and happily made. Using her own and others' research as well as her personal experience, Blackstone delves into the childfree movement from its conception to today, exploring gender, race, sexual orientation, politics, environmentalism, and feminism, as she strips away the misconceptions surrounding non-parents and reveals the still radical notion that support of the childfree can lead to better lives and societies for all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355662 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Body Language Sales Secrets: How to Read Prospects and Decode Subconscious Signals to Get Results and Close the Deal Author: Maryann Karinch, Jim Mccormick Narrator: Nancy Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ordinary salespeople sell. Extraordinary sales professionals engage. Part of what sets them apart is their ability to understand body language, both their prospect's and their own, and use it to their advantage. Body Language Sales Secrets directly addresses the need of sales professionals to help them: Baseline their prospects—recognize the body language that says 'I'm at ease with you right now.' ● Identify the ways a prospect expresses stress. ● Spot their prospects' moment-to-moment nonverbal cues. ● Understand how and why a prospect's body language can send very different messages within minutes. ● Better yet, after identifying a change in body language, know exactly what to do to either capitalize on it or counter it. ● How to apply body language skills to a wide variety of sales techniques, including relationship selling, solution selling, expertise selling, ROI selling, fear selling, and more. Body Language Sales Secrets helps salespeople at any level build rapport through active listening, invitational body language, and mirroring and reveals how their own body language can reinforce the perception of competence, relevance, and truth. Maryann Karinch, Jim Mccormick Tue, 09 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355662 thebookvoice.com 5:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Body Language Sales Secrets: How to Read Prospects and Decode Subconscious Signals to Get Results and Close the Deal Author: Maryann Karinch, Jim Mccormick Narrator: Nancy Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ordinary salespeople sell. Extraordinary sales professionals engage. Part of what sets them apart is their ability to understand body language, both their prospect's and their own, and use it to their advantage. Body Language Sales Secrets directly addresses the need of sales professionals to help them: Baseline their prospects—recognize the body language that says 'I'm at ease with you right now.' ● Identify the ways a prospect expresses stress. ● Spot their prospects' moment-to-moment nonverbal cues. ● Understand how and why a prospect's body language can send very different messages within minutes. ● Better yet, after identifying a change in body language, know exactly what to do to either capitalize on it or counter it. ● How to apply body language skills to a wide variety of sales techniques, including relationship selling, solution selling, expertise selling, ROI selling, fear selling, and more. Body Language Sales Secrets helps salespeople at any level build rapport through active listening, invitational body language, and mirroring and reveals how their own body language can reinforce the perception of competence, relevance, and truth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Body Language Sales Secrets: How to Read Prospects and Decode Subconscious Signals to Get Results and Close the Deal Author: Maryann Karinch, Jim Mccormick Narrator: Nancy Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ordinary salespeople sell. Extraordinary sales professionals engage. Part of what sets them apart is their ability to understand body language, both their prospect's and their own, and use it to their advantage. Body Language Sales Secrets directly addresses the need of sales professionals to help them: Baseline their prospects—recognize the body language that says 'I'm at ease with you right now.' ● Identify the ways a prospect expresses stress. ● Spot their prospects' moment-to-moment nonverbal cues. ● Understand how and why a prospect's body language can send very different messages within minutes. ● Better yet, after identifying a change in body language, know exactly what to do to either capitalize on it or counter it. ● How to apply body language skills to a wide variety of sales techniques, including relationship selling, solution selling, expertise selling, ROI selling, fear selling, and more. Body Language Sales Secrets helps salespeople at any level build rapport through active listening, invitational body language, and mirroring and reveals how their own body language can reinforce the perception of competence, relevance, and truth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355371 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355371]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liberación animal: El clásico definitivo del movimiento animalista Author: Peter Singer Narrator: Arturo López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora la Biblia de quienes luchan por los derechos de los animales, con prólogo de Yuval Harari . Este revolucionario libro, ahora disponible en formato audiolibro, inspiró, desde su publicación original en 1975, un movimiento mundial de defensa de los derechos de los animales que aspira a transformar nuestra actitud hacia ellos y eliminar la crueldad que les infligimos. En Libración animal, Peter Singer denuncia el «especismo» (el prejuicio de creer que existe una especie, la humana, superior a todas las demás) y expone la escalofriante realidad de las granjas industriales y los procedimientos de experimentación con animales, echando abajo las justificaciones que los defienden y ofreciendo alternativas a un dilema moral, social y medioambiental. Este libro es un persuasivo llamamiento a la conciencia, la decencia y la justicia y una lectura esencial tanto para el ya convencido como para el escéptico. Las obras más impactantes de nuestro tiempo en formato audiolibro. La crítica ha dicho... «La documentación de Singer no es ni retórica ni emocional, sus argumentos son rigurosos y formidables, ya que no basa su caso en principios personales o religiosos, ni en conceptos filosóficos altamente abstractos, sino en posiciones morales que la mayoría de nosotros ya aceptamos.» The New York Times Book Review «Un libro importantísimo que cambiará el modo en que muchos de nosotros miramos a los animales y, en última instancia, a nosotros mismos.» Chicago Tribune Peter Singer Mon, 15 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355371 thebookvoice.com 13:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355371]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liberación animal: El clásico definitivo del movimiento animalista Author: Peter Singer Narrator: Arturo López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora la Biblia de quienes luchan por los derechos de los animales, con prólogo de Yuval Harari . Este revolucionario libro, ahora disponible en formato audiolibro, inspiró, desde su publicación original en 1975, un movimiento mundial de defensa de los derechos de los animales que aspira a transformar nuestra actitud hacia ellos y eliminar la crueldad que les infligimos. En Libración animal, Peter Singer denuncia el «especismo» (el prejuicio de creer que existe una especie, la humana, superior a todas las demás) y expone la escalofriante realidad de las granjas industriales y los procedimientos de experimentación con animales, echando abajo las justificaciones que los defienden y ofreciendo alternativas a un dilema moral, social y medioambiental. Este libro es un persuasivo llamamiento a la conciencia, la decencia y la justicia y una lectura esencial tanto para el ya convencido como para el escéptico. Las obras más impactantes de nuestro tiempo en formato audiolibro. La crítica ha dicho... «La documentación de Singer no es ni retórica ni emocional, sus argumentos son rigurosos y formidables, ya que no basa su caso en principios personales o religiosos, ni en conceptos filosóficos altamente abstractos, sino en posiciones morales que la mayoría de nosotros ya aceptamos.» The New York Times Book Review «Un libro importantísimo que cambiará el modo en que muchos de nosotros miramos a los animales y, en última instancia, a nosotros mismos.» Chicago Tribune Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355371]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liberación animal: El clásico definitivo del movimiento animalista Author: Peter Singer Narrator: Arturo López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora la Biblia de quienes luchan por los derechos de los animales, con prólogo de Yuval Harari . Este revolucionario libro, ahora disponible en formato audiolibro, inspiró, desde su publicación original en 1975, un movimiento mundial de defensa de los derechos de los animales que aspira a transformar nuestra actitud hacia ellos y eliminar la crueldad que les infligimos. En Libración animal, Peter Singer denuncia el «especismo» (el prejuicio de creer que existe una especie, la humana, superior a todas las demás) y expone la escalofriante realidad de las granjas industriales y los procedimientos de experimentación con animales, echando abajo las justificaciones que los defienden y ofreciendo alternativas a un dilema moral, social y medioambiental. Este libro es un persuasivo llamamiento a la conciencia, la decencia y la justicia y una lectura esencial tanto para el ya convencido como para el escéptico. Las obras más impactantes de nuestro tiempo en formato audiolibro. La crítica ha dicho... «La documentación de Singer no es ni retórica ni emocional, sus argumentos son rigurosos y formidables, ya que no basa su caso en principios personales o religiosos, ni en conceptos filosóficos altamente abstractos, sino en posiciones morales que la mayoría de nosotros ya aceptamos.» The New York Times Book Review «Un libro importantísimo que cambiará el modo en que muchos de nosotros miramos a los animales y, en última instancia, a nosotros mismos.» Chicago Tribune https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355263 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What the Hell Do You Have to Lose?: Trump's War on Civil Rights Author: Juan Williams Narrator: Dale E. Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author, political analyst, and civil rights expert delivers a forceful critique of the Trump administration's ignorant and unprecedented rollback of the civil rights movement. In this powerful and timely book, civil rights historian and political analyst Juan Williams denounces Donald Trump for intentionally twisting history to fuel racial tensions for his political advantage. In Williams's lifetime, crusaders for civil rights have braved hatred, violence, and imprisonment, and in so doing made life immeasurably better for African Americans and other marginalized groups. Remarkably, all this progress suddenly seems to have been forgotten -- or worse, undone. The stirring history of hard-fought and heroic battles for voting rights, integrated schools, and more is under direct threat from an administration dedicated to restricting these basic freedoms. Williams pulls the fire alarm on the Trump administration's policies, which pose a threat to civil rights without precedent in modern America. What the Hell Do You Have to Lose? makes a searing case for the enduring value of our historic accomplishments and what happens if they are lost. Juan Williams Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355263 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What the Hell Do You Have to Lose?: Trump's War on Civil Rights Author: Juan Williams Narrator: Dale E. Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author, political analyst, and civil rights expert delivers a forceful critique of the Trump administration's ignorant and unprecedented rollback of the civil rights movement. In this powerful and timely book, civil rights historian and political analyst Juan Williams denounces Donald Trump for intentionally twisting history to fuel racial tensions for his political advantage. In Williams's lifetime, crusaders for civil rights have braved hatred, violence, and imprisonment, and in so doing made life immeasurably better for African Americans and other marginalized groups. Remarkably, all this progress suddenly seems to have been forgotten -- or worse, undone. The stirring history of hard-fought and heroic battles for voting rights, integrated schools, and more is under direct threat from an administration dedicated to restricting these basic freedoms. Williams pulls the fire alarm on the Trump administration's policies, which pose a threat to civil rights without precedent in modern America. What the Hell Do You Have to Lose? makes a searing case for the enduring value of our historic accomplishments and what happens if they are lost. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What the Hell Do You Have to Lose?: Trump's War on Civil Rights Author: Juan Williams Narrator: Dale E. Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author, political analyst, and civil rights expert delivers a forceful critique of the Trump administration's ignorant and unprecedented rollback of the civil rights movement. In this powerful and timely book, civil rights historian and political analyst Juan Williams denounces Donald Trump for intentionally twisting history to fuel racial tensions for his political advantage. In Williams's lifetime, crusaders for civil rights have braved hatred, violence, and imprisonment, and in so doing made life immeasurably better for African Americans and other marginalized groups. Remarkably, all this progress suddenly seems to have been forgotten -- or worse, undone. The stirring history of hard-fought and heroic battles for voting rights, integrated schools, and more is under direct threat from an administration dedicated to restricting these basic freedoms. Williams pulls the fire alarm on the Trump administration's policies, which pose a threat to civil rights without precedent in modern America. What the Hell Do You Have to Lose? makes a searing case for the enduring value of our historic accomplishments and what happens if they are lost. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355262 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land: America, Lost and Found Author: Dan Barry Narrator: Janina Edwards, Allan Robertson, Dan Barry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A landmark collection by New York Times journalist Dan Barry, selected from a decade of his distinctive 'This Land' columns and presenting a powerful but rarely seen portrait of America. In the wake of Hurricane Katrina and on the eve of a national recession, New York Times writer Dan Barry launched a column about America: not the one populated only by cable-news pundits, but the America defined and redefined by those who clean the hotel rooms, tend the beet fields, endure disasters both natural and manmade. As the name of the president changed from Bush to Obama to Trump, Barry was crisscrossing the country, filing deeply moving stories from the tiniest dot on the American map to the city that calls itself the Capital of the World. Complemented by the select images of award-winning Times photographers, these narrative and visual snapshots of American life create a majestic tapestry of our shared experience, capturing how our nation is at once flawed and exceptional, paralyzed and ascendant, as cruel and violent as it can be gentle and benevolent. Dan Barry Tue, 11 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355262 thebookvoice.com 12:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land: America, Lost and Found Author: Dan Barry Narrator: Janina Edwards, Allan Robertson, Dan Barry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A landmark collection by New York Times journalist Dan Barry, selected from a decade of his distinctive 'This Land' columns and presenting a powerful but rarely seen portrait of America. In the wake of Hurricane Katrina and on the eve of a national recession, New York Times writer Dan Barry launched a column about America: not the one populated only by cable-news pundits, but the America defined and redefined by those who clean the hotel rooms, tend the beet fields, endure disasters both natural and manmade. As the name of the president changed from Bush to Obama to Trump, Barry was crisscrossing the country, filing deeply moving stories from the tiniest dot on the American map to the city that calls itself the Capital of the World. Complemented by the select images of award-winning Times photographers, these narrative and visual snapshots of American life create a majestic tapestry of our shared experience, capturing how our nation is at once flawed and exceptional, paralyzed and ascendant, as cruel and violent as it can be gentle and benevolent. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land: America, Lost and Found Author: Dan Barry Narrator: Janina Edwards, Allan Robertson, Dan Barry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A landmark collection by New York Times journalist Dan Barry, selected from a decade of his distinctive 'This Land' columns and presenting a powerful but rarely seen portrait of America. In the wake of Hurricane Katrina and on the eve of a national recession, New York Times writer Dan Barry launched a column about America: not the one populated only by cable-news pundits, but the America defined and redefined by those who clean the hotel rooms, tend the beet fields, endure disasters both natural and manmade. As the name of the president changed from Bush to Obama to Trump, Barry was crisscrossing the country, filing deeply moving stories from the tiniest dot on the American map to the city that calls itself the Capital of the World. Complemented by the select images of award-winning Times photographers, these narrative and visual snapshots of American life create a majestic tapestry of our shared experience, capturing how our nation is at once flawed and exceptional, paralyzed and ascendant, as cruel and violent as it can be gentle and benevolent. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355240 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heavy: An American Memoir Author: Kiese Laymon Narrator: Kiese Laymon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 59 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 16 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Selected as One of the Best Books of the 21st Century by The New York Times* *Named a Best Book of the Year by The New York Times, Publishers Weekly, NPR, Broadly, BuzzFeed (Nonfiction), The Undefeated, Library Journal (Biography/Memoirs), The Washington Post (Nonfiction), Southern Living (Southern), Entertainment Weekly, and The New York Times Critics* In this powerful, provocative, and universally lauded memoir—winner of the Andrew Carnegie Medal and finalist for the Kirkus Prize—genre-bending essayist and novelist Kiese Laymon “provocatively meditates on his trauma growing up as a black man, and in turn crafts an essential polemic against American moral rot” (Entertainment Weekly). In Heavy, Laymon writes eloquently and honestly about growing up a hard-headed black son to a complicated and brilliant black mother in Jackson, Mississippi. From his early experiences of sexual violence, to his suspension from college, to time in New York as a college professor, Laymon charts his complex relationship with his mother, grandmother, anorexia, obesity, sex, writing, and ultimately gambling. Heavy is a “gorgeous, gutting…generous” (The New York Times) memoir that combines personal stories with piercing intellect to reflect both on the strife of American society and on Laymon’s experiences with abuse. By attempting to name secrets and lies he and his mother spent a lifetime avoiding, he asks us to confront the terrifying possibility that few in this nation actually know how to responsibly love, and even fewer want to live under the weight of actually becoming free. “A book for people who appreciated Roxane Gay’s memoir Hunger” (Milwaukee Journal Sentinel), Heavy is defiant yet vulnerable, an insightful, often comical exploration of weight, identity, art, friendship, and family through years of haunting implosions and long reverberations. “You won’t be able to put [this memoir] down…It is packed with reminders of how black dreams get skewed and deferred, yet are also pregnant with the possibility that a kind of redemption may lie in intimate grappling with black realities” (The Atlantic). Kiese Laymon Tue, 16 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355240 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heavy: An American Memoir Author: Kiese Laymon Narrator: Kiese Laymon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 59 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 16 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Selected as One of the Best Books of the 21st Century by The New York Times* *Named a Best Book of the Year by The New York Times, Publishers Weekly, NPR, Broadly, BuzzFeed (Nonfiction), The Undefeated, Library Journal (Biography/Memoirs), The Washington Post (Nonfiction), Southern Living (Southern), Entertainment Weekly, and The New York Times Critics* In this powerful, provocative, and universally lauded memoir—winner of the Andrew Carnegie Medal and finalist for the Kirkus Prize—genre-bending essayist and novelist Kiese Laymon “provocatively meditates on his trauma growing up as a black man, and in turn crafts an essential polemic against American moral rot” (Entertainment Weekly). In Heavy, Laymon writes eloquently and honestly about growing up a hard-headed black son to a complicated and brilliant black mother in Jackson, Mississippi. From his early experiences of sexual violence, to his suspension from college, to time in New York as a college professor, Laymon charts his complex relationship with his mother, grandmother, anorexia, obesity, sex, writing, and ultimately gambling. Heavy is a “gorgeous, gutting…generous” (The New York Times) memoir that combines personal stories with piercing intellect to reflect both on the strife of American society and on Laymon’s experiences with abuse. By attempting to name secrets and lies he and his mother spent a lifetime avoiding, he asks us to confront the terrifying possibility that few in this nation actually know how to responsibly love, and even fewer want to live under the weight of actually becoming free. “A book for people who appreciated Roxane Gay’s memoir Hunger” (Milwaukee Journal Sentinel), Heavy is defiant yet vulnerable, an insightful, often comical exploration of weight, identity, art, friendship, and family through years of haunting implosions and long reverberations. “You won’t be able to put [this memoir] down…It is packed with reminders of how black dreams get skewed and deferred, yet are also pregnant with the possibility that a kind of redemption may lie in intimate grappling with black realities” (The Atlantic). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heavy: An American Memoir Author: Kiese Laymon Narrator: Kiese Laymon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 59 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 16 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Selected as One of the Best Books of the 21st Century by The New York Times* *Named a Best Book of the Year by The New York Times, Publishers Weekly, NPR, Broadly, BuzzFeed (Nonfiction), The Undefeated, Library Journal (Biography/Memoirs), The Washington Post (Nonfiction), Southern Living (Southern), Entertainment Weekly, and The New York Times Critics* In this powerful, provocative, and universally lauded memoir—winner of the Andrew Carnegie Medal and finalist for the Kirkus Prize—genre-bending essayist and novelist Kiese Laymon “provocatively meditates on his trauma growing up as a black man, and in turn crafts an essential polemic against American moral rot” (Entertainment Weekly). In Heavy, Laymon writes eloquently and honestly about growing up a hard-headed black son to a complicated and brilliant black mother in Jackson, Mississippi. From his early experiences of sexual violence, to his suspension from college, to time in New York as a college professor, Laymon charts his complex relationship with his mother, grandmother, anorexia, obesity, sex, writing, and ultimately gambling. Heavy is a “gorgeous, gutting…generous” (The New York Times) memoir that combines personal stories with piercing intellect to reflect both on the strife of American society and on Laymon’s experiences with abuse. By attempting to name secrets and lies he and his mother spent a lifetime avoiding, he asks us to confront the terrifying possibility that few in this nation actually know how to responsibly love, and even fewer want to live under the weight of actually becoming free. “A book for people who appreciated Roxane Gay’s memoir Hunger” (Milwaukee Journal Sentinel), Heavy is defiant yet vulnerable, an insightful, often comical exploration of weight, identity, art, friendship, and family through years of haunting implosions and long reverberations. “You won’t be able to put [this memoir] down…It is packed with reminders of how black dreams get skewed and deferred, yet are also pregnant with the possibility that a kind of redemption may lie in intimate grappling with black realities” (The Atlantic). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355235 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silicon City: San Francisco in the Long Shadow of the Valley Author: Cary Mcclelland Narrator: Luis Moreno, Jonathan Todd Ross, Ali Ahn, Alma Cuervo, L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The tech boom of our time is changing San Francisco at warp speed. Famously home to artists and activists, and known as the birthplace of the Beats, the Black Panthers, and the LGBTQ movement, the Bay Area has been transformed by Silicon Valley. But the richer the region gets, the more unequal and less diverse it becomes, and the cracks in the city's facade begin to show. Inspired by Studs Terkel's classic works of oral history, writer and filmmaker Cary McClelland has spent several years interviewing people at the epicenter of the Bay Area's rapid change: tech innovators, venture capitalists, coders, homeless advocates, pawn brokers, prosecutors and public defenders, tattoo artists, and tour guides. Silicon City masterfully weaves together their voices and unforgettable stories to create a dynamic portrait of a beloved city and a cautionary tale for the entire country. Cary Mcclelland Tue, 09 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355235 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silicon City: San Francisco in the Long Shadow of the Valley Author: Cary Mcclelland Narrator: Luis Moreno, Jonathan Todd Ross, Ali Ahn, Alma Cuervo, L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The tech boom of our time is changing San Francisco at warp speed. Famously home to artists and activists, and known as the birthplace of the Beats, the Black Panthers, and the LGBTQ movement, the Bay Area has been transformed by Silicon Valley. But the richer the region gets, the more unequal and less diverse it becomes, and the cracks in the city's facade begin to show. Inspired by Studs Terkel's classic works of oral history, writer and filmmaker Cary McClelland has spent several years interviewing people at the epicenter of the Bay Area's rapid change: tech innovators, venture capitalists, coders, homeless advocates, pawn brokers, prosecutors and public defenders, tattoo artists, and tour guides. Silicon City masterfully weaves together their voices and unforgettable stories to create a dynamic portrait of a beloved city and a cautionary tale for the entire country. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silicon City: San Francisco in the Long Shadow of the Valley Author: Cary Mcclelland Narrator: Luis Moreno, Jonathan Todd Ross, Ali Ahn, Alma Cuervo, L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The tech boom of our time is changing San Francisco at warp speed. Famously home to artists and activists, and known as the birthplace of the Beats, the Black Panthers, and the LGBTQ movement, the Bay Area has been transformed by Silicon Valley. But the richer the region gets, the more unequal and less diverse it becomes, and the cracks in the city's facade begin to show. Inspired by Studs Terkel's classic works of oral history, writer and filmmaker Cary McClelland has spent several years interviewing people at the epicenter of the Bay Area's rapid change: tech innovators, venture capitalists, coders, homeless advocates, pawn brokers, prosecutors and public defenders, tattoo artists, and tour guides. Silicon City masterfully weaves together their voices and unforgettable stories to create a dynamic portrait of a beloved city and a cautionary tale for the entire country. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355210 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ike’s Mystery Man: The Secret Lives of Robert Cutler Author: Peter Shinkle Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This exhilarating Cold War narrative takes listeners from top-secret Cabinet Room meetings to exclusive social clubs, and into the pages of a powerful man’s intimate diary. Ike’s Mystery Man brings a new dimension to our understanding of the inner-workings of the Eisenhower White House. It also shines a bright light on the indispensable contributions and sacrifices made by patriotic gay Americans in an era when Executive Order 10450 banned anyone suspected of “sexual perversion,” i.e. homosexuality, from any government job, and gays in the government were persecuted by the likes of Joseph McCarthy and Roy Cohn in the Senate, and J. Edgar Hoover and Clyde Tolson at the FBI. Ike’s Mystery Man shows that Eisenhower’s National Security Advisor Robert “Bobby” Cutler—working alongside Ike and also the Dulles brothers at the CIA and State Department—shaped US Cold War strategy in far more consequential ways than has been previously understood. Bobby also left behind a six-volume diary which reveals that he was in love with a man half his age, NSC staffer Skip Koons. Their friend Steve Benedict, who also is gay, became Ike’s White House Security Officer. In addition to Bobby’s diary, Ike’s Mystery Man relies on thousands of personal letters, interviews, and previously classified archives to tell a gripping story that has never before been told. Peter Shinkle Tue, 04 Dec 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355210 thebookvoice.com 16:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ike’s Mystery Man: The Secret Lives of Robert Cutler Author: Peter Shinkle Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This exhilarating Cold War narrative takes listeners from top-secret Cabinet Room meetings to exclusive social clubs, and into the pages of a powerful man’s intimate diary. Ike’s Mystery Man brings a new dimension to our understanding of the inner-workings of the Eisenhower White House. It also shines a bright light on the indispensable contributions and sacrifices made by patriotic gay Americans in an era when Executive Order 10450 banned anyone suspected of “sexual perversion,” i.e. homosexuality, from any government job, and gays in the government were persecuted by the likes of Joseph McCarthy and Roy Cohn in the Senate, and J. Edgar Hoover and Clyde Tolson at the FBI. Ike’s Mystery Man shows that Eisenhower’s National Security Advisor Robert “Bobby” Cutler—working alongside Ike and also the Dulles brothers at the CIA and State Department—shaped US Cold War strategy in far more consequential ways than has been previously understood. Bobby also left behind a six-volume diary which reveals that he was in love with a man half his age, NSC staffer Skip Koons. Their friend Steve Benedict, who also is gay, became Ike’s White House Security Officer. In addition to Bobby’s diary, Ike’s Mystery Man relies on thousands of personal letters, interviews, and previously classified archives to tell a gripping story that has never before been told. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ike’s Mystery Man: The Secret Lives of Robert Cutler Author: Peter Shinkle Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This exhilarating Cold War narrative takes listeners from top-secret Cabinet Room meetings to exclusive social clubs, and into the pages of a powerful man’s intimate diary. Ike’s Mystery Man brings a new dimension to our understanding of the inner-workings of the Eisenhower White House. It also shines a bright light on the indispensable contributions and sacrifices made by patriotic gay Americans in an era when Executive Order 10450 banned anyone suspected of “sexual perversion,” i.e. homosexuality, from any government job, and gays in the government were persecuted by the likes of Joseph McCarthy and Roy Cohn in the Senate, and J. Edgar Hoover and Clyde Tolson at the FBI. Ike’s Mystery Man shows that Eisenhower’s National Security Advisor Robert “Bobby” Cutler—working alongside Ike and also the Dulles brothers at the CIA and State Department—shaped US Cold War strategy in far more consequential ways than has been previously understood. Bobby also left behind a six-volume diary which reveals that he was in love with a man half his age, NSC staffer Skip Koons. Their friend Steve Benedict, who also is gay, became Ike’s White House Security Officer. In addition to Bobby’s diary, Ike’s Mystery Man relies on thousands of personal letters, interviews, and previously classified archives to tell a gripping story that has never before been told. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355179 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drive-Thru Dreams: A Journey Through the Heart of America's Fast-Food Kingdom Author: Adam Chandler Narrator: Adam Chandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Adam Chandler delivers his tribute to fast food with affection, zeal, and some humor... Mostly an enthusiast, he narrates his burger-infused stories energetically and persuasively.' — AudioFile This program is read by the author. Most any honest person can own up to harboring at least one fast-food guilty pleasure. In Drive-Thru Dreams: A Journey Through the Heart of America's Fast-Food Kingdom, Adam Chandler explores the inseparable link between fast food and American life for the past century. The dark underbelly of the industry’s largest players has long been scrutinized and gutted, characterized as impersonal, greedy, corporate, and worse. But, in unexpected ways, fast food is also deeply personal and emblematic of a larger than life image of America. With wit and nuance, Chandler reveals the complexities of this industry through heartfelt anecdotes and fascinating trivia as well as interviews with fans, executives, and workers. He traces the industry from its roots in Wichita, where White Castle became the first fast food chain in 1921 and successfully branded the hamburger as the official all-American meal, to a teenager's 2017 plea for a year’s supply of Wendy’s chicken nuggets, which united the internet to generate the most viral tweet of all time. Drive-Thru Dreams by Adam Chandler tells an intimate and contemporary story of America—its humble beginning, its innovations and failures, its international charisma, and its regional identities—through its beloved roadside fare. Praise for Drive-Thru Dreams: 'This fun, argumentative, and frequently surprising pop history of American fast food will thrill and educate food lovers of all speeds.'—Publishers Weekly 'On the page, terrific writers know how to have their cake (or their Big Mac) and eat it, too. Adam Chandler is such a writer, and Drive-Thru Dreams, his account of the wild and inalienable wonderland of American fast food, gives us not just insight and history but a pleasure that is downright gustatory.'—Vijay Seshadri, Pulitzer Prize winning author of 3 Sections Adam Chandler Tue, 25 Jun 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355179 thebookvoice.com 5:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drive-Thru Dreams: A Journey Through the Heart of America's Fast-Food Kingdom Author: Adam Chandler Narrator: Adam Chandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Adam Chandler delivers his tribute to fast food with affection, zeal, and some humor... Mostly an enthusiast, he narrates his burger-infused stories energetically and persuasively.' — AudioFile This program is read by the author. Most any honest person can own up to harboring at least one fast-food guilty pleasure. In Drive-Thru Dreams: A Journey Through the Heart of America's Fast-Food Kingdom, Adam Chandler explores the inseparable link between fast food and American life for the past century. The dark underbelly of the industry’s largest players has long been scrutinized and gutted, characterized as impersonal, greedy, corporate, and worse. But, in unexpected ways, fast food is also deeply personal and emblematic of a larger than life image of America. With wit and nuance, Chandler reveals the complexities of this industry through heartfelt anecdotes and fascinating trivia as well as interviews with fans, executives, and workers. He traces the industry from its roots in Wichita, where White Castle became the first fast food chain in 1921 and successfully branded the hamburger as the official all-American meal, to a teenager's 2017 plea for a year’s supply of Wendy’s chicken nuggets, which united the internet to generate the most viral tweet of all time. Drive-Thru Dreams by Adam Chandler tells an intimate and contemporary story of America—its humble beginning, its innovations and failures, its international charisma, and its regional identities—through its beloved roadside fare. Praise for Drive-Thru Dreams: 'This fun, argumentative, and frequently surprising pop history of American fast food will thrill and educate food lovers of all speeds.'—Publishers Weekly 'On the page, terrific writers know how to have their cake (or their Big Mac) and eat it, too. Adam Chandler is such a writer, and Drive-Thru Dreams, his account of the wild and inalienable wonderland of American fast food, gives us not just insight and history but a pleasure that is downright gustatory.'—Vijay Seshadri, Pulitzer Prize winning author of 3 Sections Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drive-Thru Dreams: A Journey Through the Heart of America's Fast-Food Kingdom Author: Adam Chandler Narrator: Adam Chandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Adam Chandler delivers his tribute to fast food with affection, zeal, and some humor... Mostly an enthusiast, he narrates his burger-infused stories energetically and persuasively.' — AudioFile This program is read by the author. Most any honest person can own up to harboring at least one fast-food guilty pleasure. In Drive-Thru Dreams: A Journey Through the Heart of America's Fast-Food Kingdom, Adam Chandler explores the inseparable link between fast food and American life for the past century. The dark underbelly of the industry’s largest players has long been scrutinized and gutted, characterized as impersonal, greedy, corporate, and worse. But, in unexpected ways, fast food is also deeply personal and emblematic of a larger than life image of America. With wit and nuance, Chandler reveals the complexities of this industry through heartfelt anecdotes and fascinating trivia as well as interviews with fans, executives, and workers. He traces the industry from its roots in Wichita, where White Castle became the first fast food chain in 1921 and successfully branded the hamburger as the official all-American meal, to a teenager's 2017 plea for a year’s supply of Wendy’s chicken nuggets, which united the internet to generate the most viral tweet of all time. Drive-Thru Dreams by Adam Chandler tells an intimate and contemporary story of America—its humble beginning, its innovations and failures, its international charisma, and its regional identities—through its beloved roadside fare. Praise for Drive-Thru Dreams: 'This fun, argumentative, and frequently surprising pop history of American fast food will thrill and educate food lovers of all speeds.'—Publishers Weekly 'On the page, terrific writers know how to have their cake (or their Big Mac) and eat it, too. Adam Chandler is such a writer, and Drive-Thru Dreams, his account of the wild and inalienable wonderland of American fast food, gives us not just insight and history but a pleasure that is downright gustatory.'—Vijay Seshadri, Pulitzer Prize winning author of 3 Sections https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355109 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superior: The Return of Race Science Author: Angela Saini Narrator: Hannah Melbourn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 2019 Best-Of Lists: 10 Best Science Books of the Year (Smithsonian Magazine) · Best Science Books of the Year (NPR's Science Friday) · Best Science and Technology Books from 2019” (Library Journal) An astute and timely examination of the re-emergence of scientific research into racial differences. Superior tells the disturbing story of the persistent thread of belief in biological racial differences in the world of science. After the horrors of the Nazi regime in World War II, the mainstream scientific world turned its back on eugenics and the study of racial difference. But a worldwide network of intellectual racists and segregationists quietly founded journals and funded research, providing the kind of shoddy studies that were ultimately cited in Richard Herrnstein and Charles Murray’s 1994 title The Bell Curve, which purported to show differences in intelligence among races. If the vast majority of scientists and scholars disavowed these ideas and considered race a social construct, it was an idea that still managed to somehow survive in the way scientists thought about human variation and genetics. Dissecting the statements and work of contemporary scientists studying human biodiversity, most of whom claim to be just following the data, Angela Saini shows us how, again and again, even mainstream scientists cling to the idea that race is biologically real. As our understanding of complex traits like intelligence, and the effects of environmental and cultural influences on human beings, from the molecular level on up, grows, the hope of finding simple genetic differences between “races”—to explain differing rates of disease, to explain poverty or test scores, or to justify cultural assumptions—stubbornly persists. At a time when racialized nationalisms are a resurgent threat throughout the world, Superior is a rigorous, much-needed examination of the insidious and destructive nature of race science—and a powerful reminder that, biologically, we are all far more alike than different. Angela Saini Tue, 21 May 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355109 thebookvoice.com 8:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superior: The Return of Race Science Author: Angela Saini Narrator: Hannah Melbourn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 2019 Best-Of Lists: 10 Best Science Books of the Year (Smithsonian Magazine) · Best Science Books of the Year (NPR's Science Friday) · Best Science and Technology Books from 2019” (Library Journal) An astute and timely examination of the re-emergence of scientific research into racial differences. Superior tells the disturbing story of the persistent thread of belief in biological racial differences in the world of science. After the horrors of the Nazi regime in World War II, the mainstream scientific world turned its back on eugenics and the study of racial difference. But a worldwide network of intellectual racists and segregationists quietly founded journals and funded research, providing the kind of shoddy studies that were ultimately cited in Richard Herrnstein and Charles Murray’s 1994 title The Bell Curve, which purported to show differences in intelligence among races. If the vast majority of scientists and scholars disavowed these ideas and considered race a social construct, it was an idea that still managed to somehow survive in the way scientists thought about human variation and genetics. Dissecting the statements and work of contemporary scientists studying human biodiversity, most of whom claim to be just following the data, Angela Saini shows us how, again and again, even mainstream scientists cling to the idea that race is biologically real. As our understanding of complex traits like intelligence, and the effects of environmental and cultural influences on human beings, from the molecular level on up, grows, the hope of finding simple genetic differences between “races”—to explain differing rates of disease, to explain poverty or test scores, or to justify cultural assumptions—stubbornly persists. At a time when racialized nationalisms are a resurgent threat throughout the world, Superior is a rigorous, much-needed examination of the insidious and destructive nature of race science—and a powerful reminder that, biologically, we are all far more alike than different. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superior: The Return of Race Science Author: Angela Saini Narrator: Hannah Melbourn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 2019 Best-Of Lists: 10 Best Science Books of the Year (Smithsonian Magazine) · Best Science Books of the Year (NPR's Science Friday) · Best Science and Technology Books from 2019” (Library Journal) An astute and timely examination of the re-emergence of scientific research into racial differences. Superior tells the disturbing story of the persistent thread of belief in biological racial differences in the world of science. After the horrors of the Nazi regime in World War II, the mainstream scientific world turned its back on eugenics and the study of racial difference. But a worldwide network of intellectual racists and segregationists quietly founded journals and funded research, providing the kind of shoddy studies that were ultimately cited in Richard Herrnstein and Charles Murray’s 1994 title The Bell Curve, which purported to show differences in intelligence among races. If the vast majority of scientists and scholars disavowed these ideas and considered race a social construct, it was an idea that still managed to somehow survive in the way scientists thought about human variation and genetics. Dissecting the statements and work of contemporary scientists studying human biodiversity, most of whom claim to be just following the data, Angela Saini shows us how, again and again, even mainstream scientists cling to the idea that race is biologically real. As our understanding of complex traits like intelligence, and the effects of environmental and cultural influences on human beings, from the molecular level on up, grows, the hope of finding simple genetic differences between “races”—to explain differing rates of disease, to explain poverty or test scores, or to justify cultural assumptions—stubbornly persists. At a time when racialized nationalisms are a resurgent threat throughout the world, Superior is a rigorous, much-needed examination of the insidious and destructive nature of race science—and a powerful reminder that, biologically, we are all far more alike than different. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355108 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Warriors: An Unexpected History Author: Pamela D. Toler Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who says women don’t go to war? From Vikings and African queens to cross-dressing military doctors and WWII Russian fighter pilots, these are the stories of women for whom battle was not a metaphor. The woman warrior is always cast as an anomaly—Joan of Arc, not GI Jane. But women, it turns out, have always gone to war. In this fascinating and lively world history, Pamela Toler not only introduces us to women who took up arms, she also shows why they did it and what happened when they stepped out of their traditional female roles to take on other identities. These are the stories of women who fought because they wanted to, because they had to, or because they could. Among the warriors you’ll meet are: * Tomyris, ruler of the Massagetae, who killed Cyrus the Great of Persia when he sought to invade her lands * The West African ruler Amina of Hausa, who led her warriors in a campaign of territorial expansion for more than 30 years * Boudica, who led the Celtic tribes of Britain into a massive rebellion against the Roman Empire to avenge the rapes of her daughters * The Trung sisters, Trung Trac and Trung Nhi, who led an untrained army of 80,000 troops to drive the Chinese empire out of Vietnam * The Joshigun, a group of 30 combat-trained Japanese women who fought against the forces of the Meiji emperor in the late 19th century * Lakshmi Bai, Rani of Jhansi, who was regarded as the “bravest and best” military leader in the 1857 Indian Mutiny against British rule * Maria Bochkareva, who commanded Russia’s first all-female battalion—the First Women’s Battalion of Death—during WWII * Buffalo Calf Road Woman, the Cheyenne warrior who knocked General Custer off his horse at the Battle of Little Bighorn * Juana Azurduy de Padilla, a mestiza warrior who fought in at least 16 major battles against colonizers of Latin America and who is a national hero in Bolivia and Argentina today * And many more spanning from ancient times through the 20th century. By considering the ways in which their presence has been erased from history, Toler reveals that women have always fought—not in spite of being women but because they are women. Pamela D. Toler Tue, 26 Feb 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355108 thebookvoice.com 9:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Warriors: An Unexpected History Author: Pamela D. Toler Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who says women don’t go to war? From Vikings and African queens to cross-dressing military doctors and WWII Russian fighter pilots, these are the stories of women for whom battle was not a metaphor. The woman warrior is always cast as an anomaly—Joan of Arc, not GI Jane. But women, it turns out, have always gone to war. In this fascinating and lively world history, Pamela Toler not only introduces us to women who took up arms, she also shows why they did it and what happened when they stepped out of their traditional female roles to take on other identities. These are the stories of women who fought because they wanted to, because they had to, or because they could. Among the warriors you’ll meet are: * Tomyris, ruler of the Massagetae, who killed Cyrus the Great of Persia when he sought to invade her lands * The West African ruler Amina of Hausa, who led her warriors in a campaign of territorial expansion for more than 30 years * Boudica, who led the Celtic tribes of Britain into a massive rebellion against the Roman Empire to avenge the rapes of her daughters * The Trung sisters, Trung Trac and Trung Nhi, who led an untrained army of 80,000 troops to drive the Chinese empire out of Vietnam * The Joshigun, a group of 30 combat-trained Japanese women who fought against the forces of the Meiji emperor in the late 19th century * Lakshmi Bai, Rani of Jhansi, who was regarded as the “bravest and best” military leader in the 1857 Indian Mutiny against British rule * Maria Bochkareva, who commanded Russia’s first all-female battalion—the First Women’s Battalion of Death—during WWII * Buffalo Calf Road Woman, the Cheyenne warrior who knocked General Custer off his horse at the Battle of Little Bighorn * Juana Azurduy de Padilla, a mestiza warrior who fought in at least 16 major battles against colonizers of Latin America and who is a national hero in Bolivia and Argentina today * And many more spanning from ancient times through the 20th century. By considering the ways in which their presence has been erased from history, Toler reveals that women have always fought—not in spite of being women but because they are women. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Warriors: An Unexpected History Author: Pamela D. Toler Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who says women don’t go to war? From Vikings and African queens to cross-dressing military doctors and WWII Russian fighter pilots, these are the stories of women for whom battle was not a metaphor. The woman warrior is always cast as an anomaly—Joan of Arc, not GI Jane. But women, it turns out, have always gone to war. In this fascinating and lively world history, Pamela Toler not only introduces us to women who took up arms, she also shows why they did it and what happened when they stepped out of their traditional female roles to take on other identities. These are the stories of women who fought because they wanted to, because they had to, or because they could. Among the warriors you’ll meet are: * Tomyris, ruler of the Massagetae, who killed Cyrus the Great of Persia when he sought to invade her lands * The West African ruler Amina of Hausa, who led her warriors in a campaign of territorial expansion for more than 30 years * Boudica, who led the Celtic tribes of Britain into a massive rebellion against the Roman Empire to avenge the rapes of her daughters * The Trung sisters, Trung Trac and Trung Nhi, who led an untrained army of 80,000 troops to drive the Chinese empire out of Vietnam * The Joshigun, a group of 30 combat-trained Japanese women who fought against the forces of the Meiji emperor in the late 19th century * Lakshmi Bai, Rani of Jhansi, who was regarded as the “bravest and best” military leader in the 1857 Indian Mutiny against British rule * Maria Bochkareva, who commanded Russia’s first all-female battalion—the First Women’s Battalion of Death—during WWII * Buffalo Calf Road Woman, the Cheyenne warrior who knocked General Custer off his horse at the Battle of Little Bighorn * Juana Azurduy de Padilla, a mestiza warrior who fought in at least 16 major battles against colonizers of Latin America and who is a national hero in Bolivia and Argentina today * And many more spanning from ancient times through the 20th century. By considering the ways in which their presence has been erased from history, Toler reveals that women have always fought—not in spite of being women but because they are women. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355106 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Business of Changing the World: How Billionaires, Tech Disrupters, and Social Entrepreneurs Are Transforming the Global Aid Industry Author: Raj Kumar Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The new world of results-driven aid that could put an end to extreme poverty Drawing on 2 decades covering global development as editor in chief of Devex, Raj Kumar explores how nontraditional models of philanthropy and aid are empowering the world’s poorest people to make progress. Old aid was driven by good intentions and relied on big-budget projects from a few government aid agencies, like the World Bank and USAID. Today, corporations, Silicon Valley start-ups, and billionaire philanthropists are a disrupting force pushing global aid to be data driven and results oriented. This $200 billion industry includes emerging and established foundations like the Chan Zuckerberg Initiative and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. Entrepreneurial startups like Hello Tractor, which offers an Uber-like app for farmers in Nigeria, and Give Directly, whose app allows individuals to send money straight to the phone of someone in need, are also giving rise to this new culture of charity. The result is a more sustainable philosophy of aid that elevates the voices of the world’s poor as neighbors, partners, and customers. Refreshing and accessibly written, The Business of Changing the World sets forth a bold vision for how we can use our vote, our voice, and our wallet to turn well-intentioned charity into effective advocacy to transform the world for good. Businesspeople, policymakers, entrepreneurs, nonprofit executives, philanthropists, and aid workers around the world will all be influenced by this transformation. Raj Kumar Tue, 30 Apr 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355106 thebookvoice.com 8:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Business of Changing the World: How Billionaires, Tech Disrupters, and Social Entrepreneurs Are Transforming the Global Aid Industry Author: Raj Kumar Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The new world of results-driven aid that could put an end to extreme poverty Drawing on 2 decades covering global development as editor in chief of Devex, Raj Kumar explores how nontraditional models of philanthropy and aid are empowering the world’s poorest people to make progress. Old aid was driven by good intentions and relied on big-budget projects from a few government aid agencies, like the World Bank and USAID. Today, corporations, Silicon Valley start-ups, and billionaire philanthropists are a disrupting force pushing global aid to be data driven and results oriented. This $200 billion industry includes emerging and established foundations like the Chan Zuckerberg Initiative and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. Entrepreneurial startups like Hello Tractor, which offers an Uber-like app for farmers in Nigeria, and Give Directly, whose app allows individuals to send money straight to the phone of someone in need, are also giving rise to this new culture of charity. The result is a more sustainable philosophy of aid that elevates the voices of the world’s poor as neighbors, partners, and customers. Refreshing and accessibly written, The Business of Changing the World sets forth a bold vision for how we can use our vote, our voice, and our wallet to turn well-intentioned charity into effective advocacy to transform the world for good. Businesspeople, policymakers, entrepreneurs, nonprofit executives, philanthropists, and aid workers around the world will all be influenced by this transformation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Business of Changing the World: How Billionaires, Tech Disrupters, and Social Entrepreneurs Are Transforming the Global Aid Industry Author: Raj Kumar Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The new world of results-driven aid that could put an end to extreme poverty Drawing on 2 decades covering global development as editor in chief of Devex, Raj Kumar explores how nontraditional models of philanthropy and aid are empowering the world’s poorest people to make progress. Old aid was driven by good intentions and relied on big-budget projects from a few government aid agencies, like the World Bank and USAID. Today, corporations, Silicon Valley start-ups, and billionaire philanthropists are a disrupting force pushing global aid to be data driven and results oriented. This $200 billion industry includes emerging and established foundations like the Chan Zuckerberg Initiative and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. Entrepreneurial startups like Hello Tractor, which offers an Uber-like app for farmers in Nigeria, and Give Directly, whose app allows individuals to send money straight to the phone of someone in need, are also giving rise to this new culture of charity. The result is a more sustainable philosophy of aid that elevates the voices of the world’s poor as neighbors, partners, and customers. Refreshing and accessibly written, The Business of Changing the World sets forth a bold vision for how we can use our vote, our voice, and our wallet to turn well-intentioned charity into effective advocacy to transform the world for good. Businesspeople, policymakers, entrepreneurs, nonprofit executives, philanthropists, and aid workers around the world will all be influenced by this transformation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355104 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355104]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Long as Grass Grows: The Indigenous Fight for Environmental Justice, from Colonization to Standing Rock Author: Dina Gilio-Whitaker Narrator: Kyla Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The story of Native peoples’ resistance to environmental injustice and land incursions, and a call for environmentalists to learn from the Indigenous community’s rich history of activism Through the unique lens of “Indigenized environmental justice,” Indigenous researcher and activist Dina Gilio-Whitaker explores the fraught history of treaty violations, struggles for food and water security, and protection of sacred sites, while highlighting the important leadership of Indigenous women in this centuries-long struggle. As Long As Grass Grows gives readers an accessible history of Indigenous resistance to government and corporate incursions on their lands and offers new approaches to environmental justice activism and policy. Throughout 2016, the Standing Rock protest put a national spotlight on Indigenous activists, but it also underscored how little Americans know about the longtime historical tensions between Native peoples and the mainstream environmental movement. Ultimately, she argues, modern environmentalists must look to the history of Indigenous resistance for wisdom and inspiration in our common fight for a just and sustainable future. Dina Gilio-Whitaker Tue, 02 Apr 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355104 thebookvoice.com 7:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355104]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Long as Grass Grows: The Indigenous Fight for Environmental Justice, from Colonization to Standing Rock Author: Dina Gilio-Whitaker Narrator: Kyla Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The story of Native peoples’ resistance to environmental injustice and land incursions, and a call for environmentalists to learn from the Indigenous community’s rich history of activism Through the unique lens of “Indigenized environmental justice,” Indigenous researcher and activist Dina Gilio-Whitaker explores the fraught history of treaty violations, struggles for food and water security, and protection of sacred sites, while highlighting the important leadership of Indigenous women in this centuries-long struggle. As Long As Grass Grows gives readers an accessible history of Indigenous resistance to government and corporate incursions on their lands and offers new approaches to environmental justice activism and policy. Throughout 2016, the Standing Rock protest put a national spotlight on Indigenous activists, but it also underscored how little Americans know about the longtime historical tensions between Native peoples and the mainstream environmental movement. Ultimately, she argues, modern environmentalists must look to the history of Indigenous resistance for wisdom and inspiration in our common fight for a just and sustainable future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355104]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Long as Grass Grows: The Indigenous Fight for Environmental Justice, from Colonization to Standing Rock Author: Dina Gilio-Whitaker Narrator: Kyla Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The story of Native peoples’ resistance to environmental injustice and land incursions, and a call for environmentalists to learn from the Indigenous community’s rich history of activism Through the unique lens of “Indigenized environmental justice,” Indigenous researcher and activist Dina Gilio-Whitaker explores the fraught history of treaty violations, struggles for food and water security, and protection of sacred sites, while highlighting the important leadership of Indigenous women in this centuries-long struggle. As Long As Grass Grows gives readers an accessible history of Indigenous resistance to government and corporate incursions on their lands and offers new approaches to environmental justice activism and policy. Throughout 2016, the Standing Rock protest put a national spotlight on Indigenous activists, but it also underscored how little Americans know about the longtime historical tensions between Native peoples and the mainstream environmental movement. Ultimately, she argues, modern environmentalists must look to the history of Indigenous resistance for wisdom and inspiration in our common fight for a just and sustainable future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355103 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reclaiming Our Space: How Black Feminists Are Changing the World from the Tweets to the Streets Author: Feminista Jones Narrator: Melanie Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A treatise of Black women’s transformative influence in media and society, placing them front and center in a new chapter of mainstream resistance and political engagement In Reclaiming Our Space, social worker, activist, and cultural commentator Feminista Jones explores how Black women are changing culture, society, and the landscape of feminism by building digital communities and using social media as powerful platforms. As Jones reveals, some of the best-loved devices of our shared social media language are a result of Black women’s innovations, from well-known movement-building hashtags (#BlackLivesMatter, #SayHerName, and #BlackGirlMagic) to the now ubiquitous use of threaded tweets as a marketing and storytelling tool. For some, these online dialogues provide an introduction to the work of Black feminist icons like Angela Davis, Barbara Smith, bell hooks, and the women of the Combahee River Collective. For others, this discourse provides a platform for continuing their feminist activism and scholarship in a new, interactive way. Complex conversations around race, class, and gender that have been happening behind the closed doors of academia for decades are now becoming part of the wider cultural vernacular—one pithy tweet at a time. With these important online conversations, not only are Black women influencing popular culture and creating sociopolitical movements; they are also galvanizing a new generation to learn and engage in Black feminist thought and theory, and inspiring change in communities around them. Hard-hitting, intelligent, incisive, yet bursting with humor and pop-culture savvy, Reclaiming Our Space is a survey of Black feminism’s past, present, and future, and it explains why intersectional movement building will save us all. Feminista Jones Tue, 29 Jan 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355103 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reclaiming Our Space: How Black Feminists Are Changing the World from the Tweets to the Streets Author: Feminista Jones Narrator: Melanie Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A treatise of Black women’s transformative influence in media and society, placing them front and center in a new chapter of mainstream resistance and political engagement In Reclaiming Our Space, social worker, activist, and cultural commentator Feminista Jones explores how Black women are changing culture, society, and the landscape of feminism by building digital communities and using social media as powerful platforms. As Jones reveals, some of the best-loved devices of our shared social media language are a result of Black women’s innovations, from well-known movement-building hashtags (#BlackLivesMatter, #SayHerName, and #BlackGirlMagic) to the now ubiquitous use of threaded tweets as a marketing and storytelling tool. For some, these online dialogues provide an introduction to the work of Black feminist icons like Angela Davis, Barbara Smith, bell hooks, and the women of the Combahee River Collective. For others, this discourse provides a platform for continuing their feminist activism and scholarship in a new, interactive way. Complex conversations around race, class, and gender that have been happening behind the closed doors of academia for decades are now becoming part of the wider cultural vernacular—one pithy tweet at a time. With these important online conversations, not only are Black women influencing popular culture and creating sociopolitical movements; they are also galvanizing a new generation to learn and engage in Black feminist thought and theory, and inspiring change in communities around them. Hard-hitting, intelligent, incisive, yet bursting with humor and pop-culture savvy, Reclaiming Our Space is a survey of Black feminism’s past, present, and future, and it explains why intersectional movement building will save us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reclaiming Our Space: How Black Feminists Are Changing the World from the Tweets to the Streets Author: Feminista Jones Narrator: Melanie Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A treatise of Black women’s transformative influence in media and society, placing them front and center in a new chapter of mainstream resistance and political engagement In Reclaiming Our Space, social worker, activist, and cultural commentator Feminista Jones explores how Black women are changing culture, society, and the landscape of feminism by building digital communities and using social media as powerful platforms. As Jones reveals, some of the best-loved devices of our shared social media language are a result of Black women’s innovations, from well-known movement-building hashtags (#BlackLivesMatter, #SayHerName, and #BlackGirlMagic) to the now ubiquitous use of threaded tweets as a marketing and storytelling tool. For some, these online dialogues provide an introduction to the work of Black feminist icons like Angela Davis, Barbara Smith, bell hooks, and the women of the Combahee River Collective. For others, this discourse provides a platform for continuing their feminist activism and scholarship in a new, interactive way. Complex conversations around race, class, and gender that have been happening behind the closed doors of academia for decades are now becoming part of the wider cultural vernacular—one pithy tweet at a time. With these important online conversations, not only are Black women influencing popular culture and creating sociopolitical movements; they are also galvanizing a new generation to learn and engage in Black feminist thought and theory, and inspiring change in communities around them. Hard-hitting, intelligent, incisive, yet bursting with humor and pop-culture savvy, Reclaiming Our Space is a survey of Black feminism’s past, present, and future, and it explains why intersectional movement building will save us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355101 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355101]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Villains of All Nations: Atlantic Pirates in the Golden Age Author: Marcus Rediker Narrator: Cornell Womack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Villains of All Nations explores the 'Golden Age' of Atlantic piracy (1716-1726) and the infamous generation whose images underlie our modern, romanticized view of pirates. Rediker introduces us to the dreaded black flag, the Jolly Roger; swashbuckling figures such as Edward Teach, better known as Blackbeard; and the unnamed, unlimbed pirate who was likely Robert Louis Stevenson's model for Long John Silver in Treasure Island. This history shows from the bottom up how sailors emerged from deadly working conditions on merchant and naval ships, turned pirate, and created a starkly different reality aboard their own ships, electing their officers, dividing their booty equitably, and maintaining a multinational social order. The real lives of this motley crew-which included cross-dressing women, people of color, and the'outcasts of all nations'-are far more compelling than contemporary myth. Marcus Rediker Tue, 26 Mar 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355101 thebookvoice.com 7:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355101]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Villains of All Nations: Atlantic Pirates in the Golden Age Author: Marcus Rediker Narrator: Cornell Womack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Villains of All Nations explores the 'Golden Age' of Atlantic piracy (1716-1726) and the infamous generation whose images underlie our modern, romanticized view of pirates. Rediker introduces us to the dreaded black flag, the Jolly Roger; swashbuckling figures such as Edward Teach, better known as Blackbeard; and the unnamed, unlimbed pirate who was likely Robert Louis Stevenson's model for Long John Silver in Treasure Island. This history shows from the bottom up how sailors emerged from deadly working conditions on merchant and naval ships, turned pirate, and created a starkly different reality aboard their own ships, electing their officers, dividing their booty equitably, and maintaining a multinational social order. The real lives of this motley crew-which included cross-dressing women, people of color, and the'outcasts of all nations'-are far more compelling than contemporary myth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355101]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Villains of All Nations: Atlantic Pirates in the Golden Age Author: Marcus Rediker Narrator: Cornell Womack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Villains of All Nations explores the 'Golden Age' of Atlantic piracy (1716-1726) and the infamous generation whose images underlie our modern, romanticized view of pirates. Rediker introduces us to the dreaded black flag, the Jolly Roger; swashbuckling figures such as Edward Teach, better known as Blackbeard; and the unnamed, unlimbed pirate who was likely Robert Louis Stevenson's model for Long John Silver in Treasure Island. This history shows from the bottom up how sailors emerged from deadly working conditions on merchant and naval ships, turned pirate, and created a starkly different reality aboard their own ships, electing their officers, dividing their booty equitably, and maintaining a multinational social order. The real lives of this motley crew-which included cross-dressing women, people of color, and the'outcasts of all nations'-are far more compelling than contemporary myth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355099 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Proud Boys and the White Ethnostate: How the Alt-Right Is Warping the American Imagination Author: Alexandra Minna Stern Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What is the alt-right? What do they believe, and how did they take center stage in the American social and political consciousness? Historian Alexandra Minna Stern excavates the alt-right memes that have erupted online and digs to the root of the far right’s motivations: their deep-seated fear of an oncoming “white genocide” that can only be remedied through aggressive action to reclaim white power. The alt-right has expanded significantly throughout America’s cultural, political, and digital landscapes: racist, sexist, and homophobic beliefs that were previously unspeakable have become commonplace, normalized, and accepted—endangering American democracy and society as a whole. When asked to address the Proud Boys and growing far right violence, President Trump directed the group to “stand back and stand by;” and just two weeks before President Joe Biden’s inauguration, a white supremacist mob breached the US Capitol—earning praise from the Proud Boys leader amongst threats of future violence. In order to dismantle the destructive movement that has invaded our public consciousness and threatens American democracy, we must first understand the core beliefs that drive the alt-right. Through careful analysis, Stern brings awareness to the underlying concepts that guide the alt-right and its overlapping forms of racism, xenophobia, and transphobia. She explains the key ideas of “red-pilling,” strategic trolling, gender essentialism, and the alt-right’s ultimate fantasy: a future where minorities have been “cleansed” from the body politic and a white ethnostate is established in the United States. By unearthing the hidden mechanisms that power white nationalism, Stern reveals just how pervasive the far right truly is. Alexandra Minna Stern Tue, 16 Jul 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355099 thebookvoice.com 6:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Proud Boys and the White Ethnostate: How the Alt-Right Is Warping the American Imagination Author: Alexandra Minna Stern Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What is the alt-right? What do they believe, and how did they take center stage in the American social and political consciousness? Historian Alexandra Minna Stern excavates the alt-right memes that have erupted online and digs to the root of the far right’s motivations: their deep-seated fear of an oncoming “white genocide” that can only be remedied through aggressive action to reclaim white power. The alt-right has expanded significantly throughout America’s cultural, political, and digital landscapes: racist, sexist, and homophobic beliefs that were previously unspeakable have become commonplace, normalized, and accepted—endangering American democracy and society as a whole. When asked to address the Proud Boys and growing far right violence, President Trump directed the group to “stand back and stand by;” and just two weeks before President Joe Biden’s inauguration, a white supremacist mob breached the US Capitol—earning praise from the Proud Boys leader amongst threats of future violence. In order to dismantle the destructive movement that has invaded our public consciousness and threatens American democracy, we must first understand the core beliefs that drive the alt-right. Through careful analysis, Stern brings awareness to the underlying concepts that guide the alt-right and its overlapping forms of racism, xenophobia, and transphobia. She explains the key ideas of “red-pilling,” strategic trolling, gender essentialism, and the alt-right’s ultimate fantasy: a future where minorities have been “cleansed” from the body politic and a white ethnostate is established in the United States. By unearthing the hidden mechanisms that power white nationalism, Stern reveals just how pervasive the far right truly is. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Proud Boys and the White Ethnostate: How the Alt-Right Is Warping the American Imagination Author: Alexandra Minna Stern Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What is the alt-right? What do they believe, and how did they take center stage in the American social and political consciousness? Historian Alexandra Minna Stern excavates the alt-right memes that have erupted online and digs to the root of the far right’s motivations: their deep-seated fear of an oncoming “white genocide” that can only be remedied through aggressive action to reclaim white power. The alt-right has expanded significantly throughout America’s cultural, political, and digital landscapes: racist, sexist, and homophobic beliefs that were previously unspeakable have become commonplace, normalized, and accepted—endangering American democracy and society as a whole. When asked to address the Proud Boys and growing far right violence, President Trump directed the group to “stand back and stand by;” and just two weeks before President Joe Biden’s inauguration, a white supremacist mob breached the US Capitol—earning praise from the Proud Boys leader amongst threats of future violence. In order to dismantle the destructive movement that has invaded our public consciousness and threatens American democracy, we must first understand the core beliefs that drive the alt-right. Through careful analysis, Stern brings awareness to the underlying concepts that guide the alt-right and its overlapping forms of racism, xenophobia, and transphobia. She explains the key ideas of “red-pilling,” strategic trolling, gender essentialism, and the alt-right’s ultimate fantasy: a future where minorities have been “cleansed” from the body politic and a white ethnostate is established in the United States. By unearthing the hidden mechanisms that power white nationalism, Stern reveals just how pervasive the far right truly is. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355046 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future is Asian: Commerce, Conflict and Culture in the 21st Century Author: Parag Khanna Narrator: Nezar Alderazi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Foreign policy whiz kid” (The New York Times Book Review) Parag Khanna reveals “a dazzling distillation of the history of the world from an Asian perspective…thorough and clear, offering abundant food for thought” (Kirkus Reviews). The “Asian Century” is even bigger than you think. Far greater than just China, the new Asian system taking shape is a multi-civilizational order spanning Saudi Arabia to Japan, Russia to Australia, Turkey to Indonesia that together represent 40 percent of global GDP. Asia is rapidly returning to the centuries-old patterns of commerce, conflict, and cultural exchange that thrived long before European colonialism and American dominance. Asians will determine their own future—and as they collectively assert their interests around the world, they will determine ours as well. In “an authoritative book that may well become a standard” (Financial Times), Parag Khanna explains how Asia’s complexity has led to common misdiagnoses: Western thinking on Asia conflates the entire region with China, predicts imminent World War III around every corner, and regularly forecasts debt-driven collapse for the region’s major economies. But in reality, the region is experiencing a confident new wave of growth led by younger societies from India to the Philippines, nationalist leaders have put aside territorial disputes in favor of integration, and today’s infrastructure investments are the platform for the next generation of digital innovation. If the nineteenth century featured the Europeanization of the world, and the twentieth century its Americanization, then the twenty-first century is the time of Asianization. From investment portfolios and trade wars to Hollywood movies and university admissions, no aspect of life is immune from Asianization. “The Future Is Asian offers a valuable and thoroughly researched analysis of one course that the region may take” (The Wall Street Journal). Parag Khanna Tue, 05 Feb 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355046 thebookvoice.com 14:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future is Asian: Commerce, Conflict and Culture in the 21st Century Author: Parag Khanna Narrator: Nezar Alderazi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Foreign policy whiz kid” (The New York Times Book Review) Parag Khanna reveals “a dazzling distillation of the history of the world from an Asian perspective…thorough and clear, offering abundant food for thought” (Kirkus Reviews). The “Asian Century” is even bigger than you think. Far greater than just China, the new Asian system taking shape is a multi-civilizational order spanning Saudi Arabia to Japan, Russia to Australia, Turkey to Indonesia that together represent 40 percent of global GDP. Asia is rapidly returning to the centuries-old patterns of commerce, conflict, and cultural exchange that thrived long before European colonialism and American dominance. Asians will determine their own future—and as they collectively assert their interests around the world, they will determine ours as well. In “an authoritative book that may well become a standard” (Financial Times), Parag Khanna explains how Asia’s complexity has led to common misdiagnoses: Western thinking on Asia conflates the entire region with China, predicts imminent World War III around every corner, and regularly forecasts debt-driven collapse for the region’s major economies. But in reality, the region is experiencing a confident new wave of growth led by younger societies from India to the Philippines, nationalist leaders have put aside territorial disputes in favor of integration, and today’s infrastructure investments are the platform for the next generation of digital innovation. If the nineteenth century featured the Europeanization of the world, and the twentieth century its Americanization, then the twenty-first century is the time of Asianization. From investment portfolios and trade wars to Hollywood movies and university admissions, no aspect of life is immune from Asianization. “The Future Is Asian offers a valuable and thoroughly researched analysis of one course that the region may take” (The Wall Street Journal). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future is Asian: Commerce, Conflict and Culture in the 21st Century Author: Parag Khanna Narrator: Nezar Alderazi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Foreign policy whiz kid” (The New York Times Book Review) Parag Khanna reveals “a dazzling distillation of the history of the world from an Asian perspective…thorough and clear, offering abundant food for thought” (Kirkus Reviews). The “Asian Century” is even bigger than you think. Far greater than just China, the new Asian system taking shape is a multi-civilizational order spanning Saudi Arabia to Japan, Russia to Australia, Turkey to Indonesia that together represent 40 percent of global GDP. Asia is rapidly returning to the centuries-old patterns of commerce, conflict, and cultural exchange that thrived long before European colonialism and American dominance. Asians will determine their own future—and as they collectively assert their interests around the world, they will determine ours as well. In “an authoritative book that may well become a standard” (Financial Times), Parag Khanna explains how Asia’s complexity has led to common misdiagnoses: Western thinking on Asia conflates the entire region with China, predicts imminent World War III around every corner, and regularly forecasts debt-driven collapse for the region’s major economies. But in reality, the region is experiencing a confident new wave of growth led by younger societies from India to the Philippines, nationalist leaders have put aside territorial disputes in favor of integration, and today’s infrastructure investments are the platform for the next generation of digital innovation. If the nineteenth century featured the Europeanization of the world, and the twentieth century its Americanization, then the twenty-first century is the time of Asianization. From investment portfolios and trade wars to Hollywood movies and university admissions, no aspect of life is immune from Asianization. “The Future Is Asian offers a valuable and thoroughly researched analysis of one course that the region may take” (The Wall Street Journal). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354970 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feuding Fan Dancers: Faith Bacon, Sally Rand, and the Golden Age of the Showgirl Author: Leslie Zemeckis Narrator: Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Some women capture our attention like no others. Faith Bacon and Sally Rand were beautiful blondes from humble backgrounds who shot to fame behind a pair of oversize ostrich fans, but with very different outcomes. Sally Rand would go on to perform for the millions who attended the 1933 World's Fair in Chicago, becoming America's sweetheart. Faith Bacon, the Marilyn Monroe of her time—once anointed the 'world's most beautiful woman'—would experience the dark side of fame and slip into drug use. It was the golden age of American entertainment, and Bacon and Rand fought their way through the competitive showgirl scene of New York with grit and perseverance. They played peek-a-boo with their lives, allowing their audiences to see only slivers of themselves. A hint of a breast? A forbidden love affair? They were both towering figures, goddesses, icons. Until the world started to change. Little is known about who they really were, until now. Feuding Fan Dancers tells the story of two remarkable women during a tumultuous time in entertainment history. Leslie Zemeckis has pieced together their story and—nearly one hundred years later—both women come alive again. Leslie Zemeckis Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354970 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feuding Fan Dancers: Faith Bacon, Sally Rand, and the Golden Age of the Showgirl Author: Leslie Zemeckis Narrator: Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Some women capture our attention like no others. Faith Bacon and Sally Rand were beautiful blondes from humble backgrounds who shot to fame behind a pair of oversize ostrich fans, but with very different outcomes. Sally Rand would go on to perform for the millions who attended the 1933 World's Fair in Chicago, becoming America's sweetheart. Faith Bacon, the Marilyn Monroe of her time—once anointed the 'world's most beautiful woman'—would experience the dark side of fame and slip into drug use. It was the golden age of American entertainment, and Bacon and Rand fought their way through the competitive showgirl scene of New York with grit and perseverance. They played peek-a-boo with their lives, allowing their audiences to see only slivers of themselves. A hint of a breast? A forbidden love affair? They were both towering figures, goddesses, icons. Until the world started to change. Little is known about who they really were, until now. Feuding Fan Dancers tells the story of two remarkable women during a tumultuous time in entertainment history. Leslie Zemeckis has pieced together their story and—nearly one hundred years later—both women come alive again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feuding Fan Dancers: Faith Bacon, Sally Rand, and the Golden Age of the Showgirl Author: Leslie Zemeckis Narrator: Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Some women capture our attention like no others. Faith Bacon and Sally Rand were beautiful blondes from humble backgrounds who shot to fame behind a pair of oversize ostrich fans, but with very different outcomes. Sally Rand would go on to perform for the millions who attended the 1933 World's Fair in Chicago, becoming America's sweetheart. Faith Bacon, the Marilyn Monroe of her time—once anointed the 'world's most beautiful woman'—would experience the dark side of fame and slip into drug use. It was the golden age of American entertainment, and Bacon and Rand fought their way through the competitive showgirl scene of New York with grit and perseverance. They played peek-a-boo with their lives, allowing their audiences to see only slivers of themselves. A hint of a breast? A forbidden love affair? They were both towering figures, goddesses, icons. Until the world started to change. Little is known about who they really were, until now. Feuding Fan Dancers tells the story of two remarkable women during a tumultuous time in entertainment history. Leslie Zemeckis has pieced together their story and—nearly one hundred years later—both women come alive again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354902 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biased Author: Jennifer Eberhardt Narrator: Jennifer Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Biased written and read by Jennifer Eberhardt. 'Jennifer Eberhardt makes it clear that racism operates at all levels, and it fills me with hope to know that she is fighting it at all levels. More power to you, sister. The world needs you.' BENJAMIN ZEPHANIAH ‘Poignant... striking... important and illuminating.’ NEW YORK TIMES No matter how fair-minded we think we are, we still don't treat people equally. Why not? Every day, unconscious biases affect our visual perception, attention, memory and behaviour in ways that are subtle and very difficult to recognise without in-depth scientific studies. In a single interaction, they might slip by unnoticed. Over thousands of interactions, they become a huge and powerful force. Jennifer Eberhardt is a pioneering social psychologist one of the world's leading experts on unconscious bias. In this landmark book, she lays out how these biases affect every sector of society, leading to enormous disparities from the classroom to the courtroom to the boardroom. But unconscious bias is not a sin to be condemned. It's a universal human condition, and as Eberhardt shows, one that can – and must – be overcome. 'A critically important book.' DAVID OLUSOGA, author of Black and British ‘Groundbreaking... essential reading for anyone interested in how we become a more just society.’ BRYAN STEVENSON, author of Just Mercy 'Jennifer Eberhardt’s ground-breaking work has the power to shift the debate and help shape a fairer society.' DAVID LAMMY MP ‘Jennifer Eberhardt gives us the opportunity to talk about race in new ways, ultimately transforming our thinking about ourselves and the world we want to create.’ MICHELLE ALEXANDER, author of The New Jim Crow ‘An illuminating and readable account of how racial stereotypes and assumptions can cause social devastation and keep huge inequalities in place.’ DR PRIYAMVADA GOPAL, University of Cambridge 'This books should be required reading for everyone.' ROBIN DIANGELO, author of White Fragility 'Read this book. Biased will enlighten your journey through race relations and associations.’ DAWN BUTLER MP Jennifer Eberhardt Thu, 04 Apr 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354902 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biased Author: Jennifer Eberhardt Narrator: Jennifer Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Biased written and read by Jennifer Eberhardt. 'Jennifer Eberhardt makes it clear that racism operates at all levels, and it fills me with hope to know that she is fighting it at all levels. More power to you, sister. The world needs you.' BENJAMIN ZEPHANIAH ‘Poignant... striking... important and illuminating.’ NEW YORK TIMES No matter how fair-minded we think we are, we still don't treat people equally. Why not? Every day, unconscious biases affect our visual perception, attention, memory and behaviour in ways that are subtle and very difficult to recognise without in-depth scientific studies. In a single interaction, they might slip by unnoticed. Over thousands of interactions, they become a huge and powerful force. Jennifer Eberhardt is a pioneering social psychologist one of the world's leading experts on unconscious bias. In this landmark book, she lays out how these biases affect every sector of society, leading to enormous disparities from the classroom to the courtroom to the boardroom. But unconscious bias is not a sin to be condemned. It's a universal human condition, and as Eberhardt shows, one that can – and must – be overcome. 'A critically important book.' DAVID OLUSOGA, author of Black and British ‘Groundbreaking... essential reading for anyone interested in how we become a more just society.’ BRYAN STEVENSON, author of Just Mercy 'Jennifer Eberhardt’s ground-breaking work has the power to shift the debate and help shape a fairer society.' DAVID LAMMY MP ‘Jennifer Eberhardt gives us the opportunity to talk about race in new ways, ultimately transforming our thinking about ourselves and the world we want to create.’ MICHELLE ALEXANDER, author of The New Jim Crow ‘An illuminating and readable account of how racial stereotypes and assumptions can cause social devastation and keep huge inequalities in place.’ DR PRIYAMVADA GOPAL, University of Cambridge 'This books should be required reading for everyone.' ROBIN DIANGELO, author of White Fragility 'Read this book. Biased will enlighten your journey through race relations and associations.’ DAWN BUTLER MP Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biased Author: Jennifer Eberhardt Narrator: Jennifer Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Biased written and read by Jennifer Eberhardt. 'Jennifer Eberhardt makes it clear that racism operates at all levels, and it fills me with hope to know that she is fighting it at all levels. More power to you, sister. The world needs you.' BENJAMIN ZEPHANIAH ‘Poignant... striking... important and illuminating.’ NEW YORK TIMES No matter how fair-minded we think we are, we still don't treat people equally. Why not? Every day, unconscious biases affect our visual perception, attention, memory and behaviour in ways that are subtle and very difficult to recognise without in-depth scientific studies. In a single interaction, they might slip by unnoticed. Over thousands of interactions, they become a huge and powerful force. Jennifer Eberhardt is a pioneering social psychologist one of the world's leading experts on unconscious bias. In this landmark book, she lays out how these biases affect every sector of society, leading to enormous disparities from the classroom to the courtroom to the boardroom. But unconscious bias is not a sin to be condemned. It's a universal human condition, and as Eberhardt shows, one that can – and must – be overcome. 'A critically important book.' DAVID OLUSOGA, author of Black and British ‘Groundbreaking... essential reading for anyone interested in how we become a more just society.’ BRYAN STEVENSON, author of Just Mercy 'Jennifer Eberhardt’s ground-breaking work has the power to shift the debate and help shape a fairer society.' DAVID LAMMY MP ‘Jennifer Eberhardt gives us the opportunity to talk about race in new ways, ultimately transforming our thinking about ourselves and the world we want to create.’ MICHELLE ALEXANDER, author of The New Jim Crow ‘An illuminating and readable account of how racial stereotypes and assumptions can cause social devastation and keep huge inequalities in place.’ DR PRIYAMVADA GOPAL, University of Cambridge 'This books should be required reading for everyone.' ROBIN DIANGELO, author of White Fragility 'Read this book. Biased will enlighten your journey through race relations and associations.’ DAWN BUTLER MP https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354846 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way We Eat Now: Strategies for Eating in a World of Change Author: Bee Wilson Narrator: Bee Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 21, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We never snacked like this and we never binged like this. We never had so many superfoods, or so many chips. We were never quite so confused about food, and what it actually is. A riveting exploration of the hidden forces behind what we eat, The Way We Eat Now explains how modern food has transformed our lives and our world. To re-establish eating as something that gives us both joy and health, we need to find out where we are right now, how we got here and where we're going. 'My Ultra-Processed journey began when someone sent me [Bee Wilson's] article in the Guardian – it remains the definitive work in my view and her writing continues to inspire so much of what I do' Chris van Tulleken, author of Ultra-Processed People ‘As she wrestles with how and what we eat Bee Wilson is fearless, rigorous, compassionate and totally readable. Thank God we have her’ Diana Henry Bee Wilson Thu, 21 Mar 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354846 thebookvoice.com 12:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way We Eat Now: Strategies for Eating in a World of Change Author: Bee Wilson Narrator: Bee Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 21, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We never snacked like this and we never binged like this. We never had so many superfoods, or so many chips. We were never quite so confused about food, and what it actually is. A riveting exploration of the hidden forces behind what we eat, The Way We Eat Now explains how modern food has transformed our lives and our world. To re-establish eating as something that gives us both joy and health, we need to find out where we are right now, how we got here and where we're going. 'My Ultra-Processed journey began when someone sent me [Bee Wilson's] article in the Guardian – it remains the definitive work in my view and her writing continues to inspire so much of what I do' Chris van Tulleken, author of Ultra-Processed People ‘As she wrestles with how and what we eat Bee Wilson is fearless, rigorous, compassionate and totally readable. Thank God we have her’ Diana Henry Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way We Eat Now: Strategies for Eating in a World of Change Author: Bee Wilson Narrator: Bee Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 21, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We never snacked like this and we never binged like this. We never had so many superfoods, or so many chips. We were never quite so confused about food, and what it actually is. A riveting exploration of the hidden forces behind what we eat, The Way We Eat Now explains how modern food has transformed our lives and our world. To re-establish eating as something that gives us both joy and health, we need to find out where we are right now, how we got here and where we're going. 'My Ultra-Processed journey began when someone sent me [Bee Wilson's] article in the Guardian – it remains the definitive work in my view and her writing continues to inspire so much of what I do' Chris van Tulleken, author of Ultra-Processed People ‘As she wrestles with how and what we eat Bee Wilson is fearless, rigorous, compassionate and totally readable. Thank God we have her’ Diana Henry https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354723 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decolonizing Wealth: Indigenous Wisdom to Heal Divides and Restore Balance Author: Edgar Villanueva Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Decolonizing Wealth is a provocative analysis of the dysfunctional colonial dynamics at play in philanthropy and finance. Award-winning philanthropy executive Edgar Villanueva draws from the traditions from the Native way to prescribe the medicine for restoring balance and healing our divides. With great compassion-because the Native way is to bring the oppressor into the circle of healing, understanding that healing cannot occur unless everyone is part of the process- Villanueva diagnoses the fatal flaws in financial institutions, unflinchingly drilling down to the core of colonialism and White supremacy. The greed, exploitation, and domination at the core of colonization are the same dynamics at play today when money is used to separate Us from Them and to separate Haves from Have-Nots. To restore harmony and heal divides-as we desperately need to do in America and the world- we must learn how to decolonize the institutions and processes that control and move money. Although there is no quick fix for the traumatic complexity of colonization, Villanueva's 'Seven Steps for Healing' outline a process to follow, from taking responsibility, to inviting the perspectives and wisdom of people most excluded and exploited by today's broken economy, to investing with integrity and making reparations. There are roles for everyone involved, whether they're rich or poor, funder or recipient, victim or perpetrator. Integrating traditional indigenous wisdom with savvy financial experience, this books explains how money can be used to facilitate relationships, to help us thrive, and to bring things back into balance. Edgar Villanueva Tue, 16 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354723 thebookvoice.com 6:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decolonizing Wealth: Indigenous Wisdom to Heal Divides and Restore Balance Author: Edgar Villanueva Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Decolonizing Wealth is a provocative analysis of the dysfunctional colonial dynamics at play in philanthropy and finance. Award-winning philanthropy executive Edgar Villanueva draws from the traditions from the Native way to prescribe the medicine for restoring balance and healing our divides. With great compassion-because the Native way is to bring the oppressor into the circle of healing, understanding that healing cannot occur unless everyone is part of the process- Villanueva diagnoses the fatal flaws in financial institutions, unflinchingly drilling down to the core of colonialism and White supremacy. The greed, exploitation, and domination at the core of colonization are the same dynamics at play today when money is used to separate Us from Them and to separate Haves from Have-Nots. To restore harmony and heal divides-as we desperately need to do in America and the world- we must learn how to decolonize the institutions and processes that control and move money. Although there is no quick fix for the traumatic complexity of colonization, Villanueva's 'Seven Steps for Healing' outline a process to follow, from taking responsibility, to inviting the perspectives and wisdom of people most excluded and exploited by today's broken economy, to investing with integrity and making reparations. There are roles for everyone involved, whether they're rich or poor, funder or recipient, victim or perpetrator. Integrating traditional indigenous wisdom with savvy financial experience, this books explains how money can be used to facilitate relationships, to help us thrive, and to bring things back into balance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decolonizing Wealth: Indigenous Wisdom to Heal Divides and Restore Balance Author: Edgar Villanueva Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Decolonizing Wealth is a provocative analysis of the dysfunctional colonial dynamics at play in philanthropy and finance. Award-winning philanthropy executive Edgar Villanueva draws from the traditions from the Native way to prescribe the medicine for restoring balance and healing our divides. With great compassion-because the Native way is to bring the oppressor into the circle of healing, understanding that healing cannot occur unless everyone is part of the process- Villanueva diagnoses the fatal flaws in financial institutions, unflinchingly drilling down to the core of colonialism and White supremacy. The greed, exploitation, and domination at the core of colonization are the same dynamics at play today when money is used to separate Us from Them and to separate Haves from Have-Nots. To restore harmony and heal divides-as we desperately need to do in America and the world- we must learn how to decolonize the institutions and processes that control and move money. Although there is no quick fix for the traumatic complexity of colonization, Villanueva's 'Seven Steps for Healing' outline a process to follow, from taking responsibility, to inviting the perspectives and wisdom of people most excluded and exploited by today's broken economy, to investing with integrity and making reparations. There are roles for everyone involved, whether they're rich or poor, funder or recipient, victim or perpetrator. Integrating traditional indigenous wisdom with savvy financial experience, this books explains how money can be used to facilitate relationships, to help us thrive, and to bring things back into balance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354690 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Humans Nearly Vanished: The Catastrophic Explosion of the Toba Volcano Author: Donald R. Prothero Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Some 73,000 years ago, the Mount Toba supervolcano in today’s Indonesia erupted, releasing the energy of a million tons of explosives. So much ash and debris was injected into the stratosphere that it partially blocked the sun’s radiation and caused global temperatures to drop for a decade. In this book, Donald R. Prothero presents the controversial argument that the Toba catastrophe nearly wiped out the human race, leaving only about a thousand to ten thousand breeding pairs of humans worldwide. Human genes today show evidence of a “genetic bottleneck,” an effect seen when a population of organisms becomes so small that their genetic diversity is greatly reduced. This group of survivors could be the ancestors of all humans alive today. Prothero explores the geological and biological evidence supporting the Toba bottleneck theory, revealing how the explosion itself was discovered and offering insight into how the world changed afterward and what might happen if such an eruption occurred today. Donald R. Prothero Tue, 16 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354690 thebookvoice.com 6:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Humans Nearly Vanished: The Catastrophic Explosion of the Toba Volcano Author: Donald R. Prothero Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Some 73,000 years ago, the Mount Toba supervolcano in today’s Indonesia erupted, releasing the energy of a million tons of explosives. So much ash and debris was injected into the stratosphere that it partially blocked the sun’s radiation and caused global temperatures to drop for a decade. In this book, Donald R. Prothero presents the controversial argument that the Toba catastrophe nearly wiped out the human race, leaving only about a thousand to ten thousand breeding pairs of humans worldwide. Human genes today show evidence of a “genetic bottleneck,” an effect seen when a population of organisms becomes so small that their genetic diversity is greatly reduced. This group of survivors could be the ancestors of all humans alive today. Prothero explores the geological and biological evidence supporting the Toba bottleneck theory, revealing how the explosion itself was discovered and offering insight into how the world changed afterward and what might happen if such an eruption occurred today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Humans Nearly Vanished: The Catastrophic Explosion of the Toba Volcano Author: Donald R. Prothero Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Some 73,000 years ago, the Mount Toba supervolcano in today’s Indonesia erupted, releasing the energy of a million tons of explosives. So much ash and debris was injected into the stratosphere that it partially blocked the sun’s radiation and caused global temperatures to drop for a decade. In this book, Donald R. Prothero presents the controversial argument that the Toba catastrophe nearly wiped out the human race, leaving only about a thousand to ten thousand breeding pairs of humans worldwide. Human genes today show evidence of a “genetic bottleneck,” an effect seen when a population of organisms becomes so small that their genetic diversity is greatly reduced. This group of survivors could be the ancestors of all humans alive today. Prothero explores the geological and biological evidence supporting the Toba bottleneck theory, revealing how the explosion itself was discovered and offering insight into how the world changed afterward and what might happen if such an eruption occurred today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354627 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Like Me Author: America Ferrera Narrator: Tanaya Winder, Martin Sensmeier, Geena Rocero, Auli'i Cravalho, Joy Cho, Bambadjan Bamba, America Ferrera, Ramón De Ocampo, Tim Chiou, Jennifer Lim, Lameece Issaq, Eugene Kim, Janina Edwards, Neela Vaswani, Roxana Ortega, Sunil Malhotra, Jennifer Ikeda, Heather Alicia Simms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From Academy Award–nominated actress and 2023 SeeHer award recipient America Ferrera comes a vibrant and varied collection of first-person accounts from prominent figures about the experience of growing up between cultures. America Ferrera has always felt wholly American, and yet, her identity is inextricably linked to her parents’ homeland and Honduran culture. Speaking Spanish at home, having Saturday-morning-salsa-dance-parties in the kitchen, and eating tamales alongside apple pie at Christmas never seemed at odds with her American identity. Still, she yearned to see that identity reflected in the larger American narrative. Now, in American Like Me, America invites thirty-one of her friends, peers, and heroes to share their stories about life between cultures. We know them as actors, comedians, athletes, politicians, artists, and writers. However, they are also immigrants, children or grandchildren of immigrants, indigenous people, or people who otherwise grew up with deep and personal connections to more than one culture. Each of them struggled to establish a sense of self, find belonging, and feel seen. And they call themselves American enthusiastically, reluctantly, or not at all. Ranging from the heartfelt to the hilarious, their stories shine a light on a quintessentially American experience and will appeal to anyone with a complicated relationship to family, culture, and growing up. America Ferrera Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354627 thebookvoice.com 9:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Like Me Author: America Ferrera Narrator: Tanaya Winder, Martin Sensmeier, Geena Rocero, Auli'i Cravalho, Joy Cho, Bambadjan Bamba, America Ferrera, Ramón De Ocampo, Tim Chiou, Jennifer Lim, Lameece Issaq, Eugene Kim, Janina Edwards, Neela Vaswani, Roxana Ortega, Sunil Malhotra, Jennifer Ikeda, Heather Alicia Simms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From Academy Award–nominated actress and 2023 SeeHer award recipient America Ferrera comes a vibrant and varied collection of first-person accounts from prominent figures about the experience of growing up between cultures. America Ferrera has always felt wholly American, and yet, her identity is inextricably linked to her parents’ homeland and Honduran culture. Speaking Spanish at home, having Saturday-morning-salsa-dance-parties in the kitchen, and eating tamales alongside apple pie at Christmas never seemed at odds with her American identity. Still, she yearned to see that identity reflected in the larger American narrative. Now, in American Like Me, America invites thirty-one of her friends, peers, and heroes to share their stories about life between cultures. We know them as actors, comedians, athletes, politicians, artists, and writers. However, they are also immigrants, children or grandchildren of immigrants, indigenous people, or people who otherwise grew up with deep and personal connections to more than one culture. Each of them struggled to establish a sense of self, find belonging, and feel seen. And they call themselves American enthusiastically, reluctantly, or not at all. Ranging from the heartfelt to the hilarious, their stories shine a light on a quintessentially American experience and will appeal to anyone with a complicated relationship to family, culture, and growing up. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Like Me Author: America Ferrera Narrator: Tanaya Winder, Martin Sensmeier, Geena Rocero, Auli'i Cravalho, Joy Cho, Bambadjan Bamba, America Ferrera, Ramón De Ocampo, Tim Chiou, Jennifer Lim, Lameece Issaq, Eugene Kim, Janina Edwards, Neela Vaswani, Roxana Ortega, Sunil Malhotra, Jennifer Ikeda, Heather Alicia Simms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From Academy Award–nominated actress and 2023 SeeHer award recipient America Ferrera comes a vibrant and varied collection of first-person accounts from prominent figures about the experience of growing up between cultures. America Ferrera has always felt wholly American, and yet, her identity is inextricably linked to her parents’ homeland and Honduran culture. Speaking Spanish at home, having Saturday-morning-salsa-dance-parties in the kitchen, and eating tamales alongside apple pie at Christmas never seemed at odds with her American identity. Still, she yearned to see that identity reflected in the larger American narrative. Now, in American Like Me, America invites thirty-one of her friends, peers, and heroes to share their stories about life between cultures. We know them as actors, comedians, athletes, politicians, artists, and writers. However, they are also immigrants, children or grandchildren of immigrants, indigenous people, or people who otherwise grew up with deep and personal connections to more than one culture. Each of them struggled to establish a sense of self, find belonging, and feel seen. And they call themselves American enthusiastically, reluctantly, or not at all. Ranging from the heartfelt to the hilarious, their stories shine a light on a quintessentially American experience and will appeal to anyone with a complicated relationship to family, culture, and growing up. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354475 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Forgotten: How the People of One Pennsylvania County Elected Donald Trump and Changed America Author: Ben Bradlee Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The people of Luzerne County, Pennsylvania voted Democratic for decades, until Donald Trump flipped it in 2016. What happened? Named one of the 'juiciest political books to come in 2018' by Entertainment Weekly. In The Forgotten, Ben Bradlee Jr. reports on how voters in Luzerne County, a pivotal county in a crucial swing state, came to feel like strangers in their own land - marginalized by flat or falling wages, rapid demographic change, and a liberal culture that mocks their faith and patriotism. Fundamentally rural and struggling with changing demographics and limited opportunity, Luzerne County can be seen as a microcosm of the nation. In The Forgotten, Trump voters speak for themselves, explaining how they felt others were 'cutting in line' and that the federal government was taking too much money from the employed and giving it to the idle. The loss of breadwinner status, and more importantly, the loss of dignity, primed them for a candidate like Donald Trump. The political facts of a divided America are stark, but the stories of the men, women and families in The Forgotten offer a kaleidoscopic and fascinating portrait of the complex on-the-ground political reality of America today. Ben Bradlee Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354475 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Forgotten: How the People of One Pennsylvania County Elected Donald Trump and Changed America Author: Ben Bradlee Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The people of Luzerne County, Pennsylvania voted Democratic for decades, until Donald Trump flipped it in 2016. What happened? Named one of the 'juiciest political books to come in 2018' by Entertainment Weekly. In The Forgotten, Ben Bradlee Jr. reports on how voters in Luzerne County, a pivotal county in a crucial swing state, came to feel like strangers in their own land - marginalized by flat or falling wages, rapid demographic change, and a liberal culture that mocks their faith and patriotism. Fundamentally rural and struggling with changing demographics and limited opportunity, Luzerne County can be seen as a microcosm of the nation. In The Forgotten, Trump voters speak for themselves, explaining how they felt others were 'cutting in line' and that the federal government was taking too much money from the employed and giving it to the idle. The loss of breadwinner status, and more importantly, the loss of dignity, primed them for a candidate like Donald Trump. The political facts of a divided America are stark, but the stories of the men, women and families in The Forgotten offer a kaleidoscopic and fascinating portrait of the complex on-the-ground political reality of America today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Forgotten: How the People of One Pennsylvania County Elected Donald Trump and Changed America Author: Ben Bradlee Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The people of Luzerne County, Pennsylvania voted Democratic for decades, until Donald Trump flipped it in 2016. What happened? Named one of the 'juiciest political books to come in 2018' by Entertainment Weekly. In The Forgotten, Ben Bradlee Jr. reports on how voters in Luzerne County, a pivotal county in a crucial swing state, came to feel like strangers in their own land - marginalized by flat or falling wages, rapid demographic change, and a liberal culture that mocks their faith and patriotism. Fundamentally rural and struggling with changing demographics and limited opportunity, Luzerne County can be seen as a microcosm of the nation. In The Forgotten, Trump voters speak for themselves, explaining how they felt others were 'cutting in line' and that the federal government was taking too much money from the employed and giving it to the idle. The loss of breadwinner status, and more importantly, the loss of dignity, primed them for a candidate like Donald Trump. The political facts of a divided America are stark, but the stories of the men, women and families in The Forgotten offer a kaleidoscopic and fascinating portrait of the complex on-the-ground political reality of America today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354437 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Korea: The Impossible Country: South Korea's Amazing Rise from the Ashes: The Inside Story of an Economic, Political and Cultural Phenomenon Author: Daniel Tudor Narrator: James Cameron Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: South Korea's amazing rise from the ashes: the inside story of an economic, political, and cultural phenomenon Long overshadowed by Japan and China, South Korea is a small country that happens to be one of the great national success stories of the postwar period. From a failed state with no democratic tradition, ruined and partitioned by war, and sapped by a half-century of colonial rule, South Korea transformed itself in just fifty years into an economic powerhouse and a democracy that serves as a model for other countries. With no natural resources and a tradition of authoritarian rule, Korea managed to accomplish a second Asian miracle. Daniel Tudor is a journalist who has lived in and written about Korea for almost a decade. In Korea: The Impossible Country, Tudor examines Korea's cultural foundations; the Korean character; the public sphere in politics, business, and the workplace as well as the family, dating, and marriage. In doing so, he touches on topics as diverse as shamanism, clan-ism, the dilemma posed by North Korea, the myths about doing business in Korea, the Koreans' renowned hard-partying ethos, and why the infatuation with learning English is now causing massive social problems. South Korea has undergone two miracles at once: economic development and complete democratization. The question now is, will it become as some see Japan, a prosperous yet aging society, devoid of energy and momentum? Or will the dynamism of Korean society and its willingness to change—as well as the opportunity it has now to welcome outsiders into its fold—enable it to experience a third miracle that will propel it into the ranks of the world's leading nations regarding human culture, democracy, and wealth? Daniel Tudor Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354437 thebookvoice.com 13:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Korea: The Impossible Country: South Korea's Amazing Rise from the Ashes: The Inside Story of an Economic, Political and Cultural Phenomenon Author: Daniel Tudor Narrator: James Cameron Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: South Korea's amazing rise from the ashes: the inside story of an economic, political, and cultural phenomenon Long overshadowed by Japan and China, South Korea is a small country that happens to be one of the great national success stories of the postwar period. From a failed state with no democratic tradition, ruined and partitioned by war, and sapped by a half-century of colonial rule, South Korea transformed itself in just fifty years into an economic powerhouse and a democracy that serves as a model for other countries. With no natural resources and a tradition of authoritarian rule, Korea managed to accomplish a second Asian miracle. Daniel Tudor is a journalist who has lived in and written about Korea for almost a decade. In Korea: The Impossible Country, Tudor examines Korea's cultural foundations; the Korean character; the public sphere in politics, business, and the workplace as well as the family, dating, and marriage. In doing so, he touches on topics as diverse as shamanism, clan-ism, the dilemma posed by North Korea, the myths about doing business in Korea, the Koreans' renowned hard-partying ethos, and why the infatuation with learning English is now causing massive social problems. South Korea has undergone two miracles at once: economic development and complete democratization. The question now is, will it become as some see Japan, a prosperous yet aging society, devoid of energy and momentum? Or will the dynamism of Korean society and its willingness to change—as well as the opportunity it has now to welcome outsiders into its fold—enable it to experience a third miracle that will propel it into the ranks of the world's leading nations regarding human culture, democracy, and wealth? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Korea: The Impossible Country: South Korea's Amazing Rise from the Ashes: The Inside Story of an Economic, Political and Cultural Phenomenon Author: Daniel Tudor Narrator: James Cameron Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: South Korea's amazing rise from the ashes: the inside story of an economic, political, and cultural phenomenon Long overshadowed by Japan and China, South Korea is a small country that happens to be one of the great national success stories of the postwar period. From a failed state with no democratic tradition, ruined and partitioned by war, and sapped by a half-century of colonial rule, South Korea transformed itself in just fifty years into an economic powerhouse and a democracy that serves as a model for other countries. With no natural resources and a tradition of authoritarian rule, Korea managed to accomplish a second Asian miracle. Daniel Tudor is a journalist who has lived in and written about Korea for almost a decade. In Korea: The Impossible Country, Tudor examines Korea's cultural foundations; the Korean character; the public sphere in politics, business, and the workplace as well as the family, dating, and marriage. In doing so, he touches on topics as diverse as shamanism, clan-ism, the dilemma posed by North Korea, the myths about doing business in Korea, the Koreans' renowned hard-partying ethos, and why the infatuation with learning English is now causing massive social problems. South Korea has undergone two miracles at once: economic development and complete democratization. The question now is, will it become as some see Japan, a prosperous yet aging society, devoid of energy and momentum? Or will the dynamism of Korean society and its willingness to change—as well as the opportunity it has now to welcome outsiders into its fold—enable it to experience a third miracle that will propel it into the ranks of the world's leading nations regarding human culture, democracy, and wealth? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354401 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354401]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food from the Radical Center: Healing Our Land and Communities Author: Gary Paul Nabhan Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: America has never felt more divided. But in the midst of all the acrimony comes one of the most promising movements in our country's history. People of all races, faiths, and political persuasions are coming together to restore America's natural wealth: its ability to produce healthy foods. In Food from the Radical Center, Gary Nabhan tells the stories of diverse communities who are getting their hands dirty and bringing back North America's unique fare: bison, sturgeon, camas lilies, ancient grains, turkeys, and more. These efforts have united people from the left and right, rural and urban, faith-based and science-based, in game-changing collaborations. Their successes are extraordinary by any measure, whether economic, ecological, or social. In fact, the restoration of land and rare species has provided—dollar for dollar—one of the best returns on investment of any conservation initiative. As a leading thinker and seasoned practitioner in biocultural conservation, Nabhan offers a truly unique perspective on the movement. He draws on fifty years of work with community-based projects around the nation, from the desert Southwest to the low country of the Southeast. Yet Nabhan's most enduring legacy may be his message of hope: a vision of a new environmentalism that is just and inclusive, allowing former adversaries to commune over delicious foods. Gary Paul Nabhan Thu, 27 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354401 thebookvoice.com 5:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354401]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food from the Radical Center: Healing Our Land and Communities Author: Gary Paul Nabhan Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: America has never felt more divided. But in the midst of all the acrimony comes one of the most promising movements in our country's history. People of all races, faiths, and political persuasions are coming together to restore America's natural wealth: its ability to produce healthy foods. In Food from the Radical Center, Gary Nabhan tells the stories of diverse communities who are getting their hands dirty and bringing back North America's unique fare: bison, sturgeon, camas lilies, ancient grains, turkeys, and more. These efforts have united people from the left and right, rural and urban, faith-based and science-based, in game-changing collaborations. Their successes are extraordinary by any measure, whether economic, ecological, or social. In fact, the restoration of land and rare species has provided—dollar for dollar—one of the best returns on investment of any conservation initiative. As a leading thinker and seasoned practitioner in biocultural conservation, Nabhan offers a truly unique perspective on the movement. He draws on fifty years of work with community-based projects around the nation, from the desert Southwest to the low country of the Southeast. Yet Nabhan's most enduring legacy may be his message of hope: a vision of a new environmentalism that is just and inclusive, allowing former adversaries to commune over delicious foods. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354401]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food from the Radical Center: Healing Our Land and Communities Author: Gary Paul Nabhan Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: America has never felt more divided. But in the midst of all the acrimony comes one of the most promising movements in our country's history. People of all races, faiths, and political persuasions are coming together to restore America's natural wealth: its ability to produce healthy foods. In Food from the Radical Center, Gary Nabhan tells the stories of diverse communities who are getting their hands dirty and bringing back North America's unique fare: bison, sturgeon, camas lilies, ancient grains, turkeys, and more. These efforts have united people from the left and right, rural and urban, faith-based and science-based, in game-changing collaborations. Their successes are extraordinary by any measure, whether economic, ecological, or social. In fact, the restoration of land and rare species has provided—dollar for dollar—one of the best returns on investment of any conservation initiative. As a leading thinker and seasoned practitioner in biocultural conservation, Nabhan offers a truly unique perspective on the movement. He draws on fifty years of work with community-based projects around the nation, from the desert Southwest to the low country of the Southeast. Yet Nabhan's most enduring legacy may be his message of hope: a vision of a new environmentalism that is just and inclusive, allowing former adversaries to commune over delicious foods. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354361 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Miseducation of the Student Athlete: How to Fix College Sports Author: Kenneth L. Shropshire, Collin D. Williams Jr. Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As the revenues generated by big-time college sports continue to skyrocket, virtually all of the debate involves whether (and how much) student-athletes should be paid for play. Kenneth L. Shropshire and Collin D. Williams, Jr., argue that 'student' has to come first in student-athlete: the focus should be on prioritizing a meaningful education. In The Miseducation of the Student Athlete: How to Fix College Sports, Shropshire and Williams draw on new research to reveal that it has become increasingly difficult for college athletes to balance school and sports, much less a social life, leading to serious economic, professional, and emotional consequences for young people. Given that fewer than two percent of all college men's basketball and football players will play at the professional level, the other ninety-eight percent of student-athletes must be prepared to find and perform well in jobs outside of their respective field of play. In this bold call to action, Shropshire and Williams explain how we got here and what can be done about it. They lay out The Student-Athlete Manifesto, a roadmap to increase the likelihood that student-athletes can succeed both on and off the field. They also offer a Meaningful Degree Model, which ensures education pays for everyone, along with stories of success that show it is possible to be both a student and an athlete. Kenneth L. Shropshire, Collin D. Williams Jr. Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354361 thebookvoice.com 3:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Miseducation of the Student Athlete: How to Fix College Sports Author: Kenneth L. Shropshire, Collin D. Williams Jr. Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As the revenues generated by big-time college sports continue to skyrocket, virtually all of the debate involves whether (and how much) student-athletes should be paid for play. Kenneth L. Shropshire and Collin D. Williams, Jr., argue that 'student' has to come first in student-athlete: the focus should be on prioritizing a meaningful education. In The Miseducation of the Student Athlete: How to Fix College Sports, Shropshire and Williams draw on new research to reveal that it has become increasingly difficult for college athletes to balance school and sports, much less a social life, leading to serious economic, professional, and emotional consequences for young people. Given that fewer than two percent of all college men's basketball and football players will play at the professional level, the other ninety-eight percent of student-athletes must be prepared to find and perform well in jobs outside of their respective field of play. In this bold call to action, Shropshire and Williams explain how we got here and what can be done about it. They lay out The Student-Athlete Manifesto, a roadmap to increase the likelihood that student-athletes can succeed both on and off the field. They also offer a Meaningful Degree Model, which ensures education pays for everyone, along with stories of success that show it is possible to be both a student and an athlete. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Miseducation of the Student Athlete: How to Fix College Sports Author: Kenneth L. Shropshire, Collin D. Williams Jr. Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As the revenues generated by big-time college sports continue to skyrocket, virtually all of the debate involves whether (and how much) student-athletes should be paid for play. Kenneth L. Shropshire and Collin D. Williams, Jr., argue that 'student' has to come first in student-athlete: the focus should be on prioritizing a meaningful education. In The Miseducation of the Student Athlete: How to Fix College Sports, Shropshire and Williams draw on new research to reveal that it has become increasingly difficult for college athletes to balance school and sports, much less a social life, leading to serious economic, professional, and emotional consequences for young people. Given that fewer than two percent of all college men's basketball and football players will play at the professional level, the other ninety-eight percent of student-athletes must be prepared to find and perform well in jobs outside of their respective field of play. In this bold call to action, Shropshire and Williams explain how we got here and what can be done about it. They lay out The Student-Athlete Manifesto, a roadmap to increase the likelihood that student-athletes can succeed both on and off the field. They also offer a Meaningful Degree Model, which ensures education pays for everyone, along with stories of success that show it is possible to be both a student and an athlete. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354311 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Answer Them Nothing: Bringing Down the Polygamous Empire of Warren Jeffs Author: Debra Weyermann Narrator: Kate Marcin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When police raided the Short Creek compound of the Fundamental Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints in 1953, it soon became a political and publicity nightmare and eventually cost the governor of Arizona his job. From that point on, skittish public officials allowed the polygamist sect to practice its tenants unmolested for the next 50 years and turned a blind eye to child abandonment, kidnapping, statutory rape, incest, and massive tax and welfare fraud. But then Warren Jeffs, a new FLDS prophet, escalated the sect’s crimes to near madness. Activists watched in horror as he used his limitless authority and the resources of a tax-supported community—in essence, a feudal empire on the Utah/Arizona border—to devastate thousands of lives on cruel whims, marrying girls as young as 11 to 60-year-old men and driving off teenage “lost boys” who Jeffs felt threatened his authority. Answer Them Nothing is the chilling story of the victims, activists, prosecutors, judges, cops, and attorneys who in 2001 began the struggle to dismantle the FLDS empire and bring Jeffs and his henchmen to justice. It is a mesmerizing journey into one of America’s darkest corners, a story that stretches over three states and deep into history of the powerful Mormon Church. Debra Weyermann Tue, 23 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354311 thebookvoice.com 16:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Answer Them Nothing: Bringing Down the Polygamous Empire of Warren Jeffs Author: Debra Weyermann Narrator: Kate Marcin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When police raided the Short Creek compound of the Fundamental Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints in 1953, it soon became a political and publicity nightmare and eventually cost the governor of Arizona his job. From that point on, skittish public officials allowed the polygamist sect to practice its tenants unmolested for the next 50 years and turned a blind eye to child abandonment, kidnapping, statutory rape, incest, and massive tax and welfare fraud. But then Warren Jeffs, a new FLDS prophet, escalated the sect’s crimes to near madness. Activists watched in horror as he used his limitless authority and the resources of a tax-supported community—in essence, a feudal empire on the Utah/Arizona border—to devastate thousands of lives on cruel whims, marrying girls as young as 11 to 60-year-old men and driving off teenage “lost boys” who Jeffs felt threatened his authority. Answer Them Nothing is the chilling story of the victims, activists, prosecutors, judges, cops, and attorneys who in 2001 began the struggle to dismantle the FLDS empire and bring Jeffs and his henchmen to justice. It is a mesmerizing journey into one of America’s darkest corners, a story that stretches over three states and deep into history of the powerful Mormon Church. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Answer Them Nothing: Bringing Down the Polygamous Empire of Warren Jeffs Author: Debra Weyermann Narrator: Kate Marcin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When police raided the Short Creek compound of the Fundamental Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints in 1953, it soon became a political and publicity nightmare and eventually cost the governor of Arizona his job. From that point on, skittish public officials allowed the polygamist sect to practice its tenants unmolested for the next 50 years and turned a blind eye to child abandonment, kidnapping, statutory rape, incest, and massive tax and welfare fraud. But then Warren Jeffs, a new FLDS prophet, escalated the sect’s crimes to near madness. Activists watched in horror as he used his limitless authority and the resources of a tax-supported community—in essence, a feudal empire on the Utah/Arizona border—to devastate thousands of lives on cruel whims, marrying girls as young as 11 to 60-year-old men and driving off teenage “lost boys” who Jeffs felt threatened his authority. Answer Them Nothing is the chilling story of the victims, activists, prosecutors, judges, cops, and attorneys who in 2001 began the struggle to dismantle the FLDS empire and bring Jeffs and his henchmen to justice. It is a mesmerizing journey into one of America’s darkest corners, a story that stretches over three states and deep into history of the powerful Mormon Church. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354306 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Plain Sight: The Startling Truth Behind the Elizabeth Smart Investigation Author: Lee Benson, Tom Smart Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This riveting inside story of the intense search for the Salt Lake City teenager who was kidnapped from her bed reveals never-before-told details of the largest investigation in Utah state history. Paced like a thriller, this true account moves between the parallel stories of the searchers and the abductor. The firsthand account of Tom Smart, Elizabeth's uncle and one-time suspect, reveals the details of the flawed police investigation, the media's manipulation of the family, and the eyewitness account of nine-year-old Mary Katherine Smart that went largely ignored by investigators. New research is presented on the family background of disturbed street preacher Brian David Mitchell, who kidnapped Elizabeth as part of a bizarre polygamous plot. Also examined is the critical role of the media, revealing the essential part played by John Walsh and others in facilitating Elizabeth's safe return, and the manipulative influence of Fox News and Bill O'Reilly. Going beyond a mere eyewitness account, the book includes information culled from interviews with more than 150 people involved in the search and investigation, notes from family meetings, and memos from law enforcement officials. Lee Benson, Tom Smart Tue, 18 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354306 thebookvoice.com 14:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Plain Sight: The Startling Truth Behind the Elizabeth Smart Investigation Author: Lee Benson, Tom Smart Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This riveting inside story of the intense search for the Salt Lake City teenager who was kidnapped from her bed reveals never-before-told details of the largest investigation in Utah state history. Paced like a thriller, this true account moves between the parallel stories of the searchers and the abductor. The firsthand account of Tom Smart, Elizabeth's uncle and one-time suspect, reveals the details of the flawed police investigation, the media's manipulation of the family, and the eyewitness account of nine-year-old Mary Katherine Smart that went largely ignored by investigators. New research is presented on the family background of disturbed street preacher Brian David Mitchell, who kidnapped Elizabeth as part of a bizarre polygamous plot. Also examined is the critical role of the media, revealing the essential part played by John Walsh and others in facilitating Elizabeth's safe return, and the manipulative influence of Fox News and Bill O'Reilly. Going beyond a mere eyewitness account, the book includes information culled from interviews with more than 150 people involved in the search and investigation, notes from family meetings, and memos from law enforcement officials. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Plain Sight: The Startling Truth Behind the Elizabeth Smart Investigation Author: Lee Benson, Tom Smart Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This riveting inside story of the intense search for the Salt Lake City teenager who was kidnapped from her bed reveals never-before-told details of the largest investigation in Utah state history. Paced like a thriller, this true account moves between the parallel stories of the searchers and the abductor. The firsthand account of Tom Smart, Elizabeth's uncle and one-time suspect, reveals the details of the flawed police investigation, the media's manipulation of the family, and the eyewitness account of nine-year-old Mary Katherine Smart that went largely ignored by investigators. New research is presented on the family background of disturbed street preacher Brian David Mitchell, who kidnapped Elizabeth as part of a bizarre polygamous plot. Also examined is the critical role of the media, revealing the essential part played by John Walsh and others in facilitating Elizabeth's safe return, and the manipulative influence of Fox News and Bill O'Reilly. Going beyond a mere eyewitness account, the book includes information culled from interviews with more than 150 people involved in the search and investigation, notes from family meetings, and memos from law enforcement officials. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354301 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coyote's Bicycle: The Untold Story of Seven Thousand Bicycles and the Rise of a Borderland Empire Author: Kimball Taylor Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For readers of Jon Krakauer and Susan Orlean, The Coyote's Bicycle brings to life a never-before-told phenomenon at our southern border, and the human drama of those who would cross. It wasn’t surprising when the first abandoned bicycles were found along the dirt roads and farmland just across the border from Tijuana, but before long they were arriving in droves. The bikes went from curiosity, to nuisance, to phenomenon. But until they caught the eye of journalist Kimball Taylor, only a small cadre of human smugglers—coyotes—and migrants could say how or why they’d gotten there. This is the story of 7,000 bikes that made an incredible journey and one young man from Oaxaca who arrived at the border with nothing, built a small empire, and then vanished. Taylor follows the trail of the border bikes through some of society’s most powerful institutions, and, with the help of an unlikely source, he reconstructs the rise of one of Tijuana’s most innovative coyotes. Touching on immigration and globalization, as well as the history of the US/Mexico border, The Coyote’s Bicycle is at once an immersive investigation of an outrageous occurrence and a true-crime, rags-to-riches story. Kimball Taylor Wed, 28 Nov 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354301 thebookvoice.com 13:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coyote's Bicycle: The Untold Story of Seven Thousand Bicycles and the Rise of a Borderland Empire Author: Kimball Taylor Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For readers of Jon Krakauer and Susan Orlean, The Coyote's Bicycle brings to life a never-before-told phenomenon at our southern border, and the human drama of those who would cross. It wasn’t surprising when the first abandoned bicycles were found along the dirt roads and farmland just across the border from Tijuana, but before long they were arriving in droves. The bikes went from curiosity, to nuisance, to phenomenon. But until they caught the eye of journalist Kimball Taylor, only a small cadre of human smugglers—coyotes—and migrants could say how or why they’d gotten there. This is the story of 7,000 bikes that made an incredible journey and one young man from Oaxaca who arrived at the border with nothing, built a small empire, and then vanished. Taylor follows the trail of the border bikes through some of society’s most powerful institutions, and, with the help of an unlikely source, he reconstructs the rise of one of Tijuana’s most innovative coyotes. Touching on immigration and globalization, as well as the history of the US/Mexico border, The Coyote’s Bicycle is at once an immersive investigation of an outrageous occurrence and a true-crime, rags-to-riches story. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coyote's Bicycle: The Untold Story of Seven Thousand Bicycles and the Rise of a Borderland Empire Author: Kimball Taylor Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For readers of Jon Krakauer and Susan Orlean, The Coyote's Bicycle brings to life a never-before-told phenomenon at our southern border, and the human drama of those who would cross. It wasn’t surprising when the first abandoned bicycles were found along the dirt roads and farmland just across the border from Tijuana, but before long they were arriving in droves. The bikes went from curiosity, to nuisance, to phenomenon. But until they caught the eye of journalist Kimball Taylor, only a small cadre of human smugglers—coyotes—and migrants could say how or why they’d gotten there. This is the story of 7,000 bikes that made an incredible journey and one young man from Oaxaca who arrived at the border with nothing, built a small empire, and then vanished. Taylor follows the trail of the border bikes through some of society’s most powerful institutions, and, with the help of an unlikely source, he reconstructs the rise of one of Tijuana’s most innovative coyotes. Touching on immigration and globalization, as well as the history of the US/Mexico border, The Coyote’s Bicycle is at once an immersive investigation of an outrageous occurrence and a true-crime, rags-to-riches story. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354208 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354208]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Stories: What the Hell Just Happened to Our Country Author: Steve Almond Narrator: Steve Almond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 3, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Like a lot of Americans, Steve Almond spent the weeks after the 2016 election lying awake, in a state of dread and bewilderment. The problem wasn’t just the election, but the fact that nobody could explain, in any sort of coherent way, why America had elected a cruel, corrupt, and incompetent man to the Presidency. Bad Stories: What the Hell Just Happened to Our Country is Almond’s effort to make sense of our historical moment, to connect certain dots that go unconnected amid the deluge of hot takes and think pieces. Almond looks to literary voices―from Melville to Orwell, from Bradbury to Baldwin―to help explain the roots of our moral erosion as a people. The book argues that Trumpism is a bad outcome arising directly from the bad stories we tell ourselves. To understand how we got here, we have to confront our cultural delusions: our obsession with entertainment, sports, and political parody, the degeneration of our free press into a for-profit industry, our enduring pathologies of race, class, immigration, and tribalism. Bad Stories is a lamentation aimed at providing clarity. It’s the book you can pass along to an anguished fellow traveler with the promise, This will help you understand what the hell happened to our country. Steve Almond Mon, 03 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354208 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354208]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Stories: What the Hell Just Happened to Our Country Author: Steve Almond Narrator: Steve Almond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 3, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Like a lot of Americans, Steve Almond spent the weeks after the 2016 election lying awake, in a state of dread and bewilderment. The problem wasn’t just the election, but the fact that nobody could explain, in any sort of coherent way, why America had elected a cruel, corrupt, and incompetent man to the Presidency. Bad Stories: What the Hell Just Happened to Our Country is Almond’s effort to make sense of our historical moment, to connect certain dots that go unconnected amid the deluge of hot takes and think pieces. Almond looks to literary voices―from Melville to Orwell, from Bradbury to Baldwin―to help explain the roots of our moral erosion as a people. The book argues that Trumpism is a bad outcome arising directly from the bad stories we tell ourselves. To understand how we got here, we have to confront our cultural delusions: our obsession with entertainment, sports, and political parody, the degeneration of our free press into a for-profit industry, our enduring pathologies of race, class, immigration, and tribalism. Bad Stories is a lamentation aimed at providing clarity. It’s the book you can pass along to an anguished fellow traveler with the promise, This will help you understand what the hell happened to our country. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354208]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Stories: What the Hell Just Happened to Our Country Author: Steve Almond Narrator: Steve Almond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 3, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Like a lot of Americans, Steve Almond spent the weeks after the 2016 election lying awake, in a state of dread and bewilderment. The problem wasn’t just the election, but the fact that nobody could explain, in any sort of coherent way, why America had elected a cruel, corrupt, and incompetent man to the Presidency. Bad Stories: What the Hell Just Happened to Our Country is Almond’s effort to make sense of our historical moment, to connect certain dots that go unconnected amid the deluge of hot takes and think pieces. Almond looks to literary voices―from Melville to Orwell, from Bradbury to Baldwin―to help explain the roots of our moral erosion as a people. The book argues that Trumpism is a bad outcome arising directly from the bad stories we tell ourselves. To understand how we got here, we have to confront our cultural delusions: our obsession with entertainment, sports, and political parody, the degeneration of our free press into a for-profit industry, our enduring pathologies of race, class, immigration, and tribalism. Bad Stories is a lamentation aimed at providing clarity. It’s the book you can pass along to an anguished fellow traveler with the promise, This will help you understand what the hell happened to our country. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354059 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354059]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Islamic History: A Very Short Introduction Author: Adam J. Silverstein Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Does history matter? This book argues not that history matters, but that Islamic history does. This Very Short Introduction introduces the story of Islamic history; the controversies surrounding its study; and the significance that it holds—for Muslims and for non-Muslims alike. Opening with a lucid overview of the rise and spread of Islam, from the seventh to twenty first century, the book charts the evolution of what was originally a small, localized community of believers into an international religion with over a billion adherents. Chapters are also dedicated to the peoples—Arabs, Persians, and Turks—who shaped Islamic history, and to three representative institutions—the mosque, jihad, and the caliphate—that highlight Islam's diversity over time. Finally, the roles that Islamic history has played in both religious and political contexts are analysed, while stressing the unique status that history enjoys amongst Muslims, especially compared to its lowly place in Western societies where history is often seen as little more than something that is not to be repeated. Some of the questions that will be answered are: ● How did Islam arise from the obscurity of seventh century Arabia to the headlines of twenty first century media? ● How do we know what we claim to know about Islam's rise and development? ● Why does any of this matter, either to Muslims or to non-Muslims? Adam J. Silverstein Wed, 19 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354059 thebookvoice.com 4:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354059]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Islamic History: A Very Short Introduction Author: Adam J. Silverstein Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Does history matter? This book argues not that history matters, but that Islamic history does. This Very Short Introduction introduces the story of Islamic history; the controversies surrounding its study; and the significance that it holds—for Muslims and for non-Muslims alike. Opening with a lucid overview of the rise and spread of Islam, from the seventh to twenty first century, the book charts the evolution of what was originally a small, localized community of believers into an international religion with over a billion adherents. Chapters are also dedicated to the peoples—Arabs, Persians, and Turks—who shaped Islamic history, and to three representative institutions—the mosque, jihad, and the caliphate—that highlight Islam's diversity over time. Finally, the roles that Islamic history has played in both religious and political contexts are analysed, while stressing the unique status that history enjoys amongst Muslims, especially compared to its lowly place in Western societies where history is often seen as little more than something that is not to be repeated. Some of the questions that will be answered are: ● How did Islam arise from the obscurity of seventh century Arabia to the headlines of twenty first century media? ● How do we know what we claim to know about Islam's rise and development? ● Why does any of this matter, either to Muslims or to non-Muslims? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354059]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Islamic History: A Very Short Introduction Author: Adam J. Silverstein Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Does history matter? This book argues not that history matters, but that Islamic history does. This Very Short Introduction introduces the story of Islamic history; the controversies surrounding its study; and the significance that it holds—for Muslims and for non-Muslims alike. Opening with a lucid overview of the rise and spread of Islam, from the seventh to twenty first century, the book charts the evolution of what was originally a small, localized community of believers into an international religion with over a billion adherents. Chapters are also dedicated to the peoples—Arabs, Persians, and Turks—who shaped Islamic history, and to three representative institutions—the mosque, jihad, and the caliphate—that highlight Islam's diversity over time. Finally, the roles that Islamic history has played in both religious and political contexts are analysed, while stressing the unique status that history enjoys amongst Muslims, especially compared to its lowly place in Western societies where history is often seen as little more than something that is not to be repeated. Some of the questions that will be answered are: ● How did Islam arise from the obscurity of seventh century Arabia to the headlines of twenty first century media? ● How do we know what we claim to know about Islam's rise and development? ● Why does any of this matter, either to Muslims or to non-Muslims? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351097 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fate of Food: What We'll Eat in a Bigger, Hotter, Smarter World Author: Amanda Little Narrator: Amanda Little Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE 2019 NAUTILUS BOOK AWARD  In the fascinating story of the sustainable food revolution, an environmental journalist and professor asks the question: Is the future of food looking bleak—or better than ever?   “In The Fate of Food, Amanda Little takes us on a tour of the future. The journey is scary, exciting, and, ultimately, encouraging.”—Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction Climate models show that global crop production will decline every decade for the rest of this century due to drought, heat, and flooding. Water supplies are in jeopardy. Meanwhile, the world’s population is expected to grow another 30 percent by midcentury. So how, really, will we feed nine billion people sustainably in the coming decades? Amanda Little, a professor at Vanderbilt University and an award-winning journalist, spent three years traveling through a dozen countries and as many U.S. states in search of answers to this question. Her journey took her from an apple orchard in Wisconsin to a remote control organic farm in Shanghai, from Norwegian fish farms to famine-stricken regions of Ethiopia.   The race to reinvent the global food system is on, and the challenge is twofold: We must solve the existing problems of industrial agriculture while also preparing for the pressures ahead. Through her interviews and adventures with farmers, scientists, activists, and engineers, Little tells the fascinating story of human innovation and explores new and old approaches to food production while charting the growth of a movement that could redefine sustainable food on a grand scale. She meets small permaculture farmers and “Big Food” executives, botanists studying ancient superfoods and Kenyan farmers growing the country's first GMO corn. She travels to places that might seem irrelevant to the future of food yet surprisingly play a critical role—a California sewage plant, a U.S. Army research lab, even the inside of a monsoon cloud above Mumbai. Little asks tough questions: Can GMOs actually be good for the environment—and for us? Are we facing the end of animal meat? What will it take to eliminate harmful chemicals from farming? How can a clean, climate-resilient food supply become accessible to all? Throughout her journey, Little finds and shares a deeper understanding of the threats of climate change and encounters a sense of awe and optimism about the lessons of our past and the scope of human ingenuity. Amanda Little Tue, 04 Jun 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351097 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fate of Food: What We'll Eat in a Bigger, Hotter, Smarter World Author: Amanda Little Narrator: Amanda Little Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE 2019 NAUTILUS BOOK AWARD  In the fascinating story of the sustainable food revolution, an environmental journalist and professor asks the question: Is the future of food looking bleak—or better than ever?   “In The Fate of Food, Amanda Little takes us on a tour of the future. The journey is scary, exciting, and, ultimately, encouraging.”—Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction Climate models show that global crop production will decline every decade for the rest of this century due to drought, heat, and flooding. Water supplies are in jeopardy. Meanwhile, the world’s population is expected to grow another 30 percent by midcentury. So how, really, will we feed nine billion people sustainably in the coming decades? Amanda Little, a professor at Vanderbilt University and an award-winning journalist, spent three years traveling through a dozen countries and as many U.S. states in search of answers to this question. Her journey took her from an apple orchard in Wisconsin to a remote control organic farm in Shanghai, from Norwegian fish farms to famine-stricken regions of Ethiopia.   The race to reinvent the global food system is on, and the challenge is twofold: We must solve the existing problems of industrial agriculture while also preparing for the pressures ahead. Through her interviews and adventures with farmers, scientists, activists, and engineers, Little tells the fascinating story of human innovation and explores new and old approaches to food production while charting the growth of a movement that could redefine sustainable food on a grand scale. She meets small permaculture farmers and “Big Food” executives, botanists studying ancient superfoods and Kenyan farmers growing the country's first GMO corn. She travels to places that might seem irrelevant to the future of food yet surprisingly play a critical role—a California sewage plant, a U.S. Army research lab, even the inside of a monsoon cloud above Mumbai. Little asks tough questions: Can GMOs actually be good for the environment—and for us? Are we facing the end of animal meat? What will it take to eliminate harmful chemicals from farming? How can a clean, climate-resilient food supply become accessible to all? Throughout her journey, Little finds and shares a deeper understanding of the threats of climate change and encounters a sense of awe and optimism about the lessons of our past and the scope of human ingenuity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fate of Food: What We'll Eat in a Bigger, Hotter, Smarter World Author: Amanda Little Narrator: Amanda Little Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE 2019 NAUTILUS BOOK AWARD  In the fascinating story of the sustainable food revolution, an environmental journalist and professor asks the question: Is the future of food looking bleak—or better than ever?   “In The Fate of Food, Amanda Little takes us on a tour of the future. The journey is scary, exciting, and, ultimately, encouraging.”—Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction Climate models show that global crop production will decline every decade for the rest of this century due to drought, heat, and flooding. Water supplies are in jeopardy. Meanwhile, the world’s population is expected to grow another 30 percent by midcentury. So how, really, will we feed nine billion people sustainably in the coming decades? Amanda Little, a professor at Vanderbilt University and an award-winning journalist, spent three years traveling through a dozen countries and as many U.S. states in search of answers to this question. Her journey took her from an apple orchard in Wisconsin to a remote control organic farm in Shanghai, from Norwegian fish farms to famine-stricken regions of Ethiopia.   The race to reinvent the global food system is on, and the challenge is twofold: We must solve the existing problems of industrial agriculture while also preparing for the pressures ahead. Through her interviews and adventures with farmers, scientists, activists, and engineers, Little tells the fascinating story of human innovation and explores new and old approaches to food production while charting the growth of a movement that could redefine sustainable food on a grand scale. She meets small permaculture farmers and “Big Food” executives, botanists studying ancient superfoods and Kenyan farmers growing the country's first GMO corn. She travels to places that might seem irrelevant to the future of food yet surprisingly play a critical role—a California sewage plant, a U.S. Army research lab, even the inside of a monsoon cloud above Mumbai. Little asks tough questions: Can GMOs actually be good for the environment—and for us? Are we facing the end of animal meat? What will it take to eliminate harmful chemicals from farming? How can a clean, climate-resilient food supply become accessible to all? Throughout her journey, Little finds and shares a deeper understanding of the threats of climate change and encounters a sense of awe and optimism about the lessons of our past and the scope of human ingenuity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351095 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Undocumented Americans Author: Karla Cornejo Villavicencio Narrator: Karla Cornejo Villavicencio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BOOK AWARD FINALIST • One of the first undocumented immigrants to graduate from Harvard reveals the hidden lives of her fellow undocumented Americans in this deeply personal and groundbreaking portrait of a nation. “Karla’s book sheds light on people’s personal experiences and allows their stories to be told and their voices to be heard.”—Selena Gomez FINALIST FOR THE NBCC JOHN LEONARD AWARD • NAMED A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY THE LOS ANGELES TIMES, THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW, NPR, THE NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY, BOOK RIOT, LIBRARY JOURNAL, AND TIME Writer Karla Cornejo Villavicencio was on DACA when she decided to write about being undocumented for the first time using her own name. It was right after the election of 2016, the day she realized the story she’d tried to steer clear of was the only one she wanted to tell. So she wrote her immigration lawyer’s phone number on her hand in Sharpie and embarked on a trip across the country to tell the stories of her fellow undocumented immigrants—and to find the hidden key to her own.    Looking beyond the flashpoints of the border or the activism of the DREAMers, Cornejo Villavicencio explores the lives of the undocumented—and the mysteries of her own life. She finds the singular, effervescent characters across the nation often reduced in the media to political pawns or nameless laborers. The stories she tells are not deferential or naively inspirational but show the love, magic, heartbreak, insanity, and vulgarity that infuse the day-to-day lives of her subjects.    In New York, we meet the undocumented workers who were recruited into the federally funded Ground Zero cleanup after 9/11. In Miami, we enter the ubiquitous botanicas, which offer medicinal herbs and potions to those whose status blocks them from any other healthcare options. In Flint, Michigan, we learn of demands for state ID in order to receive life-saving clean water. In Connecticut, Cornejo Villavicencio, childless by choice, finds family in two teenage girls whose father is in sanctuary. And through it all we see the author grappling with the biggest questions of love, duty, family, and survival.    In her incandescent, relentlessly probing voice, Karla Cornejo Villavicencio combines sensitive reporting and powerful personal narratives to bring to light remarkable stories of resilience, madness, and death. Through these stories we come to understand what it truly means to be a stray. An expendable. A hero. An American. Karla Cornejo Villavicencio Tue, 24 Mar 2020 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351095 thebookvoice.com 4:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Undocumented Americans Author: Karla Cornejo Villavicencio Narrator: Karla Cornejo Villavicencio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BOOK AWARD FINALIST • One of the first undocumented immigrants to graduate from Harvard reveals the hidden lives of her fellow undocumented Americans in this deeply personal and groundbreaking portrait of a nation. “Karla’s book sheds light on people’s personal experiences and allows their stories to be told and their voices to be heard.”—Selena Gomez FINALIST FOR THE NBCC JOHN LEONARD AWARD • NAMED A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY THE LOS ANGELES TIMES, THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW, NPR, THE NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY, BOOK RIOT, LIBRARY JOURNAL, AND TIME Writer Karla Cornejo Villavicencio was on DACA when she decided to write about being undocumented for the first time using her own name. It was right after the election of 2016, the day she realized the story she’d tried to steer clear of was the only one she wanted to tell. So she wrote her immigration lawyer’s phone number on her hand in Sharpie and embarked on a trip across the country to tell the stories of her fellow undocumented immigrants—and to find the hidden key to her own.    Looking beyond the flashpoints of the border or the activism of the DREAMers, Cornejo Villavicencio explores the lives of the undocumented—and the mysteries of her own life. She finds the singular, effervescent characters across the nation often reduced in the media to political pawns or nameless laborers. The stories she tells are not deferential or naively inspirational but show the love, magic, heartbreak, insanity, and vulgarity that infuse the day-to-day lives of her subjects.    In New York, we meet the undocumented workers who were recruited into the federally funded Ground Zero cleanup after 9/11. In Miami, we enter the ubiquitous botanicas, which offer medicinal herbs and potions to those whose status blocks them from any other healthcare options. In Flint, Michigan, we learn of demands for state ID in order to receive life-saving clean water. In Connecticut, Cornejo Villavicencio, childless by choice, finds family in two teenage girls whose father is in sanctuary. And through it all we see the author grappling with the biggest questions of love, duty, family, and survival.    In her incandescent, relentlessly probing voice, Karla Cornejo Villavicencio combines sensitive reporting and powerful personal narratives to bring to light remarkable stories of resilience, madness, and death. Through these stories we come to understand what it truly means to be a stray. An expendable. A hero. An American. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Undocumented Americans Author: Karla Cornejo Villavicencio Narrator: Karla Cornejo Villavicencio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BOOK AWARD FINALIST • One of the first undocumented immigrants to graduate from Harvard reveals the hidden lives of her fellow undocumented Americans in this deeply personal and groundbreaking portrait of a nation. “Karla’s book sheds light on people’s personal experiences and allows their stories to be told and their voices to be heard.”—Selena Gomez FINALIST FOR THE NBCC JOHN LEONARD AWARD • NAMED A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY THE LOS ANGELES TIMES, THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW, NPR, THE NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY, BOOK RIOT, LIBRARY JOURNAL, AND TIME Writer Karla Cornejo Villavicencio was on DACA when she decided to write about being undocumented for the first time using her own name. It was right after the election of 2016, the day she realized the story she’d tried to steer clear of was the only one she wanted to tell. So she wrote her immigration lawyer’s phone number on her hand in Sharpie and embarked on a trip across the country to tell the stories of her fellow undocumented immigrants—and to find the hidden key to her own.    Looking beyond the flashpoints of the border or the activism of the DREAMers, Cornejo Villavicencio explores the lives of the undocumented—and the mysteries of her own life. She finds the singular, effervescent characters across the nation often reduced in the media to political pawns or nameless laborers. The stories she tells are not deferential or naively inspirational but show the love, magic, heartbreak, insanity, and vulgarity that infuse the day-to-day lives of her subjects.    In New York, we meet the undocumented workers who were recruited into the federally funded Ground Zero cleanup after 9/11. In Miami, we enter the ubiquitous botanicas, which offer medicinal herbs and potions to those whose status blocks them from any other healthcare options. In Flint, Michigan, we learn of demands for state ID in order to receive life-saving clean water. In Connecticut, Cornejo Villavicencio, childless by choice, finds family in two teenage girls whose father is in sanctuary. And through it all we see the author grappling with the biggest questions of love, duty, family, and survival.    In her incandescent, relentlessly probing voice, Karla Cornejo Villavicencio combines sensitive reporting and powerful personal narratives to bring to light remarkable stories of resilience, madness, and death. Through these stories we come to understand what it truly means to be a stray. An expendable. A hero. An American. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351093 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All That You Leave Behind: A Memoir Author: Erin Lee Carr Narrator: Erin Lee Carr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A documentary filmmaker and daughter of the late, great New York Times columnist David Carr celebrates and wrestles with her father’s legacy in a raw, redemptive memoir.”—O: The Oprah Magazine “A breathtaking read . . . a testimony equal parts love and candor. David would have had it no other way.”—Ta-Nehisi Coates, bestselling author of Between the World and Me  NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY GLAMOUR AND MARIE CLAIRE Dad: What will set you apart is not talent but will and a certain kind of humility. A willingness to let the world show you things that you play back as you grow as an artist. Talent is cheap.  Me: OK I will ponder these things. I am a Carr. Dad: That should matter quite a bit, actually not the name but the guts of what that name means. A celebrated journalist, bestselling author (The Night of the Gun), and recovering addict, David Carr was in the prime of his career when he suffered a fatal collapse in the newsroom of The New York Times in 2015. Shattered by his death, his daughter Erin Lee Carr, at age twenty-seven an up-and-coming documentary filmmaker, began combing through the entirety of their shared correspondence—1,936 items in total—in search of comfort and support. What started as an exercise in grief quickly grew into an active investigation: Did her father’s writings contain the answers to the question of how to move forward in life and work without her biggest champion by her side? How could she fill the space left behind by a man who had come to embody journalistic integrity, rigor, and hard reporting, whose mentorship meant everything not just to her but to the many who served alongside him? All That You Leave Behind is a poignant coming-of-age story that offers a raw and honest glimpse into the multilayered relationship between a daughter and a father. Through this lens, Erin comes to understand her own workplace missteps, existential crises, and relationship fails. While daughter and father bond over their mutual addictions and challenges with sobriety, it is their powerful sense of work and family that comes to ultimately define them. This unique combination of Erin Lee Carr’s earnest prose and her father’s meaningful words offers a compelling read that shows us what it means to be vulnerable and lost, supported and found. It is a window into love, with all of its fierceness and frustrations. “Thank you, Erin, for this beautiful book.  Now I am going to steal all of your father’s remarkable advice and tell my kids I thought of it.”—Judd Apatow Erin Lee Carr Tue, 09 Apr 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351093 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All That You Leave Behind: A Memoir Author: Erin Lee Carr Narrator: Erin Lee Carr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A documentary filmmaker and daughter of the late, great New York Times columnist David Carr celebrates and wrestles with her father’s legacy in a raw, redemptive memoir.”—O: The Oprah Magazine “A breathtaking read . . . a testimony equal parts love and candor. David would have had it no other way.”—Ta-Nehisi Coates, bestselling author of Between the World and Me  NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY GLAMOUR AND MARIE CLAIRE Dad: What will set you apart is not talent but will and a certain kind of humility. A willingness to let the world show you things that you play back as you grow as an artist. Talent is cheap.  Me: OK I will ponder these things. I am a Carr. Dad: That should matter quite a bit, actually not the name but the guts of what that name means. A celebrated journalist, bestselling author (The Night of the Gun), and recovering addict, David Carr was in the prime of his career when he suffered a fatal collapse in the newsroom of The New York Times in 2015. Shattered by his death, his daughter Erin Lee Carr, at age twenty-seven an up-and-coming documentary filmmaker, began combing through the entirety of their shared correspondence—1,936 items in total—in search of comfort and support. What started as an exercise in grief quickly grew into an active investigation: Did her father’s writings contain the answers to the question of how to move forward in life and work without her biggest champion by her side? How could she fill the space left behind by a man who had come to embody journalistic integrity, rigor, and hard reporting, whose mentorship meant everything not just to her but to the many who served alongside him? All That You Leave Behind is a poignant coming-of-age story that offers a raw and honest glimpse into the multilayered relationship between a daughter and a father. Through this lens, Erin comes to understand her own workplace missteps, existential crises, and relationship fails. While daughter and father bond over their mutual addictions and challenges with sobriety, it is their powerful sense of work and family that comes to ultimately define them. This unique combination of Erin Lee Carr’s earnest prose and her father’s meaningful words offers a compelling read that shows us what it means to be vulnerable and lost, supported and found. It is a window into love, with all of its fierceness and frustrations. “Thank you, Erin, for this beautiful book.  Now I am going to steal all of your father’s remarkable advice and tell my kids I thought of it.”—Judd Apatow Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All That You Leave Behind: A Memoir Author: Erin Lee Carr Narrator: Erin Lee Carr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A documentary filmmaker and daughter of the late, great New York Times columnist David Carr celebrates and wrestles with her father’s legacy in a raw, redemptive memoir.”—O: The Oprah Magazine “A breathtaking read . . . a testimony equal parts love and candor. David would have had it no other way.”—Ta-Nehisi Coates, bestselling author of Between the World and Me  NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY GLAMOUR AND MARIE CLAIRE Dad: What will set you apart is not talent but will and a certain kind of humility. A willingness to let the world show you things that you play back as you grow as an artist. Talent is cheap.  Me: OK I will ponder these things. I am a Carr. Dad: That should matter quite a bit, actually not the name but the guts of what that name means. A celebrated journalist, bestselling author (The Night of the Gun), and recovering addict, David Carr was in the prime of his career when he suffered a fatal collapse in the newsroom of The New York Times in 2015. Shattered by his death, his daughter Erin Lee Carr, at age twenty-seven an up-and-coming documentary filmmaker, began combing through the entirety of their shared correspondence—1,936 items in total—in search of comfort and support. What started as an exercise in grief quickly grew into an active investigation: Did her father’s writings contain the answers to the question of how to move forward in life and work without her biggest champion by her side? How could she fill the space left behind by a man who had come to embody journalistic integrity, rigor, and hard reporting, whose mentorship meant everything not just to her but to the many who served alongside him? All That You Leave Behind is a poignant coming-of-age story that offers a raw and honest glimpse into the multilayered relationship between a daughter and a father. Through this lens, Erin comes to understand her own workplace missteps, existential crises, and relationship fails. While daughter and father bond over their mutual addictions and challenges with sobriety, it is their powerful sense of work and family that comes to ultimately define them. This unique combination of Erin Lee Carr’s earnest prose and her father’s meaningful words offers a compelling read that shows us what it means to be vulnerable and lost, supported and found. It is a window into love, with all of its fierceness and frustrations. “Thank you, Erin, for this beautiful book.  Now I am going to steal all of your father’s remarkable advice and tell my kids I thought of it.”—Judd Apatow https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351083 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spying on the South: An Odyssey Across the American Divide Author: Tony Horwitz Narrator: Mark Deakins, Tony Horwitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times-bestselling final book by the beloved, Pulitzer-Prize winning historian Tony Horwitz.   With Spying on the South, the best-selling author of Confederates in the Attic returns to the South and the Civil War era for an epic adventure on the trail of America's greatest landscape architect. In the 1850s, the young Frederick Law Olmsted was adrift, a restless farmer and dreamer in search of a mission. He found it during an extraordinary journey, as an undercover correspondent in the South for the up-and-coming New York Times. For the Connecticut Yankee, pen name 'Yeoman,' the South was alien, often hostile territory. Yet Olmsted traveled for 14 months, by horseback, steamboat, and stagecoach, seeking dialogue and common ground. His vivid dispatches about the lives and beliefs of Southerners were revelatory for readers of his day, and Yeoman's remarkable trek also reshaped the American landscape, as Olmsted sought to reform his own society by creating democratic spaces for the uplift of all. The result: Central Park and Olmsted's career as America's first and foremost landscape architect. Tony Horwitz rediscovers Yeoman Olmsted amidst the discord and polarization of our own time. Is America still one country? In search of answers, and his own adventures, Horwitz follows Olmsted's tracks and often his mode of transport (including muleback): through Appalachia, down the Mississippi River, into bayou Louisiana, and across Texas to the contested Mexican borderland. Venturing far off beaten paths, Horwitz uncovers bracing vestiges and strange new mutations of the Cotton Kingdom. Horwitz's intrepid and often hilarious journey through an outsized American landscape is a masterpiece in the tradition of Great Plains, Bad Land, and the author's own classic, Confederates in the Attic. Tony Horwitz Tue, 14 May 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351083 thebookvoice.com 17:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spying on the South: An Odyssey Across the American Divide Author: Tony Horwitz Narrator: Mark Deakins, Tony Horwitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times-bestselling final book by the beloved, Pulitzer-Prize winning historian Tony Horwitz.   With Spying on the South, the best-selling author of Confederates in the Attic returns to the South and the Civil War era for an epic adventure on the trail of America's greatest landscape architect. In the 1850s, the young Frederick Law Olmsted was adrift, a restless farmer and dreamer in search of a mission. He found it during an extraordinary journey, as an undercover correspondent in the South for the up-and-coming New York Times. For the Connecticut Yankee, pen name 'Yeoman,' the South was alien, often hostile territory. Yet Olmsted traveled for 14 months, by horseback, steamboat, and stagecoach, seeking dialogue and common ground. His vivid dispatches about the lives and beliefs of Southerners were revelatory for readers of his day, and Yeoman's remarkable trek also reshaped the American landscape, as Olmsted sought to reform his own society by creating democratic spaces for the uplift of all. The result: Central Park and Olmsted's career as America's first and foremost landscape architect. Tony Horwitz rediscovers Yeoman Olmsted amidst the discord and polarization of our own time. Is America still one country? In search of answers, and his own adventures, Horwitz follows Olmsted's tracks and often his mode of transport (including muleback): through Appalachia, down the Mississippi River, into bayou Louisiana, and across Texas to the contested Mexican borderland. Venturing far off beaten paths, Horwitz uncovers bracing vestiges and strange new mutations of the Cotton Kingdom. Horwitz's intrepid and often hilarious journey through an outsized American landscape is a masterpiece in the tradition of Great Plains, Bad Land, and the author's own classic, Confederates in the Attic. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spying on the South: An Odyssey Across the American Divide Author: Tony Horwitz Narrator: Mark Deakins, Tony Horwitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times-bestselling final book by the beloved, Pulitzer-Prize winning historian Tony Horwitz.   With Spying on the South, the best-selling author of Confederates in the Attic returns to the South and the Civil War era for an epic adventure on the trail of America's greatest landscape architect. In the 1850s, the young Frederick Law Olmsted was adrift, a restless farmer and dreamer in search of a mission. He found it during an extraordinary journey, as an undercover correspondent in the South for the up-and-coming New York Times. For the Connecticut Yankee, pen name 'Yeoman,' the South was alien, often hostile territory. Yet Olmsted traveled for 14 months, by horseback, steamboat, and stagecoach, seeking dialogue and common ground. His vivid dispatches about the lives and beliefs of Southerners were revelatory for readers of his day, and Yeoman's remarkable trek also reshaped the American landscape, as Olmsted sought to reform his own society by creating democratic spaces for the uplift of all. The result: Central Park and Olmsted's career as America's first and foremost landscape architect. Tony Horwitz rediscovers Yeoman Olmsted amidst the discord and polarization of our own time. Is America still one country? In search of answers, and his own adventures, Horwitz follows Olmsted's tracks and often his mode of transport (including muleback): through Appalachia, down the Mississippi River, into bayou Louisiana, and across Texas to the contested Mexican borderland. Venturing far off beaten paths, Horwitz uncovers bracing vestiges and strange new mutations of the Cotton Kingdom. Horwitz's intrepid and often hilarious journey through an outsized American landscape is a masterpiece in the tradition of Great Plains, Bad Land, and the author's own classic, Confederates in the Attic. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351084 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dignity: Seeking Respect in Back Row America Author: Chris Arnade Narrator: Donte Bonner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Candid, empathetic portraits of silenced men, women, and children.' --Kirkus Widely acclaimed photographer and writer Chris Arnade shines new light on America's poor, drug-addicted, and forgotten--both urban and rural, blue state and red state--and indicts the elitists who've left them behind. Like Jacob Riis in the 1890s, Walker Evans in the 1930s, or Michael Harrington in the 1960s, Chris Arnade bares the reality of our current class divide in unforgettable true stories. Arnade's raw, deeply reported accounts cut through today's clickbait media headlines and indict the elitists who misunderstood poverty and addiction in America for decades. After abandoning his Wall Street career, Arnade decided to document poverty and addiction in the Bronx. He began interviewing, photographing, and becoming close friends with homeless addicts, and spent hours in drug dens and McDonald's. Then he started driving across America to see how the rest of the country compared. He found the same types of stories everywhere, across lines of race, ethnicity, religion, and geography.  The people he got to know, from Alabama and California to Maine and Nevada, gave Arnade a new respect for the dignity and resilience of what he calls America's Back Row--those who lack the credentials and advantages of the so-called meritocratic upper class. The strivers in the Front Row, with their advanced degrees and upward mobility, see the Back Row's values as worthless. They scorn anyone who stays in a dying town or city as foolish, and mock anyone who clings to religion or tradition as naïve. As Takeesha, a woman in the Bronx, told Arnade, she wants to be seen she sees herself: 'a prostitute, a mother of six, and a child of God.' This book is his attempt to help the rest of us truly see, hear, and respect millions of people who've been left behind. Chris Arnade Tue, 04 Jun 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351084 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dignity: Seeking Respect in Back Row America Author: Chris Arnade Narrator: Donte Bonner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Candid, empathetic portraits of silenced men, women, and children.' --Kirkus Widely acclaimed photographer and writer Chris Arnade shines new light on America's poor, drug-addicted, and forgotten--both urban and rural, blue state and red state--and indicts the elitists who've left them behind. Like Jacob Riis in the 1890s, Walker Evans in the 1930s, or Michael Harrington in the 1960s, Chris Arnade bares the reality of our current class divide in unforgettable true stories. Arnade's raw, deeply reported accounts cut through today's clickbait media headlines and indict the elitists who misunderstood poverty and addiction in America for decades. After abandoning his Wall Street career, Arnade decided to document poverty and addiction in the Bronx. He began interviewing, photographing, and becoming close friends with homeless addicts, and spent hours in drug dens and McDonald's. Then he started driving across America to see how the rest of the country compared. He found the same types of stories everywhere, across lines of race, ethnicity, religion, and geography.  The people he got to know, from Alabama and California to Maine and Nevada, gave Arnade a new respect for the dignity and resilience of what he calls America's Back Row--those who lack the credentials and advantages of the so-called meritocratic upper class. The strivers in the Front Row, with their advanced degrees and upward mobility, see the Back Row's values as worthless. They scorn anyone who stays in a dying town or city as foolish, and mock anyone who clings to religion or tradition as naïve. As Takeesha, a woman in the Bronx, told Arnade, she wants to be seen she sees herself: 'a prostitute, a mother of six, and a child of God.' This book is his attempt to help the rest of us truly see, hear, and respect millions of people who've been left behind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dignity: Seeking Respect in Back Row America Author: Chris Arnade Narrator: Donte Bonner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Candid, empathetic portraits of silenced men, women, and children.' --Kirkus Widely acclaimed photographer and writer Chris Arnade shines new light on America's poor, drug-addicted, and forgotten--both urban and rural, blue state and red state--and indicts the elitists who've left them behind. Like Jacob Riis in the 1890s, Walker Evans in the 1930s, or Michael Harrington in the 1960s, Chris Arnade bares the reality of our current class divide in unforgettable true stories. Arnade's raw, deeply reported accounts cut through today's clickbait media headlines and indict the elitists who misunderstood poverty and addiction in America for decades. After abandoning his Wall Street career, Arnade decided to document poverty and addiction in the Bronx. He began interviewing, photographing, and becoming close friends with homeless addicts, and spent hours in drug dens and McDonald's. Then he started driving across America to see how the rest of the country compared. He found the same types of stories everywhere, across lines of race, ethnicity, religion, and geography.  The people he got to know, from Alabama and California to Maine and Nevada, gave Arnade a new respect for the dignity and resilience of what he calls America's Back Row--those who lack the credentials and advantages of the so-called meritocratic upper class. The strivers in the Front Row, with their advanced degrees and upward mobility, see the Back Row's values as worthless. They scorn anyone who stays in a dying town or city as foolish, and mock anyone who clings to religion or tradition as naïve. As Takeesha, a woman in the Bronx, told Arnade, she wants to be seen she sees herself: 'a prostitute, a mother of six, and a child of God.' This book is his attempt to help the rest of us truly see, hear, and respect millions of people who've been left behind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351070 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351070]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hater: On the Virtues of Utter Disagreeability Author: John Semley Narrator: John Semley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A timely manifesto urging us to think critically, form opinions, and then argue them with gusto. Hater begins from a simple premise: that it's good to hate things. Not people or groups or benign belief systems, but things. More to the point, it's good to hate the things everyone seems to like.     Scan the click-baiting headlines of your favorite news or pop-culture website and you're likely to find that just about everything is, supposedly, 'what we need right now.' We are the victims of an unbridled, unearned optimism. And our world demands pessimism. It's vital to be contrarian--now, as they say, more than ever. Because ours is an age of calcified consensus. And we should all hate that.     In this scathing and funny rebuke of the status quo, journalist John Semley illustrates that looking for and identifying nonsense isn't just a useful exercise for society, it's also a lot of fun. But Hater doesn't just skewer terrible TV shows and hit songs--at its core it shows us how to meaningfully talk about and engage with culture, and the world. Ultimately, Hater is what we actually need right now. John Semley Tue, 23 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351070 thebookvoice.com 4:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351070]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hater: On the Virtues of Utter Disagreeability Author: John Semley Narrator: John Semley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A timely manifesto urging us to think critically, form opinions, and then argue them with gusto. Hater begins from a simple premise: that it's good to hate things. Not people or groups or benign belief systems, but things. More to the point, it's good to hate the things everyone seems to like.     Scan the click-baiting headlines of your favorite news or pop-culture website and you're likely to find that just about everything is, supposedly, 'what we need right now.' We are the victims of an unbridled, unearned optimism. And our world demands pessimism. It's vital to be contrarian--now, as they say, more than ever. Because ours is an age of calcified consensus. And we should all hate that.     In this scathing and funny rebuke of the status quo, journalist John Semley illustrates that looking for and identifying nonsense isn't just a useful exercise for society, it's also a lot of fun. But Hater doesn't just skewer terrible TV shows and hit songs--at its core it shows us how to meaningfully talk about and engage with culture, and the world. Ultimately, Hater is what we actually need right now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351070]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hater: On the Virtues of Utter Disagreeability Author: John Semley Narrator: John Semley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A timely manifesto urging us to think critically, form opinions, and then argue them with gusto. Hater begins from a simple premise: that it's good to hate things. Not people or groups or benign belief systems, but things. More to the point, it's good to hate the things everyone seems to like.     Scan the click-baiting headlines of your favorite news or pop-culture website and you're likely to find that just about everything is, supposedly, 'what we need right now.' We are the victims of an unbridled, unearned optimism. And our world demands pessimism. It's vital to be contrarian--now, as they say, more than ever. Because ours is an age of calcified consensus. And we should all hate that.     In this scathing and funny rebuke of the status quo, journalist John Semley illustrates that looking for and identifying nonsense isn't just a useful exercise for society, it's also a lot of fun. But Hater doesn't just skewer terrible TV shows and hit songs--at its core it shows us how to meaningfully talk about and engage with culture, and the world. Ultimately, Hater is what we actually need right now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350967 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lakota Way: Stories and Lessons for Living (abridged, with music and sound effects) Author: Joseph M. Marshall Narrator: Joseph M. Marshall Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 13 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Here are six stories from Joseph Marshall’s award-winning book, The Lakota Way, read by the author and enriched with musical performances by noted American Indian musicians Keith Bear, Joseph Fire Crow, and Andrew Vasquez. Rich with history and folklore, these traditional Lakota stories about life remain as relevant today as when they were first told. “The Story of the Eagle”“Eagle’s Journey” and “Blaze Aleeah” performed by Andrew Vasquez “The Story of No Moccasins”“The Nature Of” and “The Forty Nines” performed by Joseph Fire Crow “The Story of the Flute Maker” “The Flute Maker’s Song” performed by Andrew Vasquez “The Story of the Snake” “Cottonwood Love Song” performed by Andrew Vasquez “The Story of Brings the Deer” “Hidatsa Friendship Song” and “Hidatsa Courtship Song” performed by Keith Bear “The Story of the Giants” “The Giant’s Song” performed by Andrew Vasquez “Keep Going”“Legend of the Warrior” performed by Joseph Fire Crow Joseph M. Marshall Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350967 thebookvoice.com 1:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lakota Way: Stories and Lessons for Living (abridged, with music and sound effects) Author: Joseph M. Marshall Narrator: Joseph M. Marshall Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 13 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Here are six stories from Joseph Marshall’s award-winning book, The Lakota Way, read by the author and enriched with musical performances by noted American Indian musicians Keith Bear, Joseph Fire Crow, and Andrew Vasquez. Rich with history and folklore, these traditional Lakota stories about life remain as relevant today as when they were first told. “The Story of the Eagle”“Eagle’s Journey” and “Blaze Aleeah” performed by Andrew Vasquez “The Story of No Moccasins”“The Nature Of” and “The Forty Nines” performed by Joseph Fire Crow “The Story of the Flute Maker” “The Flute Maker’s Song” performed by Andrew Vasquez “The Story of the Snake” “Cottonwood Love Song” performed by Andrew Vasquez “The Story of Brings the Deer” “Hidatsa Friendship Song” and “Hidatsa Courtship Song” performed by Keith Bear “The Story of the Giants” “The Giant’s Song” performed by Andrew Vasquez “Keep Going”“Legend of the Warrior” performed by Joseph Fire Crow Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lakota Way: Stories and Lessons for Living (abridged, with music and sound effects) Author: Joseph M. Marshall Narrator: Joseph M. Marshall Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 13 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Here are six stories from Joseph Marshall’s award-winning book, The Lakota Way, read by the author and enriched with musical performances by noted American Indian musicians Keith Bear, Joseph Fire Crow, and Andrew Vasquez. Rich with history and folklore, these traditional Lakota stories about life remain as relevant today as when they were first told. “The Story of the Eagle”“Eagle’s Journey” and “Blaze Aleeah” performed by Andrew Vasquez “The Story of No Moccasins”“The Nature Of” and “The Forty Nines” performed by Joseph Fire Crow “The Story of the Flute Maker” “The Flute Maker’s Song” performed by Andrew Vasquez “The Story of the Snake” “Cottonwood Love Song” performed by Andrew Vasquez “The Story of Brings the Deer” “Hidatsa Friendship Song” and “Hidatsa Courtship Song” performed by Keith Bear “The Story of the Giants” “The Giant’s Song” performed by Andrew Vasquez “Keep Going”“Legend of the Warrior” performed by Joseph Fire Crow https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350929 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350929]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Would the Spice Girls Do?: How the Girl Power Generation Grew Up Author: Lauren Bravo Narrator: Lauren Bravo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of What Would the Spice Girls Do? written and read by Lauren Bravo. 'A joyous and energetic celebration of girlhood, friendship and pop culture. If you have ever sung into the lid of a can of Impulse body spray, you need to read this.' Daisy Buchanan The words 'girl power' conjure vivid memories of short skirts and platform boots. But it wasn't just about the look, it was about feminism. The Spice Girls gave a generation their first glimpse of the power of friendship, of staying true to yourself, of sheer bloody-mindedness. And the girl power generation went on to kick-start a new conversation around gender equality. We may have grown up asking What Would the Spice Girls Do?, but their particular brand of feminism is as relevant today as it was twenty years ago – we still need that fun and fearlessness, we still need accessible and all-embracing equality… we still need a zig-a-zig-ah. ‘Lauren Bravo is one of my very favourite writers.’ Dolly Alderton ‘The Spice Girls’ arrival on the pop scene marked the gateway to a modern form of feminism, all dressed up as a riotously good time.’ Stylist Lauren Bravo Thu, 18 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350929 thebookvoice.com 3:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350929]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Would the Spice Girls Do?: How the Girl Power Generation Grew Up Author: Lauren Bravo Narrator: Lauren Bravo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of What Would the Spice Girls Do? written and read by Lauren Bravo. 'A joyous and energetic celebration of girlhood, friendship and pop culture. If you have ever sung into the lid of a can of Impulse body spray, you need to read this.' Daisy Buchanan The words 'girl power' conjure vivid memories of short skirts and platform boots. But it wasn't just about the look, it was about feminism. The Spice Girls gave a generation their first glimpse of the power of friendship, of staying true to yourself, of sheer bloody-mindedness. And the girl power generation went on to kick-start a new conversation around gender equality. We may have grown up asking What Would the Spice Girls Do?, but their particular brand of feminism is as relevant today as it was twenty years ago – we still need that fun and fearlessness, we still need accessible and all-embracing equality… we still need a zig-a-zig-ah. ‘Lauren Bravo is one of my very favourite writers.’ Dolly Alderton ‘The Spice Girls’ arrival on the pop scene marked the gateway to a modern form of feminism, all dressed up as a riotously good time.’ Stylist Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350929]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Would the Spice Girls Do?: How the Girl Power Generation Grew Up Author: Lauren Bravo Narrator: Lauren Bravo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of What Would the Spice Girls Do? written and read by Lauren Bravo. 'A joyous and energetic celebration of girlhood, friendship and pop culture. If you have ever sung into the lid of a can of Impulse body spray, you need to read this.' Daisy Buchanan The words 'girl power' conjure vivid memories of short skirts and platform boots. But it wasn't just about the look, it was about feminism. The Spice Girls gave a generation their first glimpse of the power of friendship, of staying true to yourself, of sheer bloody-mindedness. And the girl power generation went on to kick-start a new conversation around gender equality. We may have grown up asking What Would the Spice Girls Do?, but their particular brand of feminism is as relevant today as it was twenty years ago – we still need that fun and fearlessness, we still need accessible and all-embracing equality… we still need a zig-a-zig-ah. ‘Lauren Bravo is one of my very favourite writers.’ Dolly Alderton ‘The Spice Girls’ arrival on the pop scene marked the gateway to a modern form of feminism, all dressed up as a riotously good time.’ Stylist https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350923 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Origins: How the Earth Shaped Human History Author: Lewis Dartnell Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Origins by Lewis Dartnell, read by John Sackville. When we talk about human history, we focus on great leaders, mass migration and decisive wars. But how has the Earth itself determined our destiny? How has our planet made us? As a species we are shaped by our environment. Geological forces drove our evolution in East Africa; mountainous terrain led to the development of democracy in Greece; and today voting behaviour in the United States follows the bed of an ancient sea. The human story is the story of these forces, from plate tectonics and climate change, to atmospheric circulation and ocean currents. How are the Himalayas linked to the orbit of the Earth, and to the formation of the British Isles? By taking us billions of years into our planet’s past, Professor Lewis Dartnell tells us the ultimate origin story. When we reach the point where history becomes science we see a vast web of connections that underwrites our modern world and helps us face the challenges of the future. From the cultivation of the first crops to the founding of modern states, Origins reveals the Earth’s awesome impact on the shape of human civilizations. (c) 2019, Lewis Dartnell (P) 2019 Penguin Audio Lewis Dartnell Thu, 31 Jan 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350923 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Origins: How the Earth Shaped Human History Author: Lewis Dartnell Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Origins by Lewis Dartnell, read by John Sackville. When we talk about human history, we focus on great leaders, mass migration and decisive wars. But how has the Earth itself determined our destiny? How has our planet made us? As a species we are shaped by our environment. Geological forces drove our evolution in East Africa; mountainous terrain led to the development of democracy in Greece; and today voting behaviour in the United States follows the bed of an ancient sea. The human story is the story of these forces, from plate tectonics and climate change, to atmospheric circulation and ocean currents. How are the Himalayas linked to the orbit of the Earth, and to the formation of the British Isles? By taking us billions of years into our planet’s past, Professor Lewis Dartnell tells us the ultimate origin story. When we reach the point where history becomes science we see a vast web of connections that underwrites our modern world and helps us face the challenges of the future. From the cultivation of the first crops to the founding of modern states, Origins reveals the Earth’s awesome impact on the shape of human civilizations. (c) 2019, Lewis Dartnell (P) 2019 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Origins: How the Earth Shaped Human History Author: Lewis Dartnell Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Origins by Lewis Dartnell, read by John Sackville. When we talk about human history, we focus on great leaders, mass migration and decisive wars. But how has the Earth itself determined our destiny? How has our planet made us? As a species we are shaped by our environment. Geological forces drove our evolution in East Africa; mountainous terrain led to the development of democracy in Greece; and today voting behaviour in the United States follows the bed of an ancient sea. The human story is the story of these forces, from plate tectonics and climate change, to atmospheric circulation and ocean currents. How are the Himalayas linked to the orbit of the Earth, and to the formation of the British Isles? By taking us billions of years into our planet’s past, Professor Lewis Dartnell tells us the ultimate origin story. When we reach the point where history becomes science we see a vast web of connections that underwrites our modern world and helps us face the challenges of the future. From the cultivation of the first crops to the founding of modern states, Origins reveals the Earth’s awesome impact on the shape of human civilizations. (c) 2019, Lewis Dartnell (P) 2019 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350920 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Afropean: Notes from Black Europe Author: Johny Pitts Narrator: Johny Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Afropean written and read by Johny Pitts. In the face of growing racial discrimination, anti-immigrant sentiment and the spectre of terrorism looming large over an economically stricken continent, Afropean is an on-the-ground documentary of areas where Europeans of African descent are juggling their multiple allegiances and forging new identities: too indelibly woven into Europe to identify with Africa and yet struggling with outdated ideas of what it means to be European. Afropean will plot an alternative map of the continent, taking the reader to places like Cova Da Moura, the Cape Verdean shantytown on the outskirts of Lisbon with its own underground economy, and Rinkeby, the area of Stockholm that is eighty per cent Muslim. The author visits the former Patrice Lumumba University in Moscow, where West African students are still making the most of Cold War ties with the USSR, and Clichy Sous Bois in Paris, which gave birth to the 2005 riots. Johny Pitts Thu, 06 Jun 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350920 thebookvoice.com 11:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Afropean: Notes from Black Europe Author: Johny Pitts Narrator: Johny Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Afropean written and read by Johny Pitts. In the face of growing racial discrimination, anti-immigrant sentiment and the spectre of terrorism looming large over an economically stricken continent, Afropean is an on-the-ground documentary of areas where Europeans of African descent are juggling their multiple allegiances and forging new identities: too indelibly woven into Europe to identify with Africa and yet struggling with outdated ideas of what it means to be European. Afropean will plot an alternative map of the continent, taking the reader to places like Cova Da Moura, the Cape Verdean shantytown on the outskirts of Lisbon with its own underground economy, and Rinkeby, the area of Stockholm that is eighty per cent Muslim. The author visits the former Patrice Lumumba University in Moscow, where West African students are still making the most of Cold War ties with the USSR, and Clichy Sous Bois in Paris, which gave birth to the 2005 riots. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Afropean: Notes from Black Europe Author: Johny Pitts Narrator: Johny Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Afropean written and read by Johny Pitts. In the face of growing racial discrimination, anti-immigrant sentiment and the spectre of terrorism looming large over an economically stricken continent, Afropean is an on-the-ground documentary of areas where Europeans of African descent are juggling their multiple allegiances and forging new identities: too indelibly woven into Europe to identify with Africa and yet struggling with outdated ideas of what it means to be European. Afropean will plot an alternative map of the continent, taking the reader to places like Cova Da Moura, the Cape Verdean shantytown on the outskirts of Lisbon with its own underground economy, and Rinkeby, the area of Stockholm that is eighty per cent Muslim. The author visits the former Patrice Lumumba University in Moscow, where West African students are still making the most of Cold War ties with the USSR, and Clichy Sous Bois in Paris, which gave birth to the 2005 riots. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350916 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gay Britannia: Celebrating Pride in the UK Author: Various Narrator: Shahidha Bari, Ben Hunte, Susan Calman, Sandi Toksvig, Alan Carr, Graham Norton, Full Cast, Stephen Fry, Simon Callow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A collection of insightful interviews, documentaries and comedy that celebrates LGBTQ+ in Britain, publishing to coincide with the 50th Anniversary of the Stonewallriots. The Ben Hunte Interviews: Presenter and journalist Ben Hunte interviews his LGBTQ heroes about their unforgettable gay moments. Guests include Paul O’Grady, Stephen K Amos, Peter Tatchell, Ruth Hunt (CEO of Stonewall), Stephanie Hirst, Youtuber Calum McSwiggan. The Essay: The Love That Wrote Its Name: Simon Callow, Stella Duffy, Gregory Woods, Neel Mukherjee and Louise Welsh explore and celebrate five gay relationships of writers and artists. Queer Icons: Plato’s Symposium: Shahidha Bari discusses LGBTQ in the history of philosophy. Who Decides if Gay is OK?: What brought about decriminalisation in the UK and why has it not happened in Zambia, which largely inherited the British legal system? Highlights from Front Row’s Queer Icons project: Celebrating LGBTQ culture from the poetry of Sappho to the songs of Frank Ocean, guests are asked to champion a piece of LGBTQ artwork that is special to them. Presented by Alan Carr, with guests including Mary Portas, Olly Alexander, Christine and the Queens, Stella Duffy, and the Oscar-winning writer of Moonlight, Tarell Alvin McCraney. Happy That Way: Special compilation programme made in 2017 celebrating the best out and proud BBC Radio comedy from the past five years. Features Susan Calman, Graham Norton, Stephen Fry, Sue Perkins, Al Porter, Mae Martin, Stephen K Amos, Suzi Ruffell, Paul Sinha and Sandi Toksvig. Various Thu, 20 Jun 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350916 thebookvoice.com 5:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gay Britannia: Celebrating Pride in the UK Author: Various Narrator: Shahidha Bari, Ben Hunte, Susan Calman, Sandi Toksvig, Alan Carr, Graham Norton, Full Cast, Stephen Fry, Simon Callow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A collection of insightful interviews, documentaries and comedy that celebrates LGBTQ+ in Britain, publishing to coincide with the 50th Anniversary of the Stonewallriots. The Ben Hunte Interviews: Presenter and journalist Ben Hunte interviews his LGBTQ heroes about their unforgettable gay moments. Guests include Paul O’Grady, Stephen K Amos, Peter Tatchell, Ruth Hunt (CEO of Stonewall), Stephanie Hirst, Youtuber Calum McSwiggan. The Essay: The Love That Wrote Its Name: Simon Callow, Stella Duffy, Gregory Woods, Neel Mukherjee and Louise Welsh explore and celebrate five gay relationships of writers and artists. Queer Icons: Plato’s Symposium: Shahidha Bari discusses LGBTQ in the history of philosophy. Who Decides if Gay is OK?: What brought about decriminalisation in the UK and why has it not happened in Zambia, which largely inherited the British legal system? Highlights from Front Row’s Queer Icons project: Celebrating LGBTQ culture from the poetry of Sappho to the songs of Frank Ocean, guests are asked to champion a piece of LGBTQ artwork that is special to them. Presented by Alan Carr, with guests including Mary Portas, Olly Alexander, Christine and the Queens, Stella Duffy, and the Oscar-winning writer of Moonlight, Tarell Alvin McCraney. Happy That Way: Special compilation programme made in 2017 celebrating the best out and proud BBC Radio comedy from the past five years. Features Susan Calman, Graham Norton, Stephen Fry, Sue Perkins, Al Porter, Mae Martin, Stephen K Amos, Suzi Ruffell, Paul Sinha and Sandi Toksvig. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gay Britannia: Celebrating Pride in the UK Author: Various Narrator: Shahidha Bari, Ben Hunte, Susan Calman, Sandi Toksvig, Alan Carr, Graham Norton, Full Cast, Stephen Fry, Simon Callow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A collection of insightful interviews, documentaries and comedy that celebrates LGBTQ+ in Britain, publishing to coincide with the 50th Anniversary of the Stonewallriots. The Ben Hunte Interviews: Presenter and journalist Ben Hunte interviews his LGBTQ heroes about their unforgettable gay moments. Guests include Paul O’Grady, Stephen K Amos, Peter Tatchell, Ruth Hunt (CEO of Stonewall), Stephanie Hirst, Youtuber Calum McSwiggan. The Essay: The Love That Wrote Its Name: Simon Callow, Stella Duffy, Gregory Woods, Neel Mukherjee and Louise Welsh explore and celebrate five gay relationships of writers and artists. Queer Icons: Plato’s Symposium: Shahidha Bari discusses LGBTQ in the history of philosophy. Who Decides if Gay is OK?: What brought about decriminalisation in the UK and why has it not happened in Zambia, which largely inherited the British legal system? Highlights from Front Row’s Queer Icons project: Celebrating LGBTQ culture from the poetry of Sappho to the songs of Frank Ocean, guests are asked to champion a piece of LGBTQ artwork that is special to them. Presented by Alan Carr, with guests including Mary Portas, Olly Alexander, Christine and the Queens, Stella Duffy, and the Oscar-winning writer of Moonlight, Tarell Alvin McCraney. Happy That Way: Special compilation programme made in 2017 celebrating the best out and proud BBC Radio comedy from the past five years. Features Susan Calman, Graham Norton, Stephen Fry, Sue Perkins, Al Porter, Mae Martin, Stephen K Amos, Suzi Ruffell, Paul Sinha and Sandi Toksvig. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350847 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kickback: Exposing the Global Corporate Bribery Network Author: David Montero Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An investigation into corporate bribery around the world and how it undermines democracy and the free market system The World Bank estimates that rich multinational corporations pay hundreds of billions of dollars in bribes every year to officials overseas. The perpetrators are not a handful of rogue companies, but many members of the Fortune 500. Kickback is a sweeping, global investigation into corporate bribery around the world and how backdoor financial transactions undermine democracy and the free market system by lining the pockets of some of the world's worst dictators and criminals. Ultimately, this system affects billions of people by creating conditions that lead to poverty, violence, environmental disaster, and political instability in countries like Nigeria, Bahrain, Costa Rica, and Iraq. Kickback traces the origins of corporate bribery from the reign of the British East India Company to the methods by which it is carried out today. Traveling across four continents and interviewing police and intelligence officials, convicted criminals, business executives, and corruption experts, David Montero takes an inside look at bribery's pernicious effects. He examines its ramifications at both the individual and national levels--from the murder of a young activist in Bangladesh to a Texas billionaire's dealings with Saddam Hussein, from pharmaceutical firms' payoffs in China to how the entrenched culture of bribery helped destroy the Greek economy. Montero also examines the countermeasures that have been introduced to combat these practices, such as the Justice Department's efforts to halt them and attempts to identify and provide restitution to victims. Given the new era of profound uncertainty we are entering--the strength of the European Union founders, the power of China rises, the global economy continues on a path of perilous flux, and allegations mount that President Donald Trump and his associates are possibly tainted by bribery themselves--the stakes for eradicating corporate bribery have never been higher. David Montero Tue, 13 Nov 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350847 thebookvoice.com 9:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kickback: Exposing the Global Corporate Bribery Network Author: David Montero Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An investigation into corporate bribery around the world and how it undermines democracy and the free market system The World Bank estimates that rich multinational corporations pay hundreds of billions of dollars in bribes every year to officials overseas. The perpetrators are not a handful of rogue companies, but many members of the Fortune 500. Kickback is a sweeping, global investigation into corporate bribery around the world and how backdoor financial transactions undermine democracy and the free market system by lining the pockets of some of the world's worst dictators and criminals. Ultimately, this system affects billions of people by creating conditions that lead to poverty, violence, environmental disaster, and political instability in countries like Nigeria, Bahrain, Costa Rica, and Iraq. Kickback traces the origins of corporate bribery from the reign of the British East India Company to the methods by which it is carried out today. Traveling across four continents and interviewing police and intelligence officials, convicted criminals, business executives, and corruption experts, David Montero takes an inside look at bribery's pernicious effects. He examines its ramifications at both the individual and national levels--from the murder of a young activist in Bangladesh to a Texas billionaire's dealings with Saddam Hussein, from pharmaceutical firms' payoffs in China to how the entrenched culture of bribery helped destroy the Greek economy. Montero also examines the countermeasures that have been introduced to combat these practices, such as the Justice Department's efforts to halt them and attempts to identify and provide restitution to victims. Given the new era of profound uncertainty we are entering--the strength of the European Union founders, the power of China rises, the global economy continues on a path of perilous flux, and allegations mount that President Donald Trump and his associates are possibly tainted by bribery themselves--the stakes for eradicating corporate bribery have never been higher. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kickback: Exposing the Global Corporate Bribery Network Author: David Montero Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An investigation into corporate bribery around the world and how it undermines democracy and the free market system The World Bank estimates that rich multinational corporations pay hundreds of billions of dollars in bribes every year to officials overseas. The perpetrators are not a handful of rogue companies, but many members of the Fortune 500. Kickback is a sweeping, global investigation into corporate bribery around the world and how backdoor financial transactions undermine democracy and the free market system by lining the pockets of some of the world's worst dictators and criminals. Ultimately, this system affects billions of people by creating conditions that lead to poverty, violence, environmental disaster, and political instability in countries like Nigeria, Bahrain, Costa Rica, and Iraq. Kickback traces the origins of corporate bribery from the reign of the British East India Company to the methods by which it is carried out today. Traveling across four continents and interviewing police and intelligence officials, convicted criminals, business executives, and corruption experts, David Montero takes an inside look at bribery's pernicious effects. He examines its ramifications at both the individual and national levels--from the murder of a young activist in Bangladesh to a Texas billionaire's dealings with Saddam Hussein, from pharmaceutical firms' payoffs in China to how the entrenched culture of bribery helped destroy the Greek economy. Montero also examines the countermeasures that have been introduced to combat these practices, such as the Justice Department's efforts to halt them and attempts to identify and provide restitution to victims. Given the new era of profound uncertainty we are entering--the strength of the European Union founders, the power of China rises, the global economy continues on a path of perilous flux, and allegations mount that President Donald Trump and his associates are possibly tainted by bribery themselves--the stakes for eradicating corporate bribery have never been higher. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350806 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Feel The Fear Guide To... Lasting Love: How to create a superb relationship for life Author: Susan Jeffers Narrator: Susan Jeffers Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 9, 2006 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Feel the Fear and Do It Anyway has sold a million copies round the world since 1987, and is still one of the top ten bestsellers in the category of personal development. In this book, Susan Jeffers takes the approach and practical strategies that made her first such a success and applies them to the subject that is closest to all our hearts: Love. The author explains that, although most people desire a wonderful relationship, too many of us don't really understand what love truly means. We say we love people in our lives yet, too often, we don't act very lovingly. Nor do we choose our partners wisely. This lack of understanding about love is reflected in the ever-increasing divorce rate and the huge number of people who ask with a deep yearning in their hearts: Why is love so hard? The Feel The Fear Guide To... Lasting Love shows what real love actually looks like, how to learn the essentials for finding it - and how to make it last a lifetime. It also lays out solutions to common problems and explains the destructive power of fear. Full of Jeffers' own experiences, humour and down-to-earth techniques, as well as the wisdom of others, this book will show us all how to enjoy the delight, satisfaction, peace and caring that true love can bring us. © Susan Jeffers 2005 (P) Penguin Audio 2006 Susan Jeffers Thu, 09 Feb 2006 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350806 thebookvoice.com 3:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Feel The Fear Guide To... Lasting Love: How to create a superb relationship for life Author: Susan Jeffers Narrator: Susan Jeffers Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 9, 2006 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Feel the Fear and Do It Anyway has sold a million copies round the world since 1987, and is still one of the top ten bestsellers in the category of personal development. In this book, Susan Jeffers takes the approach and practical strategies that made her first such a success and applies them to the subject that is closest to all our hearts: Love. The author explains that, although most people desire a wonderful relationship, too many of us don't really understand what love truly means. We say we love people in our lives yet, too often, we don't act very lovingly. Nor do we choose our partners wisely. This lack of understanding about love is reflected in the ever-increasing divorce rate and the huge number of people who ask with a deep yearning in their hearts: Why is love so hard? The Feel The Fear Guide To... Lasting Love shows what real love actually looks like, how to learn the essentials for finding it - and how to make it last a lifetime. It also lays out solutions to common problems and explains the destructive power of fear. Full of Jeffers' own experiences, humour and down-to-earth techniques, as well as the wisdom of others, this book will show us all how to enjoy the delight, satisfaction, peace and caring that true love can bring us. © Susan Jeffers 2005 (P) Penguin Audio 2006 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Feel The Fear Guide To... Lasting Love: How to create a superb relationship for life Author: Susan Jeffers Narrator: Susan Jeffers Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 9, 2006 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Feel the Fear and Do It Anyway has sold a million copies round the world since 1987, and is still one of the top ten bestsellers in the category of personal development. In this book, Susan Jeffers takes the approach and practical strategies that made her first such a success and applies them to the subject that is closest to all our hearts: Love. The author explains that, although most people desire a wonderful relationship, too many of us don't really understand what love truly means. We say we love people in our lives yet, too often, we don't act very lovingly. Nor do we choose our partners wisely. This lack of understanding about love is reflected in the ever-increasing divorce rate and the huge number of people who ask with a deep yearning in their hearts: Why is love so hard? The Feel The Fear Guide To... Lasting Love shows what real love actually looks like, how to learn the essentials for finding it - and how to make it last a lifetime. It also lays out solutions to common problems and explains the destructive power of fear. Full of Jeffers' own experiences, humour and down-to-earth techniques, as well as the wisdom of others, this book will show us all how to enjoy the delight, satisfaction, peace and caring that true love can bring us. © Susan Jeffers 2005 (P) Penguin Audio 2006 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350714 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survival Math: Notes on an All-American Family Author: Mitchell Jackson Narrator: Mitchell Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ONE OF TIME’S 100 BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR ONE OF NPR’S BEST BOOKS OF 2019 ONE OF BUZZFEED’S BEST BOOKS OF 2019 An electrifying, dazzlingly written reckoning and an essential addition to the national conversation about race and class, Survival Math takes its name from the calculations award-winning author Mitchell S. Jackson made to survive the Portland, Oregon of his youth. This dynamic book explores gangs and guns, near-death experiences, sex work, masculinity, composite fathers, the concept of “hustle,” and the destructive power of addiction—all framed within the story of Jackson, his family, and his community. Lauded for its breathtaking pace, its tender portrayals, its stark candor, and its luminous style, Survival Math reveals on every page the searching intellect and originality of its author. The primary narrative, focused on understanding the antecedents of Jackson’s family’s experience, is complemented by poems composed from historical American documents as well as survivor files, which feature photographs and riveting short narratives of several of Jackson’s male relatives. The sum of Survival Math’s parts is a highly original whole, one that reflects on the exigencies—over generations—that have shaped the lives of so many disenfranchised Americans. As essential as it is beautiful, as real as it is artful, Mitchell S. Jackson’s nonfiction debut is a singular achievement, not to be missed. Mitchell Jackson Tue, 05 Mar 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350714 thebookvoice.com 13:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survival Math: Notes on an All-American Family Author: Mitchell Jackson Narrator: Mitchell Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ONE OF TIME’S 100 BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR ONE OF NPR’S BEST BOOKS OF 2019 ONE OF BUZZFEED’S BEST BOOKS OF 2019 An electrifying, dazzlingly written reckoning and an essential addition to the national conversation about race and class, Survival Math takes its name from the calculations award-winning author Mitchell S. Jackson made to survive the Portland, Oregon of his youth. This dynamic book explores gangs and guns, near-death experiences, sex work, masculinity, composite fathers, the concept of “hustle,” and the destructive power of addiction—all framed within the story of Jackson, his family, and his community. Lauded for its breathtaking pace, its tender portrayals, its stark candor, and its luminous style, Survival Math reveals on every page the searching intellect and originality of its author. The primary narrative, focused on understanding the antecedents of Jackson’s family’s experience, is complemented by poems composed from historical American documents as well as survivor files, which feature photographs and riveting short narratives of several of Jackson’s male relatives. The sum of Survival Math’s parts is a highly original whole, one that reflects on the exigencies—over generations—that have shaped the lives of so many disenfranchised Americans. As essential as it is beautiful, as real as it is artful, Mitchell S. Jackson’s nonfiction debut is a singular achievement, not to be missed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survival Math: Notes on an All-American Family Author: Mitchell Jackson Narrator: Mitchell Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ONE OF TIME’S 100 BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR ONE OF NPR’S BEST BOOKS OF 2019 ONE OF BUZZFEED’S BEST BOOKS OF 2019 An electrifying, dazzlingly written reckoning and an essential addition to the national conversation about race and class, Survival Math takes its name from the calculations award-winning author Mitchell S. Jackson made to survive the Portland, Oregon of his youth. This dynamic book explores gangs and guns, near-death experiences, sex work, masculinity, composite fathers, the concept of “hustle,” and the destructive power of addiction—all framed within the story of Jackson, his family, and his community. Lauded for its breathtaking pace, its tender portrayals, its stark candor, and its luminous style, Survival Math reveals on every page the searching intellect and originality of its author. The primary narrative, focused on understanding the antecedents of Jackson’s family’s experience, is complemented by poems composed from historical American documents as well as survivor files, which feature photographs and riveting short narratives of several of Jackson’s male relatives. The sum of Survival Math’s parts is a highly original whole, one that reflects on the exigencies—over generations—that have shaped the lives of so many disenfranchised Americans. As essential as it is beautiful, as real as it is artful, Mitchell S. Jackson’s nonfiction debut is a singular achievement, not to be missed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350693 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Birth of Loud: Leo Fender, Les Paul, and the Guitar-Pioneering Rivalry That Shaped Rock 'n' Roll Author: Ian S. Port Narrator: Pete Simonelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A hot-rod joy ride through mid-20th-century American history” (The New York Times Book Review), this one-of-a-kind narrative masterfully recreates the rivalry between the two men who innovated the electric guitar’s amplified sound—Leo Fender and Les Paul—and their intense competition to convince rock stars like the Beatles, Jimi Hendrix, and Eric Clapton to play the instruments they built. In the years after World War II, music was evolving from big-band jazz into rock ’n’ roll—and these louder styles demanded revolutionary instruments. When Leo Fender’s tiny firm marketed the first solid-body electric guitar, the Esquire, musicians immediately saw its appeal. Not to be out-maneuvered, Gibson, the largest guitar manufacturer, raced to build a competitive product. The company designed an “axe” that would make Fender’s Esquire look cheap and convinced Les Paul—whose endorsement Leo Fender had sought—to put his name on it. Thus was born the guitar world’s most heated rivalry: Gibson versus Fender, Les versus Leo. While Fender was a quiet, half-blind, self-taught radio repairman, Paul was a brilliant but headstrong pop star and guitarist who spent years toying with new musical technologies. Their contest turned into an arms race as the most inventive musicians of the 1950s and 1960s—including bluesman Muddy Waters, rocker Buddy Holly, the Beatles, Bob Dylan, and Eric Clapton—adopted one maker’s guitar or another. By 1969 it was clear that these new electric instruments had launched music into a radical new age, empowering artists with a vibrancy and volume never before attainable. In “an excellent dual portrait” (The Wall Street Journal), Ian S. Port tells the full story in The Birth of Loud, offering “spot-on human characterizations, and erotic paeans to the bodies of guitars” (The Atlantic). “The story of these instruments is the story of America in the postwar era: loud, cocky, brash, aggressively new” (The Washington Post). Ian S. Port Tue, 15 Jan 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350693 thebookvoice.com 9:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Birth of Loud: Leo Fender, Les Paul, and the Guitar-Pioneering Rivalry That Shaped Rock 'n' Roll Author: Ian S. Port Narrator: Pete Simonelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A hot-rod joy ride through mid-20th-century American history” (The New York Times Book Review), this one-of-a-kind narrative masterfully recreates the rivalry between the two men who innovated the electric guitar’s amplified sound—Leo Fender and Les Paul—and their intense competition to convince rock stars like the Beatles, Jimi Hendrix, and Eric Clapton to play the instruments they built. In the years after World War II, music was evolving from big-band jazz into rock ’n’ roll—and these louder styles demanded revolutionary instruments. When Leo Fender’s tiny firm marketed the first solid-body electric guitar, the Esquire, musicians immediately saw its appeal. Not to be out-maneuvered, Gibson, the largest guitar manufacturer, raced to build a competitive product. The company designed an “axe” that would make Fender’s Esquire look cheap and convinced Les Paul—whose endorsement Leo Fender had sought—to put his name on it. Thus was born the guitar world’s most heated rivalry: Gibson versus Fender, Les versus Leo. While Fender was a quiet, half-blind, self-taught radio repairman, Paul was a brilliant but headstrong pop star and guitarist who spent years toying with new musical technologies. Their contest turned into an arms race as the most inventive musicians of the 1950s and 1960s—including bluesman Muddy Waters, rocker Buddy Holly, the Beatles, Bob Dylan, and Eric Clapton—adopted one maker’s guitar or another. By 1969 it was clear that these new electric instruments had launched music into a radical new age, empowering artists with a vibrancy and volume never before attainable. In “an excellent dual portrait” (The Wall Street Journal), Ian S. Port tells the full story in The Birth of Loud, offering “spot-on human characterizations, and erotic paeans to the bodies of guitars” (The Atlantic). “The story of these instruments is the story of America in the postwar era: loud, cocky, brash, aggressively new” (The Washington Post). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Birth of Loud: Leo Fender, Les Paul, and the Guitar-Pioneering Rivalry That Shaped Rock 'n' Roll Author: Ian S. Port Narrator: Pete Simonelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A hot-rod joy ride through mid-20th-century American history” (The New York Times Book Review), this one-of-a-kind narrative masterfully recreates the rivalry between the two men who innovated the electric guitar’s amplified sound—Leo Fender and Les Paul—and their intense competition to convince rock stars like the Beatles, Jimi Hendrix, and Eric Clapton to play the instruments they built. In the years after World War II, music was evolving from big-band jazz into rock ’n’ roll—and these louder styles demanded revolutionary instruments. When Leo Fender’s tiny firm marketed the first solid-body electric guitar, the Esquire, musicians immediately saw its appeal. Not to be out-maneuvered, Gibson, the largest guitar manufacturer, raced to build a competitive product. The company designed an “axe” that would make Fender’s Esquire look cheap and convinced Les Paul—whose endorsement Leo Fender had sought—to put his name on it. Thus was born the guitar world’s most heated rivalry: Gibson versus Fender, Les versus Leo. While Fender was a quiet, half-blind, self-taught radio repairman, Paul was a brilliant but headstrong pop star and guitarist who spent years toying with new musical technologies. Their contest turned into an arms race as the most inventive musicians of the 1950s and 1960s—including bluesman Muddy Waters, rocker Buddy Holly, the Beatles, Bob Dylan, and Eric Clapton—adopted one maker’s guitar or another. By 1969 it was clear that these new electric instruments had launched music into a radical new age, empowering artists with a vibrancy and volume never before attainable. In “an excellent dual portrait” (The Wall Street Journal), Ian S. Port tells the full story in The Birth of Loud, offering “spot-on human characterizations, and erotic paeans to the bodies of guitars” (The Atlantic). “The story of these instruments is the story of America in the postwar era: loud, cocky, brash, aggressively new” (The Washington Post). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350670 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Influenza: The Hundred-Year Hunt to Cure the 1918 Spanish Flu Pandemic Author: Jeremy Brown Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Highlights that influenza is still a real and present threat and demonstrates the power and limitations of modern medicine.” —The Wall Street Journal “A surprisingly compelling and accessible story of one of the world’s most deadly diseases. It is timely and interesting, engaging and sobering.” —David Gregort, CNN political analyst and former moderator for NBC’s Meet the Press A veteran ER doctor explores the troubling, terrifying, and complex history and present-day research of the flu virus, from the origins of the Great Flu that killed millions, to vexing questions such as: are we prepared for the next epidemic, should you get a flu shot, and how close are we to finding a cure? While influenza is now often thought of as a common but mild disease, it still kills more than thirty thousand people in the United States each year. Dr. Jeremy Brown, a veteran ER doctor and director of the Office of Emergency Care Research at the National Institutes of Health, talks with leading epidemiologists, policy makers, and the researcher who first sequenced the genetic building blocks of the original 1918 virus to offer both a comprehensive history and a road map to protect us from the next outbreak. Dr. Brown explores the terrifying and complex history of the flu virus and looks at the controversy over vaccinations and the federal government’s role in preparing for pandemic outbreaks. Though a hundred years of advancement in medical research and technology have passed since the 1918 disaster, Dr. Brown warns that many of the most vital questions about the flu virus continue to confound even the leading experts. Jeremy Brown Tue, 18 Dec 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350670 thebookvoice.com 6:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Influenza: The Hundred-Year Hunt to Cure the 1918 Spanish Flu Pandemic Author: Jeremy Brown Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Highlights that influenza is still a real and present threat and demonstrates the power and limitations of modern medicine.” —The Wall Street Journal “A surprisingly compelling and accessible story of one of the world’s most deadly diseases. It is timely and interesting, engaging and sobering.” —David Gregort, CNN political analyst and former moderator for NBC’s Meet the Press A veteran ER doctor explores the troubling, terrifying, and complex history and present-day research of the flu virus, from the origins of the Great Flu that killed millions, to vexing questions such as: are we prepared for the next epidemic, should you get a flu shot, and how close are we to finding a cure? While influenza is now often thought of as a common but mild disease, it still kills more than thirty thousand people in the United States each year. Dr. Jeremy Brown, a veteran ER doctor and director of the Office of Emergency Care Research at the National Institutes of Health, talks with leading epidemiologists, policy makers, and the researcher who first sequenced the genetic building blocks of the original 1918 virus to offer both a comprehensive history and a road map to protect us from the next outbreak. Dr. Brown explores the terrifying and complex history of the flu virus and looks at the controversy over vaccinations and the federal government’s role in preparing for pandemic outbreaks. Though a hundred years of advancement in medical research and technology have passed since the 1918 disaster, Dr. Brown warns that many of the most vital questions about the flu virus continue to confound even the leading experts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Influenza: The Hundred-Year Hunt to Cure the 1918 Spanish Flu Pandemic Author: Jeremy Brown Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Highlights that influenza is still a real and present threat and demonstrates the power and limitations of modern medicine.” —The Wall Street Journal “A surprisingly compelling and accessible story of one of the world’s most deadly diseases. It is timely and interesting, engaging and sobering.” —David Gregort, CNN political analyst and former moderator for NBC’s Meet the Press A veteran ER doctor explores the troubling, terrifying, and complex history and present-day research of the flu virus, from the origins of the Great Flu that killed millions, to vexing questions such as: are we prepared for the next epidemic, should you get a flu shot, and how close are we to finding a cure? While influenza is now often thought of as a common but mild disease, it still kills more than thirty thousand people in the United States each year. Dr. Jeremy Brown, a veteran ER doctor and director of the Office of Emergency Care Research at the National Institutes of Health, talks with leading epidemiologists, policy makers, and the researcher who first sequenced the genetic building blocks of the original 1918 virus to offer both a comprehensive history and a road map to protect us from the next outbreak. Dr. Brown explores the terrifying and complex history of the flu virus and looks at the controversy over vaccinations and the federal government’s role in preparing for pandemic outbreaks. Though a hundred years of advancement in medical research and technology have passed since the 1918 disaster, Dr. Brown warns that many of the most vital questions about the flu virus continue to confound even the leading experts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350630 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reckonings: Essays Author: Lacy M. Johnson Narrator: Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Unflinching and honest…both timely and timeless” (Houston Chronicle), this extraordinary collection of essays by the award-winning writer of The Other Side—rooted in her own experience with sexual assault—pursues questions that strike at the heart of our national conversation about the justness of society. In 2014, Lacy Johnson was giving a reading from The Other Side, her “instant classic” (Kirkus Reviews) memoir of kidnapping and rape, when a woman asked her what she would like to happen to her rapist. This collection “attempts to parcel out several knotted problems and suggests forms of meaningful justice” (Booklist, starred review). Drawing from philosophy, art, literature, mythology, anthropology, film, and her own experience of violence, Johnson considers how our ideas about justice might be expanded beyond vengeance and retribution to include acts of compassion, patience, mercy, and grace. “The Reckonings is not a book about changing the world. It’s philosophy in disguise, equal parts memoir, criticism, and ethics…The twelve essays deserve great consideration, while you read it and long after” (NPR). From “Speak Truth to Power,” about the condition of not being believed about rape and assault; to “Goliath,” about the ways evil is used as a form of social control; to “The Fallout,” about ecological and generational violence, Johnson creates masterful, elaborate, gorgeously written essays that speak incisively about our current era. She grapples with justice and retribution, truth and fairness, and sexual assault and workplace harassment, as well as the broadest societal wrongs: the BP Oil Spill, government malfeasance, police killings. The Reckonings is a powerful and necessary work, ambitious in its scope, which “challenges our culture’s expectations of justice and expose the limits of vengeance and mercy” (Ms. Magazine). Lacy M. Johnson Tue, 09 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350630 thebookvoice.com 6:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reckonings: Essays Author: Lacy M. Johnson Narrator: Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Unflinching and honest…both timely and timeless” (Houston Chronicle), this extraordinary collection of essays by the award-winning writer of The Other Side—rooted in her own experience with sexual assault—pursues questions that strike at the heart of our national conversation about the justness of society. In 2014, Lacy Johnson was giving a reading from The Other Side, her “instant classic” (Kirkus Reviews) memoir of kidnapping and rape, when a woman asked her what she would like to happen to her rapist. This collection “attempts to parcel out several knotted problems and suggests forms of meaningful justice” (Booklist, starred review). Drawing from philosophy, art, literature, mythology, anthropology, film, and her own experience of violence, Johnson considers how our ideas about justice might be expanded beyond vengeance and retribution to include acts of compassion, patience, mercy, and grace. “The Reckonings is not a book about changing the world. It’s philosophy in disguise, equal parts memoir, criticism, and ethics…The twelve essays deserve great consideration, while you read it and long after” (NPR). From “Speak Truth to Power,” about the condition of not being believed about rape and assault; to “Goliath,” about the ways evil is used as a form of social control; to “The Fallout,” about ecological and generational violence, Johnson creates masterful, elaborate, gorgeously written essays that speak incisively about our current era. She grapples with justice and retribution, truth and fairness, and sexual assault and workplace harassment, as well as the broadest societal wrongs: the BP Oil Spill, government malfeasance, police killings. The Reckonings is a powerful and necessary work, ambitious in its scope, which “challenges our culture’s expectations of justice and expose the limits of vengeance and mercy” (Ms. Magazine). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reckonings: Essays Author: Lacy M. Johnson Narrator: Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Unflinching and honest…both timely and timeless” (Houston Chronicle), this extraordinary collection of essays by the award-winning writer of The Other Side—rooted in her own experience with sexual assault—pursues questions that strike at the heart of our national conversation about the justness of society. In 2014, Lacy Johnson was giving a reading from The Other Side, her “instant classic” (Kirkus Reviews) memoir of kidnapping and rape, when a woman asked her what she would like to happen to her rapist. This collection “attempts to parcel out several knotted problems and suggests forms of meaningful justice” (Booklist, starred review). Drawing from philosophy, art, literature, mythology, anthropology, film, and her own experience of violence, Johnson considers how our ideas about justice might be expanded beyond vengeance and retribution to include acts of compassion, patience, mercy, and grace. “The Reckonings is not a book about changing the world. It’s philosophy in disguise, equal parts memoir, criticism, and ethics…The twelve essays deserve great consideration, while you read it and long after” (NPR). From “Speak Truth to Power,” about the condition of not being believed about rape and assault; to “Goliath,” about the ways evil is used as a form of social control; to “The Fallout,” about ecological and generational violence, Johnson creates masterful, elaborate, gorgeously written essays that speak incisively about our current era. She grapples with justice and retribution, truth and fairness, and sexual assault and workplace harassment, as well as the broadest societal wrongs: the BP Oil Spill, government malfeasance, police killings. The Reckonings is a powerful and necessary work, ambitious in its scope, which “challenges our culture’s expectations of justice and expose the limits of vengeance and mercy” (Ms. Magazine). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350618 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good and Mad: The Revolutionary Power of Women's Anger Author: Rebecca Traister Narrator: Rebecca Traister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Updated with a new introduction* Journalist Rebecca Traister’s New York Times bestselling exploration of the transformative power of female anger and its ability to transcend into a political movement is “a hopeful, maddening compendium of righteous feminine anger, and the good it can do when wielded efficiently—and collectively” (Vanity Fair). Long before Pantsuit Nation, before the Women’s March, and before the #MeToo movement, women’s anger was not only politically catalytic—but politically problematic. The story of female fury and its cultural significance demonstrates its crucial role in women’s slow rise to political power in America, as well as the ways that anger is received when it comes from women as opposed to when it comes from men. “Urgent, enlightened…realistic and compelling…Traister eloquently highlights the challenge of blaming not just forces and systems, but individuals” (The Washington Post). In Good and Mad, Traister tracks the history of female anger as political fuel—from suffragettes marching on the White House to office workers vacating their buildings after Clarence Thomas was confirmed to the Supreme Court. Traister explores women’s anger at both men and other women; anger between ideological allies and foes; the varied ways anger is received based on who’s expressing it; and the way women’s collective fury has become transformative political fuel. She deconstructs society’s (and the media’s) condemnation of female emotion (especially rage) and the impact of their resulting repercussions. Highlighting a double standard perpetuated against women by all sexes, and its disastrous, stultifying effect, Good and Mad is “perfectly timed and inspiring” (People, Book of the Week). This “admirably rousing narrative” (The Atlantic) offers a glimpse into the galvanizing force of women’s collective anger, which, when harnessed, can change history. Rebecca Traister Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350618 thebookvoice.com 10:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good and Mad: The Revolutionary Power of Women's Anger Author: Rebecca Traister Narrator: Rebecca Traister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Updated with a new introduction* Journalist Rebecca Traister’s New York Times bestselling exploration of the transformative power of female anger and its ability to transcend into a political movement is “a hopeful, maddening compendium of righteous feminine anger, and the good it can do when wielded efficiently—and collectively” (Vanity Fair). Long before Pantsuit Nation, before the Women’s March, and before the #MeToo movement, women’s anger was not only politically catalytic—but politically problematic. The story of female fury and its cultural significance demonstrates its crucial role in women’s slow rise to political power in America, as well as the ways that anger is received when it comes from women as opposed to when it comes from men. “Urgent, enlightened…realistic and compelling…Traister eloquently highlights the challenge of blaming not just forces and systems, but individuals” (The Washington Post). In Good and Mad, Traister tracks the history of female anger as political fuel—from suffragettes marching on the White House to office workers vacating their buildings after Clarence Thomas was confirmed to the Supreme Court. Traister explores women’s anger at both men and other women; anger between ideological allies and foes; the varied ways anger is received based on who’s expressing it; and the way women’s collective fury has become transformative political fuel. She deconstructs society’s (and the media’s) condemnation of female emotion (especially rage) and the impact of their resulting repercussions. Highlighting a double standard perpetuated against women by all sexes, and its disastrous, stultifying effect, Good and Mad is “perfectly timed and inspiring” (People, Book of the Week). This “admirably rousing narrative” (The Atlantic) offers a glimpse into the galvanizing force of women’s collective anger, which, when harnessed, can change history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good and Mad: The Revolutionary Power of Women's Anger Author: Rebecca Traister Narrator: Rebecca Traister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Updated with a new introduction* Journalist Rebecca Traister’s New York Times bestselling exploration of the transformative power of female anger and its ability to transcend into a political movement is “a hopeful, maddening compendium of righteous feminine anger, and the good it can do when wielded efficiently—and collectively” (Vanity Fair). Long before Pantsuit Nation, before the Women’s March, and before the #MeToo movement, women’s anger was not only politically catalytic—but politically problematic. The story of female fury and its cultural significance demonstrates its crucial role in women’s slow rise to political power in America, as well as the ways that anger is received when it comes from women as opposed to when it comes from men. “Urgent, enlightened…realistic and compelling…Traister eloquently highlights the challenge of blaming not just forces and systems, but individuals” (The Washington Post). In Good and Mad, Traister tracks the history of female anger as political fuel—from suffragettes marching on the White House to office workers vacating their buildings after Clarence Thomas was confirmed to the Supreme Court. Traister explores women’s anger at both men and other women; anger between ideological allies and foes; the varied ways anger is received based on who’s expressing it; and the way women’s collective fury has become transformative political fuel. She deconstructs society’s (and the media’s) condemnation of female emotion (especially rage) and the impact of their resulting repercussions. Highlighting a double standard perpetuated against women by all sexes, and its disastrous, stultifying effect, Good and Mad is “perfectly timed and inspiring” (People, Book of the Week). This “admirably rousing narrative” (The Atlantic) offers a glimpse into the galvanizing force of women’s collective anger, which, when harnessed, can change history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350573 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Martyrs: Inside the Secret World of Female Islamic Radicals Author: Farhana Qazi Narrator: Farhana Qazi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'This is an extraordinary book, written by an extraordinary woman. Qazi is a master storyteller, capturing the emotion as well as the subtleties of what she wants to communicate. And as the first Islamic member of the U.S. Counterterrorism Center, there is a lot that she wants to tell readers about.' -Anna Jedrziewski, Retailing Insight Why would a girl from Denver join ISIS, a radical movement known for its mistreatment of women? Why would a teenage Iraqi girl strap on a suicide bomb and detonate it? Farhana Qazi, the first Muslim woman to work for the U.S. government's Counterterrorism Center, has been fascinated, even obsessed, by this phenomena for over a decade and has circled the globe searching for answers. What she has found are women, sometimes confused, sometimes taken advantage of, and sometimes as radical and dedicated as their male counterparts, women whose stories she tells. Here is the book that reframes the story so readers can see the female terrorists as they are- ordinary women co-opted by radical men, other extremist women, or motivated by their own experience of oppression. The untold story of the women of these movements is important to understand and recognize if the world hopes to contain the expansion of these ever present threats. Farhana Qazi Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350573 thebookvoice.com 6:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Martyrs: Inside the Secret World of Female Islamic Radicals Author: Farhana Qazi Narrator: Farhana Qazi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'This is an extraordinary book, written by an extraordinary woman. Qazi is a master storyteller, capturing the emotion as well as the subtleties of what she wants to communicate. And as the first Islamic member of the U.S. Counterterrorism Center, there is a lot that she wants to tell readers about.' -Anna Jedrziewski, Retailing Insight Why would a girl from Denver join ISIS, a radical movement known for its mistreatment of women? Why would a teenage Iraqi girl strap on a suicide bomb and detonate it? Farhana Qazi, the first Muslim woman to work for the U.S. government's Counterterrorism Center, has been fascinated, even obsessed, by this phenomena for over a decade and has circled the globe searching for answers. What she has found are women, sometimes confused, sometimes taken advantage of, and sometimes as radical and dedicated as their male counterparts, women whose stories she tells. Here is the book that reframes the story so readers can see the female terrorists as they are- ordinary women co-opted by radical men, other extremist women, or motivated by their own experience of oppression. The untold story of the women of these movements is important to understand and recognize if the world hopes to contain the expansion of these ever present threats. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Martyrs: Inside the Secret World of Female Islamic Radicals Author: Farhana Qazi Narrator: Farhana Qazi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'This is an extraordinary book, written by an extraordinary woman. Qazi is a master storyteller, capturing the emotion as well as the subtleties of what she wants to communicate. And as the first Islamic member of the U.S. Counterterrorism Center, there is a lot that she wants to tell readers about.' -Anna Jedrziewski, Retailing Insight Why would a girl from Denver join ISIS, a radical movement known for its mistreatment of women? Why would a teenage Iraqi girl strap on a suicide bomb and detonate it? Farhana Qazi, the first Muslim woman to work for the U.S. government's Counterterrorism Center, has been fascinated, even obsessed, by this phenomena for over a decade and has circled the globe searching for answers. What she has found are women, sometimes confused, sometimes taken advantage of, and sometimes as radical and dedicated as their male counterparts, women whose stories she tells. Here is the book that reframes the story so readers can see the female terrorists as they are- ordinary women co-opted by radical men, other extremist women, or motivated by their own experience of oppression. The untold story of the women of these movements is important to understand and recognize if the world hopes to contain the expansion of these ever present threats. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350523 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are the Nerds: The Birth and Tumultuous Life of Reddit, the Internet's Culture Laboratory Author: Christine Lagorio-Chafkin Narrator: Chloe Cannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Named a Best Book of 2018 by Fast Company, this is a 'sharply written and brilliantly reported' (Shelf Awareness) look inside Reddit, the wildly popular, often misunderstood website that has changed the culture of the Internet. Reddit hails itself as 'the front page of the Internet.' It's the third most-visited website in the United States -- and yet, millions of Americans have no idea what it is. We Are the Nerds is an engrossing look deep inside this captivating, maddening enterprise, whose army of obsessed users have been credited with everything from solving cold case crimes and spurring tens of millions of dollars in charitable donations to seeding alt-right fury and landing Donald Trump in the White House. We Are the Nerds is a gripping start-up narrative: the story of how Reddit's founders, Steve Huffman and Alexis Ohanian, rose up from their suburban childhoods to become millionaires and create an icon of the digital age -- before seeing the site engulfed in controversies and nearly losing control of it for good. Based on Christine Lagorio-Chafkin's exclusive access to founders Ohanian and Huffman, We Are the Nerds is also a compelling exploration of the way we all communicate today -- and how we got here. Reddit and its users have become a mirror of the Internet: it has dingy corners, shiny memes, malicious trolls, and a sometimes heart-melting ability to connect people across cultures, oceans, and ideological divides. Christine Lagorio-Chafkin Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350523 thebookvoice.com 16:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are the Nerds: The Birth and Tumultuous Life of Reddit, the Internet's Culture Laboratory Author: Christine Lagorio-Chafkin Narrator: Chloe Cannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Named a Best Book of 2018 by Fast Company, this is a 'sharply written and brilliantly reported' (Shelf Awareness) look inside Reddit, the wildly popular, often misunderstood website that has changed the culture of the Internet. Reddit hails itself as 'the front page of the Internet.' It's the third most-visited website in the United States -- and yet, millions of Americans have no idea what it is. We Are the Nerds is an engrossing look deep inside this captivating, maddening enterprise, whose army of obsessed users have been credited with everything from solving cold case crimes and spurring tens of millions of dollars in charitable donations to seeding alt-right fury and landing Donald Trump in the White House. We Are the Nerds is a gripping start-up narrative: the story of how Reddit's founders, Steve Huffman and Alexis Ohanian, rose up from their suburban childhoods to become millionaires and create an icon of the digital age -- before seeing the site engulfed in controversies and nearly losing control of it for good. Based on Christine Lagorio-Chafkin's exclusive access to founders Ohanian and Huffman, We Are the Nerds is also a compelling exploration of the way we all communicate today -- and how we got here. Reddit and its users have become a mirror of the Internet: it has dingy corners, shiny memes, malicious trolls, and a sometimes heart-melting ability to connect people across cultures, oceans, and ideological divides. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are the Nerds: The Birth and Tumultuous Life of Reddit, the Internet's Culture Laboratory Author: Christine Lagorio-Chafkin Narrator: Chloe Cannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Named a Best Book of 2018 by Fast Company, this is a 'sharply written and brilliantly reported' (Shelf Awareness) look inside Reddit, the wildly popular, often misunderstood website that has changed the culture of the Internet. Reddit hails itself as 'the front page of the Internet.' It's the third most-visited website in the United States -- and yet, millions of Americans have no idea what it is. We Are the Nerds is an engrossing look deep inside this captivating, maddening enterprise, whose army of obsessed users have been credited with everything from solving cold case crimes and spurring tens of millions of dollars in charitable donations to seeding alt-right fury and landing Donald Trump in the White House. We Are the Nerds is a gripping start-up narrative: the story of how Reddit's founders, Steve Huffman and Alexis Ohanian, rose up from their suburban childhoods to become millionaires and create an icon of the digital age -- before seeing the site engulfed in controversies and nearly losing control of it for good. Based on Christine Lagorio-Chafkin's exclusive access to founders Ohanian and Huffman, We Are the Nerds is also a compelling exploration of the way we all communicate today -- and how we got here. Reddit and its users have become a mirror of the Internet: it has dingy corners, shiny memes, malicious trolls, and a sometimes heart-melting ability to connect people across cultures, oceans, and ideological divides. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350440 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remarkable: Five women who dared to make a difference Author: Lyse Doucet Narrator: Lyse Doucet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Five remarkable women. Five stories from across the world, where these influential people made an impact on democracy in their nations. Broadcast in January 2018 to mark the 100th anniversary of the first time British women won the vote, this fascinating series sees BBC Chief International Correspondent Lyse Doucet travel across the globe, meeting women from Northern Ireland, Saudi Arabia, Iceland, Afghanistan and Liberia. She hears reflections from some of the world's most influential women's rights activists, including former presidents, and shares her own experiences of reporting from some of the most troubled regions. In Belfast Lyse speaks to Monica McWilliams, who was one of only two local women who were at the table during negotiations which led to the Good Friday Agreement of 1998. She then travels to Saudi Arabia to meet Madeha Al Ajroush, who battled for 30 years to get women the right to drive. In 1980, Iceland did something no other nation had done: they elected a female head of state. Lyse Doucet travels to Reykjavik to meet Vigdis Finnbogadottir. Now 87, she was president for exactly sixteen years and remains the longest-serving elected female head of state of any country to date. Lyse then meets the formidable Shukria Barakzai, Afghanistan's ambassador to Norway. Shukria was one of only a handful of female MPs to speak up for women's rights in Afghanistan, and faced death threats for her views. Finally, Lyse Doucet travels to Liberia to talk to President Ellen Johnson Sirleaf, the first elected female head of state in Africa. These inspiring in-depth interviews reveal the behind the scenes stories of key moments in our global history, and show that the victory of 1918 for women in Britain has continued to resonate through the last century. Originally broadcast on BBC Radio 4 in January 2018 as Her Story Made History. Producer: Ben Carter Researcher: Louise Byrne Lyse Doucet Thu, 06 Dec 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350440 thebookvoice.com 2:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remarkable: Five women who dared to make a difference Author: Lyse Doucet Narrator: Lyse Doucet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Five remarkable women. Five stories from across the world, where these influential people made an impact on democracy in their nations. Broadcast in January 2018 to mark the 100th anniversary of the first time British women won the vote, this fascinating series sees BBC Chief International Correspondent Lyse Doucet travel across the globe, meeting women from Northern Ireland, Saudi Arabia, Iceland, Afghanistan and Liberia. She hears reflections from some of the world's most influential women's rights activists, including former presidents, and shares her own experiences of reporting from some of the most troubled regions. In Belfast Lyse speaks to Monica McWilliams, who was one of only two local women who were at the table during negotiations which led to the Good Friday Agreement of 1998. She then travels to Saudi Arabia to meet Madeha Al Ajroush, who battled for 30 years to get women the right to drive. In 1980, Iceland did something no other nation had done: they elected a female head of state. Lyse Doucet travels to Reykjavik to meet Vigdis Finnbogadottir. Now 87, she was president for exactly sixteen years and remains the longest-serving elected female head of state of any country to date. Lyse then meets the formidable Shukria Barakzai, Afghanistan's ambassador to Norway. Shukria was one of only a handful of female MPs to speak up for women's rights in Afghanistan, and faced death threats for her views. Finally, Lyse Doucet travels to Liberia to talk to President Ellen Johnson Sirleaf, the first elected female head of state in Africa. These inspiring in-depth interviews reveal the behind the scenes stories of key moments in our global history, and show that the victory of 1918 for women in Britain has continued to resonate through the last century. Originally broadcast on BBC Radio 4 in January 2018 as Her Story Made History. Producer: Ben Carter Researcher: Louise Byrne Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remarkable: Five women who dared to make a difference Author: Lyse Doucet Narrator: Lyse Doucet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Five remarkable women. Five stories from across the world, where these influential people made an impact on democracy in their nations. Broadcast in January 2018 to mark the 100th anniversary of the first time British women won the vote, this fascinating series sees BBC Chief International Correspondent Lyse Doucet travel across the globe, meeting women from Northern Ireland, Saudi Arabia, Iceland, Afghanistan and Liberia. She hears reflections from some of the world's most influential women's rights activists, including former presidents, and shares her own experiences of reporting from some of the most troubled regions. In Belfast Lyse speaks to Monica McWilliams, who was one of only two local women who were at the table during negotiations which led to the Good Friday Agreement of 1998. She then travels to Saudi Arabia to meet Madeha Al Ajroush, who battled for 30 years to get women the right to drive. In 1980, Iceland did something no other nation had done: they elected a female head of state. Lyse Doucet travels to Reykjavik to meet Vigdis Finnbogadottir. Now 87, she was president for exactly sixteen years and remains the longest-serving elected female head of state of any country to date. Lyse then meets the formidable Shukria Barakzai, Afghanistan's ambassador to Norway. Shukria was one of only a handful of female MPs to speak up for women's rights in Afghanistan, and faced death threats for her views. Finally, Lyse Doucet travels to Liberia to talk to President Ellen Johnson Sirleaf, the first elected female head of state in Africa. These inspiring in-depth interviews reveal the behind the scenes stories of key moments in our global history, and show that the victory of 1918 for women in Britain has continued to resonate through the last century. Originally broadcast on BBC Radio 4 in January 2018 as Her Story Made History. Producer: Ben Carter Researcher: Louise Byrne https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350353 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Demography: A Very Short Introduction Author: Sarah Harper Narrator: Samantha Desz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The generation into which each person is born, the demographic composition of that cohort, and its relation to those born at the same time in other places influences not only a person's life chances, but also the economic and political structures within which that life is lived; the person's access to social and natural resources (food, water, education, jobs, sexual partners); and even the length of that person's life. Demography, literally the study of people, addresses the size, distribution, composition, and density of populations, and considers the impact the drivers which mediate these will have on both individual lives and the changing structure of human populations. This Very Short Introduction considers the way in which the global population has evolved over time and space. Sarah Harper discusses the theorists, theories, and methods involved in studying population trends and movements. She then looks at the emergence of new demographic sub-disciplines and addresses some of the future population challenges of the twenty-first century. Sarah Harper Tue, 11 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350353 thebookvoice.com 4:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Demography: A Very Short Introduction Author: Sarah Harper Narrator: Samantha Desz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The generation into which each person is born, the demographic composition of that cohort, and its relation to those born at the same time in other places influences not only a person's life chances, but also the economic and political structures within which that life is lived; the person's access to social and natural resources (food, water, education, jobs, sexual partners); and even the length of that person's life. Demography, literally the study of people, addresses the size, distribution, composition, and density of populations, and considers the impact the drivers which mediate these will have on both individual lives and the changing structure of human populations. This Very Short Introduction considers the way in which the global population has evolved over time and space. Sarah Harper discusses the theorists, theories, and methods involved in studying population trends and movements. She then looks at the emergence of new demographic sub-disciplines and addresses some of the future population challenges of the twenty-first century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Demography: A Very Short Introduction Author: Sarah Harper Narrator: Samantha Desz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The generation into which each person is born, the demographic composition of that cohort, and its relation to those born at the same time in other places influences not only a person's life chances, but also the economic and political structures within which that life is lived; the person's access to social and natural resources (food, water, education, jobs, sexual partners); and even the length of that person's life. Demography, literally the study of people, addresses the size, distribution, composition, and density of populations, and considers the impact the drivers which mediate these will have on both individual lives and the changing structure of human populations. This Very Short Introduction considers the way in which the global population has evolved over time and space. Sarah Harper discusses the theorists, theories, and methods involved in studying population trends and movements. She then looks at the emergence of new demographic sub-disciplines and addresses some of the future population challenges of the twenty-first century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350157 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Era of Ignition: Coming of Age in a Time of Rage and Revolution Author: Amber Tamblyn Narrator: Airea D. Matthews, Meredith Talusan, Amber Tamblyn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A passionate and deeply personal exploration of feminism during divisive times from one of the founders of Time’s Up: actor, filmmaker, and activist Amber Tamblyn. “A work of personal upheaval and political reckoning.”—Rebecca Traister, New York Times bestselling author of Good and Mad   Amber Tamblyn has emerged as an outspoken advocate for women’s rights. But she wasn’t always so bold and self-possessed. In her late twenties, after a particularly low period fueled by rejection and disillusionment, she grabbed hold of her own destiny and entered into what she calls an Era of Ignition—a time of self-reflection that follows in the wake of personal upheaval and leads us to challenge the status quo. In the process of undergoing this metamorphosis, she realized that our country is going through an Era of Ignition of its own, and she set about agitating for change by initiating a dialogue about gender inequality.   In this deeply personal exploration of modern feminism, she addresses misogyny and discrimination, reproductive rights and sexual assault, white feminism and pay parity—all through the lens of her own experiences as well as those of her Sisters in Solidarity. At once an intimate meditation and a public reckoning, Era of Ignition is a galvanizing feminist manifesto that is required reading for anyone who wants to help change the world for the better. Amber Tamblyn Tue, 05 Mar 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350157 thebookvoice.com 6:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Era of Ignition: Coming of Age in a Time of Rage and Revolution Author: Amber Tamblyn Narrator: Airea D. Matthews, Meredith Talusan, Amber Tamblyn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A passionate and deeply personal exploration of feminism during divisive times from one of the founders of Time’s Up: actor, filmmaker, and activist Amber Tamblyn. “A work of personal upheaval and political reckoning.”—Rebecca Traister, New York Times bestselling author of Good and Mad   Amber Tamblyn has emerged as an outspoken advocate for women’s rights. But she wasn’t always so bold and self-possessed. In her late twenties, after a particularly low period fueled by rejection and disillusionment, she grabbed hold of her own destiny and entered into what she calls an Era of Ignition—a time of self-reflection that follows in the wake of personal upheaval and leads us to challenge the status quo. In the process of undergoing this metamorphosis, she realized that our country is going through an Era of Ignition of its own, and she set about agitating for change by initiating a dialogue about gender inequality.   In this deeply personal exploration of modern feminism, she addresses misogyny and discrimination, reproductive rights and sexual assault, white feminism and pay parity—all through the lens of her own experiences as well as those of her Sisters in Solidarity. At once an intimate meditation and a public reckoning, Era of Ignition is a galvanizing feminist manifesto that is required reading for anyone who wants to help change the world for the better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Era of Ignition: Coming of Age in a Time of Rage and Revolution Author: Amber Tamblyn Narrator: Airea D. Matthews, Meredith Talusan, Amber Tamblyn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A passionate and deeply personal exploration of feminism during divisive times from one of the founders of Time’s Up: actor, filmmaker, and activist Amber Tamblyn. “A work of personal upheaval and political reckoning.”—Rebecca Traister, New York Times bestselling author of Good and Mad   Amber Tamblyn has emerged as an outspoken advocate for women’s rights. But she wasn’t always so bold and self-possessed. In her late twenties, after a particularly low period fueled by rejection and disillusionment, she grabbed hold of her own destiny and entered into what she calls an Era of Ignition—a time of self-reflection that follows in the wake of personal upheaval and leads us to challenge the status quo. In the process of undergoing this metamorphosis, she realized that our country is going through an Era of Ignition of its own, and she set about agitating for change by initiating a dialogue about gender inequality.   In this deeply personal exploration of modern feminism, she addresses misogyny and discrimination, reproductive rights and sexual assault, white feminism and pay parity—all through the lens of her own experiences as well as those of her Sisters in Solidarity. At once an intimate meditation and a public reckoning, Era of Ignition is a galvanizing feminist manifesto that is required reading for anyone who wants to help change the world for the better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350158 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Author: Bret Easton Ellis Narrator: Bret Easton Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Own it, snowflakes: you've lost everything you claim to hold dear. White is Bret Easton Ellis's first work of nonfiction. Already the bad boy of American literature, from Less Than Zero to American Psycho, Ellis has also earned the wrath of right-thinking people everywhere with his provocations on social media, and here he escalates his admonishment of received truths as expressed by today's version of 'the left.' Eschewing convention, he embraces views that will make many in literary and media communities cringe, as he takes aim at the relentless anti-Trump fixation, coastal elites, corporate censorship, Hollywood, identity politics, Generation Wuss, 'woke' cultural watchdogs, the obfuscation of ideals once both cherished and clear, and the fugue state of American democracy. In a young century marked by hysterical correctness and obsessive fervency on both sides of an aisle that's taken on the scale of the Grand Canyon, White is a clarion call for freedom of speech and artistic freedom. 'The central tension in Ellis's art—or his life, for that matter—is that while [his] aesthetic is the cool reserve of his native California, detachment over ideology, he can't stop generating heat.... He's hard-wired to break furniture.'—Karen Heller, The Washington Post 'Sweating with rage . . . humming with paranoia.'—Anna Leszkiewicz, The Guardian 'Snowflakes on both coasts in withdrawal from Rachel Maddow's nightly Kremlinology lesson can purchase a whole book to inspire paroxysms of rage . . . a veritable thirst trap for the easily microaggressed. It's all here. Rants about Trump derangement syndrome; MSNBC; #MeToo; safe spaces.'—Bari Weiss, The New York Times Look for Bret Easton Ellis’s new novel, The Shards! Bret Easton Ellis Tue, 16 Apr 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350158 thebookvoice.com 6:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Author: Bret Easton Ellis Narrator: Bret Easton Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Own it, snowflakes: you've lost everything you claim to hold dear. White is Bret Easton Ellis's first work of nonfiction. Already the bad boy of American literature, from Less Than Zero to American Psycho, Ellis has also earned the wrath of right-thinking people everywhere with his provocations on social media, and here he escalates his admonishment of received truths as expressed by today's version of 'the left.' Eschewing convention, he embraces views that will make many in literary and media communities cringe, as he takes aim at the relentless anti-Trump fixation, coastal elites, corporate censorship, Hollywood, identity politics, Generation Wuss, 'woke' cultural watchdogs, the obfuscation of ideals once both cherished and clear, and the fugue state of American democracy. In a young century marked by hysterical correctness and obsessive fervency on both sides of an aisle that's taken on the scale of the Grand Canyon, White is a clarion call for freedom of speech and artistic freedom. 'The central tension in Ellis's art—or his life, for that matter—is that while [his] aesthetic is the cool reserve of his native California, detachment over ideology, he can't stop generating heat.... He's hard-wired to break furniture.'—Karen Heller, The Washington Post 'Sweating with rage . . . humming with paranoia.'—Anna Leszkiewicz, The Guardian 'Snowflakes on both coasts in withdrawal from Rachel Maddow's nightly Kremlinology lesson can purchase a whole book to inspire paroxysms of rage . . . a veritable thirst trap for the easily microaggressed. It's all here. Rants about Trump derangement syndrome; MSNBC; #MeToo; safe spaces.'—Bari Weiss, The New York Times Look for Bret Easton Ellis’s new novel, The Shards! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Author: Bret Easton Ellis Narrator: Bret Easton Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Own it, snowflakes: you've lost everything you claim to hold dear. White is Bret Easton Ellis's first work of nonfiction. Already the bad boy of American literature, from Less Than Zero to American Psycho, Ellis has also earned the wrath of right-thinking people everywhere with his provocations on social media, and here he escalates his admonishment of received truths as expressed by today's version of 'the left.' Eschewing convention, he embraces views that will make many in literary and media communities cringe, as he takes aim at the relentless anti-Trump fixation, coastal elites, corporate censorship, Hollywood, identity politics, Generation Wuss, 'woke' cultural watchdogs, the obfuscation of ideals once both cherished and clear, and the fugue state of American democracy. In a young century marked by hysterical correctness and obsessive fervency on both sides of an aisle that's taken on the scale of the Grand Canyon, White is a clarion call for freedom of speech and artistic freedom. 'The central tension in Ellis's art—or his life, for that matter—is that while [his] aesthetic is the cool reserve of his native California, detachment over ideology, he can't stop generating heat.... He's hard-wired to break furniture.'—Karen Heller, The Washington Post 'Sweating with rage . . . humming with paranoia.'—Anna Leszkiewicz, The Guardian 'Snowflakes on both coasts in withdrawal from Rachel Maddow's nightly Kremlinology lesson can purchase a whole book to inspire paroxysms of rage . . . a veritable thirst trap for the easily microaggressed. It's all here. Rants about Trump derangement syndrome; MSNBC; #MeToo; safe spaces.'—Bari Weiss, The New York Times Look for Bret Easton Ellis’s new novel, The Shards! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350148 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350148]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monsieur Mediocre: One American Learns the High Art of Being Everyday French Author: John Von Sothen Narrator: John Von Sothen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A hilarious, candid account of what life in France is actually like, from a writer for Vanity Fair and GQ Americans love to love Paris. We buy books about how the French parent, why French women don't get fat, and how to be Parisian wherever you are. While our work hours increase every year, we think longingly of the six weeks of vacation the French enjoy, imagining them at the seaside in stripes with plates of fruits de mer. John von Sothen fell in love with Paris through the stories his mother told of her year spent there as a student. And then, after falling for and marrying a French waitress he met in New York, von Sothen moved to Paris. But fifteen years in, he's finally ready to admit his mother's Paris is mostly a fantasy. In this hilarious and delightful collection of essays, von Sothen walks us through real life in Paris--not only myth-busting our Parisian daydreams but also revealing the inimitable and too often invisible pleasures of family life abroad. Relentlessly funny and full of incisive observations, Monsieur Mediocre is ultimately a love letter to France--to its absurdities, its history, its ideals--but it's a very French love letter: frank, smoky, unsentimental. It is a clear-eyed ode to a beautiful, complex, contradictory country from someone who both eagerly and grudgingly calls it home. John Von Sothen Tue, 07 May 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350148 thebookvoice.com 8:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350148]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monsieur Mediocre: One American Learns the High Art of Being Everyday French Author: John Von Sothen Narrator: John Von Sothen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A hilarious, candid account of what life in France is actually like, from a writer for Vanity Fair and GQ Americans love to love Paris. We buy books about how the French parent, why French women don't get fat, and how to be Parisian wherever you are. While our work hours increase every year, we think longingly of the six weeks of vacation the French enjoy, imagining them at the seaside in stripes with plates of fruits de mer. John von Sothen fell in love with Paris through the stories his mother told of her year spent there as a student. And then, after falling for and marrying a French waitress he met in New York, von Sothen moved to Paris. But fifteen years in, he's finally ready to admit his mother's Paris is mostly a fantasy. In this hilarious and delightful collection of essays, von Sothen walks us through real life in Paris--not only myth-busting our Parisian daydreams but also revealing the inimitable and too often invisible pleasures of family life abroad. Relentlessly funny and full of incisive observations, Monsieur Mediocre is ultimately a love letter to France--to its absurdities, its history, its ideals--but it's a very French love letter: frank, smoky, unsentimental. It is a clear-eyed ode to a beautiful, complex, contradictory country from someone who both eagerly and grudgingly calls it home. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350148]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monsieur Mediocre: One American Learns the High Art of Being Everyday French Author: John Von Sothen Narrator: John Von Sothen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A hilarious, candid account of what life in France is actually like, from a writer for Vanity Fair and GQ Americans love to love Paris. We buy books about how the French parent, why French women don't get fat, and how to be Parisian wherever you are. While our work hours increase every year, we think longingly of the six weeks of vacation the French enjoy, imagining them at the seaside in stripes with plates of fruits de mer. John von Sothen fell in love with Paris through the stories his mother told of her year spent there as a student. And then, after falling for and marrying a French waitress he met in New York, von Sothen moved to Paris. But fifteen years in, he's finally ready to admit his mother's Paris is mostly a fantasy. In this hilarious and delightful collection of essays, von Sothen walks us through real life in Paris--not only myth-busting our Parisian daydreams but also revealing the inimitable and too often invisible pleasures of family life abroad. Relentlessly funny and full of incisive observations, Monsieur Mediocre is ultimately a love letter to France--to its absurdities, its history, its ideals--but it's a very French love letter: frank, smoky, unsentimental. It is a clear-eyed ode to a beautiful, complex, contradictory country from someone who both eagerly and grudgingly calls it home. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350122 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Furies: Crime, Punishment, and Vengeance in the Age of Mass Imprisonment Author: Sasha Abramsky Narrator: Sasha Abramsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this disturbing yet elegant exposé of U.S. penitentiaries and their surrounding communities, Sasha Abramsky shows how American prisons have abandoned their long-held ideal of rehabilitation, often for political reasons. After surveying our current state of affairs-life sentences for nonviolent crimes, appalling conditions for inmates, the growth of private prisons, the treatment of juveniles-Abramsky argues that our punitive policies are not only inhuman but deeply counterproductive. Brilliantly researched and compellingly told, American Furies reveals the devastating consequences of a society that believes in 'lock 'em up and throw away the key.' Sasha Abramsky Tue, 18 Dec 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350122 thebookvoice.com 7:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Furies: Crime, Punishment, and Vengeance in the Age of Mass Imprisonment Author: Sasha Abramsky Narrator: Sasha Abramsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this disturbing yet elegant exposé of U.S. penitentiaries and their surrounding communities, Sasha Abramsky shows how American prisons have abandoned their long-held ideal of rehabilitation, often for political reasons. After surveying our current state of affairs-life sentences for nonviolent crimes, appalling conditions for inmates, the growth of private prisons, the treatment of juveniles-Abramsky argues that our punitive policies are not only inhuman but deeply counterproductive. Brilliantly researched and compellingly told, American Furies reveals the devastating consequences of a society that believes in 'lock 'em up and throw away the key.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Furies: Crime, Punishment, and Vengeance in the Age of Mass Imprisonment Author: Sasha Abramsky Narrator: Sasha Abramsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this disturbing yet elegant exposé of U.S. penitentiaries and their surrounding communities, Sasha Abramsky shows how American prisons have abandoned their long-held ideal of rehabilitation, often for political reasons. After surveying our current state of affairs-life sentences for nonviolent crimes, appalling conditions for inmates, the growth of private prisons, the treatment of juveniles-Abramsky argues that our punitive policies are not only inhuman but deeply counterproductive. Brilliantly researched and compellingly told, American Furies reveals the devastating consequences of a society that believes in 'lock 'em up and throw away the key.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350123 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic Truth: A Scientist, a Doctor, and the Battle over Lead Author: Lydia Denworth Narrator: Kellie Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: They didn't start out as environmental warriors. Clair Patterson was a geochemist focused on determining the age of the Earth. Herbert Needleman was a pediatrician treating inner-city children. But in the chemistry lab and the hospital ward, they met a common enemy: lead. It was literally everywhere-in gasoline and paint, of course, but also in water pipes and food cans, toothpaste tubes and toys, ceramics and cosmetics, jewelry and batteries. Though few people worried about it at the time, lead was also toxic. In Toxic Truth, journalist Lydia Denworth tells the little-known stories of these two men who were among the first to question the wisdom of filling the world with such a harmful metal. Denworth follows them from the ice and snow of Antarctica to the schoolyards of Philadelphia and Boston as they uncovered the enormity of the problem and demonstrated the irreparable harm lead was doing to children. In heated conferences and courtrooms, the halls of Congress and at the Environmental Protection Agency, the scientist and doctor were forced to defend their careers and reputations in the face of incredible industry opposition. It took courage, passion, and determination to prevail against entrenched corporate interests and politicized government bureaucracies. But Patterson, Needleman, and their allies did finally get the lead out - since it was removed from gasoline, paint, and food cans in the 1970s, the level of lead in Americans' bodies has dropped 90 percent. Their success offers a lesson in the dangers of putting economic priorities over public health, and a reminder of the way science-and individuals-can change the world. The fundamental questions raised by this battle-what constitutes disease, how to measure scientific independence, and how to quantify acceptable risk-echo in every environmental issue of today: from the plastic used to make water bottles to greenhouse gas emissions. And the most basic question-how much do we need to know about what we put in our environment-is perhaps more relevant today than it has ever been. Lydia Denworth Tue, 18 Dec 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350123 thebookvoice.com 8:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic Truth: A Scientist, a Doctor, and the Battle over Lead Author: Lydia Denworth Narrator: Kellie Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: They didn't start out as environmental warriors. Clair Patterson was a geochemist focused on determining the age of the Earth. Herbert Needleman was a pediatrician treating inner-city children. But in the chemistry lab and the hospital ward, they met a common enemy: lead. It was literally everywhere-in gasoline and paint, of course, but also in water pipes and food cans, toothpaste tubes and toys, ceramics and cosmetics, jewelry and batteries. Though few people worried about it at the time, lead was also toxic. In Toxic Truth, journalist Lydia Denworth tells the little-known stories of these two men who were among the first to question the wisdom of filling the world with such a harmful metal. Denworth follows them from the ice and snow of Antarctica to the schoolyards of Philadelphia and Boston as they uncovered the enormity of the problem and demonstrated the irreparable harm lead was doing to children. In heated conferences and courtrooms, the halls of Congress and at the Environmental Protection Agency, the scientist and doctor were forced to defend their careers and reputations in the face of incredible industry opposition. It took courage, passion, and determination to prevail against entrenched corporate interests and politicized government bureaucracies. But Patterson, Needleman, and their allies did finally get the lead out - since it was removed from gasoline, paint, and food cans in the 1970s, the level of lead in Americans' bodies has dropped 90 percent. Their success offers a lesson in the dangers of putting economic priorities over public health, and a reminder of the way science-and individuals-can change the world. The fundamental questions raised by this battle-what constitutes disease, how to measure scientific independence, and how to quantify acceptable risk-echo in every environmental issue of today: from the plastic used to make water bottles to greenhouse gas emissions. And the most basic question-how much do we need to know about what we put in our environment-is perhaps more relevant today than it has ever been. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic Truth: A Scientist, a Doctor, and the Battle over Lead Author: Lydia Denworth Narrator: Kellie Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: They didn't start out as environmental warriors. Clair Patterson was a geochemist focused on determining the age of the Earth. Herbert Needleman was a pediatrician treating inner-city children. But in the chemistry lab and the hospital ward, they met a common enemy: lead. It was literally everywhere-in gasoline and paint, of course, but also in water pipes and food cans, toothpaste tubes and toys, ceramics and cosmetics, jewelry and batteries. Though few people worried about it at the time, lead was also toxic. In Toxic Truth, journalist Lydia Denworth tells the little-known stories of these two men who were among the first to question the wisdom of filling the world with such a harmful metal. Denworth follows them from the ice and snow of Antarctica to the schoolyards of Philadelphia and Boston as they uncovered the enormity of the problem and demonstrated the irreparable harm lead was doing to children. In heated conferences and courtrooms, the halls of Congress and at the Environmental Protection Agency, the scientist and doctor were forced to defend their careers and reputations in the face of incredible industry opposition. It took courage, passion, and determination to prevail against entrenched corporate interests and politicized government bureaucracies. But Patterson, Needleman, and their allies did finally get the lead out - since it was removed from gasoline, paint, and food cans in the 1970s, the level of lead in Americans' bodies has dropped 90 percent. Their success offers a lesson in the dangers of putting economic priorities over public health, and a reminder of the way science-and individuals-can change the world. The fundamental questions raised by this battle-what constitutes disease, how to measure scientific independence, and how to quantify acceptable risk-echo in every environmental issue of today: from the plastic used to make water bottles to greenhouse gas emissions. And the most basic question-how much do we need to know about what we put in our environment-is perhaps more relevant today than it has ever been. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350120 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lonely American: Drifting Apart in the Twenty-first Century Author: Jacqueline Olds, Richard S. Schwartz Narrator: Joy Shaw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In today's world, it is more acceptable to be depressed than to be lonely-yet loneliness appears to be the inevitable byproduct of our frenetic contemporary lifestyle. According to the 2004 General Social Survey, one out of four Americans talked to no one about something of importance to them during the last six months. Another remarkable fact emerged from the 2000 U.S. Census: more people are living alone today than at any point in the country's history—fully 25 percent of households consist of one person only. In this crucial look at one of America's few remaining taboo subjects—loneliness—Drs. Jacqueline Olds and Richard S. Schwartz set out to understand the cultural imperatives, psychological dynamics, and physical mechanisms underlying social isolation. In The Lonely American, cutting-edge research on the physiological and cognitive effects of social exclusion and emerging work in the neurobiology of attachment uncover startling, sobering ripple effects of loneliness in areas as varied as physical health, children's emotional problems, substance abuse, and even global warming. Surprising new studies tell a grim truth about social isolation: being disconnected diminishes happiness, health, and longevity; increases aggression; and correlates with increasing rates of violent crime. Loneliness doesn't apply simply to single people, either—today's busy parents 'cocoon' themselves by devoting most of their non-work hours to children, leaving little time for friends, and other forms of social contact, and unhealthily relying on the marriage to fulfill all social needs. As a core population of socially isolated individuals and families continues to balloon in size, it is more important than ever to understand the effects of a culture that idealizes busyness and self-reliance. It's time to bring loneliness—a very real and little-discussed social epidemic with frightening consequences-out into the open, and find a way to navigate the tension between freedom and connection in our lives. Jacqueline Olds, Richard S. Schwartz Tue, 18 Dec 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350120 thebookvoice.com 6:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lonely American: Drifting Apart in the Twenty-first Century Author: Jacqueline Olds, Richard S. Schwartz Narrator: Joy Shaw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In today's world, it is more acceptable to be depressed than to be lonely-yet loneliness appears to be the inevitable byproduct of our frenetic contemporary lifestyle. According to the 2004 General Social Survey, one out of four Americans talked to no one about something of importance to them during the last six months. Another remarkable fact emerged from the 2000 U.S. Census: more people are living alone today than at any point in the country's history—fully 25 percent of households consist of one person only. In this crucial look at one of America's few remaining taboo subjects—loneliness—Drs. Jacqueline Olds and Richard S. Schwartz set out to understand the cultural imperatives, psychological dynamics, and physical mechanisms underlying social isolation. In The Lonely American, cutting-edge research on the physiological and cognitive effects of social exclusion and emerging work in the neurobiology of attachment uncover startling, sobering ripple effects of loneliness in areas as varied as physical health, children's emotional problems, substance abuse, and even global warming. Surprising new studies tell a grim truth about social isolation: being disconnected diminishes happiness, health, and longevity; increases aggression; and correlates with increasing rates of violent crime. Loneliness doesn't apply simply to single people, either—today's busy parents 'cocoon' themselves by devoting most of their non-work hours to children, leaving little time for friends, and other forms of social contact, and unhealthily relying on the marriage to fulfill all social needs. As a core population of socially isolated individuals and families continues to balloon in size, it is more important than ever to understand the effects of a culture that idealizes busyness and self-reliance. It's time to bring loneliness—a very real and little-discussed social epidemic with frightening consequences-out into the open, and find a way to navigate the tension between freedom and connection in our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lonely American: Drifting Apart in the Twenty-first Century Author: Jacqueline Olds, Richard S. Schwartz Narrator: Joy Shaw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In today's world, it is more acceptable to be depressed than to be lonely-yet loneliness appears to be the inevitable byproduct of our frenetic contemporary lifestyle. According to the 2004 General Social Survey, one out of four Americans talked to no one about something of importance to them during the last six months. Another remarkable fact emerged from the 2000 U.S. Census: more people are living alone today than at any point in the country's history—fully 25 percent of households consist of one person only. In this crucial look at one of America's few remaining taboo subjects—loneliness—Drs. Jacqueline Olds and Richard S. Schwartz set out to understand the cultural imperatives, psychological dynamics, and physical mechanisms underlying social isolation. In The Lonely American, cutting-edge research on the physiological and cognitive effects of social exclusion and emerging work in the neurobiology of attachment uncover startling, sobering ripple effects of loneliness in areas as varied as physical health, children's emotional problems, substance abuse, and even global warming. Surprising new studies tell a grim truth about social isolation: being disconnected diminishes happiness, health, and longevity; increases aggression; and correlates with increasing rates of violent crime. Loneliness doesn't apply simply to single people, either—today's busy parents 'cocoon' themselves by devoting most of their non-work hours to children, leaving little time for friends, and other forms of social contact, and unhealthily relying on the marriage to fulfill all social needs. As a core population of socially isolated individuals and families continues to balloon in size, it is more important than ever to understand the effects of a culture that idealizes busyness and self-reliance. It's time to bring loneliness—a very real and little-discussed social epidemic with frightening consequences-out into the open, and find a way to navigate the tension between freedom and connection in our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350121 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncertain Peril: Genetic Engineering and the Future of Seeds Author: Claire Hope Cummings Narrator: David Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Life on earth is facing unprecedented challenges from global warming, war, and mass extinctions. The plight of seeds is a less visible but no less fundamental threat to our survival. Seeds are at the heart of the planet's life-support systems. Their power to regenerate and adapt are essential to maintaining our food supply and our ability to cope with a changing climate. In Uncertain Peril, environmental journalist Claire Hope Cummings exposes the stories behind the rise of industrial agriculture and plant biotechnology, the fall of public interest science, and the folly of patenting seeds. She examines how farming communities are coping with declining water, soil, and fossil fuels, as well as with new commercial technologies. Will genetically engineered and 'terminator' seeds lead to certain promise, as some have hoped, or are we embarking on a path of uncertain peril? Will the 'doomsday vault' under construction in the Arctic, designed to store millions of seeds, save the genetic diversity of the world's agriculture? To answer these questions and others, Cummings takes readers from the Fertile Crescent in Iraq to the island of Kaua'i in Hawai'i; from Oaxaca, Mexico, to the Mekong Delta in Vietnam. She examines the plight of farmers who have planted transgenic seeds and scientists who have been persecuted for revealing the dangers of modified genes. At each turn, Cummings looks deeply into the relationship between people and plants. She examines the possibilities for both scarcity and abundance and tells the stories of local communities that are producing food and fuel sustainably and providing for the future. The choices we make about how we feed ourselves now will determine whether or not seeds will continue as a generous source of sustenance and remain the common heritage of all humanity. It comes down to this: whoever controls the future of seeds controls the future of life on earth. Uncertain Peril is a powerful reminder that what's at stake right now is nothing less than the nature of the future. Claire Hope Cummings Tue, 18 Dec 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350121 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncertain Peril: Genetic Engineering and the Future of Seeds Author: Claire Hope Cummings Narrator: David Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Life on earth is facing unprecedented challenges from global warming, war, and mass extinctions. The plight of seeds is a less visible but no less fundamental threat to our survival. Seeds are at the heart of the planet's life-support systems. Their power to regenerate and adapt are essential to maintaining our food supply and our ability to cope with a changing climate. In Uncertain Peril, environmental journalist Claire Hope Cummings exposes the stories behind the rise of industrial agriculture and plant biotechnology, the fall of public interest science, and the folly of patenting seeds. She examines how farming communities are coping with declining water, soil, and fossil fuels, as well as with new commercial technologies. Will genetically engineered and 'terminator' seeds lead to certain promise, as some have hoped, or are we embarking on a path of uncertain peril? Will the 'doomsday vault' under construction in the Arctic, designed to store millions of seeds, save the genetic diversity of the world's agriculture? To answer these questions and others, Cummings takes readers from the Fertile Crescent in Iraq to the island of Kaua'i in Hawai'i; from Oaxaca, Mexico, to the Mekong Delta in Vietnam. She examines the plight of farmers who have planted transgenic seeds and scientists who have been persecuted for revealing the dangers of modified genes. At each turn, Cummings looks deeply into the relationship between people and plants. She examines the possibilities for both scarcity and abundance and tells the stories of local communities that are producing food and fuel sustainably and providing for the future. The choices we make about how we feed ourselves now will determine whether or not seeds will continue as a generous source of sustenance and remain the common heritage of all humanity. It comes down to this: whoever controls the future of seeds controls the future of life on earth. Uncertain Peril is a powerful reminder that what's at stake right now is nothing less than the nature of the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncertain Peril: Genetic Engineering and the Future of Seeds Author: Claire Hope Cummings Narrator: David Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Life on earth is facing unprecedented challenges from global warming, war, and mass extinctions. The plight of seeds is a less visible but no less fundamental threat to our survival. Seeds are at the heart of the planet's life-support systems. Their power to regenerate and adapt are essential to maintaining our food supply and our ability to cope with a changing climate. In Uncertain Peril, environmental journalist Claire Hope Cummings exposes the stories behind the rise of industrial agriculture and plant biotechnology, the fall of public interest science, and the folly of patenting seeds. She examines how farming communities are coping with declining water, soil, and fossil fuels, as well as with new commercial technologies. Will genetically engineered and 'terminator' seeds lead to certain promise, as some have hoped, or are we embarking on a path of uncertain peril? Will the 'doomsday vault' under construction in the Arctic, designed to store millions of seeds, save the genetic diversity of the world's agriculture? To answer these questions and others, Cummings takes readers from the Fertile Crescent in Iraq to the island of Kaua'i in Hawai'i; from Oaxaca, Mexico, to the Mekong Delta in Vietnam. She examines the plight of farmers who have planted transgenic seeds and scientists who have been persecuted for revealing the dangers of modified genes. At each turn, Cummings looks deeply into the relationship between people and plants. She examines the possibilities for both scarcity and abundance and tells the stories of local communities that are producing food and fuel sustainably and providing for the future. The choices we make about how we feed ourselves now will determine whether or not seeds will continue as a generous source of sustenance and remain the common heritage of all humanity. It comes down to this: whoever controls the future of seeds controls the future of life on earth. Uncertain Peril is a powerful reminder that what's at stake right now is nothing less than the nature of the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350117 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can We Talk About Race?: And Other Conversations in an Era of School Resegregation Author: Beverly Daniel Tatum Narrator: Beverly Daniel Tatum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Major new reflections on race and schools—by the best-selling author of “Why Are All the Black Kids Sitting Together in the Cafeteria?” A Simmons College/Beacon Press Race, Education, and Democracy Series Book Beverly Daniel Tatum emerged on the national scene in 1997 with “Why Are All the Black Kids Sitting Together in the Cafeteria?,” a book that spoke to a wide audience about the psychological dynamics of race relations in America. Tatum’s unique ability to get people talking about race captured the attention of many, from Oprah Winfrey to President Clinton, who invited her to join him in his nationally televised dialogues on race. In her first book since that pathbreaking success, Tatum starts with a warning call about the increasing but underreported resegregation of America. A self-described “integration baby”—she was born in 1954—Tatum sees our growing isolation from each other as deeply problematic, and she believes that schools can be key institutions for forging connections across the racial divide. In this ambitious, accessible book, Tatum examines some of the most resonant issues in American education and race relations:    • The need of African American students to see themselves reflected in curricula and institutions    • How unexamined racial attitudes can negatively affect minority-student achievement    • The possibilities—and complications—of intimate crossracial friendships Tatum approaches all these topics with the blend of analysis and storytelling that make her one of our most persuasive and engaging commentators on race. Can We Talk About Race? launches a collaborative lecture and book series between Beacon Press and Simmons College, which aims to reinvigorate a crucial national public conversation on race, education and democracy. Beverly Daniel Tatum Tue, 18 Dec 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350117 thebookvoice.com 4:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can We Talk About Race?: And Other Conversations in an Era of School Resegregation Author: Beverly Daniel Tatum Narrator: Beverly Daniel Tatum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Major new reflections on race and schools—by the best-selling author of “Why Are All the Black Kids Sitting Together in the Cafeteria?” A Simmons College/Beacon Press Race, Education, and Democracy Series Book Beverly Daniel Tatum emerged on the national scene in 1997 with “Why Are All the Black Kids Sitting Together in the Cafeteria?,” a book that spoke to a wide audience about the psychological dynamics of race relations in America. Tatum’s unique ability to get people talking about race captured the attention of many, from Oprah Winfrey to President Clinton, who invited her to join him in his nationally televised dialogues on race. In her first book since that pathbreaking success, Tatum starts with a warning call about the increasing but underreported resegregation of America. A self-described “integration baby”—she was born in 1954—Tatum sees our growing isolation from each other as deeply problematic, and she believes that schools can be key institutions for forging connections across the racial divide. In this ambitious, accessible book, Tatum examines some of the most resonant issues in American education and race relations:    • The need of African American students to see themselves reflected in curricula and institutions    • How unexamined racial attitudes can negatively affect minority-student achievement    • The possibilities—and complications—of intimate crossracial friendships Tatum approaches all these topics with the blend of analysis and storytelling that make her one of our most persuasive and engaging commentators on race. Can We Talk About Race? launches a collaborative lecture and book series between Beacon Press and Simmons College, which aims to reinvigorate a crucial national public conversation on race, education and democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can We Talk About Race?: And Other Conversations in an Era of School Resegregation Author: Beverly Daniel Tatum Narrator: Beverly Daniel Tatum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Major new reflections on race and schools—by the best-selling author of “Why Are All the Black Kids Sitting Together in the Cafeteria?” A Simmons College/Beacon Press Race, Education, and Democracy Series Book Beverly Daniel Tatum emerged on the national scene in 1997 with “Why Are All the Black Kids Sitting Together in the Cafeteria?,” a book that spoke to a wide audience about the psychological dynamics of race relations in America. Tatum’s unique ability to get people talking about race captured the attention of many, from Oprah Winfrey to President Clinton, who invited her to join him in his nationally televised dialogues on race. In her first book since that pathbreaking success, Tatum starts with a warning call about the increasing but underreported resegregation of America. A self-described “integration baby”—she was born in 1954—Tatum sees our growing isolation from each other as deeply problematic, and she believes that schools can be key institutions for forging connections across the racial divide. In this ambitious, accessible book, Tatum examines some of the most resonant issues in American education and race relations:    • The need of African American students to see themselves reflected in curricula and institutions    • How unexamined racial attitudes can negatively affect minority-student achievement    • The possibilities—and complications—of intimate crossracial friendships Tatum approaches all these topics with the blend of analysis and storytelling that make her one of our most persuasive and engaging commentators on race. Can We Talk About Race? launches a collaborative lecture and book series between Beacon Press and Simmons College, which aims to reinvigorate a crucial national public conversation on race, education and democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349878 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Fable, Part 1: Chapters 1–14 Author: Thomas Bulfinch Narrator: Bobbie Frohman, David Thorn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 20, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Thomas Bulfinch, as one reviewer put it, 'created an anthology of mythology.' This audiobook contains the first fourteen chapters of The Age of Fable, the first of three volumes, comprising Bulfinch's complete work. The Age of Fable recounts stories of Greek gods, demigods, and best-known characters in mythology. In our times, many references are made to these stories and characters in the arts, especially in the fine arts, theater, and literature. Chapters include IntroductionPrometheus and PandoraApollo and Daphne—Pyramus and Thisbe—Cephalus and ProcrisJuno and Her Rivals, Io and Callisto—Diana and Actaeon—Latona and the RusticsPhaetonMidas—Baucis and PhilemonProserpine—Glaucus and ScyllaPygmalion—Dryope—Venus, and Adonis—Apollo and HyacinthusCeyx and HalcyoneVertumnus and Pomona—Iphis and AnaxareteCupid and PsycheCadmus—the MyrmidonsNisus and Scylla—Echo and Narcissus—Clytie—Hero and LeanderMinerva and Arachne—Niobe Thomas Bulfinch Thu, 20 Feb 2014 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349878 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Fable, Part 1: Chapters 1–14 Author: Thomas Bulfinch Narrator: Bobbie Frohman, David Thorn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 20, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Thomas Bulfinch, as one reviewer put it, 'created an anthology of mythology.' This audiobook contains the first fourteen chapters of The Age of Fable, the first of three volumes, comprising Bulfinch's complete work. The Age of Fable recounts stories of Greek gods, demigods, and best-known characters in mythology. In our times, many references are made to these stories and characters in the arts, especially in the fine arts, theater, and literature. Chapters include IntroductionPrometheus and PandoraApollo and Daphne—Pyramus and Thisbe—Cephalus and ProcrisJuno and Her Rivals, Io and Callisto—Diana and Actaeon—Latona and the RusticsPhaetonMidas—Baucis and PhilemonProserpine—Glaucus and ScyllaPygmalion—Dryope—Venus, and Adonis—Apollo and HyacinthusCeyx and HalcyoneVertumnus and Pomona—Iphis and AnaxareteCupid and PsycheCadmus—the MyrmidonsNisus and Scylla—Echo and Narcissus—Clytie—Hero and LeanderMinerva and Arachne—Niobe Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Fable, Part 1: Chapters 1–14 Author: Thomas Bulfinch Narrator: Bobbie Frohman, David Thorn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 20, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Thomas Bulfinch, as one reviewer put it, 'created an anthology of mythology.' This audiobook contains the first fourteen chapters of The Age of Fable, the first of three volumes, comprising Bulfinch's complete work. The Age of Fable recounts stories of Greek gods, demigods, and best-known characters in mythology. In our times, many references are made to these stories and characters in the arts, especially in the fine arts, theater, and literature. Chapters include IntroductionPrometheus and PandoraApollo and Daphne—Pyramus and Thisbe—Cephalus and ProcrisJuno and Her Rivals, Io and Callisto—Diana and Actaeon—Latona and the RusticsPhaetonMidas—Baucis and PhilemonProserpine—Glaucus and ScyllaPygmalion—Dryope—Venus, and Adonis—Apollo and HyacinthusCeyx and HalcyoneVertumnus and Pomona—Iphis and AnaxareteCupid and PsycheCadmus—the MyrmidonsNisus and Scylla—Echo and Narcissus—Clytie—Hero and LeanderMinerva and Arachne—Niobe https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349676 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349676]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Circle of Nine: An Archetypal Journey to Awaken the Divine Feminine Within Author: Cherry Gilchrist Narrator: Rachael Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 1, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As women seek to cultivate an understanding of their lives, a mythological model can provide a tool for self-discovery and realizing individual potential. The Circle of Nine presents nine archetypes that represent different, but equally important aspects of the feminine psyche. They portray both the life of the individual and the story of woman as a whole—a circle of ever-changing patterns that is a source of wisdom and inspiration. Three mothers, three queens, and three ladies form the circle. The Great Mother nurtures her children with a love that embraces the cycle of life, the Queen of the Night transforms the raw energy of instinct into skill and vision, and the Lady of the Hearth brings warmth and creativity into the home. By recognizing these and the other six archetypes of the circle, women can hold up a mirror to their souls to gain new perspectives and unlock their potential. Drawing from history, her work with women's groups, and contemporary observations, Cherry Gilchrist presents a mythology that explores the psychology of the modern woman. Her analysis, interpretations, and practical advice help to unravel the mystery of the divine feminine and provide a useful guide for daily life. Cherry Gilchrist Sat, 01 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349676 thebookvoice.com 8:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349676]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Circle of Nine: An Archetypal Journey to Awaken the Divine Feminine Within Author: Cherry Gilchrist Narrator: Rachael Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 1, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As women seek to cultivate an understanding of their lives, a mythological model can provide a tool for self-discovery and realizing individual potential. The Circle of Nine presents nine archetypes that represent different, but equally important aspects of the feminine psyche. They portray both the life of the individual and the story of woman as a whole—a circle of ever-changing patterns that is a source of wisdom and inspiration. Three mothers, three queens, and three ladies form the circle. The Great Mother nurtures her children with a love that embraces the cycle of life, the Queen of the Night transforms the raw energy of instinct into skill and vision, and the Lady of the Hearth brings warmth and creativity into the home. By recognizing these and the other six archetypes of the circle, women can hold up a mirror to their souls to gain new perspectives and unlock their potential. Drawing from history, her work with women's groups, and contemporary observations, Cherry Gilchrist presents a mythology that explores the psychology of the modern woman. Her analysis, interpretations, and practical advice help to unravel the mystery of the divine feminine and provide a useful guide for daily life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349676]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Circle of Nine: An Archetypal Journey to Awaken the Divine Feminine Within Author: Cherry Gilchrist Narrator: Rachael Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 1, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As women seek to cultivate an understanding of their lives, a mythological model can provide a tool for self-discovery and realizing individual potential. The Circle of Nine presents nine archetypes that represent different, but equally important aspects of the feminine psyche. They portray both the life of the individual and the story of woman as a whole—a circle of ever-changing patterns that is a source of wisdom and inspiration. Three mothers, three queens, and three ladies form the circle. The Great Mother nurtures her children with a love that embraces the cycle of life, the Queen of the Night transforms the raw energy of instinct into skill and vision, and the Lady of the Hearth brings warmth and creativity into the home. By recognizing these and the other six archetypes of the circle, women can hold up a mirror to their souls to gain new perspectives and unlock their potential. Drawing from history, her work with women's groups, and contemporary observations, Cherry Gilchrist presents a mythology that explores the psychology of the modern woman. Her analysis, interpretations, and practical advice help to unravel the mystery of the divine feminine and provide a useful guide for daily life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349675 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confidential Confidential: The Inside Story of Hollywood's Notorious Scandal Magazine Author: Samantha Barbas Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the 1950s, Confidential magazine, America's first celebrity scandal magazine, revealed Hollywood stars' secrets, misdeeds, and transgressions in gritty, unvarnished detail. Deploying a vast network of tipsters to root out scandalous facts about the stars, including their sexual affairs, drug use, and sexuality, publisher Robert Harrison destroyed celebrities' carefully constructed images and built a media empire. Confidential became the bestselling magazine on American newsstands in the 1950s, surpassing Time, Life, and the Saturday Evening Post. Confidential's spectacular rise was followed by an equally spectacular fall. Stars filed multimillion dollar libel suits against the magazine, and the state of California, prodded by the film studios, prosecuted its publisher for obscenity, culminating in a famous, star-studded Los Angeles trial in 1957. The lawsuits forced Confidential to end its scandalmongering, and stopped printing its sleazy gossip in 1958. However, the magazine's legacy lives on in our culture's obsession with gossip and celebrity scandal. This is Confidential's story, how the magazine revolutionized celebrity culture and American society in the 1950s and beyond. Samantha Barbas Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349675 thebookvoice.com 12:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confidential Confidential: The Inside Story of Hollywood's Notorious Scandal Magazine Author: Samantha Barbas Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the 1950s, Confidential magazine, America's first celebrity scandal magazine, revealed Hollywood stars' secrets, misdeeds, and transgressions in gritty, unvarnished detail. Deploying a vast network of tipsters to root out scandalous facts about the stars, including their sexual affairs, drug use, and sexuality, publisher Robert Harrison destroyed celebrities' carefully constructed images and built a media empire. Confidential became the bestselling magazine on American newsstands in the 1950s, surpassing Time, Life, and the Saturday Evening Post. Confidential's spectacular rise was followed by an equally spectacular fall. Stars filed multimillion dollar libel suits against the magazine, and the state of California, prodded by the film studios, prosecuted its publisher for obscenity, culminating in a famous, star-studded Los Angeles trial in 1957. The lawsuits forced Confidential to end its scandalmongering, and stopped printing its sleazy gossip in 1958. However, the magazine's legacy lives on in our culture's obsession with gossip and celebrity scandal. This is Confidential's story, how the magazine revolutionized celebrity culture and American society in the 1950s and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confidential Confidential: The Inside Story of Hollywood's Notorious Scandal Magazine Author: Samantha Barbas Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the 1950s, Confidential magazine, America's first celebrity scandal magazine, revealed Hollywood stars' secrets, misdeeds, and transgressions in gritty, unvarnished detail. Deploying a vast network of tipsters to root out scandalous facts about the stars, including their sexual affairs, drug use, and sexuality, publisher Robert Harrison destroyed celebrities' carefully constructed images and built a media empire. Confidential became the bestselling magazine on American newsstands in the 1950s, surpassing Time, Life, and the Saturday Evening Post. Confidential's spectacular rise was followed by an equally spectacular fall. Stars filed multimillion dollar libel suits against the magazine, and the state of California, prodded by the film studios, prosecuted its publisher for obscenity, culminating in a famous, star-studded Los Angeles trial in 1957. The lawsuits forced Confidential to end its scandalmongering, and stopped printing its sleazy gossip in 1958. However, the magazine's legacy lives on in our culture's obsession with gossip and celebrity scandal. This is Confidential's story, how the magazine revolutionized celebrity culture and American society in the 1950s and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349649 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rethinking Incarceration: Advocating for Justice That Restores Author: Dominique Dubois Gilliard Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The United States has 5 percent of the world's population but 25 percent of the world's incarcerated. We have more people locked up in jails, prisons, and detention centers than any other country in the history of the world. There are more jails and prisons than degree-granting colleges and universities, and in many places more people live behind bars than on college campuses. Mass incarceration has become a lucrative industry, and the criminal justice system is plagued with bias and unjust practices. And the church has unwittingly contributed to these problems. In Rethinking Incarceration Dominique Gilliard explores the history and foundation of mass incarceration, examining Christianity's role in its evolution and expansion. He assesses our nation’s ethic of meritocratic justice in light of Scripture and exposes the theologies that embolden mass incarceration. Gilliard then shows how Christians can pursue justice that restores and reconciles, offering creative solutions and highlighting innovative interventions. God's justice is ultimately restorative, not just punitive. Discover how Christians can participate in the restoration and redemption of the incarceration system. Dominique Dubois Gilliard Fri, 31 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349649 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rethinking Incarceration: Advocating for Justice That Restores Author: Dominique Dubois Gilliard Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The United States has 5 percent of the world's population but 25 percent of the world's incarcerated. We have more people locked up in jails, prisons, and detention centers than any other country in the history of the world. There are more jails and prisons than degree-granting colleges and universities, and in many places more people live behind bars than on college campuses. Mass incarceration has become a lucrative industry, and the criminal justice system is plagued with bias and unjust practices. And the church has unwittingly contributed to these problems. In Rethinking Incarceration Dominique Gilliard explores the history and foundation of mass incarceration, examining Christianity's role in its evolution and expansion. He assesses our nation’s ethic of meritocratic justice in light of Scripture and exposes the theologies that embolden mass incarceration. Gilliard then shows how Christians can pursue justice that restores and reconciles, offering creative solutions and highlighting innovative interventions. God's justice is ultimately restorative, not just punitive. Discover how Christians can participate in the restoration and redemption of the incarceration system. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rethinking Incarceration: Advocating for Justice That Restores Author: Dominique Dubois Gilliard Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The United States has 5 percent of the world's population but 25 percent of the world's incarcerated. We have more people locked up in jails, prisons, and detention centers than any other country in the history of the world. There are more jails and prisons than degree-granting colleges and universities, and in many places more people live behind bars than on college campuses. Mass incarceration has become a lucrative industry, and the criminal justice system is plagued with bias and unjust practices. And the church has unwittingly contributed to these problems. In Rethinking Incarceration Dominique Gilliard explores the history and foundation of mass incarceration, examining Christianity's role in its evolution and expansion. He assesses our nation’s ethic of meritocratic justice in light of Scripture and exposes the theologies that embolden mass incarceration. Gilliard then shows how Christians can pursue justice that restores and reconciles, offering creative solutions and highlighting innovative interventions. God's justice is ultimately restorative, not just punitive. Discover how Christians can participate in the restoration and redemption of the incarceration system. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349507 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Enemies: Conspiracy Theories and American Democracy, World War I to 9/11 Author: Kathryn S. Olmsted Narrator: Marie Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Many Americans believe that their own government is guilty of shocking crimes. Government agents shot the president. They faked the moon landing. They stood by and allowed the murders of 2,400 servicemen in Hawaii. Although paranoia has been a feature of the American scene since the birth of the Republic, in Real Enemies Kathryn Olmsted shows that it was only in the twentieth century that strange and unlikely conspiracy theories became central to American politics. In particular, she posits World War I as a critical turning point and shows that as the federal bureaucracy expanded, Americans grew more fearful of the government itself—the military, the intelligence community, and even the President. Analyzing the wide-spread suspicions surrounding such events as Pearl Harbor, the JFK assassination, Watergate, and 9/11, Olmsted sheds light on why so many Americans believe that their government conspires against them, why more people believe these theories over time, and how real conspiracies—such as the infamous Northwoods plan—have fueled our paranoia about the governments we ourselves elect. Kathryn S. Olmsted Tue, 28 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349507 thebookvoice.com 13:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Enemies: Conspiracy Theories and American Democracy, World War I to 9/11 Author: Kathryn S. Olmsted Narrator: Marie Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Many Americans believe that their own government is guilty of shocking crimes. Government agents shot the president. They faked the moon landing. They stood by and allowed the murders of 2,400 servicemen in Hawaii. Although paranoia has been a feature of the American scene since the birth of the Republic, in Real Enemies Kathryn Olmsted shows that it was only in the twentieth century that strange and unlikely conspiracy theories became central to American politics. In particular, she posits World War I as a critical turning point and shows that as the federal bureaucracy expanded, Americans grew more fearful of the government itself—the military, the intelligence community, and even the President. Analyzing the wide-spread suspicions surrounding such events as Pearl Harbor, the JFK assassination, Watergate, and 9/11, Olmsted sheds light on why so many Americans believe that their government conspires against them, why more people believe these theories over time, and how real conspiracies—such as the infamous Northwoods plan—have fueled our paranoia about the governments we ourselves elect. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Enemies: Conspiracy Theories and American Democracy, World War I to 9/11 Author: Kathryn S. Olmsted Narrator: Marie Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Many Americans believe that their own government is guilty of shocking crimes. Government agents shot the president. They faked the moon landing. They stood by and allowed the murders of 2,400 servicemen in Hawaii. Although paranoia has been a feature of the American scene since the birth of the Republic, in Real Enemies Kathryn Olmsted shows that it was only in the twentieth century that strange and unlikely conspiracy theories became central to American politics. In particular, she posits World War I as a critical turning point and shows that as the federal bureaucracy expanded, Americans grew more fearful of the government itself—the military, the intelligence community, and even the President. Analyzing the wide-spread suspicions surrounding such events as Pearl Harbor, the JFK assassination, Watergate, and 9/11, Olmsted sheds light on why so many Americans believe that their government conspires against them, why more people believe these theories over time, and how real conspiracies—such as the infamous Northwoods plan—have fueled our paranoia about the governments we ourselves elect. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349195 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Be A Woman: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation Author: Caitlin Moran Narrator: Caitlin Moran, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: March 21, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A dramatisation of Caitlin Moran's bestseller, the book that brought feminism into the mainstream again. Adapted and narrated by Caitlin Moran, this brand new radio adaptation intersperses dramatised scenes from Moran's life (from her teenage years in a crowded council house in Wolverhampton, to setting out as a music journalist, to getting married and having children) with her thoughts on subjects that range from the necessity of big knickers, to the experience of giving birth and having an abortion. Provocative, controversial and very funny - this book is the gateway drug to the feminist resurgence. Produced by Mary Peate Caitlin Moran Thu, 21 Mar 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349195 thebookvoice.com 1:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Be A Woman: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation Author: Caitlin Moran Narrator: Caitlin Moran, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: March 21, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A dramatisation of Caitlin Moran's bestseller, the book that brought feminism into the mainstream again. Adapted and narrated by Caitlin Moran, this brand new radio adaptation intersperses dramatised scenes from Moran's life (from her teenage years in a crowded council house in Wolverhampton, to setting out as a music journalist, to getting married and having children) with her thoughts on subjects that range from the necessity of big knickers, to the experience of giving birth and having an abortion. Provocative, controversial and very funny - this book is the gateway drug to the feminist resurgence. Produced by Mary Peate Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Be A Woman: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation Author: Caitlin Moran Narrator: Caitlin Moran, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: March 21, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A dramatisation of Caitlin Moran's bestseller, the book that brought feminism into the mainstream again. Adapted and narrated by Caitlin Moran, this brand new radio adaptation intersperses dramatised scenes from Moran's life (from her teenage years in a crowded council house in Wolverhampton, to setting out as a music journalist, to getting married and having children) with her thoughts on subjects that range from the necessity of big knickers, to the experience of giving birth and having an abortion. Provocative, controversial and very funny - this book is the gateway drug to the feminist resurgence. Produced by Mary Peate https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349159 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Mother. Barack Obama. Donald Trump. And the Last Stand of the Angry White Man. Author: Kevin Powell Narrator: Kevin Powell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Written in the tradition of works by Joan Didion, bell hooks, Toni Morrison, and Eve Ensler, this “profoundly insightful and brilliantly inciting” (Dominique Morisseau, Obie Award-winning playwright) exploration of the soul of the United States—the past, the present, and the future Kevin Powell wants for us all, through the lens and lives of three major figures: his mother, Barack Obama, and Donald Trump. Ten short years ago, Barack Obama became president of the United States, and changed the course of history. Ten short years ago, our America was hailed globally as a breathtaking example of democracy, as a rainbow coalition of everyday people marching to the same drum beat. We had finally overcome. But had we? Both the presidencies of Obama and Donald Trump have produced some of the ugliest divides in history: horrific racial murders, non-stop mass shootings, the explosion of attacks on immigrants and on the LGBTQ community, the rise of anti-Semitism and Islamophobia, a massive gap between the haves and the have-nots, and legions of women stepping forth to challenge sexual violence—and men—in all forms. In this collection of thirteen powerful essays, “Kevin Powell thoughtfully weaves together the connective tissue between gender, race, sexuality, pop culture, and sports through a series of raw, incredibly personal essays” (Jemele Hill, writer and ESPN anchor). Be it politics, sports, pop culture, hip-hop music, mental health, racism, #MeToo, or his very complicated relationship with his mother, these impassioned essays are not merely a mirror of who we are, but also who and what Powell thinks we ought to be. Kevin Powell Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349159 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Mother. Barack Obama. Donald Trump. And the Last Stand of the Angry White Man. Author: Kevin Powell Narrator: Kevin Powell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Written in the tradition of works by Joan Didion, bell hooks, Toni Morrison, and Eve Ensler, this “profoundly insightful and brilliantly inciting” (Dominique Morisseau, Obie Award-winning playwright) exploration of the soul of the United States—the past, the present, and the future Kevin Powell wants for us all, through the lens and lives of three major figures: his mother, Barack Obama, and Donald Trump. Ten short years ago, Barack Obama became president of the United States, and changed the course of history. Ten short years ago, our America was hailed globally as a breathtaking example of democracy, as a rainbow coalition of everyday people marching to the same drum beat. We had finally overcome. But had we? Both the presidencies of Obama and Donald Trump have produced some of the ugliest divides in history: horrific racial murders, non-stop mass shootings, the explosion of attacks on immigrants and on the LGBTQ community, the rise of anti-Semitism and Islamophobia, a massive gap between the haves and the have-nots, and legions of women stepping forth to challenge sexual violence—and men—in all forms. In this collection of thirteen powerful essays, “Kevin Powell thoughtfully weaves together the connective tissue between gender, race, sexuality, pop culture, and sports through a series of raw, incredibly personal essays” (Jemele Hill, writer and ESPN anchor). Be it politics, sports, pop culture, hip-hop music, mental health, racism, #MeToo, or his very complicated relationship with his mother, these impassioned essays are not merely a mirror of who we are, but also who and what Powell thinks we ought to be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Mother. Barack Obama. Donald Trump. And the Last Stand of the Angry White Man. Author: Kevin Powell Narrator: Kevin Powell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Written in the tradition of works by Joan Didion, bell hooks, Toni Morrison, and Eve Ensler, this “profoundly insightful and brilliantly inciting” (Dominique Morisseau, Obie Award-winning playwright) exploration of the soul of the United States—the past, the present, and the future Kevin Powell wants for us all, through the lens and lives of three major figures: his mother, Barack Obama, and Donald Trump. Ten short years ago, Barack Obama became president of the United States, and changed the course of history. Ten short years ago, our America was hailed globally as a breathtaking example of democracy, as a rainbow coalition of everyday people marching to the same drum beat. We had finally overcome. But had we? Both the presidencies of Obama and Donald Trump have produced some of the ugliest divides in history: horrific racial murders, non-stop mass shootings, the explosion of attacks on immigrants and on the LGBTQ community, the rise of anti-Semitism and Islamophobia, a massive gap between the haves and the have-nots, and legions of women stepping forth to challenge sexual violence—and men—in all forms. In this collection of thirteen powerful essays, “Kevin Powell thoughtfully weaves together the connective tissue between gender, race, sexuality, pop culture, and sports through a series of raw, incredibly personal essays” (Jemele Hill, writer and ESPN anchor). Be it politics, sports, pop culture, hip-hop music, mental health, racism, #MeToo, or his very complicated relationship with his mother, these impassioned essays are not merely a mirror of who we are, but also who and what Powell thinks we ought to be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349156 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349156]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Wave Author: Alvin Toffler Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the author of Future Shock comes a striking way out of today’s despair … a bracing, optimistic look at our new potentials. The Third Wave makes startling sense of the violent changes now battering our world. Its sweeping synthesis casts fresh light on our new forms of marriage and family, on today’s dramatic changes in business and economics. It explains the role of cults, the new definitions of work, play, love, and success. It points toward new forms of twenty-first-century democracy. Alvin Toffler Tue, 26 Feb 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349156 thebookvoice.com 18:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349156]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Wave Author: Alvin Toffler Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the author of Future Shock comes a striking way out of today’s despair … a bracing, optimistic look at our new potentials. The Third Wave makes startling sense of the violent changes now battering our world. Its sweeping synthesis casts fresh light on our new forms of marriage and family, on today’s dramatic changes in business and economics. It explains the role of cults, the new definitions of work, play, love, and success. It points toward new forms of twenty-first-century democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349156]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Wave Author: Alvin Toffler Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the author of Future Shock comes a striking way out of today’s despair … a bracing, optimistic look at our new potentials. The Third Wave makes startling sense of the violent changes now battering our world. Its sweeping synthesis casts fresh light on our new forms of marriage and family, on today’s dramatic changes in business and economics. It explains the role of cults, the new definitions of work, play, love, and success. It points toward new forms of twenty-first-century democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349155 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future Shock Author: Alvin Toffler Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Future Shock is about the present. Future Shock is about what is happening today to people and groups who are overwhelmed by change. Change affects our products, communities, organizations—even our patterns of friendship and love. Future Shock vividly describes the emerging global civilization: tomorrow’s family life, the rise of new businesses, subcultures, lifestyles, and human relationships—all of them temporary. Future Shock illuminates the world of tomorrow by exploding countless clichés about today. Future Shock will intrigue, provoke, frighten, encourage, and, above all, change everyone who reads it. Alvin Toffler Tue, 22 Jan 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349155 thebookvoice.com 16:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future Shock Author: Alvin Toffler Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Future Shock is about the present. Future Shock is about what is happening today to people and groups who are overwhelmed by change. Change affects our products, communities, organizations—even our patterns of friendship and love. Future Shock vividly describes the emerging global civilization: tomorrow’s family life, the rise of new businesses, subcultures, lifestyles, and human relationships—all of them temporary. Future Shock illuminates the world of tomorrow by exploding countless clichés about today. Future Shock will intrigue, provoke, frighten, encourage, and, above all, change everyone who reads it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future Shock Author: Alvin Toffler Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Future Shock is about the present. Future Shock is about what is happening today to people and groups who are overwhelmed by change. Change affects our products, communities, organizations—even our patterns of friendship and love. Future Shock vividly describes the emerging global civilization: tomorrow’s family life, the rise of new businesses, subcultures, lifestyles, and human relationships—all of them temporary. Future Shock illuminates the world of tomorrow by exploding countless clichés about today. Future Shock will intrigue, provoke, frighten, encourage, and, above all, change everyone who reads it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349149 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Women Ruled the World: Six Queens of Egypt Author: Kara Cooney Narrator: Kara Cooney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This riveting narrative explores the lives of six remarkable female pharaohs, from Hatshepsut to Cleopatra—women who ruled with real power—and shines a piercing light on our own perceptions of women in power today. Female rulers are a rare phenomenon—but thousands of years ago in ancient Egypt, women reigned supreme. Regularly, repeatedly, and with impunity, queens like Hatshepsut, Nefertiti, and Cleopatra controlled the totalitarian state as power-brokers and rulers. But throughout human history, women in positions of power were more often used as political pawns in a male-dominated society. What was so special about ancient Egypt that provided women this kind of access to the highest political office? What was it about these women that allowed them to transcend patriarchal obstacles? What did Egypt gain from its liberal reliance on female leadership, and could today’s world learn from its example? Celebrated Egyptologist Kara Cooney delivers a fascinating tale of female power, exploring the reasons why it has seldom been allowed through the ages, and why we should care. Kara Cooney Fri, 30 Nov 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349149 thebookvoice.com 9:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Women Ruled the World: Six Queens of Egypt Author: Kara Cooney Narrator: Kara Cooney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This riveting narrative explores the lives of six remarkable female pharaohs, from Hatshepsut to Cleopatra—women who ruled with real power—and shines a piercing light on our own perceptions of women in power today. Female rulers are a rare phenomenon—but thousands of years ago in ancient Egypt, women reigned supreme. Regularly, repeatedly, and with impunity, queens like Hatshepsut, Nefertiti, and Cleopatra controlled the totalitarian state as power-brokers and rulers. But throughout human history, women in positions of power were more often used as political pawns in a male-dominated society. What was so special about ancient Egypt that provided women this kind of access to the highest political office? What was it about these women that allowed them to transcend patriarchal obstacles? What did Egypt gain from its liberal reliance on female leadership, and could today’s world learn from its example? Celebrated Egyptologist Kara Cooney delivers a fascinating tale of female power, exploring the reasons why it has seldom been allowed through the ages, and why we should care. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Women Ruled the World: Six Queens of Egypt Author: Kara Cooney Narrator: Kara Cooney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This riveting narrative explores the lives of six remarkable female pharaohs, from Hatshepsut to Cleopatra—women who ruled with real power—and shines a piercing light on our own perceptions of women in power today. Female rulers are a rare phenomenon—but thousands of years ago in ancient Egypt, women reigned supreme. Regularly, repeatedly, and with impunity, queens like Hatshepsut, Nefertiti, and Cleopatra controlled the totalitarian state as power-brokers and rulers. But throughout human history, women in positions of power were more often used as political pawns in a male-dominated society. What was so special about ancient Egypt that provided women this kind of access to the highest political office? What was it about these women that allowed them to transcend patriarchal obstacles? What did Egypt gain from its liberal reliance on female leadership, and could today’s world learn from its example? Celebrated Egyptologist Kara Cooney delivers a fascinating tale of female power, exploring the reasons why it has seldom been allowed through the ages, and why we should care. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349043 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything for Everyone: The Radical Tradition That Is Shaping the Next Economy Author: Nathan Schneider Narrator: Matt Amendt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The origins of the next radical economy is rooted in a tradition that has empowered people for centuries and is now making a comeback. A new feudalism is on the rise. While monopolistic corporations feed their spoils to the rich, more and more of us are expected to live gig to gig. But, as Nathan Schneider shows, an alternative to the robber-baron economy is hiding in plain sight; we just need to know where to look. Cooperatives are jointly owned, democratically controlled enterprises that advance the economic, social, and cultural interests of their members. They often emerge during moments of crisis not unlike our own, putting people in charge of the workplaces, credit unions, grocery stores, healthcare, and utilities they depend on. Everything for Everyone chronicles this revolution -- from taxi cooperatives keeping Uber at bay, to an outspoken mayor transforming his city in the Deep South, to a fugitive building a fairer version of Bitcoin, to the rural electric co-op members who are propelling an aging system into the future. As these pioneers show, co-ops are helping us rediscover our capacity for creative, powerful, and fair democracy. Nathan Schneider Tue, 11 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349043 thebookvoice.com 9:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything for Everyone: The Radical Tradition That Is Shaping the Next Economy Author: Nathan Schneider Narrator: Matt Amendt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The origins of the next radical economy is rooted in a tradition that has empowered people for centuries and is now making a comeback. A new feudalism is on the rise. While monopolistic corporations feed their spoils to the rich, more and more of us are expected to live gig to gig. But, as Nathan Schneider shows, an alternative to the robber-baron economy is hiding in plain sight; we just need to know where to look. Cooperatives are jointly owned, democratically controlled enterprises that advance the economic, social, and cultural interests of their members. They often emerge during moments of crisis not unlike our own, putting people in charge of the workplaces, credit unions, grocery stores, healthcare, and utilities they depend on. Everything for Everyone chronicles this revolution -- from taxi cooperatives keeping Uber at bay, to an outspoken mayor transforming his city in the Deep South, to a fugitive building a fairer version of Bitcoin, to the rural electric co-op members who are propelling an aging system into the future. As these pioneers show, co-ops are helping us rediscover our capacity for creative, powerful, and fair democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything for Everyone: The Radical Tradition That Is Shaping the Next Economy Author: Nathan Schneider Narrator: Matt Amendt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The origins of the next radical economy is rooted in a tradition that has empowered people for centuries and is now making a comeback. A new feudalism is on the rise. While monopolistic corporations feed their spoils to the rich, more and more of us are expected to live gig to gig. But, as Nathan Schneider shows, an alternative to the robber-baron economy is hiding in plain sight; we just need to know where to look. Cooperatives are jointly owned, democratically controlled enterprises that advance the economic, social, and cultural interests of their members. They often emerge during moments of crisis not unlike our own, putting people in charge of the workplaces, credit unions, grocery stores, healthcare, and utilities they depend on. Everything for Everyone chronicles this revolution -- from taxi cooperatives keeping Uber at bay, to an outspoken mayor transforming his city in the Deep South, to a fugitive building a fairer version of Bitcoin, to the rural electric co-op members who are propelling an aging system into the future. As these pioneers show, co-ops are helping us rediscover our capacity for creative, powerful, and fair democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349042 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminasty: The Complicated Woman's Guide to Surviving the Patriarchy Without Drinking Herself to Death Author: Erin Gibson Narrator: Erin Gibson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the wickedly funny and feminist creator and host of the Throwing Shade podcast, a collection of hilarious personal essays and political commentary perfect for fans of Lindy West and Roxane Gay. Since women earned the right to vote a little under one hundred years ago, our progress hasn't been the Olympic sprint toward gender equality first wave feminists hoped for, but more of a slow, elderly mall walk (with frequent stops to Cinnabon) over the four hundred million hurdles we still face. Some of these obstacles are obvious-unequal pay, under-representation in government, reproductive restrictions, lack of floor-length mirrors in hotel rooms. But a lot of them are harder to identify. They're the white noise of oppression that we've accepted as lady business as usual, and the patriarchy wants to keep it that way. Erin Gibson has a singular goal-to create a utopian future where women are recognized as humans. In Feminasty -- titled after her nickname on the hit podcast 'Throwing Shade' -- she has written a collection of make-you-laugh-until-you-cry essays that expose the hidden rules that make life as a woman unnecessarily hard and deconstructs them in a way that's bold, provocative and hilarious. Whether it's shaming women for having their periods, allowing them into STEM fields but never treating them like they truly belong, or dictating strict rules for how they should dress in every situation, Erin breaks down the organized chaos of old fashioned sexism, intentional and otherwise, that systemically keeps women down. Erin Gibson Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349042 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminasty: The Complicated Woman's Guide to Surviving the Patriarchy Without Drinking Herself to Death Author: Erin Gibson Narrator: Erin Gibson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the wickedly funny and feminist creator and host of the Throwing Shade podcast, a collection of hilarious personal essays and political commentary perfect for fans of Lindy West and Roxane Gay. Since women earned the right to vote a little under one hundred years ago, our progress hasn't been the Olympic sprint toward gender equality first wave feminists hoped for, but more of a slow, elderly mall walk (with frequent stops to Cinnabon) over the four hundred million hurdles we still face. Some of these obstacles are obvious-unequal pay, under-representation in government, reproductive restrictions, lack of floor-length mirrors in hotel rooms. But a lot of them are harder to identify. They're the white noise of oppression that we've accepted as lady business as usual, and the patriarchy wants to keep it that way. Erin Gibson has a singular goal-to create a utopian future where women are recognized as humans. In Feminasty -- titled after her nickname on the hit podcast 'Throwing Shade' -- she has written a collection of make-you-laugh-until-you-cry essays that expose the hidden rules that make life as a woman unnecessarily hard and deconstructs them in a way that's bold, provocative and hilarious. Whether it's shaming women for having their periods, allowing them into STEM fields but never treating them like they truly belong, or dictating strict rules for how they should dress in every situation, Erin breaks down the organized chaos of old fashioned sexism, intentional and otherwise, that systemically keeps women down. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminasty: The Complicated Woman's Guide to Surviving the Patriarchy Without Drinking Herself to Death Author: Erin Gibson Narrator: Erin Gibson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the wickedly funny and feminist creator and host of the Throwing Shade podcast, a collection of hilarious personal essays and political commentary perfect for fans of Lindy West and Roxane Gay. Since women earned the right to vote a little under one hundred years ago, our progress hasn't been the Olympic sprint toward gender equality first wave feminists hoped for, but more of a slow, elderly mall walk (with frequent stops to Cinnabon) over the four hundred million hurdles we still face. Some of these obstacles are obvious-unequal pay, under-representation in government, reproductive restrictions, lack of floor-length mirrors in hotel rooms. But a lot of them are harder to identify. They're the white noise of oppression that we've accepted as lady business as usual, and the patriarchy wants to keep it that way. Erin Gibson has a singular goal-to create a utopian future where women are recognized as humans. In Feminasty -- titled after her nickname on the hit podcast 'Throwing Shade' -- she has written a collection of make-you-laugh-until-you-cry essays that expose the hidden rules that make life as a woman unnecessarily hard and deconstructs them in a way that's bold, provocative and hilarious. Whether it's shaming women for having their periods, allowing them into STEM fields but never treating them like they truly belong, or dictating strict rules for how they should dress in every situation, Erin breaks down the organized chaos of old fashioned sexism, intentional and otherwise, that systemically keeps women down. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349041 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349041]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Untrue: Why Nearly Everything We Believe About Women, Lust, and Infidelity Is Wrong and How the New Science Can Set Us Free Author: Wednesday Martin Narrator: Thursday Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Primates of Park Avenue, a bold, timely reconsideration of female infidelity that will upend everything you thought you knew about women and sex. What do straight, married female revelers at an all-women's sex club in LA have in common with nomadic pastoralists in Namibia who bear children by men not their husbands? Like women worldwide, they crave sexual variety, novelty, and excitement. In ancient Greek tragedies, Netflix series, tabloids and pop songs, we've long portrayed such cheating women as dangerous and damaged. We love to hate women who are untrue. But who are they really? And why, in this age of female empowerment, do we continue to judge them so harshly? In Untrue, feminist author and cultural critic Wednesday Martin takes us on a bold, fascinating journey to reveal the unexpected evolutionary legacy and social realities that drive female faithlessness, while laying bare our motivations to contain women who step out. Blending accessible social science and interviews with sex researchers, anthropologists, and real women from all walks of life, Untrue challenges our deepest assumptions about ourselves, monogamy, and the women we think we know. From recent data suggesting women may struggle more than men with sexual exclusivity to the revolutionary idea that females of many species evolved to be 'promiscuous' to Martin's trenchant assertion that female sexual autonomy is the ultimate metric of gender equality, Untrue will change the way you think about women and sex forever. Wednesday Martin Tue, 18 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349041 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349041]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Untrue: Why Nearly Everything We Believe About Women, Lust, and Infidelity Is Wrong and How the New Science Can Set Us Free Author: Wednesday Martin Narrator: Thursday Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Primates of Park Avenue, a bold, timely reconsideration of female infidelity that will upend everything you thought you knew about women and sex. What do straight, married female revelers at an all-women's sex club in LA have in common with nomadic pastoralists in Namibia who bear children by men not their husbands? Like women worldwide, they crave sexual variety, novelty, and excitement. In ancient Greek tragedies, Netflix series, tabloids and pop songs, we've long portrayed such cheating women as dangerous and damaged. We love to hate women who are untrue. But who are they really? And why, in this age of female empowerment, do we continue to judge them so harshly? In Untrue, feminist author and cultural critic Wednesday Martin takes us on a bold, fascinating journey to reveal the unexpected evolutionary legacy and social realities that drive female faithlessness, while laying bare our motivations to contain women who step out. Blending accessible social science and interviews with sex researchers, anthropologists, and real women from all walks of life, Untrue challenges our deepest assumptions about ourselves, monogamy, and the women we think we know. From recent data suggesting women may struggle more than men with sexual exclusivity to the revolutionary idea that females of many species evolved to be 'promiscuous' to Martin's trenchant assertion that female sexual autonomy is the ultimate metric of gender equality, Untrue will change the way you think about women and sex forever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349041]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Untrue: Why Nearly Everything We Believe About Women, Lust, and Infidelity Is Wrong and How the New Science Can Set Us Free Author: Wednesday Martin Narrator: Thursday Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Primates of Park Avenue, a bold, timely reconsideration of female infidelity that will upend everything you thought you knew about women and sex. What do straight, married female revelers at an all-women's sex club in LA have in common with nomadic pastoralists in Namibia who bear children by men not their husbands? Like women worldwide, they crave sexual variety, novelty, and excitement. In ancient Greek tragedies, Netflix series, tabloids and pop songs, we've long portrayed such cheating women as dangerous and damaged. We love to hate women who are untrue. But who are they really? And why, in this age of female empowerment, do we continue to judge them so harshly? In Untrue, feminist author and cultural critic Wednesday Martin takes us on a bold, fascinating journey to reveal the unexpected evolutionary legacy and social realities that drive female faithlessness, while laying bare our motivations to contain women who step out. Blending accessible social science and interviews with sex researchers, anthropologists, and real women from all walks of life, Untrue challenges our deepest assumptions about ourselves, monogamy, and the women we think we know. From recent data suggesting women may struggle more than men with sexual exclusivity to the revolutionary idea that females of many species evolved to be 'promiscuous' to Martin's trenchant assertion that female sexual autonomy is the ultimate metric of gender equality, Untrue will change the way you think about women and sex forever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349013 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rage Becomes Her: The Power of Women's Anger Author: Soraya Chemaly Narrator: Soraya Chemaly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ***A BEST BOOK OF 2018 SELECTION*** NPR * The Washington Post * Book Riot * Autostraddle * Psychology Today ***A BEST FEMINIST BOOK SELECTION*** Refinery 29, Book Riot, Autostraddle, BITCH Rage Becomes Her is an “utterly eye opening” (Bustle) book that gives voice to the causes, expressions, and possibilities of female rage. As women, we’ve been urged for so long to bottle up our anger, letting it corrode our bodies and minds in ways we don’t even realize. Yet there are so, so many legitimate reasons for us to feel angry, ranging from blatant, horrifying acts of misogyny to the subtle drip, drip drip of daily sexism that reinforces the absurdly damaging gender norms of our society. In Rage Becomes Her, Soraya Chemaly argues that our anger is not only justified, it is also an active part of the solution. We are so often encouraged to resist our rage or punished for justifiably expressing it, yet how many remarkable achievements would never have gotten off the ground without the kernel of anger that fueled them? Approached with conscious intention, anger is a vital instrument, a radar for injustice and a catalyst for change. On the flip side, the societal and cultural belittlement of our anger is a cunning way of limiting and controlling our power—one we can no longer abide. “A work of great spirit and verve” (Time), Rage Becomes Her is a validating, energizing read that will change the way you interact with the world around you. Soraya Chemaly Tue, 11 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349013 thebookvoice.com 11:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rage Becomes Her: The Power of Women's Anger Author: Soraya Chemaly Narrator: Soraya Chemaly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ***A BEST BOOK OF 2018 SELECTION*** NPR * The Washington Post * Book Riot * Autostraddle * Psychology Today ***A BEST FEMINIST BOOK SELECTION*** Refinery 29, Book Riot, Autostraddle, BITCH Rage Becomes Her is an “utterly eye opening” (Bustle) book that gives voice to the causes, expressions, and possibilities of female rage. As women, we’ve been urged for so long to bottle up our anger, letting it corrode our bodies and minds in ways we don’t even realize. Yet there are so, so many legitimate reasons for us to feel angry, ranging from blatant, horrifying acts of misogyny to the subtle drip, drip drip of daily sexism that reinforces the absurdly damaging gender norms of our society. In Rage Becomes Her, Soraya Chemaly argues that our anger is not only justified, it is also an active part of the solution. We are so often encouraged to resist our rage or punished for justifiably expressing it, yet how many remarkable achievements would never have gotten off the ground without the kernel of anger that fueled them? Approached with conscious intention, anger is a vital instrument, a radar for injustice and a catalyst for change. On the flip side, the societal and cultural belittlement of our anger is a cunning way of limiting and controlling our power—one we can no longer abide. “A work of great spirit and verve” (Time), Rage Becomes Her is a validating, energizing read that will change the way you interact with the world around you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rage Becomes Her: The Power of Women's Anger Author: Soraya Chemaly Narrator: Soraya Chemaly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ***A BEST BOOK OF 2018 SELECTION*** NPR * The Washington Post * Book Riot * Autostraddle * Psychology Today ***A BEST FEMINIST BOOK SELECTION*** Refinery 29, Book Riot, Autostraddle, BITCH Rage Becomes Her is an “utterly eye opening” (Bustle) book that gives voice to the causes, expressions, and possibilities of female rage. As women, we’ve been urged for so long to bottle up our anger, letting it corrode our bodies and minds in ways we don’t even realize. Yet there are so, so many legitimate reasons for us to feel angry, ranging from blatant, horrifying acts of misogyny to the subtle drip, drip drip of daily sexism that reinforces the absurdly damaging gender norms of our society. In Rage Becomes Her, Soraya Chemaly argues that our anger is not only justified, it is also an active part of the solution. We are so often encouraged to resist our rage or punished for justifiably expressing it, yet how many remarkable achievements would never have gotten off the ground without the kernel of anger that fueled them? Approached with conscious intention, anger is a vital instrument, a radar for injustice and a catalyst for change. On the flip side, the societal and cultural belittlement of our anger is a cunning way of limiting and controlling our power—one we can no longer abide. “A work of great spirit and verve” (Time), Rage Becomes Her is a validating, energizing read that will change the way you interact with the world around you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349011 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rule Makers, Rule Breakers: How Tight and Loose Cultures Wire Our World Author: Michele Gelfand Narrator: Katherine Fenton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A celebrated social psychologist offers a radical new perspective on cultural differences that reveals why some countries, cultures, and individuals take rules more seriously and how following the rules influences the way we think and act. In Rule Makers, Rule Breakers, Michele Gelfand, “an engaging writer with intellectual range” (The New York Times Book Review), takes us on an epic journey through human cultures, offering a startling new view of the world and ourselves. With a mix of brilliantly conceived studies and surprising on-the-ground discoveries, she shows that much of the diversity in the way we think and act derives from a key difference—how tightly or loosely we adhere to social norms. Just as DNA affects everything from eye color to height, our tight-loose social coding influences much of what we do. Why are clocks in Germany so accurate while those in Brazil are frequently wrong? Why do New Zealand’s women have the highest number of sexual partners? Why are red and blue states really so divided? Why was the Daimler-Chrysler merger ill-fated from the start? Why is the driver of a Jaguar more likely to run a red light than the driver of a plumber’s van? Why does one spouse prize running a tight ship while the other refuses to sweat the small stuff? In search of a common answer, Gelfand spent two decades conducting research in more than fifty countries. Across all age groups, family variations, social classes, businesses, states, and nationalities, she has identified a primal pattern that can trigger cooperation or conflict. Her fascinating conclusion: behavior is highly influenced by the perception of threat. “A useful and engaging take on human behavior” (Kirkus Reviews) with an approach that is consistently riveting, Rule Makers, Ruler Breakers thrusts many of the puzzling attitudes and actions we observe into sudden and surprising clarity. Michele Gelfand Tue, 11 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349011 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rule Makers, Rule Breakers: How Tight and Loose Cultures Wire Our World Author: Michele Gelfand Narrator: Katherine Fenton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A celebrated social psychologist offers a radical new perspective on cultural differences that reveals why some countries, cultures, and individuals take rules more seriously and how following the rules influences the way we think and act. In Rule Makers, Rule Breakers, Michele Gelfand, “an engaging writer with intellectual range” (The New York Times Book Review), takes us on an epic journey through human cultures, offering a startling new view of the world and ourselves. With a mix of brilliantly conceived studies and surprising on-the-ground discoveries, she shows that much of the diversity in the way we think and act derives from a key difference—how tightly or loosely we adhere to social norms. Just as DNA affects everything from eye color to height, our tight-loose social coding influences much of what we do. Why are clocks in Germany so accurate while those in Brazil are frequently wrong? Why do New Zealand’s women have the highest number of sexual partners? Why are red and blue states really so divided? Why was the Daimler-Chrysler merger ill-fated from the start? Why is the driver of a Jaguar more likely to run a red light than the driver of a plumber’s van? Why does one spouse prize running a tight ship while the other refuses to sweat the small stuff? In search of a common answer, Gelfand spent two decades conducting research in more than fifty countries. Across all age groups, family variations, social classes, businesses, states, and nationalities, she has identified a primal pattern that can trigger cooperation or conflict. Her fascinating conclusion: behavior is highly influenced by the perception of threat. “A useful and engaging take on human behavior” (Kirkus Reviews) with an approach that is consistently riveting, Rule Makers, Ruler Breakers thrusts many of the puzzling attitudes and actions we observe into sudden and surprising clarity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rule Makers, Rule Breakers: How Tight and Loose Cultures Wire Our World Author: Michele Gelfand Narrator: Katherine Fenton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A celebrated social psychologist offers a radical new perspective on cultural differences that reveals why some countries, cultures, and individuals take rules more seriously and how following the rules influences the way we think and act. In Rule Makers, Rule Breakers, Michele Gelfand, “an engaging writer with intellectual range” (The New York Times Book Review), takes us on an epic journey through human cultures, offering a startling new view of the world and ourselves. With a mix of brilliantly conceived studies and surprising on-the-ground discoveries, she shows that much of the diversity in the way we think and act derives from a key difference—how tightly or loosely we adhere to social norms. Just as DNA affects everything from eye color to height, our tight-loose social coding influences much of what we do. Why are clocks in Germany so accurate while those in Brazil are frequently wrong? Why do New Zealand’s women have the highest number of sexual partners? Why are red and blue states really so divided? Why was the Daimler-Chrysler merger ill-fated from the start? Why is the driver of a Jaguar more likely to run a red light than the driver of a plumber’s van? Why does one spouse prize running a tight ship while the other refuses to sweat the small stuff? In search of a common answer, Gelfand spent two decades conducting research in more than fifty countries. Across all age groups, family variations, social classes, businesses, states, and nationalities, she has identified a primal pattern that can trigger cooperation or conflict. Her fascinating conclusion: behavior is highly influenced by the perception of threat. “A useful and engaging take on human behavior” (Kirkus Reviews) with an approach that is consistently riveting, Rule Makers, Ruler Breakers thrusts many of the puzzling attitudes and actions we observe into sudden and surprising clarity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349009 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349009]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Option: Hope for a Racially Divided Nation Author: Miles McPherson Narrator: Miles McPherson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Miles McPherson, founder of The Rock Church in San Diego, presents “a discussion about race that we desperately need...a must read” (Bishop T.D. Jakes, Senior Pastor, The Potter’s House) and argues that we must learn to see people not by the color of their skin, but as God sees them—humans created in the image of God. Pastor Miles McPherson, senior pastor of The Rock Church in San Diego, addresses racial division, a topic many have shied away from, for fear of asking the wrong question or saying the wrong thing. Some are oblivious to the impact racism has, while others pretend it doesn’t exist. Even the church has been affected by racial division, with Sunday now being the most segregated day of each week. Christians, who are called to love and honor their neighbors, have fallen into culture’s trap by siding with one group against another: us vs. them. Cops vs. protestors. Blacks vs. whites. Racists vs. the “woke.” The lure of choosing one option over another threatens God’s plan for unity among His people. Instead of going along with the culture, Pastor Miles directs us to choose the Third Option: honoring the priceless value of God’s image in every person we meet. He exposes common misconceptions that keep people from engaging with those of different racial and ethnic backgrounds, and identifies the privileges and pitfalls that we all face. The Third Option challenges us to fully embrace God’s creativity and beauty, as expressed in the diversity of His people. By following the steps and praying the prayers outlined in his book, Pastor Miles teaches us how we can all become leaders in unifying our communities, our churches, and the nation. Miles McPherson Tue, 11 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349009 thebookvoice.com 8:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349009]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Option: Hope for a Racially Divided Nation Author: Miles McPherson Narrator: Miles McPherson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Miles McPherson, founder of The Rock Church in San Diego, presents “a discussion about race that we desperately need...a must read” (Bishop T.D. Jakes, Senior Pastor, The Potter’s House) and argues that we must learn to see people not by the color of their skin, but as God sees them—humans created in the image of God. Pastor Miles McPherson, senior pastor of The Rock Church in San Diego, addresses racial division, a topic many have shied away from, for fear of asking the wrong question or saying the wrong thing. Some are oblivious to the impact racism has, while others pretend it doesn’t exist. Even the church has been affected by racial division, with Sunday now being the most segregated day of each week. Christians, who are called to love and honor their neighbors, have fallen into culture’s trap by siding with one group against another: us vs. them. Cops vs. protestors. Blacks vs. whites. Racists vs. the “woke.” The lure of choosing one option over another threatens God’s plan for unity among His people. Instead of going along with the culture, Pastor Miles directs us to choose the Third Option: honoring the priceless value of God’s image in every person we meet. He exposes common misconceptions that keep people from engaging with those of different racial and ethnic backgrounds, and identifies the privileges and pitfalls that we all face. The Third Option challenges us to fully embrace God’s creativity and beauty, as expressed in the diversity of His people. By following the steps and praying the prayers outlined in his book, Pastor Miles teaches us how we can all become leaders in unifying our communities, our churches, and the nation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349009]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Option: Hope for a Racially Divided Nation Author: Miles McPherson Narrator: Miles McPherson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Miles McPherson, founder of The Rock Church in San Diego, presents “a discussion about race that we desperately need...a must read” (Bishop T.D. Jakes, Senior Pastor, The Potter’s House) and argues that we must learn to see people not by the color of their skin, but as God sees them—humans created in the image of God. Pastor Miles McPherson, senior pastor of The Rock Church in San Diego, addresses racial division, a topic many have shied away from, for fear of asking the wrong question or saying the wrong thing. Some are oblivious to the impact racism has, while others pretend it doesn’t exist. Even the church has been affected by racial division, with Sunday now being the most segregated day of each week. Christians, who are called to love and honor their neighbors, have fallen into culture’s trap by siding with one group against another: us vs. them. Cops vs. protestors. Blacks vs. whites. Racists vs. the “woke.” The lure of choosing one option over another threatens God’s plan for unity among His people. Instead of going along with the culture, Pastor Miles directs us to choose the Third Option: honoring the priceless value of God’s image in every person we meet. He exposes common misconceptions that keep people from engaging with those of different racial and ethnic backgrounds, and identifies the privileges and pitfalls that we all face. The Third Option challenges us to fully embrace God’s creativity and beauty, as expressed in the diversity of His people. By following the steps and praying the prayers outlined in his book, Pastor Miles teaches us how we can all become leaders in unifying our communities, our churches, and the nation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349010 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349010]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Standing Our Ground: The Triumph of Faith Over Gun Violence: A Mother's Story Author: Lucy Mcbath Narrator: Lucy Mcbath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the national spokesperson for Everytown for Gun Safety and leading gun violence prevention advocate comes the riveting memoir of a mother’s loss and call to action, as well as a faith-based exploration of how the nation’s gun laws put a deadly target on American lives. Lucia Kay McBath knew deep down that a bullet could one day take her son. After all, she had watched the news of countless unarmed black men unjustly gunned down. Standing Our Ground: Putting Faith in God Over Faith in Guns is McBath’s memoir of raising, loving, and losing her son to gun violence, and the story of how she transformed her pain into activism. After seventeen-year-old Jordan Davis was shot by a man who thought the music playing on his car stereo was too loud, the nation grieved yet again for the unnecessary loss of life. Here, McBath goes beyond the timeline and the assailant’s defense—Stand Your Ground—to present an emotional account of her fervent fight for justice, and her awakening to a cause that will drive the rest of her days. But more than McBath’s story or that of her son, Standing Our Ground keenly observes the social and political evolution of America’s gun culture. A must-read for anyone concerned with gun safety in America, it harkens back to such bestsellers as The Short and Tragic Life of Robert Peace and Nobody. Lucy Mcbath Tue, 11 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349010 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349010]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Standing Our Ground: The Triumph of Faith Over Gun Violence: A Mother's Story Author: Lucy Mcbath Narrator: Lucy Mcbath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the national spokesperson for Everytown for Gun Safety and leading gun violence prevention advocate comes the riveting memoir of a mother’s loss and call to action, as well as a faith-based exploration of how the nation’s gun laws put a deadly target on American lives. Lucia Kay McBath knew deep down that a bullet could one day take her son. After all, she had watched the news of countless unarmed black men unjustly gunned down. Standing Our Ground: Putting Faith in God Over Faith in Guns is McBath’s memoir of raising, loving, and losing her son to gun violence, and the story of how she transformed her pain into activism. After seventeen-year-old Jordan Davis was shot by a man who thought the music playing on his car stereo was too loud, the nation grieved yet again for the unnecessary loss of life. Here, McBath goes beyond the timeline and the assailant’s defense—Stand Your Ground—to present an emotional account of her fervent fight for justice, and her awakening to a cause that will drive the rest of her days. But more than McBath’s story or that of her son, Standing Our Ground keenly observes the social and political evolution of America’s gun culture. A must-read for anyone concerned with gun safety in America, it harkens back to such bestsellers as The Short and Tragic Life of Robert Peace and Nobody. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349010]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Standing Our Ground: The Triumph of Faith Over Gun Violence: A Mother's Story Author: Lucy Mcbath Narrator: Lucy Mcbath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the national spokesperson for Everytown for Gun Safety and leading gun violence prevention advocate comes the riveting memoir of a mother’s loss and call to action, as well as a faith-based exploration of how the nation’s gun laws put a deadly target on American lives. Lucia Kay McBath knew deep down that a bullet could one day take her son. After all, she had watched the news of countless unarmed black men unjustly gunned down. Standing Our Ground: Putting Faith in God Over Faith in Guns is McBath’s memoir of raising, loving, and losing her son to gun violence, and the story of how she transformed her pain into activism. After seventeen-year-old Jordan Davis was shot by a man who thought the music playing on his car stereo was too loud, the nation grieved yet again for the unnecessary loss of life. Here, McBath goes beyond the timeline and the assailant’s defense—Stand Your Ground—to present an emotional account of her fervent fight for justice, and her awakening to a cause that will drive the rest of her days. But more than McBath’s story or that of her son, Standing Our Ground keenly observes the social and political evolution of America’s gun culture. A must-read for anyone concerned with gun safety in America, it harkens back to such bestsellers as The Short and Tragic Life of Robert Peace and Nobody. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349002 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revolution Generation: How Millennials Can Save America and the World (Before It's Too Late) Author: Josh Tickell Narrator: Josh Tickell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the activist and Sundance Award-winning filmmaker of Fuel and Kiss the Ground comes an ambitious book showcasing the captivating stories of Millennial change-makers in order to empower and motivate today’s young adults to rise up to their potential for greatness. With eye-opening research and inspiring interviews, The Revolution Generation is the first in-depth exploration of the world-changing activism and potential of people born between 1980 and 2000. Labeled Generation Y or Millennials, theirs is the first digitally fluent generation. From sex and dating, to parental relationships, to jobs and the economy, Millennials live within a dynamic interplay of technological advances and real world setbacks. Their connectivity and global awareness have created astonishing new opportunities, but have also come at a time of peril. According to the United Nations, today’s youth face the ten largest global crises in human history (including the sixth major species extinction, a rapidly changing climate, and a worldwide refugee crisis). In no uncertain terms, the future of humanity rests on their shoulders. While these challenges may be daunting, Millennials are part of the largest, most educated, most digitally plugged-in generation to date and The Revolution Generation elucidates their often-overlooked strengths and shows how they can build a brighter, more sustainable and democratic future for themselves—and all of humanity. The Revolution Generation is also a full-length documentary featuring Bernie Sanders, Shailene Woodley, Rosario Dawson, and more. Josh Tickell Tue, 18 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349002 thebookvoice.com 7:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revolution Generation: How Millennials Can Save America and the World (Before It's Too Late) Author: Josh Tickell Narrator: Josh Tickell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the activist and Sundance Award-winning filmmaker of Fuel and Kiss the Ground comes an ambitious book showcasing the captivating stories of Millennial change-makers in order to empower and motivate today’s young adults to rise up to their potential for greatness. With eye-opening research and inspiring interviews, The Revolution Generation is the first in-depth exploration of the world-changing activism and potential of people born between 1980 and 2000. Labeled Generation Y or Millennials, theirs is the first digitally fluent generation. From sex and dating, to parental relationships, to jobs and the economy, Millennials live within a dynamic interplay of technological advances and real world setbacks. Their connectivity and global awareness have created astonishing new opportunities, but have also come at a time of peril. According to the United Nations, today’s youth face the ten largest global crises in human history (including the sixth major species extinction, a rapidly changing climate, and a worldwide refugee crisis). In no uncertain terms, the future of humanity rests on their shoulders. While these challenges may be daunting, Millennials are part of the largest, most educated, most digitally plugged-in generation to date and The Revolution Generation elucidates their often-overlooked strengths and shows how they can build a brighter, more sustainable and democratic future for themselves—and all of humanity. The Revolution Generation is also a full-length documentary featuring Bernie Sanders, Shailene Woodley, Rosario Dawson, and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revolution Generation: How Millennials Can Save America and the World (Before It's Too Late) Author: Josh Tickell Narrator: Josh Tickell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the activist and Sundance Award-winning filmmaker of Fuel and Kiss the Ground comes an ambitious book showcasing the captivating stories of Millennial change-makers in order to empower and motivate today’s young adults to rise up to their potential for greatness. With eye-opening research and inspiring interviews, The Revolution Generation is the first in-depth exploration of the world-changing activism and potential of people born between 1980 and 2000. Labeled Generation Y or Millennials, theirs is the first digitally fluent generation. From sex and dating, to parental relationships, to jobs and the economy, Millennials live within a dynamic interplay of technological advances and real world setbacks. Their connectivity and global awareness have created astonishing new opportunities, but have also come at a time of peril. According to the United Nations, today’s youth face the ten largest global crises in human history (including the sixth major species extinction, a rapidly changing climate, and a worldwide refugee crisis). In no uncertain terms, the future of humanity rests on their shoulders. While these challenges may be daunting, Millennials are part of the largest, most educated, most digitally plugged-in generation to date and The Revolution Generation elucidates their often-overlooked strengths and shows how they can build a brighter, more sustainable and democratic future for themselves—and all of humanity. The Revolution Generation is also a full-length documentary featuring Bernie Sanders, Shailene Woodley, Rosario Dawson, and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348995 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rap Dad: A Story of Family and the Subculture That Shaped a Generation Author: Juan Vidal Narrator: Juan Vidal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This timely reflection on male identity in America that explores the intersection of fatherhood, race, and hip-hop culture “is a page-turner…drenched in history and encompasses the energy, fire, and passion that is hip-hop” (D. Watkins, New York Times bestselling author). Just as his music career was taking off, Juan Vidal received life-changing news: he’d soon be a father. Throughout his life, neglectful men were the norm—his own dad struggled with drug addiction and infidelity—a cycle that, inevitably, wrought Vidal with insecurity. At age twenty-six, with barely a grip on life, what lessons could he possibly offer a kid? Determined to alter the course for his child, Vidal did what he’d always done when confronted with life’s challenges—he turned to the counterculture. In Rap Dad, the musician-turned-journalist takes a thoughtful and inventive approach to exploring identity and examining how today’s society views fatherhood. To root out the source of his fears around parenting, Vidal revisits the flash points of his juvenescence, a feat that transports him, a first-generation American born to Colombian parents, back to the drug-fueled streets of 1980s–90s Miami. It’s during those pivotal years that he’s drawn to skateboarding, graffiti, and the music of rebellion: hip-hop. As he looks to the past for answers, he infuses his personal story with rap lyrics and interviews with some of pop culture’s most compelling voices—plenty of whom have proven to be some of society’s best, albeit nontraditional, dads. Along the way, Vidal confronts the unfair stereotypes that taint urban men—especially Black and Latino men. “A heartfelt examination of the damage that wayward fathers can leave in their wake” (The Washington Post), Rap Dad is “rich with symbolism…a poetic chronicle of beats, rhymes, and life” (NPR). Juan Vidal Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348995 thebookvoice.com 5:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rap Dad: A Story of Family and the Subculture That Shaped a Generation Author: Juan Vidal Narrator: Juan Vidal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This timely reflection on male identity in America that explores the intersection of fatherhood, race, and hip-hop culture “is a page-turner…drenched in history and encompasses the energy, fire, and passion that is hip-hop” (D. Watkins, New York Times bestselling author). Just as his music career was taking off, Juan Vidal received life-changing news: he’d soon be a father. Throughout his life, neglectful men were the norm—his own dad struggled with drug addiction and infidelity—a cycle that, inevitably, wrought Vidal with insecurity. At age twenty-six, with barely a grip on life, what lessons could he possibly offer a kid? Determined to alter the course for his child, Vidal did what he’d always done when confronted with life’s challenges—he turned to the counterculture. In Rap Dad, the musician-turned-journalist takes a thoughtful and inventive approach to exploring identity and examining how today’s society views fatherhood. To root out the source of his fears around parenting, Vidal revisits the flash points of his juvenescence, a feat that transports him, a first-generation American born to Colombian parents, back to the drug-fueled streets of 1980s–90s Miami. It’s during those pivotal years that he’s drawn to skateboarding, graffiti, and the music of rebellion: hip-hop. As he looks to the past for answers, he infuses his personal story with rap lyrics and interviews with some of pop culture’s most compelling voices—plenty of whom have proven to be some of society’s best, albeit nontraditional, dads. Along the way, Vidal confronts the unfair stereotypes that taint urban men—especially Black and Latino men. “A heartfelt examination of the damage that wayward fathers can leave in their wake” (The Washington Post), Rap Dad is “rich with symbolism…a poetic chronicle of beats, rhymes, and life” (NPR). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rap Dad: A Story of Family and the Subculture That Shaped a Generation Author: Juan Vidal Narrator: Juan Vidal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This timely reflection on male identity in America that explores the intersection of fatherhood, race, and hip-hop culture “is a page-turner…drenched in history and encompasses the energy, fire, and passion that is hip-hop” (D. Watkins, New York Times bestselling author). Just as his music career was taking off, Juan Vidal received life-changing news: he’d soon be a father. Throughout his life, neglectful men were the norm—his own dad struggled with drug addiction and infidelity—a cycle that, inevitably, wrought Vidal with insecurity. At age twenty-six, with barely a grip on life, what lessons could he possibly offer a kid? Determined to alter the course for his child, Vidal did what he’d always done when confronted with life’s challenges—he turned to the counterculture. In Rap Dad, the musician-turned-journalist takes a thoughtful and inventive approach to exploring identity and examining how today’s society views fatherhood. To root out the source of his fears around parenting, Vidal revisits the flash points of his juvenescence, a feat that transports him, a first-generation American born to Colombian parents, back to the drug-fueled streets of 1980s–90s Miami. It’s during those pivotal years that he’s drawn to skateboarding, graffiti, and the music of rebellion: hip-hop. As he looks to the past for answers, he infuses his personal story with rap lyrics and interviews with some of pop culture’s most compelling voices—plenty of whom have proven to be some of society’s best, albeit nontraditional, dads. Along the way, Vidal confronts the unfair stereotypes that taint urban men—especially Black and Latino men. “A heartfelt examination of the damage that wayward fathers can leave in their wake” (The Washington Post), Rap Dad is “rich with symbolism…a poetic chronicle of beats, rhymes, and life” (NPR). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348940 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of Lizzie Borden Author: Cara Robertson Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE NEW ENGLAND SOCIETY BOOK AWARD In Cara Robertson’s “enthralling new book,” The Trial of Lizzie Borden, “the reader is to serve as judge and jury” (The New York Times). Based on twenty years of research and recently unearthed evidence, this true crime and legal history is the “definitive account to date of one of America’s most notorious and enduring murder mysteries” (Publishers Weekly, starred review). When Andrew and Abby Borden were brutally hacked to death in Fall River, Massachusetts, in August 1892, the arrest of the couple’s younger daughter Lizzie turned the case into international news and her murder trial into a spectacle unparalleled in American history. Reporters flocked to the scene. Well-known columnists took up conspicuous seats in the courtroom. The defendant was relentlessly scrutinized for signs of guilt or innocence. Everyone—rich and poor, suffragists and social conservatives, legal scholars, and laypeople—had an opinion about Lizzie Borden’s guilt or innocence. Was she a cold-blooded murderess or an unjustly persecuted lady? Did she or didn’t she? An essential piece of American mythology, the popular fascination with the Borden murders has endured for more than one hundred years. Told and retold in every conceivable genre, the murders have secured a place in the American pantheon of mythic horror. In contrast, “Cara Robertson presents the story with the thoroughness one expects from an attorney…Fans of crime novels will love it” (Kirkus Reviews). Based on transcripts of the Borden legal proceedings, contemporary newspaper accounts, unpublished local accounts, and recently unearthed letters from Lizzie herself, The Trial of Lizzie Borden is “a fast-paced, page-turning read” (Booklist, starred review) that offers a window into America in the Gilded Age. This “remarkable” (Bustle) book “should be at the top of your reading list” (PopSugar). Cara Robertson Tue, 12 Mar 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348940 thebookvoice.com 11:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of Lizzie Borden Author: Cara Robertson Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE NEW ENGLAND SOCIETY BOOK AWARD In Cara Robertson’s “enthralling new book,” The Trial of Lizzie Borden, “the reader is to serve as judge and jury” (The New York Times). Based on twenty years of research and recently unearthed evidence, this true crime and legal history is the “definitive account to date of one of America’s most notorious and enduring murder mysteries” (Publishers Weekly, starred review). When Andrew and Abby Borden were brutally hacked to death in Fall River, Massachusetts, in August 1892, the arrest of the couple’s younger daughter Lizzie turned the case into international news and her murder trial into a spectacle unparalleled in American history. Reporters flocked to the scene. Well-known columnists took up conspicuous seats in the courtroom. The defendant was relentlessly scrutinized for signs of guilt or innocence. Everyone—rich and poor, suffragists and social conservatives, legal scholars, and laypeople—had an opinion about Lizzie Borden’s guilt or innocence. Was she a cold-blooded murderess or an unjustly persecuted lady? Did she or didn’t she? An essential piece of American mythology, the popular fascination with the Borden murders has endured for more than one hundred years. Told and retold in every conceivable genre, the murders have secured a place in the American pantheon of mythic horror. In contrast, “Cara Robertson presents the story with the thoroughness one expects from an attorney…Fans of crime novels will love it” (Kirkus Reviews). Based on transcripts of the Borden legal proceedings, contemporary newspaper accounts, unpublished local accounts, and recently unearthed letters from Lizzie herself, The Trial of Lizzie Borden is “a fast-paced, page-turning read” (Booklist, starred review) that offers a window into America in the Gilded Age. This “remarkable” (Bustle) book “should be at the top of your reading list” (PopSugar). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of Lizzie Borden Author: Cara Robertson Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE NEW ENGLAND SOCIETY BOOK AWARD In Cara Robertson’s “enthralling new book,” The Trial of Lizzie Borden, “the reader is to serve as judge and jury” (The New York Times). Based on twenty years of research and recently unearthed evidence, this true crime and legal history is the “definitive account to date of one of America’s most notorious and enduring murder mysteries” (Publishers Weekly, starred review). When Andrew and Abby Borden were brutally hacked to death in Fall River, Massachusetts, in August 1892, the arrest of the couple’s younger daughter Lizzie turned the case into international news and her murder trial into a spectacle unparalleled in American history. Reporters flocked to the scene. Well-known columnists took up conspicuous seats in the courtroom. The defendant was relentlessly scrutinized for signs of guilt or innocence. Everyone—rich and poor, suffragists and social conservatives, legal scholars, and laypeople—had an opinion about Lizzie Borden’s guilt or innocence. Was she a cold-blooded murderess or an unjustly persecuted lady? Did she or didn’t she? An essential piece of American mythology, the popular fascination with the Borden murders has endured for more than one hundred years. Told and retold in every conceivable genre, the murders have secured a place in the American pantheon of mythic horror. In contrast, “Cara Robertson presents the story with the thoroughness one expects from an attorney…Fans of crime novels will love it” (Kirkus Reviews). Based on transcripts of the Borden legal proceedings, contemporary newspaper accounts, unpublished local accounts, and recently unearthed letters from Lizzie herself, The Trial of Lizzie Borden is “a fast-paced, page-turning read” (Booklist, starred review) that offers a window into America in the Gilded Age. This “remarkable” (Bustle) book “should be at the top of your reading list” (PopSugar). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348813 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Pillar: The Revival of Community in a Polarised World Author: Raghuram Rajan Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: SHORTLISTED FOR THE FINANCIAL TIMES AND MCKINSEY BUSINESS BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD 2019 From one of the most important economic thinkers of our time, a brilliant and far-seeing analysis of the current populist backlash against globalization and how revitalising community can save liberal market democracy.  Raghuram Rajan, author of the 2010 FT & Goldman-Sachs Book of the Year Fault Lines, has an unparalleled vantage point onto the social and economic consequences of globalization and their ultimate effect on politics and society. In The Third Pillar he offers up a magnificent big-picture framework for understanding how three key forces – the economy, society, and the state – interact, why things begin to break down, and how we can find our way back to a more secure and stable plane. The ‘third pillar’ of the title is society. Economists all too often understand their field as the relationship between the market and government, and leave social issues for other people. That's not just myopic, Rajan argues; it's dangerous. All economics is actually socioeconomics – all markets are embedded in a web of human relations, values and norms. As he shows, throughout history, technological innovations have ripped the market out of old webs and led to violent backlashes, and to what we now call populism. Eventually, a new equilibrium is reached, but it can be ugly and messy, especially if done wrong. Right now, we're doing it wrong. As markets scale up, government scales up with it, concentrating economic and political power in flourishing central hubs and leaving the periphery to decompose, figuratively and even literally. Instead, Rajan offers a way to rethink the relationship between the market and civil society and argues for a return to strengthening and empowering local communities as an antidote to growing despair and unrest. The Third Pillar is a masterpiece of explication, a book that will be a classic of its kind for its offering of a wise, authoritative and humane explanation of the forces that have wrought such a sea change in our lives. His ultimate argument that decision-making has to be watered at the grass roots or our democracy will continue to wither is sure to be both provocative and agenda-setting across the world. Raghuram Rajan Tue, 26 Feb 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348813 thebookvoice.com 19:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Pillar: The Revival of Community in a Polarised World Author: Raghuram Rajan Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: SHORTLISTED FOR THE FINANCIAL TIMES AND MCKINSEY BUSINESS BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD 2019 From one of the most important economic thinkers of our time, a brilliant and far-seeing analysis of the current populist backlash against globalization and how revitalising community can save liberal market democracy.  Raghuram Rajan, author of the 2010 FT & Goldman-Sachs Book of the Year Fault Lines, has an unparalleled vantage point onto the social and economic consequences of globalization and their ultimate effect on politics and society. In The Third Pillar he offers up a magnificent big-picture framework for understanding how three key forces – the economy, society, and the state – interact, why things begin to break down, and how we can find our way back to a more secure and stable plane. The ‘third pillar’ of the title is society. Economists all too often understand their field as the relationship between the market and government, and leave social issues for other people. That's not just myopic, Rajan argues; it's dangerous. All economics is actually socioeconomics – all markets are embedded in a web of human relations, values and norms. As he shows, throughout history, technological innovations have ripped the market out of old webs and led to violent backlashes, and to what we now call populism. Eventually, a new equilibrium is reached, but it can be ugly and messy, especially if done wrong. Right now, we're doing it wrong. As markets scale up, government scales up with it, concentrating economic and political power in flourishing central hubs and leaving the periphery to decompose, figuratively and even literally. Instead, Rajan offers a way to rethink the relationship between the market and civil society and argues for a return to strengthening and empowering local communities as an antidote to growing despair and unrest. The Third Pillar is a masterpiece of explication, a book that will be a classic of its kind for its offering of a wise, authoritative and humane explanation of the forces that have wrought such a sea change in our lives. His ultimate argument that decision-making has to be watered at the grass roots or our democracy will continue to wither is sure to be both provocative and agenda-setting across the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Pillar: The Revival of Community in a Polarised World Author: Raghuram Rajan Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: SHORTLISTED FOR THE FINANCIAL TIMES AND MCKINSEY BUSINESS BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD 2019 From one of the most important economic thinkers of our time, a brilliant and far-seeing analysis of the current populist backlash against globalization and how revitalising community can save liberal market democracy.  Raghuram Rajan, author of the 2010 FT & Goldman-Sachs Book of the Year Fault Lines, has an unparalleled vantage point onto the social and economic consequences of globalization and their ultimate effect on politics and society. In The Third Pillar he offers up a magnificent big-picture framework for understanding how three key forces – the economy, society, and the state – interact, why things begin to break down, and how we can find our way back to a more secure and stable plane. The ‘third pillar’ of the title is society. Economists all too often understand their field as the relationship between the market and government, and leave social issues for other people. That's not just myopic, Rajan argues; it's dangerous. All economics is actually socioeconomics – all markets are embedded in a web of human relations, values and norms. As he shows, throughout history, technological innovations have ripped the market out of old webs and led to violent backlashes, and to what we now call populism. Eventually, a new equilibrium is reached, but it can be ugly and messy, especially if done wrong. Right now, we're doing it wrong. As markets scale up, government scales up with it, concentrating economic and political power in flourishing central hubs and leaving the periphery to decompose, figuratively and even literally. Instead, Rajan offers a way to rethink the relationship between the market and civil society and argues for a return to strengthening and empowering local communities as an antidote to growing despair and unrest. The Third Pillar is a masterpiece of explication, a book that will be a classic of its kind for its offering of a wise, authoritative and humane explanation of the forces that have wrought such a sea change in our lives. His ultimate argument that decision-making has to be watered at the grass roots or our democracy will continue to wither is sure to be both provocative and agenda-setting across the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348801 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invisible Gorilla: And Other Ways Our Intuition Deceives Us Author: Christopher Chabris, Daniel Simons Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If a gorilla walked out into the middle of a basketball pitch, you’d notice it. Wouldn’t you? If a serious violent crime took place just next to you, you’d remember it, right? The Invisible Gorilla is a fascinating look at the unbelievable, yet routine tricks that your brain plays on you. In an award-winning and groundbreaking study, psychologists Christopher Chabris and Daniel Simons asked volunteers to watch a 60-second film of a group of students playing basketball and told them to count the number of passes made. About halfway through, a woman dressed head to toe in a gorilla outfit slowly moved to centre screen, beat her chest at the camera, and casually strolled away. Unbelievably, almost half of the volunteers missed the gorilla. As this astonishing and utterly unique new book demonstrates, exactly the same kind of mental illusion that causes people to miss the gorilla can also explain why many other things, including why: - honest eyewitness testimony can convict innocent defendants - expert money managers suddenly lose billions - Homer Simpson has much to teach you about clear thinking Insightful, witty, and fascinating, The Invisible Gorilla closely examines the false impressions that most profoundly influence our lives and gives practical advice on how we can minimize their negative impact. Christopher Chabris, Daniel Simons Thu, 04 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348801 thebookvoice.com 9:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invisible Gorilla: And Other Ways Our Intuition Deceives Us Author: Christopher Chabris, Daniel Simons Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If a gorilla walked out into the middle of a basketball pitch, you’d notice it. Wouldn’t you? If a serious violent crime took place just next to you, you’d remember it, right? The Invisible Gorilla is a fascinating look at the unbelievable, yet routine tricks that your brain plays on you. In an award-winning and groundbreaking study, psychologists Christopher Chabris and Daniel Simons asked volunteers to watch a 60-second film of a group of students playing basketball and told them to count the number of passes made. About halfway through, a woman dressed head to toe in a gorilla outfit slowly moved to centre screen, beat her chest at the camera, and casually strolled away. Unbelievably, almost half of the volunteers missed the gorilla. As this astonishing and utterly unique new book demonstrates, exactly the same kind of mental illusion that causes people to miss the gorilla can also explain why many other things, including why: - honest eyewitness testimony can convict innocent defendants - expert money managers suddenly lose billions - Homer Simpson has much to teach you about clear thinking Insightful, witty, and fascinating, The Invisible Gorilla closely examines the false impressions that most profoundly influence our lives and gives practical advice on how we can minimize their negative impact. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invisible Gorilla: And Other Ways Our Intuition Deceives Us Author: Christopher Chabris, Daniel Simons Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If a gorilla walked out into the middle of a basketball pitch, you’d notice it. Wouldn’t you? If a serious violent crime took place just next to you, you’d remember it, right? The Invisible Gorilla is a fascinating look at the unbelievable, yet routine tricks that your brain plays on you. In an award-winning and groundbreaking study, psychologists Christopher Chabris and Daniel Simons asked volunteers to watch a 60-second film of a group of students playing basketball and told them to count the number of passes made. About halfway through, a woman dressed head to toe in a gorilla outfit slowly moved to centre screen, beat her chest at the camera, and casually strolled away. Unbelievably, almost half of the volunteers missed the gorilla. As this astonishing and utterly unique new book demonstrates, exactly the same kind of mental illusion that causes people to miss the gorilla can also explain why many other things, including why: - honest eyewitness testimony can convict innocent defendants - expert money managers suddenly lose billions - Homer Simpson has much to teach you about clear thinking Insightful, witty, and fascinating, The Invisible Gorilla closely examines the false impressions that most profoundly influence our lives and gives practical advice on how we can minimize their negative impact. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348421 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bound for Canaan Author: Fergus Bordewich Narrator: Fergus Bordewich Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 9, 2005 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An important book of epic scope on America's first racially integrated, religiously inspired movement for change. The true story of the Underground Railroad is much more morally complex and politically divisive than even the myths suggest. Against a backdrop of the country's westward expansion arose a clash of values that evolved into a fierce fight for nothing less than the country's soul. Beginning six decades before the Civil War, freedom-seeking blacks and courageous whites worked together to save tens of thousands of lives, often at the risk of great physical danger to themselves. Not since the American Revolution had the country engaged in an act of such vast and profound civil disobedience that not only challenged prevailing mores but also subverted federal law. Meticulously researched and uncommonly engaging, Bound for Canaan shows why it was the Underground Railroad and not the civil rights movement that gave birth to this country's first racially integrated, religiously inspired movement for social change. Written and read by Fergus M. Bordewic Fergus Bordewich Tue, 09 Aug 2005 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348421 thebookvoice.com 5:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bound for Canaan Author: Fergus Bordewich Narrator: Fergus Bordewich Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 9, 2005 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An important book of epic scope on America's first racially integrated, religiously inspired movement for change. The true story of the Underground Railroad is much more morally complex and politically divisive than even the myths suggest. Against a backdrop of the country's westward expansion arose a clash of values that evolved into a fierce fight for nothing less than the country's soul. Beginning six decades before the Civil War, freedom-seeking blacks and courageous whites worked together to save tens of thousands of lives, often at the risk of great physical danger to themselves. Not since the American Revolution had the country engaged in an act of such vast and profound civil disobedience that not only challenged prevailing mores but also subverted federal law. Meticulously researched and uncommonly engaging, Bound for Canaan shows why it was the Underground Railroad and not the civil rights movement that gave birth to this country's first racially integrated, religiously inspired movement for social change. Written and read by Fergus M. Bordewic Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bound for Canaan Author: Fergus Bordewich Narrator: Fergus Bordewich Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 9, 2005 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An important book of epic scope on America's first racially integrated, religiously inspired movement for change. The true story of the Underground Railroad is much more morally complex and politically divisive than even the myths suggest. Against a backdrop of the country's westward expansion arose a clash of values that evolved into a fierce fight for nothing less than the country's soul. Beginning six decades before the Civil War, freedom-seeking blacks and courageous whites worked together to save tens of thousands of lives, often at the risk of great physical danger to themselves. Not since the American Revolution had the country engaged in an act of such vast and profound civil disobedience that not only challenged prevailing mores but also subverted federal law. Meticulously researched and uncommonly engaging, Bound for Canaan shows why it was the Underground Railroad and not the civil rights movement that gave birth to this country's first racially integrated, religiously inspired movement for social change. Written and read by Fergus M. Bordewic https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348276 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Active Side of Infinity Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Luis Moreno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Ordinarily, events that change our path are impersonal affairs, and yet extremely personal. My teacher, don Juan Matsus, said this is guiding me as his apprentice to collect what I considered to be the memorable events of my life.. Don Juan described the total goal of the shamanistic knowledge that he handled as the preparation for facing the definitive journey: the journey that every human being has to take at the end of his life. He said that what modern man referred to vaguely as life after death was, for those shamans, a concrete region filled to capacity with practical affairs of a different order than the practical affairs of daily life, yet bearing a similar functional practicality. Don Juan considered that to collect the memorable in their lives was, for shamans, the preparation for their entrance into that concrete region, which they called the active side of infinity.' In this book written immediately before his death, anthropologist and shaman Carlos Castaneda gives us his most autobiographical and intimately revealing work ever, the fruit of a lifetime of experience and perhaps the most moving volume in his oeuvre. Carlos Castaneda Fri, 10 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348276 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Active Side of Infinity Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Luis Moreno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Ordinarily, events that change our path are impersonal affairs, and yet extremely personal. My teacher, don Juan Matsus, said this is guiding me as his apprentice to collect what I considered to be the memorable events of my life.. Don Juan described the total goal of the shamanistic knowledge that he handled as the preparation for facing the definitive journey: the journey that every human being has to take at the end of his life. He said that what modern man referred to vaguely as life after death was, for those shamans, a concrete region filled to capacity with practical affairs of a different order than the practical affairs of daily life, yet bearing a similar functional practicality. Don Juan considered that to collect the memorable in their lives was, for shamans, the preparation for their entrance into that concrete region, which they called the active side of infinity.' In this book written immediately before his death, anthropologist and shaman Carlos Castaneda gives us his most autobiographical and intimately revealing work ever, the fruit of a lifetime of experience and perhaps the most moving volume in his oeuvre. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Active Side of Infinity Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Luis Moreno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Ordinarily, events that change our path are impersonal affairs, and yet extremely personal. My teacher, don Juan Matsus, said this is guiding me as his apprentice to collect what I considered to be the memorable events of my life.. Don Juan described the total goal of the shamanistic knowledge that he handled as the preparation for facing the definitive journey: the journey that every human being has to take at the end of his life. He said that what modern man referred to vaguely as life after death was, for those shamans, a concrete region filled to capacity with practical affairs of a different order than the practical affairs of daily life, yet bearing a similar functional practicality. Don Juan considered that to collect the memorable in their lives was, for shamans, the preparation for their entrance into that concrete region, which they called the active side of infinity.' In this book written immediately before his death, anthropologist and shaman Carlos Castaneda gives us his most autobiographical and intimately revealing work ever, the fruit of a lifetime of experience and perhaps the most moving volume in his oeuvre. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348247 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enigma of Clarence Thomas Author: Corey Robin Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Enigma of Clarence Thomas is a groundbreaking revisionist take on the Supreme Court justice everyone knows about but no one knows. “One of the marvels of Robin’s razor-sharp book is how carefully he marshals his evidence.... It isn’t every day that reading about ideas can be both so gratifying and unsettling.” – The New York Times Most people can tell you two things about Clarence Thomas: Anita Hill accused him of sexual harassment, and he almost never speaks from the bench. Here are some things they don’t know: Thomas is a black nationalist. In college he memorized the speeches of Malcolm X. He believes white people are incurably racist. In the first examination of its kind, Corey Robin– one of the foremost analysts of the right (The Reactionary Mind) – delves deeply into both Thomas’s biography and his jurisprudence, masterfully reading his Supreme Court opinions against the backdrop of his autobiographical and political writings and speeches. The hidden source of Thomas’s conservative views, Robin shows, is a profound skepticism that racism can be overcome. Thomas is convinced that any government action on behalf of African-Americans will be tainted by racism; the most African-Americans can hope for is that white people will get out of their way. There’s a reason, Robin concludes, why liberals often complain that Thomas doesn’t speak but seldom pay attention when he does. Were they to listen, they’d hear a racial pessimism that often sounds similar to their own. Cutting across the ideological spectrum, this unacknowledged consensus about the impossibility of progress is key to understanding today’s political stalemate. Corey Robin Tue, 24 Sep 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348247 thebookvoice.com 9:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enigma of Clarence Thomas Author: Corey Robin Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Enigma of Clarence Thomas is a groundbreaking revisionist take on the Supreme Court justice everyone knows about but no one knows. “One of the marvels of Robin’s razor-sharp book is how carefully he marshals his evidence.... It isn’t every day that reading about ideas can be both so gratifying and unsettling.” – The New York Times Most people can tell you two things about Clarence Thomas: Anita Hill accused him of sexual harassment, and he almost never speaks from the bench. Here are some things they don’t know: Thomas is a black nationalist. In college he memorized the speeches of Malcolm X. He believes white people are incurably racist. In the first examination of its kind, Corey Robin– one of the foremost analysts of the right (The Reactionary Mind) – delves deeply into both Thomas’s biography and his jurisprudence, masterfully reading his Supreme Court opinions against the backdrop of his autobiographical and political writings and speeches. The hidden source of Thomas’s conservative views, Robin shows, is a profound skepticism that racism can be overcome. Thomas is convinced that any government action on behalf of African-Americans will be tainted by racism; the most African-Americans can hope for is that white people will get out of their way. There’s a reason, Robin concludes, why liberals often complain that Thomas doesn’t speak but seldom pay attention when he does. Were they to listen, they’d hear a racial pessimism that often sounds similar to their own. Cutting across the ideological spectrum, this unacknowledged consensus about the impossibility of progress is key to understanding today’s political stalemate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enigma of Clarence Thomas Author: Corey Robin Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Enigma of Clarence Thomas is a groundbreaking revisionist take on the Supreme Court justice everyone knows about but no one knows. “One of the marvels of Robin’s razor-sharp book is how carefully he marshals his evidence.... It isn’t every day that reading about ideas can be both so gratifying and unsettling.” – The New York Times Most people can tell you two things about Clarence Thomas: Anita Hill accused him of sexual harassment, and he almost never speaks from the bench. Here are some things they don’t know: Thomas is a black nationalist. In college he memorized the speeches of Malcolm X. He believes white people are incurably racist. In the first examination of its kind, Corey Robin– one of the foremost analysts of the right (The Reactionary Mind) – delves deeply into both Thomas’s biography and his jurisprudence, masterfully reading his Supreme Court opinions against the backdrop of his autobiographical and political writings and speeches. The hidden source of Thomas’s conservative views, Robin shows, is a profound skepticism that racism can be overcome. Thomas is convinced that any government action on behalf of African-Americans will be tainted by racism; the most African-Americans can hope for is that white people will get out of their way. There’s a reason, Robin concludes, why liberals often complain that Thomas doesn’t speak but seldom pay attention when he does. Were they to listen, they’d hear a racial pessimism that often sounds similar to their own. Cutting across the ideological spectrum, this unacknowledged consensus about the impossibility of progress is key to understanding today’s political stalemate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348244 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grace Will Lead Us Home: The Charleston Church Massacre and the Hard, Inspiring Journey to Forgiveness Author: Jennifer Berry Hawes Narrator: Jennifer Berry Hawes, Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: **Winner of the 2020 Audie Award for Best Non-Fiction** 'This audiobook achieves an exceptional performance of an important work on a difficult subject--mass murder and its aftermath.' - AudioFile Magazine, Earphones Award winner A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2019 * BARNES & NOBLE DISCOVER GREAT NEW WRITERS PICK * OPRAH MAGAZINE SUMMER 2019 READING LIST SELECTION * NEW YORK TIMES EDITOR'S CHOICE This program includes an introduction read by the author. A deeply moving work of narrative nonfiction on the tragic shootings at the Mother Emanuel AME church in Charleston, South Carolina. On June 17, 2015, twelve members of the historically black Emanuel AME Church in Charleston, South Carolina welcomed a young white man to their evening Bible study. He arrived with a pistol, 88 bullets, and hopes of starting a race war. Dylann Roof’s massacre of nine innocents during their closing prayer horrified the nation. Two days later, some relatives of the dead stood at Roof’s hearing and said, “I forgive you.” That grace offered the country a hopeful ending to an awful story. But for the survivors and victims’ families, the journey had just begun. In Grace Will Lead Us Home, Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Jennifer Berry Hawes provides a definitive account of the tragedy’s aftermath. With unprecedented access to the grieving families and other key figures, Hawes offers a nuanced and moving portrait of the events and emotions that emerged in the massacre’s wake. The two adult survivors of the shooting begin to make sense of their lives again. Rifts form between some of the victims’ families and the church. A group of relatives fights to end gun violence, capturing the attention of President Obama. And a city in the Deep South must confront its racist past. This is the story of how, beyond the headlines, a community of people begins to heal. An unforgettable and deeply human portrait of grief, faith, and forgiveness, Grace Will Lead Us Home is destined to be a classic in the finest tradition of journalism. More praise for Grace Will Lead Us Home: “Vividly rendered … [Hawes is] a writer with the exceedingly rare ability to observe sympathetically both particular events and the horizon against which they take place without sentimentalizing her subjects. Hawes is so admirably steadfast in her commitment to bearing witness that one is compelled to consider the story she tells from every possible angle.” — New York Times Book Review 'The great value of this book is that it tells the stories of the survivors and victims’ families on their own terms, in all of their humanity, while also showing us how Charleston's tortured history of racism and gun violence came together on that night in June.” — Gabrielle Union “In Grace Will Lead Us Home, Jennifer Berry Hawes breathes poetry into tragedy to bring to life the epic grief that haunted a nation’s moral imagination...If white supremacy is ever to meet a death knell, this ringing endorsement of fallen yet redeemable humanity will echo loudly in our hearts.” — Michael Eric Dyson Jennifer Berry Hawes Tue, 04 Jun 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348244 thebookvoice.com 12:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grace Will Lead Us Home: The Charleston Church Massacre and the Hard, Inspiring Journey to Forgiveness Author: Jennifer Berry Hawes Narrator: Jennifer Berry Hawes, Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: **Winner of the 2020 Audie Award for Best Non-Fiction** 'This audiobook achieves an exceptional performance of an important work on a difficult subject--mass murder and its aftermath.' - AudioFile Magazine, Earphones Award winner A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2019 * BARNES & NOBLE DISCOVER GREAT NEW WRITERS PICK * OPRAH MAGAZINE SUMMER 2019 READING LIST SELECTION * NEW YORK TIMES EDITOR'S CHOICE This program includes an introduction read by the author. A deeply moving work of narrative nonfiction on the tragic shootings at the Mother Emanuel AME church in Charleston, South Carolina. On June 17, 2015, twelve members of the historically black Emanuel AME Church in Charleston, South Carolina welcomed a young white man to their evening Bible study. He arrived with a pistol, 88 bullets, and hopes of starting a race war. Dylann Roof’s massacre of nine innocents during their closing prayer horrified the nation. Two days later, some relatives of the dead stood at Roof’s hearing and said, “I forgive you.” That grace offered the country a hopeful ending to an awful story. But for the survivors and victims’ families, the journey had just begun. In Grace Will Lead Us Home, Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Jennifer Berry Hawes provides a definitive account of the tragedy’s aftermath. With unprecedented access to the grieving families and other key figures, Hawes offers a nuanced and moving portrait of the events and emotions that emerged in the massacre’s wake. The two adult survivors of the shooting begin to make sense of their lives again. Rifts form between some of the victims’ families and the church. A group of relatives fights to end gun violence, capturing the attention of President Obama. And a city in the Deep South must confront its racist past. This is the story of how, beyond the headlines, a community of people begins to heal. An unforgettable and deeply human portrait of grief, faith, and forgiveness, Grace Will Lead Us Home is destined to be a classic in the finest tradition of journalism. More praise for Grace Will Lead Us Home: “Vividly rendered … [Hawes is] a writer with the exceedingly rare ability to observe sympathetically both particular events and the horizon against which they take place without sentimentalizing her subjects. Hawes is so admirably steadfast in her commitment to bearing witness that one is compelled to consider the story she tells from every possible angle.” — New York Times Book Review 'The great value of this book is that it tells the stories of the survivors and victims’ families on their own terms, in all of their humanity, while also showing us how Charleston's tortured history of racism and gun violence came together on that night in June.” — Gabrielle Union “In Grace Will Lead Us Home, Jennifer Berry Hawes breathes poetry into tragedy to bring to life the epic grief that haunted a nation’s moral imagination...If white supremacy is ever to meet a death knell, this ringing endorsement of fallen yet redeemable humanity will echo loudly in our hearts.” — Michael Eric Dyson Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grace Will Lead Us Home: The Charleston Church Massacre and the Hard, Inspiring Journey to Forgiveness Author: Jennifer Berry Hawes Narrator: Jennifer Berry Hawes, Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: **Winner of the 2020 Audie Award for Best Non-Fiction** 'This audiobook achieves an exceptional performance of an important work on a difficult subject--mass murder and its aftermath.' - AudioFile Magazine, Earphones Award winner A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2019 * BARNES & NOBLE DISCOVER GREAT NEW WRITERS PICK * OPRAH MAGAZINE SUMMER 2019 READING LIST SELECTION * NEW YORK TIMES EDITOR'S CHOICE This program includes an introduction read by the author. A deeply moving work of narrative nonfiction on the tragic shootings at the Mother Emanuel AME church in Charleston, South Carolina. On June 17, 2015, twelve members of the historically black Emanuel AME Church in Charleston, South Carolina welcomed a young white man to their evening Bible study. He arrived with a pistol, 88 bullets, and hopes of starting a race war. Dylann Roof’s massacre of nine innocents during their closing prayer horrified the nation. Two days later, some relatives of the dead stood at Roof’s hearing and said, “I forgive you.” That grace offered the country a hopeful ending to an awful story. But for the survivors and victims’ families, the journey had just begun. In Grace Will Lead Us Home, Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Jennifer Berry Hawes provides a definitive account of the tragedy’s aftermath. With unprecedented access to the grieving families and other key figures, Hawes offers a nuanced and moving portrait of the events and emotions that emerged in the massacre’s wake. The two adult survivors of the shooting begin to make sense of their lives again. Rifts form between some of the victims’ families and the church. A group of relatives fights to end gun violence, capturing the attention of President Obama. And a city in the Deep South must confront its racist past. This is the story of how, beyond the headlines, a community of people begins to heal. An unforgettable and deeply human portrait of grief, faith, and forgiveness, Grace Will Lead Us Home is destined to be a classic in the finest tradition of journalism. More praise for Grace Will Lead Us Home: “Vividly rendered … [Hawes is] a writer with the exceedingly rare ability to observe sympathetically both particular events and the horizon against which they take place without sentimentalizing her subjects. Hawes is so admirably steadfast in her commitment to bearing witness that one is compelled to consider the story she tells from every possible angle.” — New York Times Book Review 'The great value of this book is that it tells the stories of the survivors and victims’ families on their own terms, in all of their humanity, while also showing us how Charleston's tortured history of racism and gun violence came together on that night in June.” — Gabrielle Union “In Grace Will Lead Us Home, Jennifer Berry Hawes breathes poetry into tragedy to bring to life the epic grief that haunted a nation’s moral imagination...If white supremacy is ever to meet a death knell, this ringing endorsement of fallen yet redeemable humanity will echo loudly in our hearts.” — Michael Eric Dyson https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348177 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equality for Women = Prosperity for All: The Disastrous Global Crisis of Gender Inequality Author: Augusto Lopez-Claros, Bahiyyih Nakhjavani Narrator: Bahiyyih Nakhjavani, Augusto Lopez-Claros, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Equality for Women = Prosperity for All by Augusto Lopez-Claros and Bahiyyih Nakhjavani is a groundbreaking audiobook about the direct relationship between a woman's rights and freedoms and the economic prosperity of her country. The economics of gender inequality is often reduced to equal pay for equal work. But there is much more to it than that. Can a woman, whether married or single, register a business in the same way as a man? Can she sign a contract? Do men and women have equal ownership rights to property? Does she have the right to confer citizenship on her children? Are there criminal sanctions for sexual harassment? Gender inequality in the fields of education, law, employment and wages lead to incalculable social and political disparities. These disparities in turn give rise to endemic poverty and violence, to individual frustration, social instability and cultural disaffection. When women are deprived of their rights, economies are eroded, democracies weakened, and the fabric of societies radically undermined. This pioneering book shows, once and for all, the direct correlation between the freedoms given to women and the prosperity enjoyed by all. Augusto Lopez-Claros, Bahiyyih Nakhjavani Tue, 30 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348177 thebookvoice.com 10:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equality for Women = Prosperity for All: The Disastrous Global Crisis of Gender Inequality Author: Augusto Lopez-Claros, Bahiyyih Nakhjavani Narrator: Bahiyyih Nakhjavani, Augusto Lopez-Claros, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Equality for Women = Prosperity for All by Augusto Lopez-Claros and Bahiyyih Nakhjavani is a groundbreaking audiobook about the direct relationship between a woman's rights and freedoms and the economic prosperity of her country. The economics of gender inequality is often reduced to equal pay for equal work. But there is much more to it than that. Can a woman, whether married or single, register a business in the same way as a man? Can she sign a contract? Do men and women have equal ownership rights to property? Does she have the right to confer citizenship on her children? Are there criminal sanctions for sexual harassment? Gender inequality in the fields of education, law, employment and wages lead to incalculable social and political disparities. These disparities in turn give rise to endemic poverty and violence, to individual frustration, social instability and cultural disaffection. When women are deprived of their rights, economies are eroded, democracies weakened, and the fabric of societies radically undermined. This pioneering book shows, once and for all, the direct correlation between the freedoms given to women and the prosperity enjoyed by all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equality for Women = Prosperity for All: The Disastrous Global Crisis of Gender Inequality Author: Augusto Lopez-Claros, Bahiyyih Nakhjavani Narrator: Bahiyyih Nakhjavani, Augusto Lopez-Claros, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Equality for Women = Prosperity for All by Augusto Lopez-Claros and Bahiyyih Nakhjavani is a groundbreaking audiobook about the direct relationship between a woman's rights and freedoms and the economic prosperity of her country. The economics of gender inequality is often reduced to equal pay for equal work. But there is much more to it than that. Can a woman, whether married or single, register a business in the same way as a man? Can she sign a contract? Do men and women have equal ownership rights to property? Does she have the right to confer citizenship on her children? Are there criminal sanctions for sexual harassment? Gender inequality in the fields of education, law, employment and wages lead to incalculable social and political disparities. These disparities in turn give rise to endemic poverty and violence, to individual frustration, social instability and cultural disaffection. When women are deprived of their rights, economies are eroded, democracies weakened, and the fabric of societies radically undermined. This pioneering book shows, once and for all, the direct correlation between the freedoms given to women and the prosperity enjoyed by all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348103 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The White Devil's Daughters: The Women Who Fought Slavery in San Francisco's Chinatown Author: Julia Flynn Siler Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: During the first hundred years of Chinese immigration--from 1848 to 1943--San Francisco was home to a shockingly extensive underground slave trade in Asian women, who were exploited as prostitutes and indentured servants. In this gripping, necessary book, bestselling author Julia Flynn Siler shines a light on this little-known chapter in our history--and gives us a vivid portrait of the safe house to which enslaved women escaped. The Occidental Mission Home, situated on the edge of Chinatown, served as a gateway to freedom for thousands. Run by a courageous group of female Christian abolitionists, it survived earthquakes, fire, bubonic plague, and violent attacks. We meet Dolly Cameron, who ran the home from 1899 to 1934, and Tien Fuh Wu, who arrived at the house as a young child after her abuse as a household slave drew the attention of authorities. Wu would grow up to become Cameron's translator, deputy director, and steadfast friend. Siler shows how Dolly and her colleagues defied convention and even law--physically rescuing young girls from brothels, snatching them from their smugglers--and how they helped bring the exploiters to justice. Riveting and revelatory, The White Devil's Daughters is a timely, extraordinary account of oppression, resistance, and hope. Julia Flynn Siler Tue, 14 May 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348103 thebookvoice.com 10:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The White Devil's Daughters: The Women Who Fought Slavery in San Francisco's Chinatown Author: Julia Flynn Siler Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: During the first hundred years of Chinese immigration--from 1848 to 1943--San Francisco was home to a shockingly extensive underground slave trade in Asian women, who were exploited as prostitutes and indentured servants. In this gripping, necessary book, bestselling author Julia Flynn Siler shines a light on this little-known chapter in our history--and gives us a vivid portrait of the safe house to which enslaved women escaped. The Occidental Mission Home, situated on the edge of Chinatown, served as a gateway to freedom for thousands. Run by a courageous group of female Christian abolitionists, it survived earthquakes, fire, bubonic plague, and violent attacks. We meet Dolly Cameron, who ran the home from 1899 to 1934, and Tien Fuh Wu, who arrived at the house as a young child after her abuse as a household slave drew the attention of authorities. Wu would grow up to become Cameron's translator, deputy director, and steadfast friend. Siler shows how Dolly and her colleagues defied convention and even law--physically rescuing young girls from brothels, snatching them from their smugglers--and how they helped bring the exploiters to justice. Riveting and revelatory, The White Devil's Daughters is a timely, extraordinary account of oppression, resistance, and hope. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The White Devil's Daughters: The Women Who Fought Slavery in San Francisco's Chinatown Author: Julia Flynn Siler Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: During the first hundred years of Chinese immigration--from 1848 to 1943--San Francisco was home to a shockingly extensive underground slave trade in Asian women, who were exploited as prostitutes and indentured servants. In this gripping, necessary book, bestselling author Julia Flynn Siler shines a light on this little-known chapter in our history--and gives us a vivid portrait of the safe house to which enslaved women escaped. The Occidental Mission Home, situated on the edge of Chinatown, served as a gateway to freedom for thousands. Run by a courageous group of female Christian abolitionists, it survived earthquakes, fire, bubonic plague, and violent attacks. We meet Dolly Cameron, who ran the home from 1899 to 1934, and Tien Fuh Wu, who arrived at the house as a young child after her abuse as a household slave drew the attention of authorities. Wu would grow up to become Cameron's translator, deputy director, and steadfast friend. Siler shows how Dolly and her colleagues defied convention and even law--physically rescuing young girls from brothels, snatching them from their smugglers--and how they helped bring the exploiters to justice. Riveting and revelatory, The White Devil's Daughters is a timely, extraordinary account of oppression, resistance, and hope. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348037 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zoo Nebraska: The Dismantling of an American Dream Author: Carson Vaughan Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A resonant true story of small-town politics and community perseverance and of decent people and questionable choices, Zoo Nebraska is a timely requiem for a rural America in the throes of extinction. Royal, Nebraska, population eighty-one—where the church, high school, and post office each stand abandoned, monuments to a Great Plains town that never flourished. But for nearly twenty years, they had a zoo, seven acres that rose from local peculiarity to key tourist attraction to devastating tragedy. And it all began with one man’s outsize vision. When Dick Haskin’s plans to assist primatologist Dian Fossey in Rwanda were cut short by her murder, Dick’s devotion to primates didn’t die with her. He returned to his hometown with Reuben, an adolescent chimp, in the bed of a pickup truck and transformed a trailer home into the Midwest Primate Center. As the tourist trade multiplied, so did the inhabitants of what would become Zoo Nebraska, the unlikeliest boon to Royal’s economy in generations and, eventually, the source of a power struggle that would lead to the tragic implosion of Dick Haskin’s dream. Carson Vaughan Mon, 01 Apr 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348037 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zoo Nebraska: The Dismantling of an American Dream Author: Carson Vaughan Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A resonant true story of small-town politics and community perseverance and of decent people and questionable choices, Zoo Nebraska is a timely requiem for a rural America in the throes of extinction. Royal, Nebraska, population eighty-one—where the church, high school, and post office each stand abandoned, monuments to a Great Plains town that never flourished. But for nearly twenty years, they had a zoo, seven acres that rose from local peculiarity to key tourist attraction to devastating tragedy. And it all began with one man’s outsize vision. When Dick Haskin’s plans to assist primatologist Dian Fossey in Rwanda were cut short by her murder, Dick’s devotion to primates didn’t die with her. He returned to his hometown with Reuben, an adolescent chimp, in the bed of a pickup truck and transformed a trailer home into the Midwest Primate Center. As the tourist trade multiplied, so did the inhabitants of what would become Zoo Nebraska, the unlikeliest boon to Royal’s economy in generations and, eventually, the source of a power struggle that would lead to the tragic implosion of Dick Haskin’s dream. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zoo Nebraska: The Dismantling of an American Dream Author: Carson Vaughan Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A resonant true story of small-town politics and community perseverance and of decent people and questionable choices, Zoo Nebraska is a timely requiem for a rural America in the throes of extinction. Royal, Nebraska, population eighty-one—where the church, high school, and post office each stand abandoned, monuments to a Great Plains town that never flourished. But for nearly twenty years, they had a zoo, seven acres that rose from local peculiarity to key tourist attraction to devastating tragedy. And it all began with one man’s outsize vision. When Dick Haskin’s plans to assist primatologist Dian Fossey in Rwanda were cut short by her murder, Dick’s devotion to primates didn’t die with her. He returned to his hometown with Reuben, an adolescent chimp, in the bed of a pickup truck and transformed a trailer home into the Midwest Primate Center. As the tourist trade multiplied, so did the inhabitants of what would become Zoo Nebraska, the unlikeliest boon to Royal’s economy in generations and, eventually, the source of a power struggle that would lead to the tragic implosion of Dick Haskin’s dream. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348011 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Time Has Come: Why Men Must Join the Gender Equality Revolution Author: Michael Kaufman Narrator: Michael Kaufman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “For too long the struggle for the rights of women and girls was seen as women’s business. Of course, it’s equally men’s business and stops being such a struggle when it’s seen that way. This reframing gives us a chance to understand violence against women as deeply toxic for us all.” ―Phumzile Mlambo-Ngcuka, UN Under-Secretary-General and Executive Director of UN Women The Time Has Come explores how a patriarchal culture that has given power to men comes at a huge cost to women, children, and, surprisingly, to men as well. It details how very achievable changes in our workplaces, in the ways we raise boys to be men, and in the movement to end men’s violence will bring significant rewards to communities all around the world. Michael Kaufman is the cofounder of the White Ribbon Campaign―the largest international network of men working to end violence against women―and for decades has been an advisor on gender equality to the United Nations, governments, NGOs, schools, and workplaces around the world. With honest storytelling, compassion, and hard-hitting analysis, The Time Has Come is a compelling look at why men must take a stand in the fight for general equality. Michael Kaufman Tue, 15 Jan 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348011 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Time Has Come: Why Men Must Join the Gender Equality Revolution Author: Michael Kaufman Narrator: Michael Kaufman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “For too long the struggle for the rights of women and girls was seen as women’s business. Of course, it’s equally men’s business and stops being such a struggle when it’s seen that way. This reframing gives us a chance to understand violence against women as deeply toxic for us all.” ―Phumzile Mlambo-Ngcuka, UN Under-Secretary-General and Executive Director of UN Women The Time Has Come explores how a patriarchal culture that has given power to men comes at a huge cost to women, children, and, surprisingly, to men as well. It details how very achievable changes in our workplaces, in the ways we raise boys to be men, and in the movement to end men’s violence will bring significant rewards to communities all around the world. Michael Kaufman is the cofounder of the White Ribbon Campaign―the largest international network of men working to end violence against women―and for decades has been an advisor on gender equality to the United Nations, governments, NGOs, schools, and workplaces around the world. With honest storytelling, compassion, and hard-hitting analysis, The Time Has Come is a compelling look at why men must take a stand in the fight for general equality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Time Has Come: Why Men Must Join the Gender Equality Revolution Author: Michael Kaufman Narrator: Michael Kaufman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “For too long the struggle for the rights of women and girls was seen as women’s business. Of course, it’s equally men’s business and stops being such a struggle when it’s seen that way. This reframing gives us a chance to understand violence against women as deeply toxic for us all.” ―Phumzile Mlambo-Ngcuka, UN Under-Secretary-General and Executive Director of UN Women The Time Has Come explores how a patriarchal culture that has given power to men comes at a huge cost to women, children, and, surprisingly, to men as well. It details how very achievable changes in our workplaces, in the ways we raise boys to be men, and in the movement to end men’s violence will bring significant rewards to communities all around the world. Michael Kaufman is the cofounder of the White Ribbon Campaign―the largest international network of men working to end violence against women―and for decades has been an advisor on gender equality to the United Nations, governments, NGOs, schools, and workplaces around the world. With honest storytelling, compassion, and hard-hitting analysis, The Time Has Come is a compelling look at why men must take a stand in the fight for general equality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348001 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jihadi Next Door: How ISIS Is Forcing, Defrauding, and Coercing Your Neighbor into Terrorism Author: Dr. Kimberly Mehlman-Orozco Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 1, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The recruitment of ISIS terrorists may have begun as an extremist crusade in Iraq, but it has quickly become a global phenomenon that is taking hold of people from diverse backgrounds, cultures, and belief systems. The iconic image of a terrorist as an old, angry, middle-eastern man is long gone. It has since been replaced by young men and women of all races and religious upbringings, in tactical gear and ski masks, carrying heavy artillery. From the outside looking into the Islamic State, most people see these men and women as nothing more than evil terrorists with a psychotic penchant for violence. Internally, they perceive themselves as freedom fighters or mujahedeen, who violate the laws of men to protect their community according to the will of Allah.  Ultimately, neither of these perceptions are based in reality.  While some experts claim that terrorist recruitment is completely random, criminologist Kimberly Mehlman-Orozco has identified clear patterns which can be used to explain how regular people are being conscripted into terrorism. Using interviews with convicted terrorists, in-depth research and analysis of Jihadi propaganda, and case-specific details, Dr. Mehlman-Orozco provides nuanced theories into the methods of terrorist recruitment―methods which can be used to identify persons at high risk of being targeted. The Jihadi Next Door provides unprecedented information that can be used to actually combat terrorism. By laying bare the tactics used by ISIS to deceive and exploit new recruits and exposing the veneer these extremists operate under, Dr. Mehlman-Orozco hopes to empower readers with the knowledge needed to prevent future recruitment and thereby preventing acts of terrorism. Dr. Kimberly Mehlman-Orozco Tue, 01 Jan 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348001 thebookvoice.com 7:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jihadi Next Door: How ISIS Is Forcing, Defrauding, and Coercing Your Neighbor into Terrorism Author: Dr. Kimberly Mehlman-Orozco Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 1, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The recruitment of ISIS terrorists may have begun as an extremist crusade in Iraq, but it has quickly become a global phenomenon that is taking hold of people from diverse backgrounds, cultures, and belief systems. The iconic image of a terrorist as an old, angry, middle-eastern man is long gone. It has since been replaced by young men and women of all races and religious upbringings, in tactical gear and ski masks, carrying heavy artillery. From the outside looking into the Islamic State, most people see these men and women as nothing more than evil terrorists with a psychotic penchant for violence. Internally, they perceive themselves as freedom fighters or mujahedeen, who violate the laws of men to protect their community according to the will of Allah.  Ultimately, neither of these perceptions are based in reality.  While some experts claim that terrorist recruitment is completely random, criminologist Kimberly Mehlman-Orozco has identified clear patterns which can be used to explain how regular people are being conscripted into terrorism. Using interviews with convicted terrorists, in-depth research and analysis of Jihadi propaganda, and case-specific details, Dr. Mehlman-Orozco provides nuanced theories into the methods of terrorist recruitment―methods which can be used to identify persons at high risk of being targeted. The Jihadi Next Door provides unprecedented information that can be used to actually combat terrorism. By laying bare the tactics used by ISIS to deceive and exploit new recruits and exposing the veneer these extremists operate under, Dr. Mehlman-Orozco hopes to empower readers with the knowledge needed to prevent future recruitment and thereby preventing acts of terrorism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jihadi Next Door: How ISIS Is Forcing, Defrauding, and Coercing Your Neighbor into Terrorism Author: Dr. Kimberly Mehlman-Orozco Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 1, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The recruitment of ISIS terrorists may have begun as an extremist crusade in Iraq, but it has quickly become a global phenomenon that is taking hold of people from diverse backgrounds, cultures, and belief systems. The iconic image of a terrorist as an old, angry, middle-eastern man is long gone. It has since been replaced by young men and women of all races and religious upbringings, in tactical gear and ski masks, carrying heavy artillery. From the outside looking into the Islamic State, most people see these men and women as nothing more than evil terrorists with a psychotic penchant for violence. Internally, they perceive themselves as freedom fighters or mujahedeen, who violate the laws of men to protect their community according to the will of Allah.  Ultimately, neither of these perceptions are based in reality.  While some experts claim that terrorist recruitment is completely random, criminologist Kimberly Mehlman-Orozco has identified clear patterns which can be used to explain how regular people are being conscripted into terrorism. Using interviews with convicted terrorists, in-depth research and analysis of Jihadi propaganda, and case-specific details, Dr. Mehlman-Orozco provides nuanced theories into the methods of terrorist recruitment―methods which can be used to identify persons at high risk of being targeted. The Jihadi Next Door provides unprecedented information that can be used to actually combat terrorism. By laying bare the tactics used by ISIS to deceive and exploit new recruits and exposing the veneer these extremists operate under, Dr. Mehlman-Orozco hopes to empower readers with the knowledge needed to prevent future recruitment and thereby preventing acts of terrorism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347959 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Joseph Campbell Companion: Reflections on the Art of Living Series: Part of The Collected Works of Joseph Campbell Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Braden Wright, Tom Parks, David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Find your self in myth “The privilege of a lifetime is being who you are.” —Joseph Campbell One of Joseph Campbell’s most popular, most quoted works, A Joseph Campbell Companion: Reflections on the Art of Living is a treasure trove of insight and inspiration, thought-provoking in its depth, poetic in its scope. Drawn from a month-long workshop at the world-famous Esalen Institute, the Joseph Campbell Companion captures Campbell at his best: wise, funny, intelligent and inspiring. Joseph Campbell Tue, 04 Dec 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347959 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Joseph Campbell Companion: Reflections on the Art of Living Series: Part of The Collected Works of Joseph Campbell Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Braden Wright, Tom Parks, David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Find your self in myth “The privilege of a lifetime is being who you are.” —Joseph Campbell One of Joseph Campbell’s most popular, most quoted works, A Joseph Campbell Companion: Reflections on the Art of Living is a treasure trove of insight and inspiration, thought-provoking in its depth, poetic in its scope. Drawn from a month-long workshop at the world-famous Esalen Institute, the Joseph Campbell Companion captures Campbell at his best: wise, funny, intelligent and inspiring. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Joseph Campbell Companion: Reflections on the Art of Living Series: Part of The Collected Works of Joseph Campbell Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Braden Wright, Tom Parks, David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Find your self in myth “The privilege of a lifetime is being who you are.” —Joseph Campbell One of Joseph Campbell’s most popular, most quoted works, A Joseph Campbell Companion: Reflections on the Art of Living is a treasure trove of insight and inspiration, thought-provoking in its depth, poetic in its scope. Drawn from a month-long workshop at the world-famous Esalen Institute, the Joseph Campbell Companion captures Campbell at his best: wise, funny, intelligent and inspiring. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347512 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Boys in the Cave: Deep Inside the Impossible Rescue in Thailand Author: Matt Gutman Narrator: Matt Gutman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From award-winning ABC News Chief National Correspondent Matt Gutman, and written using exclusive interviews and information comes the definitive account of the dramatic story that gripped the world: the miracle rescue of twelve boys and their soccer coach trapped in a flooded cave miles underground for nearly three weeks—a pulse-pounding account by a reporter who was there every step of their journey out. After a practice in June 2018, a Thai soccer coach took a dozen of his young players to explore a famous but flood-prone cave. It was one of the boys’ birthday, but neither he nor the dozen resurfaced. Worried parents and rescuers flocked to the mouth of a cave that seemed to have swallowed the boys without a trace. Ranging in age from eleven to sixteen, the boys were all members of the Wild Boars soccer team. When water unexpectedly inundated the cave, blocking their escape, they retreated deeper inside, taking shelter in a side cavern. While the world feared them dead, the thirteen young souls survived by licking the condensation off the cave’s walls, meditating, and huddling together for warmth. In this thrilling account, ABC News Chief National Correspondent Matt Gutman recounts this amazing story in depth and from every angle, exploring their time in the cave, the failed plans and human mistakes that nearly doomed them, and the daring mission that ultimately saved them. Gutman introduces the elite team of volunteer divers who risked death to execute a plan so risky that its American planners admitted, “for us, success would have meant getting just one boy out alive.” He takes you inside the meetings where life and death decisions were grimly made and describes how these heroes pulled off an improbable rescue under immense pressure, with the boys’ desperate parents and the entire world watching. One of the largest rescues in history was in doubt until the very last moment. Matt Gutman covered the story intensively, went deep inside the caves himself, and interviewed dozens of rescuers, experts and eye-witnessed around the world. The result is this pulse-pounding telling that vividly recreates this extraordinary event in all its intensity—and documents the ingenuity and sacrifice it took to succeed. Matt Gutman Tue, 13 Nov 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347512 thebookvoice.com 9:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Boys in the Cave: Deep Inside the Impossible Rescue in Thailand Author: Matt Gutman Narrator: Matt Gutman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From award-winning ABC News Chief National Correspondent Matt Gutman, and written using exclusive interviews and information comes the definitive account of the dramatic story that gripped the world: the miracle rescue of twelve boys and their soccer coach trapped in a flooded cave miles underground for nearly three weeks—a pulse-pounding account by a reporter who was there every step of their journey out. After a practice in June 2018, a Thai soccer coach took a dozen of his young players to explore a famous but flood-prone cave. It was one of the boys’ birthday, but neither he nor the dozen resurfaced. Worried parents and rescuers flocked to the mouth of a cave that seemed to have swallowed the boys without a trace. Ranging in age from eleven to sixteen, the boys were all members of the Wild Boars soccer team. When water unexpectedly inundated the cave, blocking their escape, they retreated deeper inside, taking shelter in a side cavern. While the world feared them dead, the thirteen young souls survived by licking the condensation off the cave’s walls, meditating, and huddling together for warmth. In this thrilling account, ABC News Chief National Correspondent Matt Gutman recounts this amazing story in depth and from every angle, exploring their time in the cave, the failed plans and human mistakes that nearly doomed them, and the daring mission that ultimately saved them. Gutman introduces the elite team of volunteer divers who risked death to execute a plan so risky that its American planners admitted, “for us, success would have meant getting just one boy out alive.” He takes you inside the meetings where life and death decisions were grimly made and describes how these heroes pulled off an improbable rescue under immense pressure, with the boys’ desperate parents and the entire world watching. One of the largest rescues in history was in doubt until the very last moment. Matt Gutman covered the story intensively, went deep inside the caves himself, and interviewed dozens of rescuers, experts and eye-witnessed around the world. The result is this pulse-pounding telling that vividly recreates this extraordinary event in all its intensity—and documents the ingenuity and sacrifice it took to succeed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Boys in the Cave: Deep Inside the Impossible Rescue in Thailand Author: Matt Gutman Narrator: Matt Gutman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From award-winning ABC News Chief National Correspondent Matt Gutman, and written using exclusive interviews and information comes the definitive account of the dramatic story that gripped the world: the miracle rescue of twelve boys and their soccer coach trapped in a flooded cave miles underground for nearly three weeks—a pulse-pounding account by a reporter who was there every step of their journey out. After a practice in June 2018, a Thai soccer coach took a dozen of his young players to explore a famous but flood-prone cave. It was one of the boys’ birthday, but neither he nor the dozen resurfaced. Worried parents and rescuers flocked to the mouth of a cave that seemed to have swallowed the boys without a trace. Ranging in age from eleven to sixteen, the boys were all members of the Wild Boars soccer team. When water unexpectedly inundated the cave, blocking their escape, they retreated deeper inside, taking shelter in a side cavern. While the world feared them dead, the thirteen young souls survived by licking the condensation off the cave’s walls, meditating, and huddling together for warmth. In this thrilling account, ABC News Chief National Correspondent Matt Gutman recounts this amazing story in depth and from every angle, exploring their time in the cave, the failed plans and human mistakes that nearly doomed them, and the daring mission that ultimately saved them. Gutman introduces the elite team of volunteer divers who risked death to execute a plan so risky that its American planners admitted, “for us, success would have meant getting just one boy out alive.” He takes you inside the meetings where life and death decisions were grimly made and describes how these heroes pulled off an improbable rescue under immense pressure, with the boys’ desperate parents and the entire world watching. One of the largest rescues in history was in doubt until the very last moment. Matt Gutman covered the story intensively, went deep inside the caves himself, and interviewed dozens of rescuers, experts and eye-witnessed around the world. The result is this pulse-pounding telling that vividly recreates this extraordinary event in all its intensity—and documents the ingenuity and sacrifice it took to succeed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347459 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The F*ck It Diet: Eating Should Be Easy Author: Caroline Dooner Narrator: Caroline Dooner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “The F*ck It Diet is not only hilarious, it is scientifically and medically sound. A must read for any chronic dieter.” –Christiane Northrup, MD, New York Times bestselling author of  Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom From comedian and ex-diet junkie Caroline Dooner, an inspirational guide that will help you stop dieting, reboot your relationship with food, and regain your personal power DIETING DOESN’T WORK Not long term. In fact, our bodies are hardwired against it. But each time our diets fail, instead of considering that maybe our ridiculously low-carb diet is the problem, we wonder what’s wrong with us. Why can’t we stick to our simple plan of grapefruit and tuna fish??? Why are we so hungry? What is wrong with us??? We berate ourselves for being lazy and weak, double down on our belief that losing weight is the key to our everlasting happiness, and resolve to do better tomorrow. But it’s time we called a spade a spade: Constantly trying to eat the smallest amount possible is a miserable way to live, and it isn’t even working. So fuck eating like that.  In The F*ck It Diet, Caroline Dooner tackles the inherent flaws of dieting and diet culture, and offers readers a counterintuitively simple path to healing their physical, emotional, and mental relationship with food. What’s the secret anti-diet? Eat. Whatever you want. Honor your appetite and listen to your hunger. Trust that your body knows what it is doing. Oh, and don’t forget to rest, breathe, and be kind to yourself while you’re at it.  Once you get yourself out of survival mode, it will become easier and easier to eat what your body really needs—a healthier relationship with food ultimately leads to a healthier you. An ex-yo-yo dieter herself, Dooner knows how terrifying it can be to break free of the vicious cycle, but with her signature sharp humor and compassion, she shows readers that a sustainable, easy relationship with food is possible. Irreverent and empowering, The F*ck It Diet is call to arms for anyone who feels guilt or pain over food, weight, or their body. It’s time to give up the shame and start thriving. Welcome to the F*ck It Diet. Let’s Eat. Caroline Dooner Tue, 26 Mar 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347459 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The F*ck It Diet: Eating Should Be Easy Author: Caroline Dooner Narrator: Caroline Dooner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “The F*ck It Diet is not only hilarious, it is scientifically and medically sound. A must read for any chronic dieter.” –Christiane Northrup, MD, New York Times bestselling author of  Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom From comedian and ex-diet junkie Caroline Dooner, an inspirational guide that will help you stop dieting, reboot your relationship with food, and regain your personal power DIETING DOESN’T WORK Not long term. In fact, our bodies are hardwired against it. But each time our diets fail, instead of considering that maybe our ridiculously low-carb diet is the problem, we wonder what’s wrong with us. Why can’t we stick to our simple plan of grapefruit and tuna fish??? Why are we so hungry? What is wrong with us??? We berate ourselves for being lazy and weak, double down on our belief that losing weight is the key to our everlasting happiness, and resolve to do better tomorrow. But it’s time we called a spade a spade: Constantly trying to eat the smallest amount possible is a miserable way to live, and it isn’t even working. So fuck eating like that.  In The F*ck It Diet, Caroline Dooner tackles the inherent flaws of dieting and diet culture, and offers readers a counterintuitively simple path to healing their physical, emotional, and mental relationship with food. What’s the secret anti-diet? Eat. Whatever you want. Honor your appetite and listen to your hunger. Trust that your body knows what it is doing. Oh, and don’t forget to rest, breathe, and be kind to yourself while you’re at it.  Once you get yourself out of survival mode, it will become easier and easier to eat what your body really needs—a healthier relationship with food ultimately leads to a healthier you. An ex-yo-yo dieter herself, Dooner knows how terrifying it can be to break free of the vicious cycle, but with her signature sharp humor and compassion, she shows readers that a sustainable, easy relationship with food is possible. Irreverent and empowering, The F*ck It Diet is call to arms for anyone who feels guilt or pain over food, weight, or their body. It’s time to give up the shame and start thriving. Welcome to the F*ck It Diet. Let’s Eat. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The F*ck It Diet: Eating Should Be Easy Author: Caroline Dooner Narrator: Caroline Dooner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “The F*ck It Diet is not only hilarious, it is scientifically and medically sound. A must read for any chronic dieter.” –Christiane Northrup, MD, New York Times bestselling author of  Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom From comedian and ex-diet junkie Caroline Dooner, an inspirational guide that will help you stop dieting, reboot your relationship with food, and regain your personal power DIETING DOESN’T WORK Not long term. In fact, our bodies are hardwired against it. But each time our diets fail, instead of considering that maybe our ridiculously low-carb diet is the problem, we wonder what’s wrong with us. Why can’t we stick to our simple plan of grapefruit and tuna fish??? Why are we so hungry? What is wrong with us??? We berate ourselves for being lazy and weak, double down on our belief that losing weight is the key to our everlasting happiness, and resolve to do better tomorrow. But it’s time we called a spade a spade: Constantly trying to eat the smallest amount possible is a miserable way to live, and it isn’t even working. So fuck eating like that.  In The F*ck It Diet, Caroline Dooner tackles the inherent flaws of dieting and diet culture, and offers readers a counterintuitively simple path to healing their physical, emotional, and mental relationship with food. What’s the secret anti-diet? Eat. Whatever you want. Honor your appetite and listen to your hunger. Trust that your body knows what it is doing. Oh, and don’t forget to rest, breathe, and be kind to yourself while you’re at it.  Once you get yourself out of survival mode, it will become easier and easier to eat what your body really needs—a healthier relationship with food ultimately leads to a healthier you. An ex-yo-yo dieter herself, Dooner knows how terrifying it can be to break free of the vicious cycle, but with her signature sharp humor and compassion, she shows readers that a sustainable, easy relationship with food is possible. Irreverent and empowering, The F*ck It Diet is call to arms for anyone who feels guilt or pain over food, weight, or their body. It’s time to give up the shame and start thriving. Welcome to the F*ck It Diet. Let’s Eat. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347446 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347446]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republicans Buy Sneakers Too: How the Left Is Ruining Sports with Politics Author: Clay Travis Narrator: Clay Travis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sports media superstar Clay Travis wants to save sports from the social justice warriors seeking to turn them into another political battleground. Have you ever tuned into your favorite sports highlights show, only to find the talking heads yammering about the newest Trump tweets or what an athlete thinks about the second amendment? The way Clay Travis sees it, sports are barely about sports anymore. Whether it’s in the stadium or the studio, the conversation isn’t about who’s talented and who stinks. It’s about who said the right or wrong thing from the sidelines or on social media. And we know which side is playing referee in that game. Having ruined journalism and Hollywood, far left-wing activists have now turned to sports. Travis argues it’s time for right-thinking fans everywhere to put down their beers and reclaim their teams and their traditions. In Republicans Buy Sneakers, Too he replays the arguments he’s won and lays out all the battles ahead. His goal is simple: to make sports great again. Travis wants sports to remain the great equalizer and ultimate meritocracy—a passion that unites Americans of all races, genders, and creeds, providing an opportunity to find common ground and an escape from polarizing commentary. He takes readers through the recent politicization of sports, controversy by controversy and untalented-but-celebrated hero by hero, and skewers outlets like ESPN which spend more time mimicking MSNBC than covering sports. Travis hopes that if we can stop sports from being just another political battlefield, and return it to our common ground, we can come together as a country again. Clay Travis Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347446 thebookvoice.com 9:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347446]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republicans Buy Sneakers Too: How the Left Is Ruining Sports with Politics Author: Clay Travis Narrator: Clay Travis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sports media superstar Clay Travis wants to save sports from the social justice warriors seeking to turn them into another political battleground. Have you ever tuned into your favorite sports highlights show, only to find the talking heads yammering about the newest Trump tweets or what an athlete thinks about the second amendment? The way Clay Travis sees it, sports are barely about sports anymore. Whether it’s in the stadium or the studio, the conversation isn’t about who’s talented and who stinks. It’s about who said the right or wrong thing from the sidelines or on social media. And we know which side is playing referee in that game. Having ruined journalism and Hollywood, far left-wing activists have now turned to sports. Travis argues it’s time for right-thinking fans everywhere to put down their beers and reclaim their teams and their traditions. In Republicans Buy Sneakers, Too he replays the arguments he’s won and lays out all the battles ahead. His goal is simple: to make sports great again. Travis wants sports to remain the great equalizer and ultimate meritocracy—a passion that unites Americans of all races, genders, and creeds, providing an opportunity to find common ground and an escape from polarizing commentary. He takes readers through the recent politicization of sports, controversy by controversy and untalented-but-celebrated hero by hero, and skewers outlets like ESPN which spend more time mimicking MSNBC than covering sports. Travis hopes that if we can stop sports from being just another political battlefield, and return it to our common ground, we can come together as a country again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347446]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republicans Buy Sneakers Too: How the Left Is Ruining Sports with Politics Author: Clay Travis Narrator: Clay Travis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sports media superstar Clay Travis wants to save sports from the social justice warriors seeking to turn them into another political battleground. Have you ever tuned into your favorite sports highlights show, only to find the talking heads yammering about the newest Trump tweets or what an athlete thinks about the second amendment? The way Clay Travis sees it, sports are barely about sports anymore. Whether it’s in the stadium or the studio, the conversation isn’t about who’s talented and who stinks. It’s about who said the right or wrong thing from the sidelines or on social media. And we know which side is playing referee in that game. Having ruined journalism and Hollywood, far left-wing activists have now turned to sports. Travis argues it’s time for right-thinking fans everywhere to put down their beers and reclaim their teams and their traditions. In Republicans Buy Sneakers, Too he replays the arguments he’s won and lays out all the battles ahead. His goal is simple: to make sports great again. Travis wants sports to remain the great equalizer and ultimate meritocracy—a passion that unites Americans of all races, genders, and creeds, providing an opportunity to find common ground and an escape from polarizing commentary. He takes readers through the recent politicization of sports, controversy by controversy and untalented-but-celebrated hero by hero, and skewers outlets like ESPN which spend more time mimicking MSNBC than covering sports. Travis hopes that if we can stop sports from being just another political battlefield, and return it to our common ground, we can come together as a country again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347437 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Immoral Majority: Why Evangelicals Chose Political Power Over Christian Values Author: Ben Howe Narrator: Marc William Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Evangelicals are losing the culture war. What if it’s their fault? In 2016, writer and filmmaker Ben Howe found himself disillusioned with the religious movement he’d always called home. In the pursuit of electoral victory, many American evangelicals embraced moral relativism and toxic partisanship. Whatever happened to the Moral Majority, who headed to Washington in the ’80s to plant the flag of Christian values? Where were the Christian leaders that emerged from that movement and led the charge against Bill Clinton for his deception and unfaithfulness? Was all that a sham? Or have they just lost sight of why they wanted to win in the first place? From the 1980s scandals till today, evangelicals have often been caricatured as a congregation of judgmental and prudish rubes taken in by thundering pastors consumed with greed and lust for power. Did the critics have a point? In The Immoral Majority, Howe—still a believer and still deeply conservative—analyzes and debunks the intellectual dishonesty and manipulative rhetoric which evangelical leaders use to convince Christians to toe the Republican Party line. He walks us through the history of the Christian Right, as well as the events of the last three decades which led to the current state of the conservative movement at large. As long as evangelicals prioritize power over persuasion, Howe argues, their pews will be empty and their national influence will dwindle. If evangelicals hope to avoid cultural irrelevance going forward, it will mean valuing the eternal over the ephemeral, humility over ego, and resisting the seduction of political power, no matter the cost. The Immoral Majority demonstrates how the Religious Right is choosing the profits of this world at the cost of its soul—and why it’s not too late to change course. Ben Howe Tue, 13 Aug 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347437 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Immoral Majority: Why Evangelicals Chose Political Power Over Christian Values Author: Ben Howe Narrator: Marc William Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Evangelicals are losing the culture war. What if it’s their fault? In 2016, writer and filmmaker Ben Howe found himself disillusioned with the religious movement he’d always called home. In the pursuit of electoral victory, many American evangelicals embraced moral relativism and toxic partisanship. Whatever happened to the Moral Majority, who headed to Washington in the ’80s to plant the flag of Christian values? Where were the Christian leaders that emerged from that movement and led the charge against Bill Clinton for his deception and unfaithfulness? Was all that a sham? Or have they just lost sight of why they wanted to win in the first place? From the 1980s scandals till today, evangelicals have often been caricatured as a congregation of judgmental and prudish rubes taken in by thundering pastors consumed with greed and lust for power. Did the critics have a point? In The Immoral Majority, Howe—still a believer and still deeply conservative—analyzes and debunks the intellectual dishonesty and manipulative rhetoric which evangelical leaders use to convince Christians to toe the Republican Party line. He walks us through the history of the Christian Right, as well as the events of the last three decades which led to the current state of the conservative movement at large. As long as evangelicals prioritize power over persuasion, Howe argues, their pews will be empty and their national influence will dwindle. If evangelicals hope to avoid cultural irrelevance going forward, it will mean valuing the eternal over the ephemeral, humility over ego, and resisting the seduction of political power, no matter the cost. The Immoral Majority demonstrates how the Religious Right is choosing the profits of this world at the cost of its soul—and why it’s not too late to change course. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Immoral Majority: Why Evangelicals Chose Political Power Over Christian Values Author: Ben Howe Narrator: Marc William Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Evangelicals are losing the culture war. What if it’s their fault? In 2016, writer and filmmaker Ben Howe found himself disillusioned with the religious movement he’d always called home. In the pursuit of electoral victory, many American evangelicals embraced moral relativism and toxic partisanship. Whatever happened to the Moral Majority, who headed to Washington in the ’80s to plant the flag of Christian values? Where were the Christian leaders that emerged from that movement and led the charge against Bill Clinton for his deception and unfaithfulness? Was all that a sham? Or have they just lost sight of why they wanted to win in the first place? From the 1980s scandals till today, evangelicals have often been caricatured as a congregation of judgmental and prudish rubes taken in by thundering pastors consumed with greed and lust for power. Did the critics have a point? In The Immoral Majority, Howe—still a believer and still deeply conservative—analyzes and debunks the intellectual dishonesty and manipulative rhetoric which evangelical leaders use to convince Christians to toe the Republican Party line. He walks us through the history of the Christian Right, as well as the events of the last three decades which led to the current state of the conservative movement at large. As long as evangelicals prioritize power over persuasion, Howe argues, their pews will be empty and their national influence will dwindle. If evangelicals hope to avoid cultural irrelevance going forward, it will mean valuing the eternal over the ephemeral, humility over ego, and resisting the seduction of political power, no matter the cost. The Immoral Majority demonstrates how the Religious Right is choosing the profits of this world at the cost of its soul—and why it’s not too late to change course. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347387 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear America: Notes of an Undocumented Citizen Author: Jose Antonio Vargas Narrator: Jose Antonio Vargas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer-Prize winning journalist Jose Antonio Vargas, called “the most famous undocumented immigrant in America,” tackles one of the defining issues of our time in this explosive and deeply personal call to arms. “This is not a book about the politics of immigration. This book––at it's core––is not about immigration at all. This book is about homelessness, not in a traditional sense, but in the unsettled, unmoored psychological state that undocumented immigrants like myself find ourselves in. This book is about lying and being forced to lie to get by; about passing as an American and as a contributing citizen; about families, keeping them together, and having to make new ones when you can’t. This book is about constantly hiding from the government and, in the process, hiding from ourselves. This book is about what it means to not have a home. After 25 years of living illegally in a country that does not consider me one of its own, this book is the closest thing I have to freedom.” —Jose Antonio Vargas, from Dear America Jose Antonio Vargas Tue, 18 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347387 thebookvoice.com 5:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear America: Notes of an Undocumented Citizen Author: Jose Antonio Vargas Narrator: Jose Antonio Vargas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer-Prize winning journalist Jose Antonio Vargas, called “the most famous undocumented immigrant in America,” tackles one of the defining issues of our time in this explosive and deeply personal call to arms. “This is not a book about the politics of immigration. This book––at it's core––is not about immigration at all. This book is about homelessness, not in a traditional sense, but in the unsettled, unmoored psychological state that undocumented immigrants like myself find ourselves in. This book is about lying and being forced to lie to get by; about passing as an American and as a contributing citizen; about families, keeping them together, and having to make new ones when you can’t. This book is about constantly hiding from the government and, in the process, hiding from ourselves. This book is about what it means to not have a home. After 25 years of living illegally in a country that does not consider me one of its own, this book is the closest thing I have to freedom.” —Jose Antonio Vargas, from Dear America Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear America: Notes of an Undocumented Citizen Author: Jose Antonio Vargas Narrator: Jose Antonio Vargas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer-Prize winning journalist Jose Antonio Vargas, called “the most famous undocumented immigrant in America,” tackles one of the defining issues of our time in this explosive and deeply personal call to arms. “This is not a book about the politics of immigration. This book––at it's core––is not about immigration at all. This book is about homelessness, not in a traditional sense, but in the unsettled, unmoored psychological state that undocumented immigrants like myself find ourselves in. This book is about lying and being forced to lie to get by; about passing as an American and as a contributing citizen; about families, keeping them together, and having to make new ones when you can’t. This book is about constantly hiding from the government and, in the process, hiding from ourselves. This book is about what it means to not have a home. After 25 years of living illegally in a country that does not consider me one of its own, this book is the closest thing I have to freedom.” —Jose Antonio Vargas, from Dear America https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347376 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Praise of Difficult Women: Life Lessons from 29 Heroines Who Dared to Break the Rules Author: Karen Karbo Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Frida Kahlo and Elizabeth Taylor to Nora Ephron, Carrie Fisher, and Lena Dunham, this witty narrative explores what we can learn from the imperfect and extraordinary legacies of twenty-nine iconic women who forged their own unique paths in the world. Smart, sassy, and unapologetically feminine, In Praise of Difficult Women is an ode to the bold and charismatic women of modern history. Bestselling author Karen Karbo spotlights the spirited rule breakers who charted their way with little regard for expectations: Amelia Earhart, Helen Gurley Brown, Edie Sedgwick, Hillary Clinton, Amy Poehler, and Shonda Rhimes, among others. Their lives—imperfect, elegant, messy, glorious—provide inspiration and instruction for the new age of feminism we have entered. Karbo distills these lessons with wit and humor, examining the universal themes that connect us to each of these mesmerizing personalities today: success and style, love and authenticity, daring and courage. Being “difficult,” Karbo reveals, might not make life easier, but it can make it more fulfilling—whatever that means for you. Karen Karbo Tue, 27 Nov 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347376 thebookvoice.com 11:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Praise of Difficult Women: Life Lessons from 29 Heroines Who Dared to Break the Rules Author: Karen Karbo Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Frida Kahlo and Elizabeth Taylor to Nora Ephron, Carrie Fisher, and Lena Dunham, this witty narrative explores what we can learn from the imperfect and extraordinary legacies of twenty-nine iconic women who forged their own unique paths in the world. Smart, sassy, and unapologetically feminine, In Praise of Difficult Women is an ode to the bold and charismatic women of modern history. Bestselling author Karen Karbo spotlights the spirited rule breakers who charted their way with little regard for expectations: Amelia Earhart, Helen Gurley Brown, Edie Sedgwick, Hillary Clinton, Amy Poehler, and Shonda Rhimes, among others. Their lives—imperfect, elegant, messy, glorious—provide inspiration and instruction for the new age of feminism we have entered. Karbo distills these lessons with wit and humor, examining the universal themes that connect us to each of these mesmerizing personalities today: success and style, love and authenticity, daring and courage. Being “difficult,” Karbo reveals, might not make life easier, but it can make it more fulfilling—whatever that means for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Praise of Difficult Women: Life Lessons from 29 Heroines Who Dared to Break the Rules Author: Karen Karbo Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Frida Kahlo and Elizabeth Taylor to Nora Ephron, Carrie Fisher, and Lena Dunham, this witty narrative explores what we can learn from the imperfect and extraordinary legacies of twenty-nine iconic women who forged their own unique paths in the world. Smart, sassy, and unapologetically feminine, In Praise of Difficult Women is an ode to the bold and charismatic women of modern history. Bestselling author Karen Karbo spotlights the spirited rule breakers who charted their way with little regard for expectations: Amelia Earhart, Helen Gurley Brown, Edie Sedgwick, Hillary Clinton, Amy Poehler, and Shonda Rhimes, among others. Their lives—imperfect, elegant, messy, glorious—provide inspiration and instruction for the new age of feminism we have entered. Karbo distills these lessons with wit and humor, examining the universal themes that connect us to each of these mesmerizing personalities today: success and style, love and authenticity, daring and courage. Being “difficult,” Karbo reveals, might not make life easier, but it can make it more fulfilling—whatever that means for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347353 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heartland: A Memoir of Working Hard and Being Broke in the Richest Country on Earth Author: Sarah Smarsh Narrator: Sarah Smarsh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Finalist for the National Book Award* *Finalist for the Kirkus Prize* *Instant New York Times Bestseller* *Named a Best Book of the Year by NPR, New York Post, BuzzFeed, Shelf Awareness, Bustle, and Publishers Weekly* An essential read for our times: an eye-opening memoir of working-class poverty in America that will deepen our understanding of the ways in which class shapes our country and “a deeply humane memoir that crackles with clarifying insight”.* Sarah Smarsh was born a fifth generation Kansas wheat farmer on her paternal side, and the product of generations of teen mothers on her maternal side. Through her experiences growing up on a farm thirty miles west of Wichita, we are given a unique and essential look into the lives of poor and working class Americans living in the heartland. During Sarah’s turbulent childhood in Kansas in the 1980s and 1990s, she enjoyed the freedom of a country childhood, but observed the painful challenges of the poverty around her; untreated medical conditions for lack of insurance or consistent care, unsafe job conditions, abusive relationships, and limited resources and information that would provide for the upward mobility that is the American Dream. By telling the story of her life and the lives of the people she loves with clarity and precision but without judgement, Smarsh challenges us to look more closely at the class divide in our country. Beautifully written, in a distinctive voice, Heartland combines personal narrative with powerful analysis and cultural commentary, challenging the myths about people thought to be less because they earn less. “Heartland is one of a growing number of important works—including Matthew Desmond’s Evicted and Amy Goldstein’s Janesville—that together merit their own section in nonfiction aisles across the country: America’s postindustrial decline...Smarsh shows how the false promise of the ‘American dream’ was used to subjugate the poor. It’s a powerful mantra” *(The New York Times Book Review). Sarah Smarsh Tue, 18 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347353 thebookvoice.com 9:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heartland: A Memoir of Working Hard and Being Broke in the Richest Country on Earth Author: Sarah Smarsh Narrator: Sarah Smarsh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Finalist for the National Book Award* *Finalist for the Kirkus Prize* *Instant New York Times Bestseller* *Named a Best Book of the Year by NPR, New York Post, BuzzFeed, Shelf Awareness, Bustle, and Publishers Weekly* An essential read for our times: an eye-opening memoir of working-class poverty in America that will deepen our understanding of the ways in which class shapes our country and “a deeply humane memoir that crackles with clarifying insight”.* Sarah Smarsh was born a fifth generation Kansas wheat farmer on her paternal side, and the product of generations of teen mothers on her maternal side. Through her experiences growing up on a farm thirty miles west of Wichita, we are given a unique and essential look into the lives of poor and working class Americans living in the heartland. During Sarah’s turbulent childhood in Kansas in the 1980s and 1990s, she enjoyed the freedom of a country childhood, but observed the painful challenges of the poverty around her; untreated medical conditions for lack of insurance or consistent care, unsafe job conditions, abusive relationships, and limited resources and information that would provide for the upward mobility that is the American Dream. By telling the story of her life and the lives of the people she loves with clarity and precision but without judgement, Smarsh challenges us to look more closely at the class divide in our country. Beautifully written, in a distinctive voice, Heartland combines personal narrative with powerful analysis and cultural commentary, challenging the myths about people thought to be less because they earn less. “Heartland is one of a growing number of important works—including Matthew Desmond’s Evicted and Amy Goldstein’s Janesville—that together merit their own section in nonfiction aisles across the country: America’s postindustrial decline...Smarsh shows how the false promise of the ‘American dream’ was used to subjugate the poor. It’s a powerful mantra” *(The New York Times Book Review). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heartland: A Memoir of Working Hard and Being Broke in the Richest Country on Earth Author: Sarah Smarsh Narrator: Sarah Smarsh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Finalist for the National Book Award* *Finalist for the Kirkus Prize* *Instant New York Times Bestseller* *Named a Best Book of the Year by NPR, New York Post, BuzzFeed, Shelf Awareness, Bustle, and Publishers Weekly* An essential read for our times: an eye-opening memoir of working-class poverty in America that will deepen our understanding of the ways in which class shapes our country and “a deeply humane memoir that crackles with clarifying insight”.* Sarah Smarsh was born a fifth generation Kansas wheat farmer on her paternal side, and the product of generations of teen mothers on her maternal side. Through her experiences growing up on a farm thirty miles west of Wichita, we are given a unique and essential look into the lives of poor and working class Americans living in the heartland. During Sarah’s turbulent childhood in Kansas in the 1980s and 1990s, she enjoyed the freedom of a country childhood, but observed the painful challenges of the poverty around her; untreated medical conditions for lack of insurance or consistent care, unsafe job conditions, abusive relationships, and limited resources and information that would provide for the upward mobility that is the American Dream. By telling the story of her life and the lives of the people she loves with clarity and precision but without judgement, Smarsh challenges us to look more closely at the class divide in our country. Beautifully written, in a distinctive voice, Heartland combines personal narrative with powerful analysis and cultural commentary, challenging the myths about people thought to be less because they earn less. “Heartland is one of a growing number of important works—including Matthew Desmond’s Evicted and Amy Goldstein’s Janesville—that together merit their own section in nonfiction aisles across the country: America’s postindustrial decline...Smarsh shows how the false promise of the ‘American dream’ was used to subjugate the poor. It’s a powerful mantra” *(The New York Times Book Review). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347318 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fame: The Hijacking of Reality Author: Justine Bateman Narrator: Justine Bateman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Entertainment shows, magazines, websites, and other channels continuously report the latest sightings, heartbreaks, and triumphs of the famous to a seemingly insatiable public. Millions of people go to enormous lengths to achieve Fame. Fame is woven into our lives in ways that may have been unimaginable in years past. And yet, is Fame even real? Contrary to tangible realities, Fame is one of those “realities” that we, as a society, have made. Why is that and what is it about Fame that drives us to spend so much time, money, and focus to create the framework that maintains its health? Mining decades of experience, writer, director, producer, and actress Justine Bateman writes a visceral, intimate look at the experience of Fame. Combining the internal reality-shift of the famous, theories on the public’s behavior at each stage of a famous person’s career, and the experiences of other famous performers, Bateman takes the reader inside and outside the emotions of Fame. Justine Bateman Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347318 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fame: The Hijacking of Reality Author: Justine Bateman Narrator: Justine Bateman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Entertainment shows, magazines, websites, and other channels continuously report the latest sightings, heartbreaks, and triumphs of the famous to a seemingly insatiable public. Millions of people go to enormous lengths to achieve Fame. Fame is woven into our lives in ways that may have been unimaginable in years past. And yet, is Fame even real? Contrary to tangible realities, Fame is one of those “realities” that we, as a society, have made. Why is that and what is it about Fame that drives us to spend so much time, money, and focus to create the framework that maintains its health? Mining decades of experience, writer, director, producer, and actress Justine Bateman writes a visceral, intimate look at the experience of Fame. Combining the internal reality-shift of the famous, theories on the public’s behavior at each stage of a famous person’s career, and the experiences of other famous performers, Bateman takes the reader inside and outside the emotions of Fame. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fame: The Hijacking of Reality Author: Justine Bateman Narrator: Justine Bateman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Entertainment shows, magazines, websites, and other channels continuously report the latest sightings, heartbreaks, and triumphs of the famous to a seemingly insatiable public. Millions of people go to enormous lengths to achieve Fame. Fame is woven into our lives in ways that may have been unimaginable in years past. And yet, is Fame even real? Contrary to tangible realities, Fame is one of those “realities” that we, as a society, have made. Why is that and what is it about Fame that drives us to spend so much time, money, and focus to create the framework that maintains its health? Mining decades of experience, writer, director, producer, and actress Justine Bateman writes a visceral, intimate look at the experience of Fame. Combining the internal reality-shift of the famous, theories on the public’s behavior at each stage of a famous person’s career, and the experiences of other famous performers, Bateman takes the reader inside and outside the emotions of Fame. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347305 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347305]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mental Load: A Feminist Comic Author: Emma Narrator: Amy Mcfadden, Jess Nahikian, James Anderson Foster, Braden Wright, Lauren Ezzo, Kate Rudd, Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A new voice in comics is incisive, funny, and fiercely feminist. 'The mental load. It's incessant, gnawing, exhausting, and disproportionately falls to women. You know the scene--you're making dinner, calling the plumber/doctor/mechanic, checking homework and answering work emails--at the same time. All the while, you are being peppered with questions by your nearest and dearest 'where are my shoes?, 'do we have any cheese?...'' --Australian Broadcasting Corp on Emma's comic In her first book of comic strips, Emma reflects on social and feminist issues by means of simple line drawings, dissecting the mental load, ie all that invisible and unpaid organizing, list-making and planning women do to manage their lives, and the lives of their family members. Most of us carry some form of mental load--about our work, household responsibilities, financial obligations and personal life; but what makes up that burden and how it's distributed within households and understood in offices is not always equal or fair. In her strips Emma deals with themes ranging from maternity leave (it is not a vacation!), domestic violence, the clitoris, the violence of the medical world on women during childbirth, and other feminist issues, and she does so in a straightforward way that is both hilarious and deadly serious. If you're not laughing, you're probably crying in recognition. Emma's comics also address the everyday outrages and absurdities of immigrant rights, income equality, and police violence. Emma has over 300,000 followers on Facebook, her comics have been shared 215,000 times, and have elicited comments from 21,000 internet users. An article about her in the French magazine L'Express drew 1.8 million views--a record since the site was created. And her comic has just been picked up by The Guardian. Many women will recognize themselves in The Mental Load, which is sure to stir a wide ranging, important debate on what it really means to be a woman today. Emma Tue, 23 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347305 thebookvoice.com 2:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347305]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mental Load: A Feminist Comic Author: Emma Narrator: Amy Mcfadden, Jess Nahikian, James Anderson Foster, Braden Wright, Lauren Ezzo, Kate Rudd, Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A new voice in comics is incisive, funny, and fiercely feminist. 'The mental load. It's incessant, gnawing, exhausting, and disproportionately falls to women. You know the scene--you're making dinner, calling the plumber/doctor/mechanic, checking homework and answering work emails--at the same time. All the while, you are being peppered with questions by your nearest and dearest 'where are my shoes?, 'do we have any cheese?...'' --Australian Broadcasting Corp on Emma's comic In her first book of comic strips, Emma reflects on social and feminist issues by means of simple line drawings, dissecting the mental load, ie all that invisible and unpaid organizing, list-making and planning women do to manage their lives, and the lives of their family members. Most of us carry some form of mental load--about our work, household responsibilities, financial obligations and personal life; but what makes up that burden and how it's distributed within households and understood in offices is not always equal or fair. In her strips Emma deals with themes ranging from maternity leave (it is not a vacation!), domestic violence, the clitoris, the violence of the medical world on women during childbirth, and other feminist issues, and she does so in a straightforward way that is both hilarious and deadly serious. If you're not laughing, you're probably crying in recognition. Emma's comics also address the everyday outrages and absurdities of immigrant rights, income equality, and police violence. Emma has over 300,000 followers on Facebook, her comics have been shared 215,000 times, and have elicited comments from 21,000 internet users. An article about her in the French magazine L'Express drew 1.8 million views--a record since the site was created. And her comic has just been picked up by The Guardian. Many women will recognize themselves in The Mental Load, which is sure to stir a wide ranging, important debate on what it really means to be a woman today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347305]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mental Load: A Feminist Comic Author: Emma Narrator: Amy Mcfadden, Jess Nahikian, James Anderson Foster, Braden Wright, Lauren Ezzo, Kate Rudd, Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A new voice in comics is incisive, funny, and fiercely feminist. 'The mental load. It's incessant, gnawing, exhausting, and disproportionately falls to women. You know the scene--you're making dinner, calling the plumber/doctor/mechanic, checking homework and answering work emails--at the same time. All the while, you are being peppered with questions by your nearest and dearest 'where are my shoes?, 'do we have any cheese?...'' --Australian Broadcasting Corp on Emma's comic In her first book of comic strips, Emma reflects on social and feminist issues by means of simple line drawings, dissecting the mental load, ie all that invisible and unpaid organizing, list-making and planning women do to manage their lives, and the lives of their family members. Most of us carry some form of mental load--about our work, household responsibilities, financial obligations and personal life; but what makes up that burden and how it's distributed within households and understood in offices is not always equal or fair. In her strips Emma deals with themes ranging from maternity leave (it is not a vacation!), domestic violence, the clitoris, the violence of the medical world on women during childbirth, and other feminist issues, and she does so in a straightforward way that is both hilarious and deadly serious. If you're not laughing, you're probably crying in recognition. Emma's comics also address the everyday outrages and absurdities of immigrant rights, income equality, and police violence. Emma has over 300,000 followers on Facebook, her comics have been shared 215,000 times, and have elicited comments from 21,000 internet users. An article about her in the French magazine L'Express drew 1.8 million views--a record since the site was created. And her comic has just been picked up by The Guardian. Many women will recognize themselves in The Mental Load, which is sure to stir a wide ranging, important debate on what it really means to be a woman today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347292 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Savage Order: How the World's Deadliest Countries Can Forge a Path to Security Author: Rachel Kleinfeld Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The most violent places in the world today are not at war. More people have died in Mexico in recent years than in Iraq and Afghanistan combined. These parts of the world are instead buckling under a maelstrom of gangs, organized crime, political conflict, corruption, and state brutality. Such devastating violence can feel hopeless, yet some places—from Colombia to the Republic of Georgia—have been able to recover. In this powerfully argued and urgent book, Rachel Kleinfeld examines why some democracies, including our own, are crippled by extreme violence and how they can regain security. Drawing on fifteen years of study and firsthand field research—interviewing generals, former guerrillas, activists, politicians, mobsters, and law enforcement in countries around the world—Kleinfeld tells the stories of societies that successfully fought seemingly ingrained violence and offers penetrating conclusions about what must be done to build governments that are able to protect the lives of their citizens. Taking on existing literature and popular theories about war, crime, and foreign intervention, A Savage Order is a blistering yet inspiring investigation into what makes some countries peaceful and others war zones, and a blueprint for what we can do to help. Rachel Kleinfeld Tue, 06 Nov 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347292 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Savage Order: How the World's Deadliest Countries Can Forge a Path to Security Author: Rachel Kleinfeld Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The most violent places in the world today are not at war. More people have died in Mexico in recent years than in Iraq and Afghanistan combined. These parts of the world are instead buckling under a maelstrom of gangs, organized crime, political conflict, corruption, and state brutality. Such devastating violence can feel hopeless, yet some places—from Colombia to the Republic of Georgia—have been able to recover. In this powerfully argued and urgent book, Rachel Kleinfeld examines why some democracies, including our own, are crippled by extreme violence and how they can regain security. Drawing on fifteen years of study and firsthand field research—interviewing generals, former guerrillas, activists, politicians, mobsters, and law enforcement in countries around the world—Kleinfeld tells the stories of societies that successfully fought seemingly ingrained violence and offers penetrating conclusions about what must be done to build governments that are able to protect the lives of their citizens. Taking on existing literature and popular theories about war, crime, and foreign intervention, A Savage Order is a blistering yet inspiring investigation into what makes some countries peaceful and others war zones, and a blueprint for what we can do to help. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Savage Order: How the World's Deadliest Countries Can Forge a Path to Security Author: Rachel Kleinfeld Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The most violent places in the world today are not at war. More people have died in Mexico in recent years than in Iraq and Afghanistan combined. These parts of the world are instead buckling under a maelstrom of gangs, organized crime, political conflict, corruption, and state brutality. Such devastating violence can feel hopeless, yet some places—from Colombia to the Republic of Georgia—have been able to recover. In this powerfully argued and urgent book, Rachel Kleinfeld examines why some democracies, including our own, are crippled by extreme violence and how they can regain security. Drawing on fifteen years of study and firsthand field research—interviewing generals, former guerrillas, activists, politicians, mobsters, and law enforcement in countries around the world—Kleinfeld tells the stories of societies that successfully fought seemingly ingrained violence and offers penetrating conclusions about what must be done to build governments that are able to protect the lives of their citizens. Taking on existing literature and popular theories about war, crime, and foreign intervention, A Savage Order is a blistering yet inspiring investigation into what makes some countries peaceful and others war zones, and a blueprint for what we can do to help. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347261 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347261]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Maya Angelou Autobiographies: Six BBC Radio 4 dramatisations Author: Maya Angelou Narrator: Full Cast, Adjoa Andoh, Indie Gjesdal, Pippa Bennett-Warner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Six BBC Radio 4 dramatisations of Maya Angelou's evocative, extraordinary memoirs, starring Adjoa Andoh and Pippa Bennett-Warner The books that make up the life and times of Maya Angelou are among the most beautiful and haunting pieces of autobiography ever written. Joyous, direct and searingly honest, they run the gamut from life-affirming to tragic, and back again. I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings charts Maya’s childhood in the Deep South in the 1930s; while Gather Together In My Name recounts her descent into prostitution and narcotics. Singin’ and Swingin’ and Gettin’ Merry Like Christmas sees her forging a career in showbusiness, and in The Heart of a Woman, she moves to New York and becomes involved in civil rights. All God’s Children Need Travelling Shoes explores her time in Ghana during the 1960s, and in A Song Flung up to Heaven, she returns to America to work with Malcolm X and Martin Luther King. When tragedy strikes, her friend James Baldwin helps her out of her devastation – and new opportunities beckon for Maya. Angelou’s memoirs have become modern classics, beloved worldwide, and these stunning dramatisations illuminate her incredible resilience, creativity and power, painting an extraordinary portrait of 20th century black America. Maya Angelou Thu, 02 May 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347261 thebookvoice.com 6:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347261]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Maya Angelou Autobiographies: Six BBC Radio 4 dramatisations Author: Maya Angelou Narrator: Full Cast, Adjoa Andoh, Indie Gjesdal, Pippa Bennett-Warner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Six BBC Radio 4 dramatisations of Maya Angelou's evocative, extraordinary memoirs, starring Adjoa Andoh and Pippa Bennett-Warner The books that make up the life and times of Maya Angelou are among the most beautiful and haunting pieces of autobiography ever written. Joyous, direct and searingly honest, they run the gamut from life-affirming to tragic, and back again. I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings charts Maya’s childhood in the Deep South in the 1930s; while Gather Together In My Name recounts her descent into prostitution and narcotics. Singin’ and Swingin’ and Gettin’ Merry Like Christmas sees her forging a career in showbusiness, and in The Heart of a Woman, she moves to New York and becomes involved in civil rights. All God’s Children Need Travelling Shoes explores her time in Ghana during the 1960s, and in A Song Flung up to Heaven, she returns to America to work with Malcolm X and Martin Luther King. When tragedy strikes, her friend James Baldwin helps her out of her devastation – and new opportunities beckon for Maya. Angelou’s memoirs have become modern classics, beloved worldwide, and these stunning dramatisations illuminate her incredible resilience, creativity and power, painting an extraordinary portrait of 20th century black America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347261]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Maya Angelou Autobiographies: Six BBC Radio 4 dramatisations Author: Maya Angelou Narrator: Full Cast, Adjoa Andoh, Indie Gjesdal, Pippa Bennett-Warner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Six BBC Radio 4 dramatisations of Maya Angelou's evocative, extraordinary memoirs, starring Adjoa Andoh and Pippa Bennett-Warner The books that make up the life and times of Maya Angelou are among the most beautiful and haunting pieces of autobiography ever written. Joyous, direct and searingly honest, they run the gamut from life-affirming to tragic, and back again. I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings charts Maya’s childhood in the Deep South in the 1930s; while Gather Together In My Name recounts her descent into prostitution and narcotics. Singin’ and Swingin’ and Gettin’ Merry Like Christmas sees her forging a career in showbusiness, and in The Heart of a Woman, she moves to New York and becomes involved in civil rights. All God’s Children Need Travelling Shoes explores her time in Ghana during the 1960s, and in A Song Flung up to Heaven, she returns to America to work with Malcolm X and Martin Luther King. When tragedy strikes, her friend James Baldwin helps her out of her devastation – and new opportunities beckon for Maya. Angelou’s memoirs have become modern classics, beloved worldwide, and these stunning dramatisations illuminate her incredible resilience, creativity and power, painting an extraordinary portrait of 20th century black America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347245 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347245]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Cycle of Opioid Addiction: Supplement Your Pain Management with Cannabis Author: Uwe Blesching Narrator: Sam Scholl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An evidence-based guide to using cannabis to enhance pain relief safely, effectively, and economically while reducing the risks of opioid addiction Opioid addiction has exploded to epidemic proportions in the U.S. Drug overdose is now the leading cause of accidental death. In 2012, 259 million prescriptions were written for opioids—more than enough to give every American adult their own bottle of pills. Uwe Blesching, author of The Cannabis Health Index, clearly and thoroughly lays out the overwhelming benefits of using cannabis—not only to reduce the nation’s dependence on opioids—but also to manage the craving and withdrawal symptoms of opioid addiction, and especially to address the pain that leads to drug use and addiction in the first place. Citing statistics showing that states allowing legal access to cannabis have seen a 25 percent drop in opioid-related deaths, Blesching explains how precision applications of cannabis can alleviate the mental and emotional aspects of pain by modulating numerous neurotransmitters and their emotional counterparts. He presents a convincing case for the powerful benefits of cannabis in reducing the risks of addiction and overdose, cutting monetary costs, and restoring a sense of balance and control to those who struggle with pain. Uwe Blesching Tue, 29 Jan 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347245 thebookvoice.com 4:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347245]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Cycle of Opioid Addiction: Supplement Your Pain Management with Cannabis Author: Uwe Blesching Narrator: Sam Scholl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An evidence-based guide to using cannabis to enhance pain relief safely, effectively, and economically while reducing the risks of opioid addiction Opioid addiction has exploded to epidemic proportions in the U.S. Drug overdose is now the leading cause of accidental death. In 2012, 259 million prescriptions were written for opioids—more than enough to give every American adult their own bottle of pills. Uwe Blesching, author of The Cannabis Health Index, clearly and thoroughly lays out the overwhelming benefits of using cannabis—not only to reduce the nation’s dependence on opioids—but also to manage the craving and withdrawal symptoms of opioid addiction, and especially to address the pain that leads to drug use and addiction in the first place. Citing statistics showing that states allowing legal access to cannabis have seen a 25 percent drop in opioid-related deaths, Blesching explains how precision applications of cannabis can alleviate the mental and emotional aspects of pain by modulating numerous neurotransmitters and their emotional counterparts. He presents a convincing case for the powerful benefits of cannabis in reducing the risks of addiction and overdose, cutting monetary costs, and restoring a sense of balance and control to those who struggle with pain. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347245]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Cycle of Opioid Addiction: Supplement Your Pain Management with Cannabis Author: Uwe Blesching Narrator: Sam Scholl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An evidence-based guide to using cannabis to enhance pain relief safely, effectively, and economically while reducing the risks of opioid addiction Opioid addiction has exploded to epidemic proportions in the U.S. Drug overdose is now the leading cause of accidental death. In 2012, 259 million prescriptions were written for opioids—more than enough to give every American adult their own bottle of pills. Uwe Blesching, author of The Cannabis Health Index, clearly and thoroughly lays out the overwhelming benefits of using cannabis—not only to reduce the nation’s dependence on opioids—but also to manage the craving and withdrawal symptoms of opioid addiction, and especially to address the pain that leads to drug use and addiction in the first place. Citing statistics showing that states allowing legal access to cannabis have seen a 25 percent drop in opioid-related deaths, Blesching explains how precision applications of cannabis can alleviate the mental and emotional aspects of pain by modulating numerous neurotransmitters and their emotional counterparts. He presents a convincing case for the powerful benefits of cannabis in reducing the risks of addiction and overdose, cutting monetary costs, and restoring a sense of balance and control to those who struggle with pain. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347241 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sacred Instructions: Indigenous Wisdom for Living Spirit-Based Change Author: Sherri Mitchell Narrator: Sherri Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A “profound and inspiring” collection of ancient indigenous wisdom for “anyone wanting the healing of self, society, and of our shared planet” (Peter Levine, author of Waking the Tiger: Healing Trauma). A Penobscot Indian draws on the experiences and wisdom of the First Nations to address environmental justice, water protection, generational trauma, and more. Drawing from ancestral knowledge, as well as her experience as an attorney and activist, Sherri Mitchell addresses some of the most crucial issues of our day—including indigenous land rights, environmental justice, and our collective human survival. Sharing the gifts she has received from the elders of her tribe, the Penobscot Nation, she asks us to look deeply into the illusions we have labeled as truth and which separate us from our higher mind and from one another.   Sacred Instructions explains how our traditional stories set the framework for our belief systems and urges us to decolonize our language and our stories. It reveals how the removal of women from our stories has impacted our thinking and disrupted the natural balance within our communities.   For all those who seek to create change, this book lays out an ancient world view and set of cultural values that provide a way of life that is balanced and humane, that can heal Mother Earth, and that will preserve our communities for future generations. Sherri Mitchell Tue, 30 Apr 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347241 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sacred Instructions: Indigenous Wisdom for Living Spirit-Based Change Author: Sherri Mitchell Narrator: Sherri Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A “profound and inspiring” collection of ancient indigenous wisdom for “anyone wanting the healing of self, society, and of our shared planet” (Peter Levine, author of Waking the Tiger: Healing Trauma). A Penobscot Indian draws on the experiences and wisdom of the First Nations to address environmental justice, water protection, generational trauma, and more. Drawing from ancestral knowledge, as well as her experience as an attorney and activist, Sherri Mitchell addresses some of the most crucial issues of our day—including indigenous land rights, environmental justice, and our collective human survival. Sharing the gifts she has received from the elders of her tribe, the Penobscot Nation, she asks us to look deeply into the illusions we have labeled as truth and which separate us from our higher mind and from one another.   Sacred Instructions explains how our traditional stories set the framework for our belief systems and urges us to decolonize our language and our stories. It reveals how the removal of women from our stories has impacted our thinking and disrupted the natural balance within our communities.   For all those who seek to create change, this book lays out an ancient world view and set of cultural values that provide a way of life that is balanced and humane, that can heal Mother Earth, and that will preserve our communities for future generations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sacred Instructions: Indigenous Wisdom for Living Spirit-Based Change Author: Sherri Mitchell Narrator: Sherri Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A “profound and inspiring” collection of ancient indigenous wisdom for “anyone wanting the healing of self, society, and of our shared planet” (Peter Levine, author of Waking the Tiger: Healing Trauma). A Penobscot Indian draws on the experiences and wisdom of the First Nations to address environmental justice, water protection, generational trauma, and more. Drawing from ancestral knowledge, as well as her experience as an attorney and activist, Sherri Mitchell addresses some of the most crucial issues of our day—including indigenous land rights, environmental justice, and our collective human survival. Sharing the gifts she has received from the elders of her tribe, the Penobscot Nation, she asks us to look deeply into the illusions we have labeled as truth and which separate us from our higher mind and from one another.   Sacred Instructions explains how our traditional stories set the framework for our belief systems and urges us to decolonize our language and our stories. It reveals how the removal of women from our stories has impacted our thinking and disrupted the natural balance within our communities.   For all those who seek to create change, this book lays out an ancient world view and set of cultural values that provide a way of life that is balanced and humane, that can heal Mother Earth, and that will preserve our communities for future generations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347159 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Industry of Anonymity: Inside the Business of Cybercrime Author: Jonathan Lusthaus Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The most extensive account yet of the lives of cybercriminals and the vast international industry they have created, deeply sourced and based on field research in the world’s technology-crime hotspots Cybercrime seems invisible. Attacks arrive out of nowhere, their origins hidden by layers of sophisticated technology. Only the victims are clear. But every crime has its perpetrator―specific individuals or groups sitting somewhere behind keyboards and screens. Jonathan Lusthaus lifts the veil on the world of these cybercriminals in the most extensive account yet of the lives they lead, and the vast international industry they have created. We are long past the age of the lone adolescent hacker tapping away in his parents’ basement. Cybercrime now operates like a business. Its goods and services may be illicit, but it is highly organized, complex, driven by profit, and globally interconnected. Having traveled to cybercrime hotspots around the world to meet with hundreds of law enforcement agents, security gurus, hackers, and criminals, Lusthaus takes us inside this murky underworld and reveals how this business works. He explains the strategies criminals use to build a thriving industry in a low-trust environment characterized by a precarious combination of anonymity and teamwork. Crime takes hold where there is more technical talent than legitimate opportunity, and where authorities turn a blind eye―perhaps for a price. In the fight against cybercrime, understanding what drives people into this industry is as important as advanced security. Based on seven years of fieldwork from Eastern Europe to West Africa, Industry of Anonymity is a compelling and revealing study of a rational business model which, however much we might wish otherwise, has become a defining feature of the modern world. Jonathan Lusthaus Tue, 16 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347159 thebookvoice.com 11:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Industry of Anonymity: Inside the Business of Cybercrime Author: Jonathan Lusthaus Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The most extensive account yet of the lives of cybercriminals and the vast international industry they have created, deeply sourced and based on field research in the world’s technology-crime hotspots Cybercrime seems invisible. Attacks arrive out of nowhere, their origins hidden by layers of sophisticated technology. Only the victims are clear. But every crime has its perpetrator―specific individuals or groups sitting somewhere behind keyboards and screens. Jonathan Lusthaus lifts the veil on the world of these cybercriminals in the most extensive account yet of the lives they lead, and the vast international industry they have created. We are long past the age of the lone adolescent hacker tapping away in his parents’ basement. Cybercrime now operates like a business. Its goods and services may be illicit, but it is highly organized, complex, driven by profit, and globally interconnected. Having traveled to cybercrime hotspots around the world to meet with hundreds of law enforcement agents, security gurus, hackers, and criminals, Lusthaus takes us inside this murky underworld and reveals how this business works. He explains the strategies criminals use to build a thriving industry in a low-trust environment characterized by a precarious combination of anonymity and teamwork. Crime takes hold where there is more technical talent than legitimate opportunity, and where authorities turn a blind eye―perhaps for a price. In the fight against cybercrime, understanding what drives people into this industry is as important as advanced security. Based on seven years of fieldwork from Eastern Europe to West Africa, Industry of Anonymity is a compelling and revealing study of a rational business model which, however much we might wish otherwise, has become a defining feature of the modern world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Industry of Anonymity: Inside the Business of Cybercrime Author: Jonathan Lusthaus Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The most extensive account yet of the lives of cybercriminals and the vast international industry they have created, deeply sourced and based on field research in the world’s technology-crime hotspots Cybercrime seems invisible. Attacks arrive out of nowhere, their origins hidden by layers of sophisticated technology. Only the victims are clear. But every crime has its perpetrator―specific individuals or groups sitting somewhere behind keyboards and screens. Jonathan Lusthaus lifts the veil on the world of these cybercriminals in the most extensive account yet of the lives they lead, and the vast international industry they have created. We are long past the age of the lone adolescent hacker tapping away in his parents’ basement. Cybercrime now operates like a business. Its goods and services may be illicit, but it is highly organized, complex, driven by profit, and globally interconnected. Having traveled to cybercrime hotspots around the world to meet with hundreds of law enforcement agents, security gurus, hackers, and criminals, Lusthaus takes us inside this murky underworld and reveals how this business works. He explains the strategies criminals use to build a thriving industry in a low-trust environment characterized by a precarious combination of anonymity and teamwork. Crime takes hold where there is more technical talent than legitimate opportunity, and where authorities turn a blind eye―perhaps for a price. In the fight against cybercrime, understanding what drives people into this industry is as important as advanced security. Based on seven years of fieldwork from Eastern Europe to West Africa, Industry of Anonymity is a compelling and revealing study of a rational business model which, however much we might wish otherwise, has become a defining feature of the modern world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347152 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disturbed in Their Nests: A Journey from Sudan’s Dinkaland to San Diego’s City Heights Author: Judy A. Bernstein, Alephonsion Deng Narrator: Suzie Althens, Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nineteen-year-old refugee Alephonsion Deng, from war-ravaged Sudan, had great expectations when he arrived in America three weeks before two planes crashed into the World Trade Towers. Money, he’d been told, was given to you in pillows. Machines did all the work. Education was free. Suburban mom Judy Bernstein had her own assumptions. The teenaged “Lost Boys of Sudan”—who’d traveled barefoot and starving for a thousand miles—needed a little mothering and a change of scenery: a trip to the zoo, perhaps, or maybe the beach. Partnered through a mentoring program in San Diego, these two individuals from opposite sides of the world began an eye-opening journey that radically altered each other’s vision and life. Disturbed in Their Nests recounts the first year of this heartwarming partnership; the initial misunderstandings, the growing trust, and, ultimately, their lasting friendship. Their contrasting points of view provide of-the-moment insight into what refugees face when torn from their own cultures and thrust into entirely foreign ones. Alepho struggles to understand the fast-paced, supersized way of life in America. He lands a job, but later is viciously beaten. Will he ever escape violence and hatred? Judy faces her own struggles: Alepho and his fellow refugees need jobs, education, housing, and health care. Why does she feel so compelled and how much support should she provide? The migrant crises in the Middle East, Central America, Europe, and Africa have put refugees in the headlines. Countless human tragedies are reduced to mere numbers. Personal stories such as Alepho’s add a face to the news and lead to greater understanding of the strangers among us. Readers experience Alepho’s discomfort, fears, and triumphs in a way that a newscast can’t convey. This timely and inspiring personal account will make readers laugh, cry, and examine their own place in the world. Judy A. Bernstein, Alephonsion Deng Tue, 06 Nov 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347152 thebookvoice.com 11:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disturbed in Their Nests: A Journey from Sudan’s Dinkaland to San Diego’s City Heights Author: Judy A. Bernstein, Alephonsion Deng Narrator: Suzie Althens, Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nineteen-year-old refugee Alephonsion Deng, from war-ravaged Sudan, had great expectations when he arrived in America three weeks before two planes crashed into the World Trade Towers. Money, he’d been told, was given to you in pillows. Machines did all the work. Education was free. Suburban mom Judy Bernstein had her own assumptions. The teenaged “Lost Boys of Sudan”—who’d traveled barefoot and starving for a thousand miles—needed a little mothering and a change of scenery: a trip to the zoo, perhaps, or maybe the beach. Partnered through a mentoring program in San Diego, these two individuals from opposite sides of the world began an eye-opening journey that radically altered each other’s vision and life. Disturbed in Their Nests recounts the first year of this heartwarming partnership; the initial misunderstandings, the growing trust, and, ultimately, their lasting friendship. Their contrasting points of view provide of-the-moment insight into what refugees face when torn from their own cultures and thrust into entirely foreign ones. Alepho struggles to understand the fast-paced, supersized way of life in America. He lands a job, but later is viciously beaten. Will he ever escape violence and hatred? Judy faces her own struggles: Alepho and his fellow refugees need jobs, education, housing, and health care. Why does she feel so compelled and how much support should she provide? The migrant crises in the Middle East, Central America, Europe, and Africa have put refugees in the headlines. Countless human tragedies are reduced to mere numbers. Personal stories such as Alepho’s add a face to the news and lead to greater understanding of the strangers among us. Readers experience Alepho’s discomfort, fears, and triumphs in a way that a newscast can’t convey. This timely and inspiring personal account will make readers laugh, cry, and examine their own place in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disturbed in Their Nests: A Journey from Sudan’s Dinkaland to San Diego’s City Heights Author: Judy A. Bernstein, Alephonsion Deng Narrator: Suzie Althens, Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nineteen-year-old refugee Alephonsion Deng, from war-ravaged Sudan, had great expectations when he arrived in America three weeks before two planes crashed into the World Trade Towers. Money, he’d been told, was given to you in pillows. Machines did all the work. Education was free. Suburban mom Judy Bernstein had her own assumptions. The teenaged “Lost Boys of Sudan”—who’d traveled barefoot and starving for a thousand miles—needed a little mothering and a change of scenery: a trip to the zoo, perhaps, or maybe the beach. Partnered through a mentoring program in San Diego, these two individuals from opposite sides of the world began an eye-opening journey that radically altered each other’s vision and life. Disturbed in Their Nests recounts the first year of this heartwarming partnership; the initial misunderstandings, the growing trust, and, ultimately, their lasting friendship. Their contrasting points of view provide of-the-moment insight into what refugees face when torn from their own cultures and thrust into entirely foreign ones. Alepho struggles to understand the fast-paced, supersized way of life in America. He lands a job, but later is viciously beaten. Will he ever escape violence and hatred? Judy faces her own struggles: Alepho and his fellow refugees need jobs, education, housing, and health care. Why does she feel so compelled and how much support should she provide? The migrant crises in the Middle East, Central America, Europe, and Africa have put refugees in the headlines. Countless human tragedies are reduced to mere numbers. Personal stories such as Alepho’s add a face to the news and lead to greater understanding of the strangers among us. Readers experience Alepho’s discomfort, fears, and triumphs in a way that a newscast can’t convey. This timely and inspiring personal account will make readers laugh, cry, and examine their own place in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347104 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347104]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Manifiesto mexicano: Cómo perdimos el rumbo y cómo recuperarlo Author: Denise Dresser Narrator: Luciana González De León, Denise Dresser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 10, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una lectura obligada para ciudadanos críticos y propositivos. Este es un libro lleno de rabia y amor perro por el México maltrecho que debemos rescatar. Es una crónica del hartazgo, del enojo con la cleptocracia que se rota en el poder, con los privilegios inmerecidos de los cómodamente apoltronados en la punta de la pirámide. Un país atorado en la desesperanza, en el desamparo, sofocado por la corrupción, amenazado por la violencia, sin soluciones fáciles. Con el implacable rigor que la distingue, Denise Dresser hace un corte de caja de los últimos tiempos, los años del desencanto. La Peñastroika perdida, la cuatitud corrosiva, la vetocracia viva, el pacto de impunidad y cómo transitamos de la dictadura perfecta al pillaje perfecto. Por sus páginas desfilan las prácticas y las historias que han trastocado la transición democrática; sus líneas repasan los síntomas semanales de la descomposición como la 'Casa Blanca', el escándalo de Odebrecht, la llamada 'Estafa Maestra', los fiscales carnales, las instituciones disfuncionales y la partidocracia rapaz. Frontal y reveladora, la autora narra cómo nos convertimos en un país de fosas, de desaparecidos, de ausentes. Refuta las 'verdades históricas' de Ayotzinapa y Tanhuato y Apatzingán, y contabiliza los costos de pelear la misma guerra contra el narcotráfico, pero con peores resultados. Ante este deterioro, apunta las batallas que faltan por ganar: por las mujeres, por los derechos pisoteados, por los periodistas, por la libertad de expresión, por la paz. Manifiesto mexicano es un llamado a ser sujetos desobedientes, a disentir y construir, a 'bullear' a quienes gobiernan para que lo hagan mejor. Es una apuesta a la remodelación institucional, a la rendición de cuentas, a los contrapesos, a la democracia, gobierne quien gobierne. Es una convocatoria para componer lo que echamos a perder, y alcanzar lo que quedó como una simple aspiración: un sistema político y económico que funcione para los ciudadanos y no sólo para la clase política. Algo verdaderamente ciudadano. Algo nuestro. Denise Dresser Fri, 10 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347104 thebookvoice.com 14:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347104]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Manifiesto mexicano: Cómo perdimos el rumbo y cómo recuperarlo Author: Denise Dresser Narrator: Luciana González De León, Denise Dresser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 10, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una lectura obligada para ciudadanos críticos y propositivos. Este es un libro lleno de rabia y amor perro por el México maltrecho que debemos rescatar. Es una crónica del hartazgo, del enojo con la cleptocracia que se rota en el poder, con los privilegios inmerecidos de los cómodamente apoltronados en la punta de la pirámide. Un país atorado en la desesperanza, en el desamparo, sofocado por la corrupción, amenazado por la violencia, sin soluciones fáciles. Con el implacable rigor que la distingue, Denise Dresser hace un corte de caja de los últimos tiempos, los años del desencanto. La Peñastroika perdida, la cuatitud corrosiva, la vetocracia viva, el pacto de impunidad y cómo transitamos de la dictadura perfecta al pillaje perfecto. Por sus páginas desfilan las prácticas y las historias que han trastocado la transición democrática; sus líneas repasan los síntomas semanales de la descomposición como la 'Casa Blanca', el escándalo de Odebrecht, la llamada 'Estafa Maestra', los fiscales carnales, las instituciones disfuncionales y la partidocracia rapaz. Frontal y reveladora, la autora narra cómo nos convertimos en un país de fosas, de desaparecidos, de ausentes. Refuta las 'verdades históricas' de Ayotzinapa y Tanhuato y Apatzingán, y contabiliza los costos de pelear la misma guerra contra el narcotráfico, pero con peores resultados. Ante este deterioro, apunta las batallas que faltan por ganar: por las mujeres, por los derechos pisoteados, por los periodistas, por la libertad de expresión, por la paz. Manifiesto mexicano es un llamado a ser sujetos desobedientes, a disentir y construir, a 'bullear' a quienes gobiernan para que lo hagan mejor. Es una apuesta a la remodelación institucional, a la rendición de cuentas, a los contrapesos, a la democracia, gobierne quien gobierne. Es una convocatoria para componer lo que echamos a perder, y alcanzar lo que quedó como una simple aspiración: un sistema político y económico que funcione para los ciudadanos y no sólo para la clase política. Algo verdaderamente ciudadano. Algo nuestro. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347104]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Manifiesto mexicano: Cómo perdimos el rumbo y cómo recuperarlo Author: Denise Dresser Narrator: Luciana González De León, Denise Dresser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 10, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una lectura obligada para ciudadanos críticos y propositivos. Este es un libro lleno de rabia y amor perro por el México maltrecho que debemos rescatar. Es una crónica del hartazgo, del enojo con la cleptocracia que se rota en el poder, con los privilegios inmerecidos de los cómodamente apoltronados en la punta de la pirámide. Un país atorado en la desesperanza, en el desamparo, sofocado por la corrupción, amenazado por la violencia, sin soluciones fáciles. Con el implacable rigor que la distingue, Denise Dresser hace un corte de caja de los últimos tiempos, los años del desencanto. La Peñastroika perdida, la cuatitud corrosiva, la vetocracia viva, el pacto de impunidad y cómo transitamos de la dictadura perfecta al pillaje perfecto. Por sus páginas desfilan las prácticas y las historias que han trastocado la transición democrática; sus líneas repasan los síntomas semanales de la descomposición como la 'Casa Blanca', el escándalo de Odebrecht, la llamada 'Estafa Maestra', los fiscales carnales, las instituciones disfuncionales y la partidocracia rapaz. Frontal y reveladora, la autora narra cómo nos convertimos en un país de fosas, de desaparecidos, de ausentes. Refuta las 'verdades históricas' de Ayotzinapa y Tanhuato y Apatzingán, y contabiliza los costos de pelear la misma guerra contra el narcotráfico, pero con peores resultados. Ante este deterioro, apunta las batallas que faltan por ganar: por las mujeres, por los derechos pisoteados, por los periodistas, por la libertad de expresión, por la paz. Manifiesto mexicano es un llamado a ser sujetos desobedientes, a disentir y construir, a 'bullear' a quienes gobiernan para que lo hagan mejor. Es una apuesta a la remodelación institucional, a la rendición de cuentas, a los contrapesos, a la democracia, gobierne quien gobierne. Es una convocatoria para componer lo que echamos a perder, y alcanzar lo que quedó como una simple aspiración: un sistema político y económico que funcione para los ciudadanos y no sólo para la clase política. Algo verdaderamente ciudadano. Algo nuestro. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347079 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347079]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las hijas de Eva y Lilith: Conoce y sana a todas las mujeres que hay en ti Author: Elisa Queijeiro Narrator: Elisa Queijeiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 26, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Las hijas de Eva y Lilith desvela la verdad sobre la historia de la mujer y propone vivir con mayor libertad, sin la lápida de la interpretación y el invento. ¿Por qué volver a contar la historia de Eva? ¿Para qué? ¿Quién es Lilith? ¿De dónde surgió? ¿Y qué relación tienen ellas conmigo en el presente? Elisa Quejeiro, colaboradora en el programa de Martha Debayle y la revista Algarabía, desmonta el mito de Eva como la causante de la expulsión del paraíso Las hijas de Eva y Lilith desvela la verdad sobre la historia de la mujer y propone vivir con mayor libertad, sin la lápida de la interpretación y el invento. Elisa Queijeiro aborda los mitos desde todos sus ángulos, sabiendo su importancia para el surgimiento de los pueblos, pero también que una mirada parcial y sesgada de los mismos nos ha limitado como mujeres e impedido nuestra plenitud por muchos siglos. Este libro nos desnuda detalles como que nunca hubo manzana en el Edén y que la serpiente engañó a nadie; que no había sólo un árbol valioso y prohibido, sino dos, y que la expulsión del Paraíso fue consecuencia de la sabiduría adquirida, no de la desobediencia cometida. Elisa Queijeiro nos explica que Eva sabía lo que hacía, y nos narra que hubo otra esposa de Adán, la bella y sensual Lilith -la primera mujer según el mito hebreo-, que después de discutir por su igualdad lo abandonó y con el paso del tiempo fue convertida en demonio: ¡tanta libertad y valentía no eran buena idea! A lo largo de la historia Eva fue mal contada y Lilith, silenciada. Nosotras somos sus hijas, y por tanto su herencia. Es hora de entenderlas y transformarnos. En este libro, 15 arquetipos dibujan a la mujer del siglo XXI y muestran la evolución que vale la pena vivir. En palabras de su autora: 'Al escribir Las hijas de Eva y Lilith comprendí que la investigación y el conocimiento tienen otro sentido: sanar' La crítica ha opinado: 'Elisa rompe de manera inteligente dos de los mitos más arraigados que prevalecen en nuestra conciencia y limitan nuestra expresión natural como mujeres amadas por la creación e infinitamente poderosas. ¡Leerla es descubrirte!' -Mati Covarrubias, co-creadora de música para una nueva cultura emocional- 'Nos pasamos la vida diciendo que queremos encontrar la Verdad afuera, cuando no somos capaces de valorar la verdad adentro. Desde ahí está escrito este libro, desde dentro, y mueve al ser a hacer lo mismo' -Alonso del Río, autor, cantante de música de medicina- 'Nadie como Elisa Queijeiro para reconciliar a la mujer con su verdadera fuerza. Su pasión y claridad al contar la historia y los mitos son únicos' -Sofía Sánchez Navarro, conductora de televisión- 'Es tiempo de ir más allá de las mil formas en las que nos han convertido en ángeles y demonios. Elisa Queijeiro, con su pluma exquisita, nos lleva a esas profundidades para hacernos surgir como mujeres intensamente humanas' -Dra. Lucy Romero, psicóloga, escritora y conferencista- Elisa Queijeiro Thu, 26 Jul 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347079 thebookvoice.com 5:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347079]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las hijas de Eva y Lilith: Conoce y sana a todas las mujeres que hay en ti Author: Elisa Queijeiro Narrator: Elisa Queijeiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 26, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Las hijas de Eva y Lilith desvela la verdad sobre la historia de la mujer y propone vivir con mayor libertad, sin la lápida de la interpretación y el invento. ¿Por qué volver a contar la historia de Eva? ¿Para qué? ¿Quién es Lilith? ¿De dónde surgió? ¿Y qué relación tienen ellas conmigo en el presente? Elisa Quejeiro, colaboradora en el programa de Martha Debayle y la revista Algarabía, desmonta el mito de Eva como la causante de la expulsión del paraíso Las hijas de Eva y Lilith desvela la verdad sobre la historia de la mujer y propone vivir con mayor libertad, sin la lápida de la interpretación y el invento. Elisa Queijeiro aborda los mitos desde todos sus ángulos, sabiendo su importancia para el surgimiento de los pueblos, pero también que una mirada parcial y sesgada de los mismos nos ha limitado como mujeres e impedido nuestra plenitud por muchos siglos. Este libro nos desnuda detalles como que nunca hubo manzana en el Edén y que la serpiente engañó a nadie; que no había sólo un árbol valioso y prohibido, sino dos, y que la expulsión del Paraíso fue consecuencia de la sabiduría adquirida, no de la desobediencia cometida. Elisa Queijeiro nos explica que Eva sabía lo que hacía, y nos narra que hubo otra esposa de Adán, la bella y sensual Lilith -la primera mujer según el mito hebreo-, que después de discutir por su igualdad lo abandonó y con el paso del tiempo fue convertida en demonio: ¡tanta libertad y valentía no eran buena idea! A lo largo de la historia Eva fue mal contada y Lilith, silenciada. Nosotras somos sus hijas, y por tanto su herencia. Es hora de entenderlas y transformarnos. En este libro, 15 arquetipos dibujan a la mujer del siglo XXI y muestran la evolución que vale la pena vivir. En palabras de su autora: 'Al escribir Las hijas de Eva y Lilith comprendí que la investigación y el conocimiento tienen otro sentido: sanar' La crítica ha opinado: 'Elisa rompe de manera inteligente dos de los mitos más arraigados que prevalecen en nuestra conciencia y limitan nuestra expresión natural como mujeres amadas por la creación e infinitamente poderosas. ¡Leerla es descubrirte!' -Mati Covarrubias, co-creadora de música para una nueva cultura emocional- 'Nos pasamos la vida diciendo que queremos encontrar la Verdad afuera, cuando no somos capaces de valorar la verdad adentro. Desde ahí está escrito este libro, desde dentro, y mueve al ser a hacer lo mismo' -Alonso del Río, autor, cantante de música de medicina- 'Nadie como Elisa Queijeiro para reconciliar a la mujer con su verdadera fuerza. Su pasión y claridad al contar la historia y los mitos son únicos' -Sofía Sánchez Navarro, conductora de televisión- 'Es tiempo de ir más allá de las mil formas en las que nos han convertido en ángeles y demonios. Elisa Queijeiro, con su pluma exquisita, nos lleva a esas profundidades para hacernos surgir como mujeres intensamente humanas' -Dra. Lucy Romero, psicóloga, escritora y conferencista- Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347079]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las hijas de Eva y Lilith: Conoce y sana a todas las mujeres que hay en ti Author: Elisa Queijeiro Narrator: Elisa Queijeiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 26, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Las hijas de Eva y Lilith desvela la verdad sobre la historia de la mujer y propone vivir con mayor libertad, sin la lápida de la interpretación y el invento. ¿Por qué volver a contar la historia de Eva? ¿Para qué? ¿Quién es Lilith? ¿De dónde surgió? ¿Y qué relación tienen ellas conmigo en el presente? Elisa Quejeiro, colaboradora en el programa de Martha Debayle y la revista Algarabía, desmonta el mito de Eva como la causante de la expulsión del paraíso Las hijas de Eva y Lilith desvela la verdad sobre la historia de la mujer y propone vivir con mayor libertad, sin la lápida de la interpretación y el invento. Elisa Queijeiro aborda los mitos desde todos sus ángulos, sabiendo su importancia para el surgimiento de los pueblos, pero también que una mirada parcial y sesgada de los mismos nos ha limitado como mujeres e impedido nuestra plenitud por muchos siglos. Este libro nos desnuda detalles como que nunca hubo manzana en el Edén y que la serpiente engañó a nadie; que no había sólo un árbol valioso y prohibido, sino dos, y que la expulsión del Paraíso fue consecuencia de la sabiduría adquirida, no de la desobediencia cometida. Elisa Queijeiro nos explica que Eva sabía lo que hacía, y nos narra que hubo otra esposa de Adán, la bella y sensual Lilith -la primera mujer según el mito hebreo-, que después de discutir por su igualdad lo abandonó y con el paso del tiempo fue convertida en demonio: ¡tanta libertad y valentía no eran buena idea! A lo largo de la historia Eva fue mal contada y Lilith, silenciada. Nosotras somos sus hijas, y por tanto su herencia. Es hora de entenderlas y transformarnos. En este libro, 15 arquetipos dibujan a la mujer del siglo XXI y muestran la evolución que vale la pena vivir. En palabras de su autora: 'Al escribir Las hijas de Eva y Lilith comprendí que la investigación y el conocimiento tienen otro sentido: sanar' La crítica ha opinado: 'Elisa rompe de manera inteligente dos de los mitos más arraigados que prevalecen en nuestra conciencia y limitan nuestra expresión natural como mujeres amadas por la creación e infinitamente poderosas. ¡Leerla es descubrirte!' -Mati Covarrubias, co-creadora de música para una nueva cultura emocional- 'Nos pasamos la vida diciendo que queremos encontrar la Verdad afuera, cuando no somos capaces de valorar la verdad adentro. Desde ahí está escrito este libro, desde dentro, y mueve al ser a hacer lo mismo' -Alonso del Río, autor, cantante de música de medicina- 'Nadie como Elisa Queijeiro para reconciliar a la mujer con su verdadera fuerza. Su pasión y claridad al contar la historia y los mitos son únicos' -Sofía Sánchez Navarro, conductora de televisión- 'Es tiempo de ir más allá de las mil formas en las que nos han convertido en ángeles y demonios. Elisa Queijeiro, con su pluma exquisita, nos lleva a esas profundidades para hacernos surgir como mujeres intensamente humanas' -Dra. Lucy Romero, psicóloga, escritora y conferencista- https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346938 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-being Author: Kate Pickett, Richard Wilkinson Narrator: Finlay Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Inner Level by Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett, read by Finlay Robertson. Why is the incidence of mental illness in the UK twice that in Germany? Why are Americans three times more likely than the Dutch to develop gambling problems? Why is child well-being so much worse in New Zealand than Japan? As this groundbreaking study demonstrates, the answer to all these hinges on inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the centre of public debate by showing conclusively that less-equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, how it alters how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequalities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to defi ne and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status is associated with elevated levels of stress, and how rates of anxiety and depression are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are innately competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book sheds new light on many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. Kate Pickett, Richard Wilkinson Thu, 30 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346938 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-being Author: Kate Pickett, Richard Wilkinson Narrator: Finlay Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Inner Level by Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett, read by Finlay Robertson. Why is the incidence of mental illness in the UK twice that in Germany? Why are Americans three times more likely than the Dutch to develop gambling problems? Why is child well-being so much worse in New Zealand than Japan? As this groundbreaking study demonstrates, the answer to all these hinges on inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the centre of public debate by showing conclusively that less-equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, how it alters how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequalities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to defi ne and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status is associated with elevated levels of stress, and how rates of anxiety and depression are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are innately competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book sheds new light on many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-being Author: Kate Pickett, Richard Wilkinson Narrator: Finlay Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Inner Level by Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett, read by Finlay Robertson. Why is the incidence of mental illness in the UK twice that in Germany? Why are Americans three times more likely than the Dutch to develop gambling problems? Why is child well-being so much worse in New Zealand than Japan? As this groundbreaking study demonstrates, the answer to all these hinges on inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the centre of public debate by showing conclusively that less-equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, how it alters how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequalities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to defi ne and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status is associated with elevated levels of stress, and how rates of anxiety and depression are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are innately competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book sheds new light on many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346932 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Desperado: My life as a Cocaine Cowboy Author: Evan Wright, Jon Roberts Narrator: Meredith Scott Lynn, Christina Rooney, Johnathan Mcclain, Steve Kramer, Thomas Vincent Kelly, Mark Deakins, Kimberly Farr, Kirby Heyborne, Mark Bramhall, Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: American Desperado is possibly the most jaw-dropping, event-filled, adrenaline-soaked criminal autobiography ever written. Like a real-life Scarface Jon was born into the upper levels of the Gambino crime family and witnessed his first murder at age seven. He became a one-man juvenile crime wave before joining an assassination squad in Vietnam. He returned to New York at age 20 to become one of the city's top nightclub promoters, then journeyed to Miami where he became the de facto transportation chief of the Medellin Cartel, and along with a tech-wizard partner, created some of the most sophisticated smuggling technologies ever. With a hulking 6'6' bodyguard always at his side, and a rural fortress protected by mortars, tear-gas cannons, and a gold-fanged attack dog, Roberts was brutally effective at what he did. To law enforcement, he was known as the 'Bearded Gringo,' a spectre they could never touch. To United States senators and CIA officials, he was 'the guy who can get things done'. He eventually formed a clandestine alliance with the US government and in the end found personal late-life redemption. Evan Wright, Jon Roberts Tue, 01 Nov 2011 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346932 thebookvoice.com 16:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Desperado: My life as a Cocaine Cowboy Author: Evan Wright, Jon Roberts Narrator: Meredith Scott Lynn, Christina Rooney, Johnathan Mcclain, Steve Kramer, Thomas Vincent Kelly, Mark Deakins, Kimberly Farr, Kirby Heyborne, Mark Bramhall, Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: American Desperado is possibly the most jaw-dropping, event-filled, adrenaline-soaked criminal autobiography ever written. Like a real-life Scarface Jon was born into the upper levels of the Gambino crime family and witnessed his first murder at age seven. He became a one-man juvenile crime wave before joining an assassination squad in Vietnam. He returned to New York at age 20 to become one of the city's top nightclub promoters, then journeyed to Miami where he became the de facto transportation chief of the Medellin Cartel, and along with a tech-wizard partner, created some of the most sophisticated smuggling technologies ever. With a hulking 6'6' bodyguard always at his side, and a rural fortress protected by mortars, tear-gas cannons, and a gold-fanged attack dog, Roberts was brutally effective at what he did. To law enforcement, he was known as the 'Bearded Gringo,' a spectre they could never touch. To United States senators and CIA officials, he was 'the guy who can get things done'. He eventually formed a clandestine alliance with the US government and in the end found personal late-life redemption. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Desperado: My life as a Cocaine Cowboy Author: Evan Wright, Jon Roberts Narrator: Meredith Scott Lynn, Christina Rooney, Johnathan Mcclain, Steve Kramer, Thomas Vincent Kelly, Mark Deakins, Kimberly Farr, Kirby Heyborne, Mark Bramhall, Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: American Desperado is possibly the most jaw-dropping, event-filled, adrenaline-soaked criminal autobiography ever written. Like a real-life Scarface Jon was born into the upper levels of the Gambino crime family and witnessed his first murder at age seven. He became a one-man juvenile crime wave before joining an assassination squad in Vietnam. He returned to New York at age 20 to become one of the city's top nightclub promoters, then journeyed to Miami where he became the de facto transportation chief of the Medellin Cartel, and along with a tech-wizard partner, created some of the most sophisticated smuggling technologies ever. With a hulking 6'6' bodyguard always at his side, and a rural fortress protected by mortars, tear-gas cannons, and a gold-fanged attack dog, Roberts was brutally effective at what he did. To law enforcement, he was known as the 'Bearded Gringo,' a spectre they could never touch. To United States senators and CIA officials, he was 'the guy who can get things done'. He eventually formed a clandestine alliance with the US government and in the end found personal late-life redemption. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346918 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zucked: Waking Up to the Facebook Catastrophe Author: Roger Mcnamee Narrator: Roger Mcnamee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This is the dramatic story of how a noted tech venture capitalist, an early mentor to Mark Zuckerberg and investor in his company, woke up to the serious damage Facebook was doing to our society and set out to try to stop it. If you had told Roger McNamee three years ago that he would soon be devoting himself to stopping Facebook from destroying democracy, he would have howled with laughter. He had mentored many tech leaders in his illustrious career as an investor, but few things had made him prouder, or been better for his fund's bottom line, than his early service to Mark Zuckerberg. Still a large shareholder in Facebook, he had every good reason to stay on the bright side. Until he simply couldn't. Zucked is McNamee's intimate reckoning with the catastrophic failure of the head of one of the world's most powerful companies to face up to the damage he is doing. It's a story that begins with a series of rude awakenings. First there is the author's dawning realization that the platform is being manipulated by some very bad actors. Then there is the even more unsettling realization that Zuckerberg and Sheryl Sandberg are unable or unwilling to share his concerns, polite as they may be to his face. And then comes Brexit and the election of Donald Trump, and the emergence of one horrific piece of news after another about the malign ends to which the Facebook platform has been put. To McNamee's shock, Facebook's leaders still duck and dissemble, viewing the matter as a public relations problem. Now thoroughly alienated, McNamee digs into the issue, and fortuitously meets up with some fellow travellers who share his concerns, and help him sharpen its focus. Soon he and a dream team of Silicon Valley technologists are charging into the fray, to raise consciousness about the existential threat of Facebook, and the persuasion architecture of the attention economy more broadly – to our public health and to our political order. Zucked is both an enthralling personal narrative and a masterful explication of the forces that have conspired to place us all on the horns of this dilemma. This is the story of a company and its leadership, but it's also a larger tale of a business sector unmoored from normal constraints, at a moment of political and cultural crisis, the worst possible time to be given new tools for summoning the darker angels of our nature and whipping them into a frenzy. This is a wise, hard-hitting, and urgently necessary account that crystallizes the issue definitively for the rest of us. Roger Mcnamee Thu, 07 Feb 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346918 thebookvoice.com 12:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zucked: Waking Up to the Facebook Catastrophe Author: Roger Mcnamee Narrator: Roger Mcnamee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This is the dramatic story of how a noted tech venture capitalist, an early mentor to Mark Zuckerberg and investor in his company, woke up to the serious damage Facebook was doing to our society and set out to try to stop it. If you had told Roger McNamee three years ago that he would soon be devoting himself to stopping Facebook from destroying democracy, he would have howled with laughter. He had mentored many tech leaders in his illustrious career as an investor, but few things had made him prouder, or been better for his fund's bottom line, than his early service to Mark Zuckerberg. Still a large shareholder in Facebook, he had every good reason to stay on the bright side. Until he simply couldn't. Zucked is McNamee's intimate reckoning with the catastrophic failure of the head of one of the world's most powerful companies to face up to the damage he is doing. It's a story that begins with a series of rude awakenings. First there is the author's dawning realization that the platform is being manipulated by some very bad actors. Then there is the even more unsettling realization that Zuckerberg and Sheryl Sandberg are unable or unwilling to share his concerns, polite as they may be to his face. And then comes Brexit and the election of Donald Trump, and the emergence of one horrific piece of news after another about the malign ends to which the Facebook platform has been put. To McNamee's shock, Facebook's leaders still duck and dissemble, viewing the matter as a public relations problem. Now thoroughly alienated, McNamee digs into the issue, and fortuitously meets up with some fellow travellers who share his concerns, and help him sharpen its focus. Soon he and a dream team of Silicon Valley technologists are charging into the fray, to raise consciousness about the existential threat of Facebook, and the persuasion architecture of the attention economy more broadly – to our public health and to our political order. Zucked is both an enthralling personal narrative and a masterful explication of the forces that have conspired to place us all on the horns of this dilemma. This is the story of a company and its leadership, but it's also a larger tale of a business sector unmoored from normal constraints, at a moment of political and cultural crisis, the worst possible time to be given new tools for summoning the darker angels of our nature and whipping them into a frenzy. This is a wise, hard-hitting, and urgently necessary account that crystallizes the issue definitively for the rest of us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zucked: Waking Up to the Facebook Catastrophe Author: Roger Mcnamee Narrator: Roger Mcnamee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This is the dramatic story of how a noted tech venture capitalist, an early mentor to Mark Zuckerberg and investor in his company, woke up to the serious damage Facebook was doing to our society and set out to try to stop it. If you had told Roger McNamee three years ago that he would soon be devoting himself to stopping Facebook from destroying democracy, he would have howled with laughter. He had mentored many tech leaders in his illustrious career as an investor, but few things had made him prouder, or been better for his fund's bottom line, than his early service to Mark Zuckerberg. Still a large shareholder in Facebook, he had every good reason to stay on the bright side. Until he simply couldn't. Zucked is McNamee's intimate reckoning with the catastrophic failure of the head of one of the world's most powerful companies to face up to the damage he is doing. It's a story that begins with a series of rude awakenings. First there is the author's dawning realization that the platform is being manipulated by some very bad actors. Then there is the even more unsettling realization that Zuckerberg and Sheryl Sandberg are unable or unwilling to share his concerns, polite as they may be to his face. And then comes Brexit and the election of Donald Trump, and the emergence of one horrific piece of news after another about the malign ends to which the Facebook platform has been put. To McNamee's shock, Facebook's leaders still duck and dissemble, viewing the matter as a public relations problem. Now thoroughly alienated, McNamee digs into the issue, and fortuitously meets up with some fellow travellers who share his concerns, and help him sharpen its focus. Soon he and a dream team of Silicon Valley technologists are charging into the fray, to raise consciousness about the existential threat of Facebook, and the persuasion architecture of the attention economy more broadly – to our public health and to our political order. Zucked is both an enthralling personal narrative and a masterful explication of the forces that have conspired to place us all on the horns of this dilemma. This is the story of a company and its leadership, but it's also a larger tale of a business sector unmoored from normal constraints, at a moment of political and cultural crisis, the worst possible time to be given new tools for summoning the darker angels of our nature and whipping them into a frenzy. This is a wise, hard-hitting, and urgently necessary account that crystallizes the issue definitively for the rest of us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346850 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There Must Be a Pony in Here Somewhere: The AOL Time Warner Debacle and the Quest For the Digital Future Author: Lisa Dickey, Kara Swisher Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 7, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “AOL had found itself at the edge of disaster so frequently that one of its first executives, a brassy Vietnam veteran and restaurateur named Jim Kimsey, had taken the punch line of an old joke popularized by Ronald Reagan and made it into an unlikely mantra for the company. It concerned a very optimistic young boy who happened upon a huge pile of horse manure and began digging excitedly. When someone asked him what he was doing covered in muck, the foolish boy answered brightly, ‘There must be a pony in here somewhere!’” —From the Prologue If you’re wondering what happened after “a company without assets acquired a company without a clue,” as Kara Swisher wryly writes, it’s time to crack open this trenchant book about the doomed merger of America Online and Time Warner. On a quest to discover how the deal of the century became the messiest merger in history, Swisher delivers a rollicking narrative and a keen analysis of this debacle that is a must-read for anyone who wants to understand what it all means for the digital future. Packed with new revelations and on-the-record interviews with key players, it is the first detailed examination of the merger’s aftermath and also looks forward to what is coming next. It certainly has not been a pretty picture so far—with $100 billion in losses, a sinking stock price, employees in revolt, and lawsuits galore. As Swisher writes, “It is hard not to feel a bit queasy about the whole sorry mess. . . . It felt a bit like I was watching someone fall down a flight of stairs in slow motion, and every bump and thump made me wince. It made me reassess old ideas and wonder what I had gotten wrong. And it left me deeply confused as to what had happened and, more important, what was coming next.” For Swisher, finding the answers to what went awry is important because she remains a staunch believer in the digital future—maybe not in the AOL Time Warner merger, but in the essential idea at the heart of it that someday the distinction of old and new media will no longer exist. Borrowing from Winston Churchill, Swisher calls it “the end of the beginning” of the digital revolution. “By that, I mean that it is from the ashes of this bust that the really important companies of the next era will emerge. And that evolution will, I believe, be shaped by what happened—and what is happening now—at AOL Time Warner.” To figure it all out, Swisher takes her reader on a journey that begins with a portrait of two wildly different corporate cultures and businesses that somehow came to believe, in the crucible of the red-hot Internet era, that they could successfully join forces and achieve unprecedented growth and success. When the merger was announced in early 2000, the irresistible combination was hailed as the new paradigm and its executives—Steve Case, Jerry Levin, Bob Pittman—as popular icons of the future. But after the boom so spectacularly turned to bust and the visions of New Media Supremacy lay in ruins, Swisher searches for clues about where the merger went wrong and who is to blame. More important, she looks to the future of both AOL Time Warner and the Internet as she seeks to answer the key question that the noise of the disaster has all but drowned out. Will the demise of the AOL Time Warner merger be the final and inevitable chapter of the dot-com debacle or will it herald a new paradigm altogether? This book, then, is a primer for the time to come, using the story of the AOL Time Warner merger as the vehicle to show the troubled journey into the future. Lisa Dickey, Kara Swisher Mon, 07 Jul 2003 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346850 thebookvoice.com 12:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There Must Be a Pony in Here Somewhere: The AOL Time Warner Debacle and the Quest For the Digital Future Author: Lisa Dickey, Kara Swisher Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 7, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “AOL had found itself at the edge of disaster so frequently that one of its first executives, a brassy Vietnam veteran and restaurateur named Jim Kimsey, had taken the punch line of an old joke popularized by Ronald Reagan and made it into an unlikely mantra for the company. It concerned a very optimistic young boy who happened upon a huge pile of horse manure and began digging excitedly. When someone asked him what he was doing covered in muck, the foolish boy answered brightly, ‘There must be a pony in here somewhere!’” —From the Prologue If you’re wondering what happened after “a company without assets acquired a company without a clue,” as Kara Swisher wryly writes, it’s time to crack open this trenchant book about the doomed merger of America Online and Time Warner. On a quest to discover how the deal of the century became the messiest merger in history, Swisher delivers a rollicking narrative and a keen analysis of this debacle that is a must-read for anyone who wants to understand what it all means for the digital future. Packed with new revelations and on-the-record interviews with key players, it is the first detailed examination of the merger’s aftermath and also looks forward to what is coming next. It certainly has not been a pretty picture so far—with $100 billion in losses, a sinking stock price, employees in revolt, and lawsuits galore. As Swisher writes, “It is hard not to feel a bit queasy about the whole sorry mess. . . . It felt a bit like I was watching someone fall down a flight of stairs in slow motion, and every bump and thump made me wince. It made me reassess old ideas and wonder what I had gotten wrong. And it left me deeply confused as to what had happened and, more important, what was coming next.” For Swisher, finding the answers to what went awry is important because she remains a staunch believer in the digital future—maybe not in the AOL Time Warner merger, but in the essential idea at the heart of it that someday the distinction of old and new media will no longer exist. Borrowing from Winston Churchill, Swisher calls it “the end of the beginning” of the digital revolution. “By that, I mean that it is from the ashes of this bust that the really important companies of the next era will emerge. And that evolution will, I believe, be shaped by what happened—and what is happening now—at AOL Time Warner.” To figure it all out, Swisher takes her reader on a journey that begins with a portrait of two wildly different corporate cultures and businesses that somehow came to believe, in the crucible of the red-hot Internet era, that they could successfully join forces and achieve unprecedented growth and success. When the merger was announced in early 2000, the irresistible combination was hailed as the new paradigm and its executives—Steve Case, Jerry Levin, Bob Pittman—as popular icons of the future. But after the boom so spectacularly turned to bust and the visions of New Media Supremacy lay in ruins, Swisher searches for clues about where the merger went wrong and who is to blame. More important, she looks to the future of both AOL Time Warner and the Internet as she seeks to answer the key question that the noise of the disaster has all but drowned out. Will the demise of the AOL Time Warner merger be the final and inevitable chapter of the dot-com debacle or will it herald a new paradigm altogether? This book, then, is a primer for the time to come, using the story of the AOL Time Warner merger as the vehicle to show the troubled journey into the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There Must Be a Pony in Here Somewhere: The AOL Time Warner Debacle and the Quest For the Digital Future Author: Lisa Dickey, Kara Swisher Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 7, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “AOL had found itself at the edge of disaster so frequently that one of its first executives, a brassy Vietnam veteran and restaurateur named Jim Kimsey, had taken the punch line of an old joke popularized by Ronald Reagan and made it into an unlikely mantra for the company. It concerned a very optimistic young boy who happened upon a huge pile of horse manure and began digging excitedly. When someone asked him what he was doing covered in muck, the foolish boy answered brightly, ‘There must be a pony in here somewhere!’” —From the Prologue If you’re wondering what happened after “a company without assets acquired a company without a clue,” as Kara Swisher wryly writes, it’s time to crack open this trenchant book about the doomed merger of America Online and Time Warner. On a quest to discover how the deal of the century became the messiest merger in history, Swisher delivers a rollicking narrative and a keen analysis of this debacle that is a must-read for anyone who wants to understand what it all means for the digital future. Packed with new revelations and on-the-record interviews with key players, it is the first detailed examination of the merger’s aftermath and also looks forward to what is coming next. It certainly has not been a pretty picture so far—with $100 billion in losses, a sinking stock price, employees in revolt, and lawsuits galore. As Swisher writes, “It is hard not to feel a bit queasy about the whole sorry mess. . . . It felt a bit like I was watching someone fall down a flight of stairs in slow motion, and every bump and thump made me wince. It made me reassess old ideas and wonder what I had gotten wrong. And it left me deeply confused as to what had happened and, more important, what was coming next.” For Swisher, finding the answers to what went awry is important because she remains a staunch believer in the digital future—maybe not in the AOL Time Warner merger, but in the essential idea at the heart of it that someday the distinction of old and new media will no longer exist. Borrowing from Winston Churchill, Swisher calls it “the end of the beginning” of the digital revolution. “By that, I mean that it is from the ashes of this bust that the really important companies of the next era will emerge. And that evolution will, I believe, be shaped by what happened—and what is happening now—at AOL Time Warner.” To figure it all out, Swisher takes her reader on a journey that begins with a portrait of two wildly different corporate cultures and businesses that somehow came to believe, in the crucible of the red-hot Internet era, that they could successfully join forces and achieve unprecedented growth and success. When the merger was announced in early 2000, the irresistible combination was hailed as the new paradigm and its executives—Steve Case, Jerry Levin, Bob Pittman—as popular icons of the future. But after the boom so spectacularly turned to bust and the visions of New Media Supremacy lay in ruins, Swisher searches for clues about where the merger went wrong and who is to blame. More important, she looks to the future of both AOL Time Warner and the Internet as she seeks to answer the key question that the noise of the disaster has all but drowned out. Will the demise of the AOL Time Warner merger be the final and inevitable chapter of the dot-com debacle or will it herald a new paradigm altogether? This book, then, is a primer for the time to come, using the story of the AOL Time Warner merger as the vehicle to show the troubled journey into the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346804 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayflower: A Story of Courage, Community, and War Author: Nathaniel Philbrick Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 9, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Vivid and remarkably fresh...Philbrick has recast the Pilgrims for the ages.' --The New York Times Book Review Finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in history New York Times Book Review Top Ten books of the Year How did America begin? That simple question launches the acclaimed author of Bunker Hill and Valiant Ambition on an extraordinary journey to understand the truth behind our most sacred national myth: the voyage of the Mayflower and the settlement of Plymouth Colony. As Philbrick reveals in this electrifying history of the Pilgrims, the story of Plymouth Colony was a fifty-five year epic that began in peril and ended in war. New England erupted into a bloody conflict that nearly wiped out the English colonists and natives alike. These events shaped the existing communities and the country that would grow from them. Nathaniel Philbrick Tue, 09 May 2006 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346804 thebookvoice.com 12:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayflower: A Story of Courage, Community, and War Author: Nathaniel Philbrick Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 9, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Vivid and remarkably fresh...Philbrick has recast the Pilgrims for the ages.' --The New York Times Book Review Finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in history New York Times Book Review Top Ten books of the Year How did America begin? That simple question launches the acclaimed author of Bunker Hill and Valiant Ambition on an extraordinary journey to understand the truth behind our most sacred national myth: the voyage of the Mayflower and the settlement of Plymouth Colony. As Philbrick reveals in this electrifying history of the Pilgrims, the story of Plymouth Colony was a fifty-five year epic that began in peril and ended in war. New England erupted into a bloody conflict that nearly wiped out the English colonists and natives alike. These events shaped the existing communities and the country that would grow from them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayflower: A Story of Courage, Community, and War Author: Nathaniel Philbrick Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 9, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Vivid and remarkably fresh...Philbrick has recast the Pilgrims for the ages.' --The New York Times Book Review Finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in history New York Times Book Review Top Ten books of the Year How did America begin? That simple question launches the acclaimed author of Bunker Hill and Valiant Ambition on an extraordinary journey to understand the truth behind our most sacred national myth: the voyage of the Mayflower and the settlement of Plymouth Colony. As Philbrick reveals in this electrifying history of the Pilgrims, the story of Plymouth Colony was a fifty-five year epic that began in peril and ended in war. New England erupted into a bloody conflict that nearly wiped out the English colonists and natives alike. These events shaped the existing communities and the country that would grow from them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346802 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346802]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sense of Wonder: My Life in Comic Fandom--The Whole Story Author: Bill Schelly Narrator: Derek Botten Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A fascinating story of growing up as a gay fan of comic books in the 1960s, building a fifty-year career as an award-winning writer, and interacting with acclaimed comic book legends Award-winning writer Bill Schelly relates how comics and fandom saved his life in this engrossing story that begins in the burgeoning comic fandom movement of the 1960s and follows the twists and turns of a career that spanned fifty years. Schelly recounts his struggle to come out at a time when homosexuality was considered a mental illness, how the egalitarian nature of fandom offered a safe haven for those who were different, and how his need for creative expression eventually overcame all obstacles. He describes living through the AIDS epidemic, finding the love of his life, and his unorthodox route to becoming a father. He also details his personal encounters with major talents of 1960s comics, such as Steve Ditko (co-creator of Spider-Man), Jim Shooter (writer for DC and later editor-in-chief of Marvel Comics), and Julius Schwartz (legendary architect of the Silver Age of comics). Bill Schelly Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346802 thebookvoice.com 10:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346802]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sense of Wonder: My Life in Comic Fandom--The Whole Story Author: Bill Schelly Narrator: Derek Botten Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A fascinating story of growing up as a gay fan of comic books in the 1960s, building a fifty-year career as an award-winning writer, and interacting with acclaimed comic book legends Award-winning writer Bill Schelly relates how comics and fandom saved his life in this engrossing story that begins in the burgeoning comic fandom movement of the 1960s and follows the twists and turns of a career that spanned fifty years. Schelly recounts his struggle to come out at a time when homosexuality was considered a mental illness, how the egalitarian nature of fandom offered a safe haven for those who were different, and how his need for creative expression eventually overcame all obstacles. He describes living through the AIDS epidemic, finding the love of his life, and his unorthodox route to becoming a father. He also details his personal encounters with major talents of 1960s comics, such as Steve Ditko (co-creator of Spider-Man), Jim Shooter (writer for DC and later editor-in-chief of Marvel Comics), and Julius Schwartz (legendary architect of the Silver Age of comics). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346802]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sense of Wonder: My Life in Comic Fandom--The Whole Story Author: Bill Schelly Narrator: Derek Botten Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A fascinating story of growing up as a gay fan of comic books in the 1960s, building a fifty-year career as an award-winning writer, and interacting with acclaimed comic book legends Award-winning writer Bill Schelly relates how comics and fandom saved his life in this engrossing story that begins in the burgeoning comic fandom movement of the 1960s and follows the twists and turns of a career that spanned fifty years. Schelly recounts his struggle to come out at a time when homosexuality was considered a mental illness, how the egalitarian nature of fandom offered a safe haven for those who were different, and how his need for creative expression eventually overcame all obstacles. He describes living through the AIDS epidemic, finding the love of his life, and his unorthodox route to becoming a father. He also details his personal encounters with major talents of 1960s comics, such as Steve Ditko (co-creator of Spider-Man), Jim Shooter (writer for DC and later editor-in-chief of Marvel Comics), and Julius Schwartz (legendary architect of the Silver Age of comics). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346755 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Physics of Star Trek Author: Lawrence M. Krauss Narrator: Larry Mckeever Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 30, 1996 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the science behind one of television’s greatest series. Star Trek shaped and defined the science-fiction genre for generations of television viewers and writers, and now readers can learn more about the science presented on the show. What’s it like traveling at warp speed? What are the different types of dark matter and black holes? Learn all this and more! Lawrence M. Krauss Thu, 30 May 1996 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346755 thebookvoice.com 6:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Physics of Star Trek Author: Lawrence M. Krauss Narrator: Larry Mckeever Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 30, 1996 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the science behind one of television’s greatest series. Star Trek shaped and defined the science-fiction genre for generations of television viewers and writers, and now readers can learn more about the science presented on the show. What’s it like traveling at warp speed? What are the different types of dark matter and black holes? Learn all this and more! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Physics of Star Trek Author: Lawrence M. Krauss Narrator: Larry Mckeever Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 30, 1996 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the science behind one of television’s greatest series. Star Trek shaped and defined the science-fiction genre for generations of television viewers and writers, and now readers can learn more about the science presented on the show. What’s it like traveling at warp speed? What are the different types of dark matter and black holes? Learn all this and more! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346731 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346731]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Other Side of the River: A Story of Two Towns, a Death, and America's Dilemma Author: Alex Kotlowitz Narrator: Stanley Tucci Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Alex Kotlowitz's There Are No Children Here was more than a bestseller; it was a national event. His beautifully narrated, heartbreaking nonfiction account of two black boys struggling to grow up in a Chicago public housing complex spent eight weeks on The New York Times bestseller list, was a made-for-television movie starring and produced by Oprah Winfrey, won many distinguished awards, and sparked a continuing national debate on the lives of inner-city children. In The Other Side of the River, his eagerly awaited new book, Kotlowitz takes us to southern Michigan. Here, separated by the St. Joseph River, are two towns, St. Joseph and Benton Harbor. Geographically close, they are worlds apart, a living metaphor for America's racial divisions: St. Joseph is a prosperous lakeshore community and ninety-five percent white, while Benton Harbor is impoverished and ninety-two percent black. When the body of a black teenaged boy from Benton Harbor is found in the river, unhealed wounds and suspicions between the two towns' populations surface as well. The investigation into the young man's death becomes, inevitably, a screen on which each town projects their resentments and fears. The Other Side of the River sensitively portrays the lives and hopes of the towns' citizens as they wrestle with this mystery--and reveals the attitudes and misperceptions that undermine race relations throughout America. In this gripping and ultimately profound book, Alex Kotlowitz proves why he is one of this country's foremost writers on the ever explosive issue of race. Alex Kotlowitz Tue, 04 Jul 2000 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346731 thebookvoice.com 5:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346731]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Other Side of the River: A Story of Two Towns, a Death, and America's Dilemma Author: Alex Kotlowitz Narrator: Stanley Tucci Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Alex Kotlowitz's There Are No Children Here was more than a bestseller; it was a national event. His beautifully narrated, heartbreaking nonfiction account of two black boys struggling to grow up in a Chicago public housing complex spent eight weeks on The New York Times bestseller list, was a made-for-television movie starring and produced by Oprah Winfrey, won many distinguished awards, and sparked a continuing national debate on the lives of inner-city children. In The Other Side of the River, his eagerly awaited new book, Kotlowitz takes us to southern Michigan. Here, separated by the St. Joseph River, are two towns, St. Joseph and Benton Harbor. Geographically close, they are worlds apart, a living metaphor for America's racial divisions: St. Joseph is a prosperous lakeshore community and ninety-five percent white, while Benton Harbor is impoverished and ninety-two percent black. When the body of a black teenaged boy from Benton Harbor is found in the river, unhealed wounds and suspicions between the two towns' populations surface as well. The investigation into the young man's death becomes, inevitably, a screen on which each town projects their resentments and fears. The Other Side of the River sensitively portrays the lives and hopes of the towns' citizens as they wrestle with this mystery--and reveals the attitudes and misperceptions that undermine race relations throughout America. In this gripping and ultimately profound book, Alex Kotlowitz proves why he is one of this country's foremost writers on the ever explosive issue of race. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346731]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Other Side of the River: A Story of Two Towns, a Death, and America's Dilemma Author: Alex Kotlowitz Narrator: Stanley Tucci Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Alex Kotlowitz's There Are No Children Here was more than a bestseller; it was a national event. His beautifully narrated, heartbreaking nonfiction account of two black boys struggling to grow up in a Chicago public housing complex spent eight weeks on The New York Times bestseller list, was a made-for-television movie starring and produced by Oprah Winfrey, won many distinguished awards, and sparked a continuing national debate on the lives of inner-city children. In The Other Side of the River, his eagerly awaited new book, Kotlowitz takes us to southern Michigan. Here, separated by the St. Joseph River, are two towns, St. Joseph and Benton Harbor. Geographically close, they are worlds apart, a living metaphor for America's racial divisions: St. Joseph is a prosperous lakeshore community and ninety-five percent white, while Benton Harbor is impoverished and ninety-two percent black. When the body of a black teenaged boy from Benton Harbor is found in the river, unhealed wounds and suspicions between the two towns' populations surface as well. The investigation into the young man's death becomes, inevitably, a screen on which each town projects their resentments and fears. The Other Side of the River sensitively portrays the lives and hopes of the towns' citizens as they wrestle with this mystery--and reveals the attitudes and misperceptions that undermine race relations throughout America. In this gripping and ultimately profound book, Alex Kotlowitz proves why he is one of this country's foremost writers on the ever explosive issue of race. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346429 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Physical Disobedience: An Unruly Guide to Health and Stamina for the Modern Feminist Author: Sarah Hays Coomer Narrator: Sarah Hays Coomer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A manual for activism that begins with our most powerful asset -- our bodies Even as a wave of renewed feminism swells, too many women continue to starve, stuff, overwork, or neglect our bodies in pursuit of paper-thin ideals. 'Fitness' has been co-opted by the beauty industry. We associate it with appearance when we should associate it with power. Grounded in advocacy with a rowdy, accessible spirit, Physical Disobedience asserts that denigrating our bodies is, in practice, an act of submission to inequality. But when we strengthen ourselves -- taking broad command of our individual physicality -- we reclaim our authority and build stamina for the literal work of activism: the protests, community service, and emotional resilience it takes to face the news and stay engaged. Physical Disobedience introduces a breathtaking new perspective on wellness by encouraging nonviolence toward our bodies, revitalizing them through diet and exercise, fashion and social media, alternative therapies, music, and motherhood. The goal is no longer to keep our bodies in check. The goal is to ignite them, to set them free, and have a mighty fine time doing it. Sarah Hays Coomer Tue, 21 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346429 thebookvoice.com 7:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Physical Disobedience: An Unruly Guide to Health and Stamina for the Modern Feminist Author: Sarah Hays Coomer Narrator: Sarah Hays Coomer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A manual for activism that begins with our most powerful asset -- our bodies Even as a wave of renewed feminism swells, too many women continue to starve, stuff, overwork, or neglect our bodies in pursuit of paper-thin ideals. 'Fitness' has been co-opted by the beauty industry. We associate it with appearance when we should associate it with power. Grounded in advocacy with a rowdy, accessible spirit, Physical Disobedience asserts that denigrating our bodies is, in practice, an act of submission to inequality. But when we strengthen ourselves -- taking broad command of our individual physicality -- we reclaim our authority and build stamina for the literal work of activism: the protests, community service, and emotional resilience it takes to face the news and stay engaged. Physical Disobedience introduces a breathtaking new perspective on wellness by encouraging nonviolence toward our bodies, revitalizing them through diet and exercise, fashion and social media, alternative therapies, music, and motherhood. The goal is no longer to keep our bodies in check. The goal is to ignite them, to set them free, and have a mighty fine time doing it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Physical Disobedience: An Unruly Guide to Health and Stamina for the Modern Feminist Author: Sarah Hays Coomer Narrator: Sarah Hays Coomer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A manual for activism that begins with our most powerful asset -- our bodies Even as a wave of renewed feminism swells, too many women continue to starve, stuff, overwork, or neglect our bodies in pursuit of paper-thin ideals. 'Fitness' has been co-opted by the beauty industry. We associate it with appearance when we should associate it with power. Grounded in advocacy with a rowdy, accessible spirit, Physical Disobedience asserts that denigrating our bodies is, in practice, an act of submission to inequality. But when we strengthen ourselves -- taking broad command of our individual physicality -- we reclaim our authority and build stamina for the literal work of activism: the protests, community service, and emotional resilience it takes to face the news and stay engaged. Physical Disobedience introduces a breathtaking new perspective on wellness by encouraging nonviolence toward our bodies, revitalizing them through diet and exercise, fashion and social media, alternative therapies, music, and motherhood. The goal is no longer to keep our bodies in check. The goal is to ignite them, to set them free, and have a mighty fine time doing it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346425 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me What You Want: The Science of Sexual Desire and How It Can Help You Improve Your Sex Life Author: Justin J. Lehmiller Narrator: Justin J. Lehmiller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a leading expert on human sexuality and author of the Sex and Psychology blog, an overview of sexual fantasies–and how to get more satisfaction and pleasure–based on a monumental scientific survey. What do Americans really want when it comes to sex? And is it possible for us to get it? Justin J. Lehmiller has made it his career's ambition to answer these questions. Tell Me What You Want offers an unprecedented look into our fantasy worlds and what they reveal about us. It helps readers to better understand their own sexual desires and how to attain them within their relationships, while also appreciating the different desires of their partners. If we only better understood the incredible diversity of human sexual desire, we would experience less anxiety, and shame about our own sexual fantasies and better understand the needs of our partners. Ultimately, this book will help readers to enhance their sex lives. Justin J. Lehmiller Tue, 14 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346425 thebookvoice.com 7:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me What You Want: The Science of Sexual Desire and How It Can Help You Improve Your Sex Life Author: Justin J. Lehmiller Narrator: Justin J. Lehmiller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a leading expert on human sexuality and author of the Sex and Psychology blog, an overview of sexual fantasies–and how to get more satisfaction and pleasure–based on a monumental scientific survey. What do Americans really want when it comes to sex? And is it possible for us to get it? Justin J. Lehmiller has made it his career's ambition to answer these questions. Tell Me What You Want offers an unprecedented look into our fantasy worlds and what they reveal about us. It helps readers to better understand their own sexual desires and how to attain them within their relationships, while also appreciating the different desires of their partners. If we only better understood the incredible diversity of human sexual desire, we would experience less anxiety, and shame about our own sexual fantasies and better understand the needs of our partners. Ultimately, this book will help readers to enhance their sex lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me What You Want: The Science of Sexual Desire and How It Can Help You Improve Your Sex Life Author: Justin J. Lehmiller Narrator: Justin J. Lehmiller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a leading expert on human sexuality and author of the Sex and Psychology blog, an overview of sexual fantasies–and how to get more satisfaction and pleasure–based on a monumental scientific survey. What do Americans really want when it comes to sex? And is it possible for us to get it? Justin J. Lehmiller has made it his career's ambition to answer these questions. Tell Me What You Want offers an unprecedented look into our fantasy worlds and what they reveal about us. It helps readers to better understand their own sexual desires and how to attain them within their relationships, while also appreciating the different desires of their partners. If we only better understood the incredible diversity of human sexual desire, we would experience less anxiety, and shame about our own sexual fantasies and better understand the needs of our partners. Ultimately, this book will help readers to enhance their sex lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346410 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #DoNotDisturb: How I Ghosted My Cell Phone to Take Back My Life Author: Jedediah Bila Narrator: Jedediah Bila Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Have you ever looked at your email, then texts, then Facebook, then Twitter, then email, then Instagram, then Candy Crush, then texts, then Snapchat, then texts again, and now you’ve wasted the time you had set aside for more important things?  Jedediah Bila has solved her own Obsessive Compulsive Tech Disorder, and she did it without throwing away her devices. It's time to switch on airplane mode and settle into Jedediah Bila’s #DoNotDisturb: How I Ghosted My Cell Phone to Take Back My Life. In this timely, entertaining and inspiring book, Jedediah Bila chronicles her chaotic, confusing, and all-consuming love-hate relationship with - her cell phone. Stepping back from the whirlwind of texting, social media, and an endless sea of apps, Bila questions how our relationships, character, and sanity have suffered from our deep dive into the digital abyss. Exploring the toll that tech addiction took on her life, Bila reveals her missteps and mistakes, including several upending, life-altering months swirling in an ex-boyfriend’s cell-phone-enabled double life, and how a low-tech millennial later stole her heart. Travel with Jedediah through the embarrassing and catastrophic consequences of Ménage-a-Tech relationships, social media's Perception Deception, and the One-Potato-Chip-Problem of trying to resist Silicon Valley's hypnotic, slot-machine software designed to lure you in. Bila reveals how she navigated away from an unhealthy, oversaturated diet of tech junk food to striking just the right balance with technology to let her unplugged, real-life moments take charge. In #DoNotDisturb, Bila applies her trademark no-nonsense, common-sense, personal responsibility and accountability-centered approach, warning us that if we don’t stop acting like robots, our very humanity is at stake.    Through warm anecdotes and cold, hard truths, Bila reveals how she pulled her way out of the tech fog to keep her eyes focused on the life right in front of her. And how you can too. Jedediah Bila Tue, 09 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346410 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #DoNotDisturb: How I Ghosted My Cell Phone to Take Back My Life Author: Jedediah Bila Narrator: Jedediah Bila Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Have you ever looked at your email, then texts, then Facebook, then Twitter, then email, then Instagram, then Candy Crush, then texts, then Snapchat, then texts again, and now you’ve wasted the time you had set aside for more important things?  Jedediah Bila has solved her own Obsessive Compulsive Tech Disorder, and she did it without throwing away her devices. It's time to switch on airplane mode and settle into Jedediah Bila’s #DoNotDisturb: How I Ghosted My Cell Phone to Take Back My Life. In this timely, entertaining and inspiring book, Jedediah Bila chronicles her chaotic, confusing, and all-consuming love-hate relationship with - her cell phone. Stepping back from the whirlwind of texting, social media, and an endless sea of apps, Bila questions how our relationships, character, and sanity have suffered from our deep dive into the digital abyss. Exploring the toll that tech addiction took on her life, Bila reveals her missteps and mistakes, including several upending, life-altering months swirling in an ex-boyfriend’s cell-phone-enabled double life, and how a low-tech millennial later stole her heart. Travel with Jedediah through the embarrassing and catastrophic consequences of Ménage-a-Tech relationships, social media's Perception Deception, and the One-Potato-Chip-Problem of trying to resist Silicon Valley's hypnotic, slot-machine software designed to lure you in. Bila reveals how she navigated away from an unhealthy, oversaturated diet of tech junk food to striking just the right balance with technology to let her unplugged, real-life moments take charge. In #DoNotDisturb, Bila applies her trademark no-nonsense, common-sense, personal responsibility and accountability-centered approach, warning us that if we don’t stop acting like robots, our very humanity is at stake.    Through warm anecdotes and cold, hard truths, Bila reveals how she pulled her way out of the tech fog to keep her eyes focused on the life right in front of her. And how you can too. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #DoNotDisturb: How I Ghosted My Cell Phone to Take Back My Life Author: Jedediah Bila Narrator: Jedediah Bila Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Have you ever looked at your email, then texts, then Facebook, then Twitter, then email, then Instagram, then Candy Crush, then texts, then Snapchat, then texts again, and now you’ve wasted the time you had set aside for more important things?  Jedediah Bila has solved her own Obsessive Compulsive Tech Disorder, and she did it without throwing away her devices. It's time to switch on airplane mode and settle into Jedediah Bila’s #DoNotDisturb: How I Ghosted My Cell Phone to Take Back My Life. In this timely, entertaining and inspiring book, Jedediah Bila chronicles her chaotic, confusing, and all-consuming love-hate relationship with - her cell phone. Stepping back from the whirlwind of texting, social media, and an endless sea of apps, Bila questions how our relationships, character, and sanity have suffered from our deep dive into the digital abyss. Exploring the toll that tech addiction took on her life, Bila reveals her missteps and mistakes, including several upending, life-altering months swirling in an ex-boyfriend’s cell-phone-enabled double life, and how a low-tech millennial later stole her heart. Travel with Jedediah through the embarrassing and catastrophic consequences of Ménage-a-Tech relationships, social media's Perception Deception, and the One-Potato-Chip-Problem of trying to resist Silicon Valley's hypnotic, slot-machine software designed to lure you in. Bila reveals how she navigated away from an unhealthy, oversaturated diet of tech junk food to striking just the right balance with technology to let her unplugged, real-life moments take charge. In #DoNotDisturb, Bila applies her trademark no-nonsense, common-sense, personal responsibility and accountability-centered approach, warning us that if we don’t stop acting like robots, our very humanity is at stake.    Through warm anecdotes and cold, hard truths, Bila reveals how she pulled her way out of the tech fog to keep her eyes focused on the life right in front of her. And how you can too. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346373 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gross Anatomy Author: Mara Altman Narrator: Mara Altman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘Here is a book that will set you free, wake you up, and get you on your own team.’ Chelsea Handler ‘I love how Gross Anatomy delightfully reveals Mara Altman’s upbeat and life-affirming obsession with the human body – our loveliness and not-so-lovelinesses.’ Jon Ronson From the hilarious Mara Altman, Gross Anatomy unapologetically explores the beautiful, and sometimes not so beautiful, aspects of our bodies, and why they’re worth loving anyway. From hairy chins to braless outings, lice-infestations to PMS, no body part is left undiscussed as Altman takes the reader on a wild journey from head to toe, recounting experiences most of us are too polite to share. Hugely funny and unashamedly body-positive, this book is a must-read for all women (and men, too). Through a combination of personal anecdotes and fascinating research, Mara Altman proves herself as a fearless and thoroughly charming writer, creating one of the most compulsive feminist reads of the year. Mara Altman Thu, 23 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346373 thebookvoice.com 9:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gross Anatomy Author: Mara Altman Narrator: Mara Altman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘Here is a book that will set you free, wake you up, and get you on your own team.’ Chelsea Handler ‘I love how Gross Anatomy delightfully reveals Mara Altman’s upbeat and life-affirming obsession with the human body – our loveliness and not-so-lovelinesses.’ Jon Ronson From the hilarious Mara Altman, Gross Anatomy unapologetically explores the beautiful, and sometimes not so beautiful, aspects of our bodies, and why they’re worth loving anyway. From hairy chins to braless outings, lice-infestations to PMS, no body part is left undiscussed as Altman takes the reader on a wild journey from head to toe, recounting experiences most of us are too polite to share. Hugely funny and unashamedly body-positive, this book is a must-read for all women (and men, too). Through a combination of personal anecdotes and fascinating research, Mara Altman proves herself as a fearless and thoroughly charming writer, creating one of the most compulsive feminist reads of the year. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gross Anatomy Author: Mara Altman Narrator: Mara Altman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘Here is a book that will set you free, wake you up, and get you on your own team.’ Chelsea Handler ‘I love how Gross Anatomy delightfully reveals Mara Altman’s upbeat and life-affirming obsession with the human body – our loveliness and not-so-lovelinesses.’ Jon Ronson From the hilarious Mara Altman, Gross Anatomy unapologetically explores the beautiful, and sometimes not so beautiful, aspects of our bodies, and why they’re worth loving anyway. From hairy chins to braless outings, lice-infestations to PMS, no body part is left undiscussed as Altman takes the reader on a wild journey from head to toe, recounting experiences most of us are too polite to share. Hugely funny and unashamedly body-positive, this book is a must-read for all women (and men, too). Through a combination of personal anecdotes and fascinating research, Mara Altman proves herself as a fearless and thoroughly charming writer, creating one of the most compulsive feminist reads of the year. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346310 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminists Don't Wear Pink (and other lies): Amazing women on what the F-word means to them Series: Part of And Other Lies Author: Scarlett Curtis Narrator: Natasia Demetriou, Rosie Ackerman, Grace Campbell, Scarlett Curtis, Pippa Bennett-Warner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Feminists Don't Wear Pink (and other lies) curated and read by Scarlett Curtis with additional narration from Nico Parker, Natasia Demetriou, Pippa Bennett-Warner, Rosie Akerman and Grace Campbell. We asked 52 women: what does the F word mean to you? The result is extraordinary. 'Brilliant, hysterical, truthful and real. These essays illuminate the path for our future female leaders.' - Reese Witherspoon The must-read book for 2018. Follow @feminists on Instagram for updates. Curated by journalist and activist Scarlett Curtis, with incredible pieces by: Emma Watson - Zoe Sugg - Keira Knightley - Gemma Arterton - Bridget Jones (by Helen Fielding) - Saoirse Ronan - Liv Little - Dolly Alderton - Karen Gillan - Alicia Garza - Jameela Jamil - Kat Dennings - Nimco Ali - Beanie Feldstein - Olivia Perez - Amika George - Evanna Lynch - Akilah Hughes - Tanya Burr - Grace Campbell - Alison Sudol - Kiernan Shipka - Elyse Fox - Charlie Craggs - Rhyannon Styles - Skai Jackson - Tasha Bishop - Lolly Adefope - Bronwen Brenner - Dr Alaa Murabit - Trisha Shetty - Jordan Hewson - Amy Trigg - Em Odesser - Emi Mahmoud - Lydia Wilson - Swati Sharma **Published in partnership with Girl Up, the UN women's foundation, royalties will benefit this amazing charity** Scarlett Curtis Thu, 04 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346310 thebookvoice.com 5:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminists Don't Wear Pink (and other lies): Amazing women on what the F-word means to them Series: Part of And Other Lies Author: Scarlett Curtis Narrator: Natasia Demetriou, Rosie Ackerman, Grace Campbell, Scarlett Curtis, Pippa Bennett-Warner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Feminists Don't Wear Pink (and other lies) curated and read by Scarlett Curtis with additional narration from Nico Parker, Natasia Demetriou, Pippa Bennett-Warner, Rosie Akerman and Grace Campbell. We asked 52 women: what does the F word mean to you? The result is extraordinary. 'Brilliant, hysterical, truthful and real. These essays illuminate the path for our future female leaders.' - Reese Witherspoon The must-read book for 2018. Follow @feminists on Instagram for updates. Curated by journalist and activist Scarlett Curtis, with incredible pieces by: Emma Watson - Zoe Sugg - Keira Knightley - Gemma Arterton - Bridget Jones (by Helen Fielding) - Saoirse Ronan - Liv Little - Dolly Alderton - Karen Gillan - Alicia Garza - Jameela Jamil - Kat Dennings - Nimco Ali - Beanie Feldstein - Olivia Perez - Amika George - Evanna Lynch - Akilah Hughes - Tanya Burr - Grace Campbell - Alison Sudol - Kiernan Shipka - Elyse Fox - Charlie Craggs - Rhyannon Styles - Skai Jackson - Tasha Bishop - Lolly Adefope - Bronwen Brenner - Dr Alaa Murabit - Trisha Shetty - Jordan Hewson - Amy Trigg - Em Odesser - Emi Mahmoud - Lydia Wilson - Swati Sharma **Published in partnership with Girl Up, the UN women's foundation, royalties will benefit this amazing charity** Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminists Don't Wear Pink (and other lies): Amazing women on what the F-word means to them Series: Part of And Other Lies Author: Scarlett Curtis Narrator: Natasia Demetriou, Rosie Ackerman, Grace Campbell, Scarlett Curtis, Pippa Bennett-Warner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Feminists Don't Wear Pink (and other lies) curated and read by Scarlett Curtis with additional narration from Nico Parker, Natasia Demetriou, Pippa Bennett-Warner, Rosie Akerman and Grace Campbell. We asked 52 women: what does the F word mean to you? The result is extraordinary. 'Brilliant, hysterical, truthful and real. These essays illuminate the path for our future female leaders.' - Reese Witherspoon The must-read book for 2018. Follow @feminists on Instagram for updates. Curated by journalist and activist Scarlett Curtis, with incredible pieces by: Emma Watson - Zoe Sugg - Keira Knightley - Gemma Arterton - Bridget Jones (by Helen Fielding) - Saoirse Ronan - Liv Little - Dolly Alderton - Karen Gillan - Alicia Garza - Jameela Jamil - Kat Dennings - Nimco Ali - Beanie Feldstein - Olivia Perez - Amika George - Evanna Lynch - Akilah Hughes - Tanya Burr - Grace Campbell - Alison Sudol - Kiernan Shipka - Elyse Fox - Charlie Craggs - Rhyannon Styles - Skai Jackson - Tasha Bishop - Lolly Adefope - Bronwen Brenner - Dr Alaa Murabit - Trisha Shetty - Jordan Hewson - Amy Trigg - Em Odesser - Emi Mahmoud - Lydia Wilson - Swati Sharma **Published in partnership with Girl Up, the UN women's foundation, royalties will benefit this amazing charity** https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346272 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Will Self's Great British Bus Journey Author: Will Self Narrator: Will Self Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 50 minutes Release date: December 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Will Self takes a 1,000-mile tour of the UK by bus and coach, exploring urban Britain and British identity at a time of flux. Bus and coach windows afford him a different perspective on the nation. He eschews the bright lights of the big cities, heading instead for smaller urban centres. His objective is to speak to Britons about how they view their cities and themselves in 2018. Over ten programmes, Will's trip takes him to Plymouth, Swansea, West Bromwich, Wolverhampton, Preston, Middlesbrough, East Kilbride and Derry-Londonderry. In the fish and chip shops, the B&Bs, the pubs and car repair garages, Will debates the state of British identity - and discovers that Britain today has become a highly debatable land. Produced by Laurence Grissell. Will Self Thu, 06 Dec 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346272 thebookvoice.com 1:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Will Self's Great British Bus Journey Author: Will Self Narrator: Will Self Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 50 minutes Release date: December 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Will Self takes a 1,000-mile tour of the UK by bus and coach, exploring urban Britain and British identity at a time of flux. Bus and coach windows afford him a different perspective on the nation. He eschews the bright lights of the big cities, heading instead for smaller urban centres. His objective is to speak to Britons about how they view their cities and themselves in 2018. Over ten programmes, Will's trip takes him to Plymouth, Swansea, West Bromwich, Wolverhampton, Preston, Middlesbrough, East Kilbride and Derry-Londonderry. In the fish and chip shops, the B&Bs, the pubs and car repair garages, Will debates the state of British identity - and discovers that Britain today has become a highly debatable land. Produced by Laurence Grissell. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Will Self's Great British Bus Journey Author: Will Self Narrator: Will Self Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 50 minutes Release date: December 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Will Self takes a 1,000-mile tour of the UK by bus and coach, exploring urban Britain and British identity at a time of flux. Bus and coach windows afford him a different perspective on the nation. He eschews the bright lights of the big cities, heading instead for smaller urban centres. His objective is to speak to Britons about how they view their cities and themselves in 2018. Over ten programmes, Will's trip takes him to Plymouth, Swansea, West Bromwich, Wolverhampton, Preston, Middlesbrough, East Kilbride and Derry-Londonderry. In the fish and chip shops, the B&Bs, the pubs and car repair garages, Will debates the state of British identity - and discovers that Britain today has become a highly debatable land. Produced by Laurence Grissell. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346242 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hero Dogs: How a Pack of Rescues, Rejects, and Strays Became America's Greatest Disaster-Search Partners Author: Paul Lobo, Wilma Melville Narrator: Will Damron, Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Lola was a buckshot-riddled stray, lost on a Memphis highway. Cody was rejected from seven different homes. Ace had been sprayed with mace and left for dead on a train track. They were deemed unadoptable. Untrainable. Unsalvageable. These would become the same dogs America relied on when its worst disasters hit. In 1995, Wilma Melville volunteered as a canine search-and-rescue (SAR) handler with her Black Labrador Murphy in the aftermath of the Oklahoma City bombing. At the time, there were only fifteen FEMA certified SAR dogs in the United States. Believing in the value of these remarkable animals to help save lives, Wilma knew many more were needed in the event of future major disasters. She made a vow to help 168 dogs receive search-and-rescue training in her lifetime—one for every Oklahoma City victim. Wilma singlehandedly established the National Disaster Search Dog Foundation (SDF) to meet this challenge. The first canine candidates—Ana, Dusty, and Harley—were a trio of golden retrievers with behavioral problems so severe the dogs were considered irredeemable and unadoptable. But with patience, discipline, and love applied during training, they proved to have the ability, agility, and stamina to graduate as SARs. Paired with a trio of firefighters, they were among the first responders searching the ruins of the World Trade Center following 9/11—setting the standard for the more than 168 of the SDF’s search-and-rescue dogs that followed. Beautiful and heart-wrenching, Hero Dogs is the story of one woman’s dream brought to fruition by dedicated volunteers and firefighters—and the bonds they forged with the incredible rescued-turned-rescuer dogs to create one of America’s most vital resources in disaster response. Paul Lobo, Wilma Melville Tue, 08 Jan 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346242 thebookvoice.com 6:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hero Dogs: How a Pack of Rescues, Rejects, and Strays Became America's Greatest Disaster-Search Partners Author: Paul Lobo, Wilma Melville Narrator: Will Damron, Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Lola was a buckshot-riddled stray, lost on a Memphis highway. Cody was rejected from seven different homes. Ace had been sprayed with mace and left for dead on a train track. They were deemed unadoptable. Untrainable. Unsalvageable. These would become the same dogs America relied on when its worst disasters hit. In 1995, Wilma Melville volunteered as a canine search-and-rescue (SAR) handler with her Black Labrador Murphy in the aftermath of the Oklahoma City bombing. At the time, there were only fifteen FEMA certified SAR dogs in the United States. Believing in the value of these remarkable animals to help save lives, Wilma knew many more were needed in the event of future major disasters. She made a vow to help 168 dogs receive search-and-rescue training in her lifetime—one for every Oklahoma City victim. Wilma singlehandedly established the National Disaster Search Dog Foundation (SDF) to meet this challenge. The first canine candidates—Ana, Dusty, and Harley—were a trio of golden retrievers with behavioral problems so severe the dogs were considered irredeemable and unadoptable. But with patience, discipline, and love applied during training, they proved to have the ability, agility, and stamina to graduate as SARs. Paired with a trio of firefighters, they were among the first responders searching the ruins of the World Trade Center following 9/11—setting the standard for the more than 168 of the SDF’s search-and-rescue dogs that followed. Beautiful and heart-wrenching, Hero Dogs is the story of one woman’s dream brought to fruition by dedicated volunteers and firefighters—and the bonds they forged with the incredible rescued-turned-rescuer dogs to create one of America’s most vital resources in disaster response. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hero Dogs: How a Pack of Rescues, Rejects, and Strays Became America's Greatest Disaster-Search Partners Author: Paul Lobo, Wilma Melville Narrator: Will Damron, Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Lola was a buckshot-riddled stray, lost on a Memphis highway. Cody was rejected from seven different homes. Ace had been sprayed with mace and left for dead on a train track. They were deemed unadoptable. Untrainable. Unsalvageable. These would become the same dogs America relied on when its worst disasters hit. In 1995, Wilma Melville volunteered as a canine search-and-rescue (SAR) handler with her Black Labrador Murphy in the aftermath of the Oklahoma City bombing. At the time, there were only fifteen FEMA certified SAR dogs in the United States. Believing in the value of these remarkable animals to help save lives, Wilma knew many more were needed in the event of future major disasters. She made a vow to help 168 dogs receive search-and-rescue training in her lifetime—one for every Oklahoma City victim. Wilma singlehandedly established the National Disaster Search Dog Foundation (SDF) to meet this challenge. The first canine candidates—Ana, Dusty, and Harley—were a trio of golden retrievers with behavioral problems so severe the dogs were considered irredeemable and unadoptable. But with patience, discipline, and love applied during training, they proved to have the ability, agility, and stamina to graduate as SARs. Paired with a trio of firefighters, they were among the first responders searching the ruins of the World Trade Center following 9/11—setting the standard for the more than 168 of the SDF’s search-and-rescue dogs that followed. Beautiful and heart-wrenching, Hero Dogs is the story of one woman’s dream brought to fruition by dedicated volunteers and firefighters—and the bonds they forged with the incredible rescued-turned-rescuer dogs to create one of America’s most vital resources in disaster response. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346224 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346224]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Did You Get This Number?: A Pollster's Guide to Making Sense of the World Author: Anthony Salvanto Narrator: Anthony Salvanto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: CBS News’ Elections and Surveys Director Anthony Salvanto takes you behind the scenes of polling to show you how to think about who we are and where we’re headed as a nation. As Elections and Surveys Director for CBS News, it’s Anthony Salvanto’s job to understand you—what you think and how you vote. He’s the person behind so many of the poll numbers you see today, making the winner calls on election nights and surveying thousands of Americans. In Where Did You Get This Number? A Pollster’s Guide to Making Sense of the World, Salvanto takes readers on a fast-paced, eye-opening tour through the world of polling and elections and what they really show about America today, beyond the who's-up-who’s-down headlines and horse races. Salvanto is just the person to bring much-needed clarity in a time when divisions seem to run so deep. The language of polling may be numbers, but the stories it tells are about people. In this engaging insider’s account, Salvanto demystifies jargon with plain language and answers readers’ biggest questions about polling and pollsters. How can they talk to 1,000 people and know the country? How do they know the winner so fast? How do they decide what questions to ask? Why didn't they call you? Salvanto offers data-driven perspective on how Americans see the biggest issues of our time, from the surprising 2016 election, to the shocks of the financial crisis, the response to terrorism and the backlash against big money. He doesn’t shy away from pointing out what’s worked and what hasn’t. Salvanto takes readers inside the CBS newsroom on Election Night 2016 and makes readers rethink conventional wisdom and punditry just in time for the 2018 midterms. He shows who really decides elections and why you should think about a poll differently from the forecasts popularized by Nate Silver and others. Where Did You Get This Number? is an essential resource for anyone interested in politics—and how to better measure and understand patterns of human behavior. For any American who wants to get a better read on what America is thinking, this book shows you how to make sense of it all. Anthony Salvanto Tue, 21 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346224 thebookvoice.com 5:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346224]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Did You Get This Number?: A Pollster's Guide to Making Sense of the World Author: Anthony Salvanto Narrator: Anthony Salvanto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: CBS News’ Elections and Surveys Director Anthony Salvanto takes you behind the scenes of polling to show you how to think about who we are and where we’re headed as a nation. As Elections and Surveys Director for CBS News, it’s Anthony Salvanto’s job to understand you—what you think and how you vote. He’s the person behind so many of the poll numbers you see today, making the winner calls on election nights and surveying thousands of Americans. In Where Did You Get This Number? A Pollster’s Guide to Making Sense of the World, Salvanto takes readers on a fast-paced, eye-opening tour through the world of polling and elections and what they really show about America today, beyond the who's-up-who’s-down headlines and horse races. Salvanto is just the person to bring much-needed clarity in a time when divisions seem to run so deep. The language of polling may be numbers, but the stories it tells are about people. In this engaging insider’s account, Salvanto demystifies jargon with plain language and answers readers’ biggest questions about polling and pollsters. How can they talk to 1,000 people and know the country? How do they know the winner so fast? How do they decide what questions to ask? Why didn't they call you? Salvanto offers data-driven perspective on how Americans see the biggest issues of our time, from the surprising 2016 election, to the shocks of the financial crisis, the response to terrorism and the backlash against big money. He doesn’t shy away from pointing out what’s worked and what hasn’t. Salvanto takes readers inside the CBS newsroom on Election Night 2016 and makes readers rethink conventional wisdom and punditry just in time for the 2018 midterms. He shows who really decides elections and why you should think about a poll differently from the forecasts popularized by Nate Silver and others. Where Did You Get This Number? is an essential resource for anyone interested in politics—and how to better measure and understand patterns of human behavior. For any American who wants to get a better read on what America is thinking, this book shows you how to make sense of it all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346224]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Did You Get This Number?: A Pollster's Guide to Making Sense of the World Author: Anthony Salvanto Narrator: Anthony Salvanto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: CBS News’ Elections and Surveys Director Anthony Salvanto takes you behind the scenes of polling to show you how to think about who we are and where we’re headed as a nation. As Elections and Surveys Director for CBS News, it’s Anthony Salvanto’s job to understand you—what you think and how you vote. He’s the person behind so many of the poll numbers you see today, making the winner calls on election nights and surveying thousands of Americans. In Where Did You Get This Number? A Pollster’s Guide to Making Sense of the World, Salvanto takes readers on a fast-paced, eye-opening tour through the world of polling and elections and what they really show about America today, beyond the who's-up-who’s-down headlines and horse races. Salvanto is just the person to bring much-needed clarity in a time when divisions seem to run so deep. The language of polling may be numbers, but the stories it tells are about people. In this engaging insider’s account, Salvanto demystifies jargon with plain language and answers readers’ biggest questions about polling and pollsters. How can they talk to 1,000 people and know the country? How do they know the winner so fast? How do they decide what questions to ask? Why didn't they call you? Salvanto offers data-driven perspective on how Americans see the biggest issues of our time, from the surprising 2016 election, to the shocks of the financial crisis, the response to terrorism and the backlash against big money. He doesn’t shy away from pointing out what’s worked and what hasn’t. Salvanto takes readers inside the CBS newsroom on Election Night 2016 and makes readers rethink conventional wisdom and punditry just in time for the 2018 midterms. He shows who really decides elections and why you should think about a poll differently from the forecasts popularized by Nate Silver and others. Where Did You Get This Number? is an essential resource for anyone interested in politics—and how to better measure and understand patterns of human behavior. For any American who wants to get a better read on what America is thinking, this book shows you how to make sense of it all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346214 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346214]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Threescore and More: Applying the Assets of Maturity, Wisdom, and Experience for Personal and Professional Success Author: Alan Weiss Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ageism is too often an accepted form of bias, even though the facts support the value of aging. Airline pilots forced to retire at the arbitrary age of sixty five are usually at the top of their game. Forced retirement in most organizations remove highly skilled performers as well as role models and trainers for newer generations. Instead of revelling in who we are, we begin to try to look younger as soon as possible, with sixteen-year-old women receiving nose and breast surgery as birthday presents. People have become inured to 'losing' abilities as they age instead of appreciating new abilities that only age can bestow. Everyone extols the need for gender equality, lest we lose the talents of half of our population. Yet, people over sixty five are currently fifteen percent of the US population (46.2 million) and is projected to rise to thirty four percent. Due to the IRA legislation of the Reagan era—and the lack of need to purchase homes, college educations, cars, or health care—the discretionary assets are also substantial. It's time these people took control of their lives and influence on everything from business to politics. Alan Weiss Tue, 31 Jul 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346214 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346214]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Threescore and More: Applying the Assets of Maturity, Wisdom, and Experience for Personal and Professional Success Author: Alan Weiss Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ageism is too often an accepted form of bias, even though the facts support the value of aging. Airline pilots forced to retire at the arbitrary age of sixty five are usually at the top of their game. Forced retirement in most organizations remove highly skilled performers as well as role models and trainers for newer generations. Instead of revelling in who we are, we begin to try to look younger as soon as possible, with sixteen-year-old women receiving nose and breast surgery as birthday presents. People have become inured to 'losing' abilities as they age instead of appreciating new abilities that only age can bestow. Everyone extols the need for gender equality, lest we lose the talents of half of our population. Yet, people over sixty five are currently fifteen percent of the US population (46.2 million) and is projected to rise to thirty four percent. Due to the IRA legislation of the Reagan era—and the lack of need to purchase homes, college educations, cars, or health care—the discretionary assets are also substantial. It's time these people took control of their lives and influence on everything from business to politics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346214]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Threescore and More: Applying the Assets of Maturity, Wisdom, and Experience for Personal and Professional Success Author: Alan Weiss Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ageism is too often an accepted form of bias, even though the facts support the value of aging. Airline pilots forced to retire at the arbitrary age of sixty five are usually at the top of their game. Forced retirement in most organizations remove highly skilled performers as well as role models and trainers for newer generations. Instead of revelling in who we are, we begin to try to look younger as soon as possible, with sixteen-year-old women receiving nose and breast surgery as birthday presents. People have become inured to 'losing' abilities as they age instead of appreciating new abilities that only age can bestow. Everyone extols the need for gender equality, lest we lose the talents of half of our population. Yet, people over sixty five are currently fifteen percent of the US population (46.2 million) and is projected to rise to thirty four percent. Due to the IRA legislation of the Reagan era—and the lack of need to purchase homes, college educations, cars, or health care—the discretionary assets are also substantial. It's time these people took control of their lives and influence on everything from business to politics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346195 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gender Outlaw: On Men, Women, and the Rest of Us Author: Kate Bornstein Narrator: Kate Bornstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'I know I'm not a man . . . and I've come to the conclusion that I'm probably not a woman, either . . . The trouble is, we're living in a world that insists we be one or the other.' With these words, Kate Bornstein ushers listeners on a funny, fearless, and wonderfully scenic journey across the terrains of gender and identity. On one level, Gender Outlaw details Bornstein's transformation from heterosexual male to lesbian woman, from a one-time IBM salesperson to a playwright and performance artist. But this particular coming-of-age story is also a provocative investigation into our notions of male and female, from a self-described nonbinary transfeminine diesel femme dyke who never stops questioning our cultural assumptions. Gender Outlaw was decades ahead of its time when it was first published in 1994. Now, some twenty-odd years later, this book stands as both a classic and a still-revolutionary work—one that continues to push us gently but profoundly to the furthest borders of the gender frontier. Kate Bornstein Tue, 07 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346195 thebookvoice.com 8:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gender Outlaw: On Men, Women, and the Rest of Us Author: Kate Bornstein Narrator: Kate Bornstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'I know I'm not a man . . . and I've come to the conclusion that I'm probably not a woman, either . . . The trouble is, we're living in a world that insists we be one or the other.' With these words, Kate Bornstein ushers listeners on a funny, fearless, and wonderfully scenic journey across the terrains of gender and identity. On one level, Gender Outlaw details Bornstein's transformation from heterosexual male to lesbian woman, from a one-time IBM salesperson to a playwright and performance artist. But this particular coming-of-age story is also a provocative investigation into our notions of male and female, from a self-described nonbinary transfeminine diesel femme dyke who never stops questioning our cultural assumptions. Gender Outlaw was decades ahead of its time when it was first published in 1994. Now, some twenty-odd years later, this book stands as both a classic and a still-revolutionary work—one that continues to push us gently but profoundly to the furthest borders of the gender frontier. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gender Outlaw: On Men, Women, and the Rest of Us Author: Kate Bornstein Narrator: Kate Bornstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'I know I'm not a man . . . and I've come to the conclusion that I'm probably not a woman, either . . . The trouble is, we're living in a world that insists we be one or the other.' With these words, Kate Bornstein ushers listeners on a funny, fearless, and wonderfully scenic journey across the terrains of gender and identity. On one level, Gender Outlaw details Bornstein's transformation from heterosexual male to lesbian woman, from a one-time IBM salesperson to a playwright and performance artist. But this particular coming-of-age story is also a provocative investigation into our notions of male and female, from a self-described nonbinary transfeminine diesel femme dyke who never stops questioning our cultural assumptions. Gender Outlaw was decades ahead of its time when it was first published in 1994. Now, some twenty-odd years later, this book stands as both a classic and a still-revolutionary work—one that continues to push us gently but profoundly to the furthest borders of the gender frontier. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346170 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Conspiracy Theories Author: Joseph E. Uscinski, Joseph M. Parent Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We are living in an age of conspiracy theories, whether it's enduring, widely held beliefs such as government involvement in the Kennedy assassination or alien activity at Roswell, fears of a powerful infiltrating group such as the Illuminati, Jews, Catholics, or communists, or modern fringe movements of varying popularity such as birtherism and trutherism. What is it in American culture that makes conspiracy theories proliferate? Who is targeted, and why? Are we in the heyday of the conspiracy theory, or is it in decline? Though there is significant scholarly literature on the topic in psychology, sociology, philosophy, and more, American Conspiracy Theories is the first to use broad, long-term empirical data to analyze this popular American tendency. Joseph E. Uscinski and Joseph M. Parent draw on three sources of original data: 120,000 letters to the editor of the New York Times and Chicago Tribune from between 1890 and 2010; a two-wave survey from before and after the 2012 presidential election; and discussions of conspiracy theories culled from online news sources, blogs, and other Web sites, also from before and after the election. Through these sources, they are able to address crucial questions, such as similarities and differences in the nature of conspiracy theories over time, the role of the Internet and communications technologies in spreading modern conspiracy theories, and whether politics, economics, media, war, or other factors are most important in popularizing conspiratorial beliefs. Ultimately, they conclude that power asymmetries, both foreign and domestic, are the main drivers behind conspiracy theories, and that those at the bottom of power hierarchies have a strategic interest in blaming those at the top-in other words, 'conspiracy theories are for losers.' But these 'losers' can end up having tremendous influence on the course of history, and American Conspiracy Theories is an unprecedented examination of one of the defining features of American political life. Joseph E. Uscinski, Joseph M. Parent Tue, 07 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346170 thebookvoice.com 5:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Conspiracy Theories Author: Joseph E. Uscinski, Joseph M. Parent Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We are living in an age of conspiracy theories, whether it's enduring, widely held beliefs such as government involvement in the Kennedy assassination or alien activity at Roswell, fears of a powerful infiltrating group such as the Illuminati, Jews, Catholics, or communists, or modern fringe movements of varying popularity such as birtherism and trutherism. What is it in American culture that makes conspiracy theories proliferate? Who is targeted, and why? Are we in the heyday of the conspiracy theory, or is it in decline? Though there is significant scholarly literature on the topic in psychology, sociology, philosophy, and more, American Conspiracy Theories is the first to use broad, long-term empirical data to analyze this popular American tendency. Joseph E. Uscinski and Joseph M. Parent draw on three sources of original data: 120,000 letters to the editor of the New York Times and Chicago Tribune from between 1890 and 2010; a two-wave survey from before and after the 2012 presidential election; and discussions of conspiracy theories culled from online news sources, blogs, and other Web sites, also from before and after the election. Through these sources, they are able to address crucial questions, such as similarities and differences in the nature of conspiracy theories over time, the role of the Internet and communications technologies in spreading modern conspiracy theories, and whether politics, economics, media, war, or other factors are most important in popularizing conspiratorial beliefs. Ultimately, they conclude that power asymmetries, both foreign and domestic, are the main drivers behind conspiracy theories, and that those at the bottom of power hierarchies have a strategic interest in blaming those at the top-in other words, 'conspiracy theories are for losers.' But these 'losers' can end up having tremendous influence on the course of history, and American Conspiracy Theories is an unprecedented examination of one of the defining features of American political life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Conspiracy Theories Author: Joseph E. Uscinski, Joseph M. Parent Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We are living in an age of conspiracy theories, whether it's enduring, widely held beliefs such as government involvement in the Kennedy assassination or alien activity at Roswell, fears of a powerful infiltrating group such as the Illuminati, Jews, Catholics, or communists, or modern fringe movements of varying popularity such as birtherism and trutherism. What is it in American culture that makes conspiracy theories proliferate? Who is targeted, and why? Are we in the heyday of the conspiracy theory, or is it in decline? Though there is significant scholarly literature on the topic in psychology, sociology, philosophy, and more, American Conspiracy Theories is the first to use broad, long-term empirical data to analyze this popular American tendency. Joseph E. Uscinski and Joseph M. Parent draw on three sources of original data: 120,000 letters to the editor of the New York Times and Chicago Tribune from between 1890 and 2010; a two-wave survey from before and after the 2012 presidential election; and discussions of conspiracy theories culled from online news sources, blogs, and other Web sites, also from before and after the election. Through these sources, they are able to address crucial questions, such as similarities and differences in the nature of conspiracy theories over time, the role of the Internet and communications technologies in spreading modern conspiracy theories, and whether politics, economics, media, war, or other factors are most important in popularizing conspiratorial beliefs. Ultimately, they conclude that power asymmetries, both foreign and domestic, are the main drivers behind conspiracy theories, and that those at the bottom of power hierarchies have a strategic interest in blaming those at the top-in other words, 'conspiracy theories are for losers.' But these 'losers' can end up having tremendous influence on the course of history, and American Conspiracy Theories is an unprecedented examination of one of the defining features of American political life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346157 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Cultural History: A Very Short Introduction Author: Eric Avila Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The iconic images of Uncle Sam and Marilyn Monroe, or the 'fireside chats' of Franklin D. Roosevelt and the oratory of Martin Luther King, Jr.: these are the words, images, and sounds that populate American cultural history. From the Boston Tea Party to the Dodgers, from the Blues to Andy Warhol, dime novels to Disneyland, the history of American culture tells us how previous generations of Americans have imagined themselves, their nation, and their relationship to the world and its peoples. This Very Short Introduction recounts the history of American culture and its creation by diverse social and ethnic groups. In doing so, it emphasizes the historic role of culture in relation to broader social, political, and economic developments. Across the lines of race, class, gender, and sexuality, as well as language, region, and religion, diverse Americans have forged a national culture with a global reach, inventing stories that have shaped a national identity and an American way of life. Eric Avila Tue, 14 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346157 thebookvoice.com 4:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Cultural History: A Very Short Introduction Author: Eric Avila Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The iconic images of Uncle Sam and Marilyn Monroe, or the 'fireside chats' of Franklin D. Roosevelt and the oratory of Martin Luther King, Jr.: these are the words, images, and sounds that populate American cultural history. From the Boston Tea Party to the Dodgers, from the Blues to Andy Warhol, dime novels to Disneyland, the history of American culture tells us how previous generations of Americans have imagined themselves, their nation, and their relationship to the world and its peoples. This Very Short Introduction recounts the history of American culture and its creation by diverse social and ethnic groups. In doing so, it emphasizes the historic role of culture in relation to broader social, political, and economic developments. Across the lines of race, class, gender, and sexuality, as well as language, region, and religion, diverse Americans have forged a national culture with a global reach, inventing stories that have shaped a national identity and an American way of life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Cultural History: A Very Short Introduction Author: Eric Avila Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The iconic images of Uncle Sam and Marilyn Monroe, or the 'fireside chats' of Franklin D. Roosevelt and the oratory of Martin Luther King, Jr.: these are the words, images, and sounds that populate American cultural history. From the Boston Tea Party to the Dodgers, from the Blues to Andy Warhol, dime novels to Disneyland, the history of American culture tells us how previous generations of Americans have imagined themselves, their nation, and their relationship to the world and its peoples. This Very Short Introduction recounts the history of American culture and its creation by diverse social and ethnic groups. In doing so, it emphasizes the historic role of culture in relation to broader social, political, and economic developments. Across the lines of race, class, gender, and sexuality, as well as language, region, and religion, diverse Americans have forged a national culture with a global reach, inventing stories that have shaped a national identity and an American way of life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346113 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Protest Kitchen: Fight Injustice, Save the Planet, and Fuel Your Resistance One Meal at a Time Author: Virginia Messina, Carol J. Adams Narrator: Wendy Rich Stetson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Protest Kitchen is an empowering guide to the food and lifestyle choices anyone can make for positive change in the face of the profound challenges of our time. Our food choices have much more of an impact than most people imagine. They not only affect our personal health and the environment, but are also tied to issues of justice, misogyny, national security, and human rights. Protest Kitchen is the first book to explore the ways in which a more plant-based diet challenges regressive politics and fuels the resistance. A provocative and practical resource for hope and healing, Protest Kitchen features over fifty vegan recipes (with alternatives for “aspiring vegans”) along with practical daily actions such as: Substitute cow’s milk in your coffee and cereal for any of a variety of delicious non-dairy milks. This will help lower the release of methane gas that contributes to global warming.Use a smartphone app when buying chocolate to avoid supporting African farmers who use child-labor, even child slavery, to supply cacao beans to the food industry.Make your own cleaning supplies and wood polish; it’s frugal and avoids reliance on products that may be tested on animals. Virginia Messina, Carol J. Adams Mon, 01 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346113 thebookvoice.com 4:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Protest Kitchen: Fight Injustice, Save the Planet, and Fuel Your Resistance One Meal at a Time Author: Virginia Messina, Carol J. Adams Narrator: Wendy Rich Stetson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Protest Kitchen is an empowering guide to the food and lifestyle choices anyone can make for positive change in the face of the profound challenges of our time. Our food choices have much more of an impact than most people imagine. They not only affect our personal health and the environment, but are also tied to issues of justice, misogyny, national security, and human rights. Protest Kitchen is the first book to explore the ways in which a more plant-based diet challenges regressive politics and fuels the resistance. A provocative and practical resource for hope and healing, Protest Kitchen features over fifty vegan recipes (with alternatives for “aspiring vegans”) along with practical daily actions such as: Substitute cow’s milk in your coffee and cereal for any of a variety of delicious non-dairy milks. This will help lower the release of methane gas that contributes to global warming.Use a smartphone app when buying chocolate to avoid supporting African farmers who use child-labor, even child slavery, to supply cacao beans to the food industry.Make your own cleaning supplies and wood polish; it’s frugal and avoids reliance on products that may be tested on animals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Protest Kitchen: Fight Injustice, Save the Planet, and Fuel Your Resistance One Meal at a Time Author: Virginia Messina, Carol J. Adams Narrator: Wendy Rich Stetson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Protest Kitchen is an empowering guide to the food and lifestyle choices anyone can make for positive change in the face of the profound challenges of our time. Our food choices have much more of an impact than most people imagine. They not only affect our personal health and the environment, but are also tied to issues of justice, misogyny, national security, and human rights. Protest Kitchen is the first book to explore the ways in which a more plant-based diet challenges regressive politics and fuels the resistance. A provocative and practical resource for hope and healing, Protest Kitchen features over fifty vegan recipes (with alternatives for “aspiring vegans”) along with practical daily actions such as: Substitute cow’s milk in your coffee and cereal for any of a variety of delicious non-dairy milks. This will help lower the release of methane gas that contributes to global warming.Use a smartphone app when buying chocolate to avoid supporting African farmers who use child-labor, even child slavery, to supply cacao beans to the food industry.Make your own cleaning supplies and wood polish; it’s frugal and avoids reliance on products that may be tested on animals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346036 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Second Acts: In Praise of Older Women Author: Marlene Wagman-Geller Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 15, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Empowering biographies of older women in history Antony said of Cleopatra, “Age cannot wither her, nor custom stale/Her infinite variety.” Shakespeare’s sentiment can be applied to the women profiled in Great Second Acts who refused to be defined by the dates on their birth certificates. Their lives are testimony that one can be feisty after fifty. And to those who think otherwise, in the words of Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, “I dissent.” Marlene Wagman-Geller, author of Once Again to Zelda and Behind Every Great Man, presents a fascinating collection of biographical vignettes of dozens of women of a certain age who have excelled, inspired, and achieved. Learn how these women changed their respective fields of art, politics, science, mathematics, media, literature, activism, education, and more. From actresses, yoga teachers, folk artists to business women, prime ministers, monarchs, and authors, this group of exceptional women will illustrate that women can achieve anything, no matter their age. Listeners will find biographies of influential women such as Prime Minister Margert Thatcher, chef Julia Child, Mother Teresa, feminist Gloria Steinem, actress Rita Moreno, Judge Judy Sheindlin, and many more;empowering quotes from strong women who refused to be kept down; andmotivational, inspirational, and educational stories of older women.Written in an accessible narrative style, listeners of all ages will enjoy Wagman-Geller’s entertaining storytelling prose of these remarkable women. An excellent gift for students, mothers, sisters, or friends, Great Second Acts will endure and delight. Marlene Wagman-Geller Mon, 15 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346036 thebookvoice.com 6:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Second Acts: In Praise of Older Women Author: Marlene Wagman-Geller Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 15, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Empowering biographies of older women in history Antony said of Cleopatra, “Age cannot wither her, nor custom stale/Her infinite variety.” Shakespeare’s sentiment can be applied to the women profiled in Great Second Acts who refused to be defined by the dates on their birth certificates. Their lives are testimony that one can be feisty after fifty. And to those who think otherwise, in the words of Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, “I dissent.” Marlene Wagman-Geller, author of Once Again to Zelda and Behind Every Great Man, presents a fascinating collection of biographical vignettes of dozens of women of a certain age who have excelled, inspired, and achieved. Learn how these women changed their respective fields of art, politics, science, mathematics, media, literature, activism, education, and more. From actresses, yoga teachers, folk artists to business women, prime ministers, monarchs, and authors, this group of exceptional women will illustrate that women can achieve anything, no matter their age. Listeners will find biographies of influential women such as Prime Minister Margert Thatcher, chef Julia Child, Mother Teresa, feminist Gloria Steinem, actress Rita Moreno, Judge Judy Sheindlin, and many more;empowering quotes from strong women who refused to be kept down; andmotivational, inspirational, and educational stories of older women.Written in an accessible narrative style, listeners of all ages will enjoy Wagman-Geller’s entertaining storytelling prose of these remarkable women. An excellent gift for students, mothers, sisters, or friends, Great Second Acts will endure and delight. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Second Acts: In Praise of Older Women Author: Marlene Wagman-Geller Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 15, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Empowering biographies of older women in history Antony said of Cleopatra, “Age cannot wither her, nor custom stale/Her infinite variety.” Shakespeare’s sentiment can be applied to the women profiled in Great Second Acts who refused to be defined by the dates on their birth certificates. Their lives are testimony that one can be feisty after fifty. And to those who think otherwise, in the words of Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, “I dissent.” Marlene Wagman-Geller, author of Once Again to Zelda and Behind Every Great Man, presents a fascinating collection of biographical vignettes of dozens of women of a certain age who have excelled, inspired, and achieved. Learn how these women changed their respective fields of art, politics, science, mathematics, media, literature, activism, education, and more. From actresses, yoga teachers, folk artists to business women, prime ministers, monarchs, and authors, this group of exceptional women will illustrate that women can achieve anything, no matter their age. Listeners will find biographies of influential women such as Prime Minister Margert Thatcher, chef Julia Child, Mother Teresa, feminist Gloria Steinem, actress Rita Moreno, Judge Judy Sheindlin, and many more;empowering quotes from strong women who refused to be kept down; andmotivational, inspirational, and educational stories of older women.Written in an accessible narrative style, listeners of all ages will enjoy Wagman-Geller’s entertaining storytelling prose of these remarkable women. An excellent gift for students, mothers, sisters, or friends, Great Second Acts will endure and delight. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346034 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Are We Heading?: The Evolution of Humans and Things Author: Ian Hodder Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this engaging exploration, archaeologist Ian Hodder departs from the two prevailing modes of thought about human evolution: the older idea of constant advancement toward a civilized ideal and the newer one of a directionless process of natural selection. Instead, he proposes a theory of human evolution and history based on “entanglement,” the ever-increasing mutual dependency between humans and things. Not only do humans become dependent on things, Hodder asserts, but things become dependent on humans, requiring an endless succession of new innovations. It is this mutual dependency that creates the dominant trend in both cultural and genetic evolution. He selects a small number of cases, ranging in significance from the invention of the wheel down to Christmas tree lights, to show how entanglement has created webs of human-thing dependency that encircle the world and limit our responses to global crises. Ian Hodder Tue, 21 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346034 thebookvoice.com 5:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Are We Heading?: The Evolution of Humans and Things Author: Ian Hodder Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this engaging exploration, archaeologist Ian Hodder departs from the two prevailing modes of thought about human evolution: the older idea of constant advancement toward a civilized ideal and the newer one of a directionless process of natural selection. Instead, he proposes a theory of human evolution and history based on “entanglement,” the ever-increasing mutual dependency between humans and things. Not only do humans become dependent on things, Hodder asserts, but things become dependent on humans, requiring an endless succession of new innovations. It is this mutual dependency that creates the dominant trend in both cultural and genetic evolution. He selects a small number of cases, ranging in significance from the invention of the wheel down to Christmas tree lights, to show how entanglement has created webs of human-thing dependency that encircle the world and limit our responses to global crises. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Are We Heading?: The Evolution of Humans and Things Author: Ian Hodder Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this engaging exploration, archaeologist Ian Hodder departs from the two prevailing modes of thought about human evolution: the older idea of constant advancement toward a civilized ideal and the newer one of a directionless process of natural selection. Instead, he proposes a theory of human evolution and history based on “entanglement,” the ever-increasing mutual dependency between humans and things. Not only do humans become dependent on things, Hodder asserts, but things become dependent on humans, requiring an endless succession of new innovations. It is this mutual dependency that creates the dominant trend in both cultural and genetic evolution. He selects a small number of cases, ranging in significance from the invention of the wheel down to Christmas tree lights, to show how entanglement has created webs of human-thing dependency that encircle the world and limit our responses to global crises. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345719 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wasteland: The Great War and the Origins of Modern Horror Author: W. Scott Poole Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Historian and Bram Stoker Award nominee W. Scott Poole traces the confluence of history, technology, and art that gave us modern horror films and literature. In the early twentieth century, World War I was the most devastating event humanity had yet experienced. New machines of war left tens of millions killed or wounded in the most grotesque of ways. The Great War remade the world’s map, created new global powers, and brought forth some of the biggest problems still facing us today. But it also birthed a new art form: the horror film, made from the fears of a generation ruined by war. From Nosferatu to Frankenstein’s monster and the Wolf Man, from Fritz Lang, F. W. Murnau, and Albin Grau to Tod Browning and James Whale, the touchstones of horror can all trace their roots to the bloodshed of the First World War. Historian W. Scott Poole chronicles these major figures and the many movements they influenced. Wasteland reveals how bloody battlefields, the fear of the corpse, and a growing darkness made their way into the deepest corners of our psyche. On the one-hundredth anniversary of the signing of the armistice that brought World War I to a close, W. Scott Poole takes us behind the front lines of battle to a no-man’s-land where the legacy of the War to End All Wars lives on. W. Scott Poole Tue, 16 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345719 thebookvoice.com 11:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wasteland: The Great War and the Origins of Modern Horror Author: W. Scott Poole Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Historian and Bram Stoker Award nominee W. Scott Poole traces the confluence of history, technology, and art that gave us modern horror films and literature. In the early twentieth century, World War I was the most devastating event humanity had yet experienced. New machines of war left tens of millions killed or wounded in the most grotesque of ways. The Great War remade the world’s map, created new global powers, and brought forth some of the biggest problems still facing us today. But it also birthed a new art form: the horror film, made from the fears of a generation ruined by war. From Nosferatu to Frankenstein’s monster and the Wolf Man, from Fritz Lang, F. W. Murnau, and Albin Grau to Tod Browning and James Whale, the touchstones of horror can all trace their roots to the bloodshed of the First World War. Historian W. Scott Poole chronicles these major figures and the many movements they influenced. Wasteland reveals how bloody battlefields, the fear of the corpse, and a growing darkness made their way into the deepest corners of our psyche. On the one-hundredth anniversary of the signing of the armistice that brought World War I to a close, W. Scott Poole takes us behind the front lines of battle to a no-man’s-land where the legacy of the War to End All Wars lives on. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wasteland: The Great War and the Origins of Modern Horror Author: W. Scott Poole Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Historian and Bram Stoker Award nominee W. Scott Poole traces the confluence of history, technology, and art that gave us modern horror films and literature. In the early twentieth century, World War I was the most devastating event humanity had yet experienced. New machines of war left tens of millions killed or wounded in the most grotesque of ways. The Great War remade the world’s map, created new global powers, and brought forth some of the biggest problems still facing us today. But it also birthed a new art form: the horror film, made from the fears of a generation ruined by war. From Nosferatu to Frankenstein’s monster and the Wolf Man, from Fritz Lang, F. W. Murnau, and Albin Grau to Tod Browning and James Whale, the touchstones of horror can all trace their roots to the bloodshed of the First World War. Historian W. Scott Poole chronicles these major figures and the many movements they influenced. Wasteland reveals how bloody battlefields, the fear of the corpse, and a growing darkness made their way into the deepest corners of our psyche. On the one-hundredth anniversary of the signing of the armistice that brought World War I to a close, W. Scott Poole takes us behind the front lines of battle to a no-man’s-land where the legacy of the War to End All Wars lives on. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345710 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Escaping the Rabbit Hole: How to Debunk Conspiracy Theories Using Facts, Logic, and Respect Author: Mick West Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Earth is flat, planes are spraying poison to control the weather, actors faked the Sandy Hook massacre, and Elvis is alive and living on an island. All these claims are bunk: falsehoods, mistakes, and in some cases, outright lies. But many people passionately believe one or more of these conspiracy theories. They consume countless books and videos, join like-minded online communities, try to convert those around them, and even, on occasion, alienate their own friends and family. Why is this, and how can you help people, especially those closest to you, break free from the downward spiral of conspiracy thinking? In Escaping the Rabbit Hole, author Mick West shares over a decade’s worth of knowledge and experience investigating and debunking false conspiracy theories through his forum, MetaBunk.org, and sets forth a practical guide to helping friends and loved ones recognize these theories for what they really are. Perhaps counterintuitively, the most successful approaches to helping individuals escape a rabbit hole aren’t comprised of simply explaining why they are wrong. Rather, West’s tried-and-tested approach emphasizes clear communication based on mutual respect, honesty, openness, and patience. West puts his debunking techniques and best practices to the test with four of the most popular false conspiracy theories today, providing road maps to help you to understand your friend and help them escape the rabbit hole. These are accompanied by real-life case studies of individuals who, with help, were able to break free from conspiracism. Included are sections on: The wide spectrum of conspiracy theories, Avoiding the “shill” label, Psychological factors and other complications, and A look at the future of debunking. Mick West has put forth a conclusive, well-researched, practical reference on why people fall down the conspiracy theory rabbit hole and how you can help them escape. Mick West Tue, 18 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345710 thebookvoice.com 11:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Escaping the Rabbit Hole: How to Debunk Conspiracy Theories Using Facts, Logic, and Respect Author: Mick West Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Earth is flat, planes are spraying poison to control the weather, actors faked the Sandy Hook massacre, and Elvis is alive and living on an island. All these claims are bunk: falsehoods, mistakes, and in some cases, outright lies. But many people passionately believe one or more of these conspiracy theories. They consume countless books and videos, join like-minded online communities, try to convert those around them, and even, on occasion, alienate their own friends and family. Why is this, and how can you help people, especially those closest to you, break free from the downward spiral of conspiracy thinking? In Escaping the Rabbit Hole, author Mick West shares over a decade’s worth of knowledge and experience investigating and debunking false conspiracy theories through his forum, MetaBunk.org, and sets forth a practical guide to helping friends and loved ones recognize these theories for what they really are. Perhaps counterintuitively, the most successful approaches to helping individuals escape a rabbit hole aren’t comprised of simply explaining why they are wrong. Rather, West’s tried-and-tested approach emphasizes clear communication based on mutual respect, honesty, openness, and patience. West puts his debunking techniques and best practices to the test with four of the most popular false conspiracy theories today, providing road maps to help you to understand your friend and help them escape the rabbit hole. These are accompanied by real-life case studies of individuals who, with help, were able to break free from conspiracism. Included are sections on: The wide spectrum of conspiracy theories, Avoiding the “shill” label, Psychological factors and other complications, and A look at the future of debunking. Mick West has put forth a conclusive, well-researched, practical reference on why people fall down the conspiracy theory rabbit hole and how you can help them escape. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Escaping the Rabbit Hole: How to Debunk Conspiracy Theories Using Facts, Logic, and Respect Author: Mick West Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Earth is flat, planes are spraying poison to control the weather, actors faked the Sandy Hook massacre, and Elvis is alive and living on an island. All these claims are bunk: falsehoods, mistakes, and in some cases, outright lies. But many people passionately believe one or more of these conspiracy theories. They consume countless books and videos, join like-minded online communities, try to convert those around them, and even, on occasion, alienate their own friends and family. Why is this, and how can you help people, especially those closest to you, break free from the downward spiral of conspiracy thinking? In Escaping the Rabbit Hole, author Mick West shares over a decade’s worth of knowledge and experience investigating and debunking false conspiracy theories through his forum, MetaBunk.org, and sets forth a practical guide to helping friends and loved ones recognize these theories for what they really are. Perhaps counterintuitively, the most successful approaches to helping individuals escape a rabbit hole aren’t comprised of simply explaining why they are wrong. Rather, West’s tried-and-tested approach emphasizes clear communication based on mutual respect, honesty, openness, and patience. West puts his debunking techniques and best practices to the test with four of the most popular false conspiracy theories today, providing road maps to help you to understand your friend and help them escape the rabbit hole. These are accompanied by real-life case studies of individuals who, with help, were able to break free from conspiracism. Included are sections on: The wide spectrum of conspiracy theories, Avoiding the “shill” label, Psychological factors and other complications, and A look at the future of debunking. Mick West has put forth a conclusive, well-researched, practical reference on why people fall down the conspiracy theory rabbit hole and how you can help them escape. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345702 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Portland, 2nd Edition: The City You’ve Heard You Should Like Author: Alexander Barrett, Andrew Dickson Narrator: Alexander Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 5 minutes Release date: September 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Captures the emotional experience of Portland, Oregon A first-hand look at a city that people can’t seem to stop talking about. It’s a guidebook of sorts, but not to restaurants and sightseeing. Instead, Alexander Barrett is your friendly guide to the quirky characters and atmosphere of Portland, Oregon, and how fun, beautiful, and ridiculous it can be. With its approachable, often hilarious tone, this book is perfect for anyone who wants to learn more about bikes, beards, beers, rain, and everything else important about the city you’ve heard you should like. The expanded second edition of this popular book is sure to delight! Alexander Barrett, Andrew Dickson Mon, 17 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345702 thebookvoice.com 1:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Portland, 2nd Edition: The City You’ve Heard You Should Like Author: Alexander Barrett, Andrew Dickson Narrator: Alexander Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 5 minutes Release date: September 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Captures the emotional experience of Portland, Oregon A first-hand look at a city that people can’t seem to stop talking about. It’s a guidebook of sorts, but not to restaurants and sightseeing. Instead, Alexander Barrett is your friendly guide to the quirky characters and atmosphere of Portland, Oregon, and how fun, beautiful, and ridiculous it can be. With its approachable, often hilarious tone, this book is perfect for anyone who wants to learn more about bikes, beards, beers, rain, and everything else important about the city you’ve heard you should like. The expanded second edition of this popular book is sure to delight! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Portland, 2nd Edition: The City You’ve Heard You Should Like Author: Alexander Barrett, Andrew Dickson Narrator: Alexander Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 5 minutes Release date: September 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Captures the emotional experience of Portland, Oregon A first-hand look at a city that people can’t seem to stop talking about. It’s a guidebook of sorts, but not to restaurants and sightseeing. Instead, Alexander Barrett is your friendly guide to the quirky characters and atmosphere of Portland, Oregon, and how fun, beautiful, and ridiculous it can be. With its approachable, often hilarious tone, this book is perfect for anyone who wants to learn more about bikes, beards, beers, rain, and everything else important about the city you’ve heard you should like. The expanded second edition of this popular book is sure to delight! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345692 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Die Wise: A Manifesto for Sanity and Soul Author: Stephen Jenkinson Narrator: Stephen Jenkinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Die Wise does not offer seven steps for coping with death. It does not suggest ways to make dying easier. It pours no honey to make the medicine go down. Instead, with lyrical prose, deep wisdom, and stories from his two decades of working with dying people and their families, Stephen Jenkinson places death at the center of the page and asks us to behold it in all its painful beauty. Die Wise teaches the skills of dying, skills that have to be learned in the course of living deeply and well. Die Wise is for those who will fail to live forever.   Dying well, Jenkinson writes, is a right and responsibility of everyone. It is not a lifestyle option. It is a moral, political, and spiritual obligation each person owes their ancestors and their heirs. Die Wise dreams such a dream, and plots such an uprising. How we die, how we care for dying people, and how we carry our dead: this work makes our capacity for a village-mindedness, or breaks it. Table of Contents The Ordeal of a Managed Death Stealing Meaning from Dying The Tyrant Hope The Quality of Life Yes, But Not Like This The Work So Who Are the Dying to You?  Dying Facing Home What Dying Asks of Us All Kids Ah, My Friend the Enemy Stephen Jenkinson Tue, 26 Jul 2016 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345692 thebookvoice.com 18:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Die Wise: A Manifesto for Sanity and Soul Author: Stephen Jenkinson Narrator: Stephen Jenkinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Die Wise does not offer seven steps for coping with death. It does not suggest ways to make dying easier. It pours no honey to make the medicine go down. Instead, with lyrical prose, deep wisdom, and stories from his two decades of working with dying people and their families, Stephen Jenkinson places death at the center of the page and asks us to behold it in all its painful beauty. Die Wise teaches the skills of dying, skills that have to be learned in the course of living deeply and well. Die Wise is for those who will fail to live forever.   Dying well, Jenkinson writes, is a right and responsibility of everyone. It is not a lifestyle option. It is a moral, political, and spiritual obligation each person owes their ancestors and their heirs. Die Wise dreams such a dream, and plots such an uprising. How we die, how we care for dying people, and how we carry our dead: this work makes our capacity for a village-mindedness, or breaks it. Table of Contents The Ordeal of a Managed Death Stealing Meaning from Dying The Tyrant Hope The Quality of Life Yes, But Not Like This The Work So Who Are the Dying to You?  Dying Facing Home What Dying Asks of Us All Kids Ah, My Friend the Enemy Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Die Wise: A Manifesto for Sanity and Soul Author: Stephen Jenkinson Narrator: Stephen Jenkinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Die Wise does not offer seven steps for coping with death. It does not suggest ways to make dying easier. It pours no honey to make the medicine go down. Instead, with lyrical prose, deep wisdom, and stories from his two decades of working with dying people and their families, Stephen Jenkinson places death at the center of the page and asks us to behold it in all its painful beauty. Die Wise teaches the skills of dying, skills that have to be learned in the course of living deeply and well. Die Wise is for those who will fail to live forever.   Dying well, Jenkinson writes, is a right and responsibility of everyone. It is not a lifestyle option. It is a moral, political, and spiritual obligation each person owes their ancestors and their heirs. Die Wise dreams such a dream, and plots such an uprising. How we die, how we care for dying people, and how we carry our dead: this work makes our capacity for a village-mindedness, or breaks it. Table of Contents The Ordeal of a Managed Death Stealing Meaning from Dying The Tyrant Hope The Quality of Life Yes, But Not Like This The Work So Who Are the Dying to You?  Dying Facing Home What Dying Asks of Us All Kids Ah, My Friend the Enemy https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345691 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trials of Nina McCall: Sex, Surveillance, and the Decades-Long Government Plan to Imprison 'Promiscuous' Women Author: Scott W. Stern Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The nearly forgotten story of the American Plan, a government program to regulate women’s bodies and sexuality—and how they fought back—told through the lens of one of its survivors “A consistently surprising page-turner . . . a brilliant study of the way social anxieties have historically congealed in state control over women’s bodies and behavior.”—New York Times Book Review Nina McCall was one of many women unfairly imprisoned by the United States government throughout the twentieth century. Tens, probably hundreds, of thousands of women and girls were locked up—usually without due process—simply because officials suspected these women were prostitutes, carrying STIs, or just “promiscuous.” This discriminatory program, dubbed the “American Plan,” lasted from the 1910s into the 1950s, implicating a number of luminaries, including Eleanor Roosevelt, John D. Rockefeller Jr., Earl Warren, and even Eliot Ness, while laying the foundation for the modern system of women’s prisons. In some places, vestiges of the Plan lingered into the 1960s and 1970s, and the laws that undergirded it remain on the books to this day. Nina McCall’s story provides crucial insight into the lives of countless other women incarcerated under the American Plan. Stern demonstrates the pain and shame felt by these women and details the multitude of mortifications they endured, both during and after their internment. Yet thousands of incarcerated women rioted, fought back against their oppressors, or burned their detention facilities to the ground; they jumped out of windows or leapt from moving trains or scaled barbed-wire fences in order to escape. And, as Nina McCall did, they sued their captors. In an age of renewed activism surrounding harassment, health care, prisons, women’s rights, and the power of the state, this virtually lost chapter of our history is vital reading. Scott W. Stern Tue, 15 May 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345691 thebookvoice.com 14:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trials of Nina McCall: Sex, Surveillance, and the Decades-Long Government Plan to Imprison 'Promiscuous' Women Author: Scott W. Stern Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The nearly forgotten story of the American Plan, a government program to regulate women’s bodies and sexuality—and how they fought back—told through the lens of one of its survivors “A consistently surprising page-turner . . . a brilliant study of the way social anxieties have historically congealed in state control over women’s bodies and behavior.”—New York Times Book Review Nina McCall was one of many women unfairly imprisoned by the United States government throughout the twentieth century. Tens, probably hundreds, of thousands of women and girls were locked up—usually without due process—simply because officials suspected these women were prostitutes, carrying STIs, or just “promiscuous.” This discriminatory program, dubbed the “American Plan,” lasted from the 1910s into the 1950s, implicating a number of luminaries, including Eleanor Roosevelt, John D. Rockefeller Jr., Earl Warren, and even Eliot Ness, while laying the foundation for the modern system of women’s prisons. In some places, vestiges of the Plan lingered into the 1960s and 1970s, and the laws that undergirded it remain on the books to this day. Nina McCall’s story provides crucial insight into the lives of countless other women incarcerated under the American Plan. Stern demonstrates the pain and shame felt by these women and details the multitude of mortifications they endured, both during and after their internment. Yet thousands of incarcerated women rioted, fought back against their oppressors, or burned their detention facilities to the ground; they jumped out of windows or leapt from moving trains or scaled barbed-wire fences in order to escape. And, as Nina McCall did, they sued their captors. In an age of renewed activism surrounding harassment, health care, prisons, women’s rights, and the power of the state, this virtually lost chapter of our history is vital reading. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trials of Nina McCall: Sex, Surveillance, and the Decades-Long Government Plan to Imprison 'Promiscuous' Women Author: Scott W. Stern Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The nearly forgotten story of the American Plan, a government program to regulate women’s bodies and sexuality—and how they fought back—told through the lens of one of its survivors “A consistently surprising page-turner . . . a brilliant study of the way social anxieties have historically congealed in state control over women’s bodies and behavior.”—New York Times Book Review Nina McCall was one of many women unfairly imprisoned by the United States government throughout the twentieth century. Tens, probably hundreds, of thousands of women and girls were locked up—usually without due process—simply because officials suspected these women were prostitutes, carrying STIs, or just “promiscuous.” This discriminatory program, dubbed the “American Plan,” lasted from the 1910s into the 1950s, implicating a number of luminaries, including Eleanor Roosevelt, John D. Rockefeller Jr., Earl Warren, and even Eliot Ness, while laying the foundation for the modern system of women’s prisons. In some places, vestiges of the Plan lingered into the 1960s and 1970s, and the laws that undergirded it remain on the books to this day. Nina McCall’s story provides crucial insight into the lives of countless other women incarcerated under the American Plan. Stern demonstrates the pain and shame felt by these women and details the multitude of mortifications they endured, both during and after their internment. Yet thousands of incarcerated women rioted, fought back against their oppressors, or burned their detention facilities to the ground; they jumped out of windows or leapt from moving trains or scaled barbed-wire fences in order to escape. And, as Nina McCall did, they sued their captors. In an age of renewed activism surrounding harassment, health care, prisons, women’s rights, and the power of the state, this virtually lost chapter of our history is vital reading. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345689 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An African American and Latinx History of the United States Series: #4 of REVISIONING HISTORY Author: Paul Ortiz Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An intersectional history of the shared struggle for African American and Latinx civil rights Spanning more than two hundred years, An African American and Latinx History of the United States is a revolutionary, politically charged narrative history, arguing that the “Global South” was crucial to the development of America as we know it. Scholar and activist Paul Ortiz challenges the notion of westward progress as exalted by widely taught formulations like “manifest destiny” and “Jacksonian democracy,” and shows how placing African American, Latinx, and Indigenous voices unapologetically front and center transforms US history into one of the working class organizing against imperialism. Drawing on rich narratives and primary source documents, Ortiz links racial segregation in the Southwest and the rise and violent fall of a powerful tradition of Mexican labor organizing in the twentieth century, to May 1, 2006, known as International Workers’ Day, when migrant laborers—Chicana/os, Afrocubanos, and immigrants from every continent on earth—united in resistance on the first “Day Without Immigrants.” As African American civil rights activists fought Jim Crow laws and Mexican labor organizers warred against the suffocating grip of capitalism, Black and Spanish-language newspapers, abolitionists, and Latin American revolutionaries coalesced around movements built between people from the United States and people from Central America and the Caribbean. In stark contrast to the resurgence of “America First” rhetoric, Black and Latinx intellectuals and organizers today have historically urged the United States to build bridges of solidarity with the nations of the Americas. Incisive and timely, this bottom-up history, told from the interconnected vantage points of Latinx and African Americans, reveals the radically different ways that people of the diaspora have addressed issues still plaguing the United States today, and it offers a way forward in the continued struggle for universal civil rights. 2018 Winner of the PEN Oakland/Josephine Miles Literary Award Paul Ortiz Tue, 30 Jan 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345689 thebookvoice.com 9:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An African American and Latinx History of the United States Series: #4 of REVISIONING HISTORY Author: Paul Ortiz Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An intersectional history of the shared struggle for African American and Latinx civil rights Spanning more than two hundred years, An African American and Latinx History of the United States is a revolutionary, politically charged narrative history, arguing that the “Global South” was crucial to the development of America as we know it. Scholar and activist Paul Ortiz challenges the notion of westward progress as exalted by widely taught formulations like “manifest destiny” and “Jacksonian democracy,” and shows how placing African American, Latinx, and Indigenous voices unapologetically front and center transforms US history into one of the working class organizing against imperialism. Drawing on rich narratives and primary source documents, Ortiz links racial segregation in the Southwest and the rise and violent fall of a powerful tradition of Mexican labor organizing in the twentieth century, to May 1, 2006, known as International Workers’ Day, when migrant laborers—Chicana/os, Afrocubanos, and immigrants from every continent on earth—united in resistance on the first “Day Without Immigrants.” As African American civil rights activists fought Jim Crow laws and Mexican labor organizers warred against the suffocating grip of capitalism, Black and Spanish-language newspapers, abolitionists, and Latin American revolutionaries coalesced around movements built between people from the United States and people from Central America and the Caribbean. In stark contrast to the resurgence of “America First” rhetoric, Black and Latinx intellectuals and organizers today have historically urged the United States to build bridges of solidarity with the nations of the Americas. Incisive and timely, this bottom-up history, told from the interconnected vantage points of Latinx and African Americans, reveals the radically different ways that people of the diaspora have addressed issues still plaguing the United States today, and it offers a way forward in the continued struggle for universal civil rights. 2018 Winner of the PEN Oakland/Josephine Miles Literary Award Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An African American and Latinx History of the United States Series: #4 of REVISIONING HISTORY Author: Paul Ortiz Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An intersectional history of the shared struggle for African American and Latinx civil rights Spanning more than two hundred years, An African American and Latinx History of the United States is a revolutionary, politically charged narrative history, arguing that the “Global South” was crucial to the development of America as we know it. Scholar and activist Paul Ortiz challenges the notion of westward progress as exalted by widely taught formulations like “manifest destiny” and “Jacksonian democracy,” and shows how placing African American, Latinx, and Indigenous voices unapologetically front and center transforms US history into one of the working class organizing against imperialism. Drawing on rich narratives and primary source documents, Ortiz links racial segregation in the Southwest and the rise and violent fall of a powerful tradition of Mexican labor organizing in the twentieth century, to May 1, 2006, known as International Workers’ Day, when migrant laborers—Chicana/os, Afrocubanos, and immigrants from every continent on earth—united in resistance on the first “Day Without Immigrants.” As African American civil rights activists fought Jim Crow laws and Mexican labor organizers warred against the suffocating grip of capitalism, Black and Spanish-language newspapers, abolitionists, and Latin American revolutionaries coalesced around movements built between people from the United States and people from Central America and the Caribbean. In stark contrast to the resurgence of “America First” rhetoric, Black and Latinx intellectuals and organizers today have historically urged the United States to build bridges of solidarity with the nations of the Americas. Incisive and timely, this bottom-up history, told from the interconnected vantage points of Latinx and African Americans, reveals the radically different ways that people of the diaspora have addressed issues still plaguing the United States today, and it offers a way forward in the continued struggle for universal civil rights. 2018 Winner of the PEN Oakland/Josephine Miles Literary Award https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345690 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rectify: The Power of Restorative Justice After Wrongful Conviction Author: Lara Bazelon Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Makes a powerful argument for adopting a model of restorative justice as part of the Innocence Movement so exonerees, crime victims, and their communities can come together to heal. In Rectify, a former Innocence Project director and journalist Lara Bazelon puts a face to the growing number of men and women exonerated from crimes that kept them behind bars for years—sometimes decades—and that devastate not only the exonerees but also their families, the crime victims who mistakenly identified them as perpetrators, the jurors who convicted them, and the prosecutors who realized too late that they helped convict an innocent person. Bazelon focuses on Thomas Haynesworth, a teenager arrested for multiple rapes in Virginia, and Janet Burke, a rape victim who mistakenly IDed him. It took over two decades before he was exonerated. Conventional wisdom points to an exoneration as a happy ending to tragic tales of injustice, such as Haynesworth’s. However, even when the physical shackles are left behind, invisible ones can be profoundly more difficult to unlock. In the midst of Bazelon’s frustration over the blatant limitations of courts and advocates, her hope is renewed by the fledgling but growing movement to apply the centuries-old practice of restorative justice to wrongful conviction cases. Using the stories of Thomas Haynesworth, Janet Burke, and other crime victims and exonerees, she demonstrates how the transformative experience of connecting isolated individuals around mutual trauma and a shared purpose of repairing harm unite unlikely allies. Movingly written and vigorously researched, Rectify takes to task the far-reaching failures of our criminal justice system and offers a window into a future where the power it yields can be used in pursuit of healing and unity rather than punishment and blame. Lara Bazelon Tue, 16 Oct 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345690 thebookvoice.com 9:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rectify: The Power of Restorative Justice After Wrongful Conviction Author: Lara Bazelon Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Makes a powerful argument for adopting a model of restorative justice as part of the Innocence Movement so exonerees, crime victims, and their communities can come together to heal. In Rectify, a former Innocence Project director and journalist Lara Bazelon puts a face to the growing number of men and women exonerated from crimes that kept them behind bars for years—sometimes decades—and that devastate not only the exonerees but also their families, the crime victims who mistakenly identified them as perpetrators, the jurors who convicted them, and the prosecutors who realized too late that they helped convict an innocent person. Bazelon focuses on Thomas Haynesworth, a teenager arrested for multiple rapes in Virginia, and Janet Burke, a rape victim who mistakenly IDed him. It took over two decades before he was exonerated. Conventional wisdom points to an exoneration as a happy ending to tragic tales of injustice, such as Haynesworth’s. However, even when the physical shackles are left behind, invisible ones can be profoundly more difficult to unlock. In the midst of Bazelon’s frustration over the blatant limitations of courts and advocates, her hope is renewed by the fledgling but growing movement to apply the centuries-old practice of restorative justice to wrongful conviction cases. Using the stories of Thomas Haynesworth, Janet Burke, and other crime victims and exonerees, she demonstrates how the transformative experience of connecting isolated individuals around mutual trauma and a shared purpose of repairing harm unite unlikely allies. Movingly written and vigorously researched, Rectify takes to task the far-reaching failures of our criminal justice system and offers a window into a future where the power it yields can be used in pursuit of healing and unity rather than punishment and blame. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rectify: The Power of Restorative Justice After Wrongful Conviction Author: Lara Bazelon Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Makes a powerful argument for adopting a model of restorative justice as part of the Innocence Movement so exonerees, crime victims, and their communities can come together to heal. In Rectify, a former Innocence Project director and journalist Lara Bazelon puts a face to the growing number of men and women exonerated from crimes that kept them behind bars for years—sometimes decades—and that devastate not only the exonerees but also their families, the crime victims who mistakenly identified them as perpetrators, the jurors who convicted them, and the prosecutors who realized too late that they helped convict an innocent person. Bazelon focuses on Thomas Haynesworth, a teenager arrested for multiple rapes in Virginia, and Janet Burke, a rape victim who mistakenly IDed him. It took over two decades before he was exonerated. Conventional wisdom points to an exoneration as a happy ending to tragic tales of injustice, such as Haynesworth’s. However, even when the physical shackles are left behind, invisible ones can be profoundly more difficult to unlock. In the midst of Bazelon’s frustration over the blatant limitations of courts and advocates, her hope is renewed by the fledgling but growing movement to apply the centuries-old practice of restorative justice to wrongful conviction cases. Using the stories of Thomas Haynesworth, Janet Burke, and other crime victims and exonerees, she demonstrates how the transformative experience of connecting isolated individuals around mutual trauma and a shared purpose of repairing harm unite unlikely allies. Movingly written and vigorously researched, Rectify takes to task the far-reaching failures of our criminal justice system and offers a window into a future where the power it yields can be used in pursuit of healing and unity rather than punishment and blame. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345688 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom Dreams: The Black Radical Imagination Author: Robin D.G. Kelley Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Kelley unearths freedom dreams in this exciting history of renegade intellectuals and artists of the African diaspora in the twentieth century. Focusing on the visions of activists from C. L. R. James to Aime Cesaire and Malcolm X, Kelley writes of the hope that Communism offered, the mindscapes of Surrealism, the transformative potential of radical feminism, and of the four-hundred-year-old dream of reparations for slavery and Jim Crow. From'the preeminent historian of black popular culture' (Cornel West), an inspiring work on the power of imagination to transform society. Robin D.G. Kelley Tue, 17 Apr 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345688 thebookvoice.com 8:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom Dreams: The Black Radical Imagination Author: Robin D.G. Kelley Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Kelley unearths freedom dreams in this exciting history of renegade intellectuals and artists of the African diaspora in the twentieth century. Focusing on the visions of activists from C. L. R. James to Aime Cesaire and Malcolm X, Kelley writes of the hope that Communism offered, the mindscapes of Surrealism, the transformative potential of radical feminism, and of the four-hundred-year-old dream of reparations for slavery and Jim Crow. From'the preeminent historian of black popular culture' (Cornel West), an inspiring work on the power of imagination to transform society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom Dreams: The Black Radical Imagination Author: Robin D.G. Kelley Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Kelley unearths freedom dreams in this exciting history of renegade intellectuals and artists of the African diaspora in the twentieth century. Focusing on the visions of activists from C. L. R. James to Aime Cesaire and Malcolm X, Kelley writes of the hope that Communism offered, the mindscapes of Surrealism, the transformative potential of radical feminism, and of the four-hundred-year-old dream of reparations for slavery and Jim Crow. From'the preeminent historian of black popular culture' (Cornel West), an inspiring work on the power of imagination to transform society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345687 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Courthouse Lawn: Revised Edition Author: Sherrilyn Ifill Narrator: Lisagay Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nearly 5,000 black Americans were lynched between 1890 and 1960. Over forty years later, Sherrilyn Ifill's On the Courthouse Lawn examines the numerous ways that this racial trauma still resounds across the United States. While the lynchings and their immediate aftermath were devastating, the little-known contemporary consequences, such as the marginalization of political and economic development for black Americans, are equally pernicious. On the Courthouse Lawn investigates how the lynchings implicated average white citizens, some of whom actively participated in the violence while many others witnessed the lynchings but did nothing to stop them. Ifill observes that this history of complicity has become embedded in the social and cultural fabric of local communities, who either supported, condoned, or ignored the violence. She traces the lingering effects of two lynchings in Maryland to illustrate how ubiquitous this history is and issues a clarion call for American communities with histories of racial violence to be proactive in facing this legacy today. Inspired by South Africa's Truth and Reconciliation Commission, as well as by techniques of restorative justice, Ifill provides concrete ideas to help communities heal, including placing gravestones on the unmarked burial sites of lynching victims, issuing public apologies, establishing mandatory school programs on the local history of lynching, financially compensating those whose family homes or businesses were destroyed in the aftermath of lynching, and creating commemorative public spaces. Because the contemporary effects of racial violence are experienced most intensely in local communities, Ifill argues that reconciliation and reparation efforts must also be locally based in order to bring both black and white Americans together in an efficacious dialogue. A landmark book, On the Courthouse Lawn is a much-needed and urgent road map for communities finally confronting lynching's long shadow by embracing pragmatic reconciliation and reparation efforts. Sherrilyn Ifill Tue, 14 Aug 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345687 thebookvoice.com 8:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Courthouse Lawn: Revised Edition Author: Sherrilyn Ifill Narrator: Lisagay Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nearly 5,000 black Americans were lynched between 1890 and 1960. Over forty years later, Sherrilyn Ifill's On the Courthouse Lawn examines the numerous ways that this racial trauma still resounds across the United States. While the lynchings and their immediate aftermath were devastating, the little-known contemporary consequences, such as the marginalization of political and economic development for black Americans, are equally pernicious. On the Courthouse Lawn investigates how the lynchings implicated average white citizens, some of whom actively participated in the violence while many others witnessed the lynchings but did nothing to stop them. Ifill observes that this history of complicity has become embedded in the social and cultural fabric of local communities, who either supported, condoned, or ignored the violence. She traces the lingering effects of two lynchings in Maryland to illustrate how ubiquitous this history is and issues a clarion call for American communities with histories of racial violence to be proactive in facing this legacy today. Inspired by South Africa's Truth and Reconciliation Commission, as well as by techniques of restorative justice, Ifill provides concrete ideas to help communities heal, including placing gravestones on the unmarked burial sites of lynching victims, issuing public apologies, establishing mandatory school programs on the local history of lynching, financially compensating those whose family homes or businesses were destroyed in the aftermath of lynching, and creating commemorative public spaces. Because the contemporary effects of racial violence are experienced most intensely in local communities, Ifill argues that reconciliation and reparation efforts must also be locally based in order to bring both black and white Americans together in an efficacious dialogue. A landmark book, On the Courthouse Lawn is a much-needed and urgent road map for communities finally confronting lynching's long shadow by embracing pragmatic reconciliation and reparation efforts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Courthouse Lawn: Revised Edition Author: Sherrilyn Ifill Narrator: Lisagay Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nearly 5,000 black Americans were lynched between 1890 and 1960. Over forty years later, Sherrilyn Ifill's On the Courthouse Lawn examines the numerous ways that this racial trauma still resounds across the United States. While the lynchings and their immediate aftermath were devastating, the little-known contemporary consequences, such as the marginalization of political and economic development for black Americans, are equally pernicious. On the Courthouse Lawn investigates how the lynchings implicated average white citizens, some of whom actively participated in the violence while many others witnessed the lynchings but did nothing to stop them. Ifill observes that this history of complicity has become embedded in the social and cultural fabric of local communities, who either supported, condoned, or ignored the violence. She traces the lingering effects of two lynchings in Maryland to illustrate how ubiquitous this history is and issues a clarion call for American communities with histories of racial violence to be proactive in facing this legacy today. Inspired by South Africa's Truth and Reconciliation Commission, as well as by techniques of restorative justice, Ifill provides concrete ideas to help communities heal, including placing gravestones on the unmarked burial sites of lynching victims, issuing public apologies, establishing mandatory school programs on the local history of lynching, financially compensating those whose family homes or businesses were destroyed in the aftermath of lynching, and creating commemorative public spaces. Because the contemporary effects of racial violence are experienced most intensely in local communities, Ifill argues that reconciliation and reparation efforts must also be locally based in order to bring both black and white Americans together in an efficacious dialogue. A landmark book, On the Courthouse Lawn is a much-needed and urgent road map for communities finally confronting lynching's long shadow by embracing pragmatic reconciliation and reparation efforts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345686 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Some of My Friends Are.: The Daunting Challenges and Untapped Benefits of Cross-Racial Friendships Author: Deborah Plummer Narrator: Melanie Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An insightful look at how cross-racial friendships work and fail within American society. In a U.S. national survey conducted for this book, 70% of respondents strongly agreed that friendships across racial lines are essential to making progress toward improving race relations. However, further polling found that most Americans tend to gravitate towards friendships within their own racial category. Psychologist, Deborah L. Plummer tells us why that is so. She examines how factors such as leisure, politics, humor, faith, social media, and education influence the nature and intensity of cross-racial friendships. With engaging stories and inspiring anecdotes drawn from national focus groups, interviews, and analyses of survey results of contemporary patterns of adult friendships, she provides insights into the fears and discomforts associated with cross-racial friendships. Through these narratives and social analyses of friendship patterns, Plummer explores how we make connections to form solid bonds, and why it is so challenging to do so across a racial divide. She discusses how we cross that divide and get beyond the prickly uncomfortable moments and have meaningful, enlightening, empathetic conversations about race. With the inclusion of personal stories, this book stirs up authentic racial discourse, prompts readers to examine their own friendship patterns, and encourages us all to create a better path toward a more enlightened future by crossing racial lines in friendship and deepening the strength of current cross-racial friends. Deborah Plummer Tue, 22 Jan 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345686 thebookvoice.com 9:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Some of My Friends Are.: The Daunting Challenges and Untapped Benefits of Cross-Racial Friendships Author: Deborah Plummer Narrator: Melanie Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An insightful look at how cross-racial friendships work and fail within American society. In a U.S. national survey conducted for this book, 70% of respondents strongly agreed that friendships across racial lines are essential to making progress toward improving race relations. However, further polling found that most Americans tend to gravitate towards friendships within their own racial category. Psychologist, Deborah L. Plummer tells us why that is so. She examines how factors such as leisure, politics, humor, faith, social media, and education influence the nature and intensity of cross-racial friendships. With engaging stories and inspiring anecdotes drawn from national focus groups, interviews, and analyses of survey results of contemporary patterns of adult friendships, she provides insights into the fears and discomforts associated with cross-racial friendships. Through these narratives and social analyses of friendship patterns, Plummer explores how we make connections to form solid bonds, and why it is so challenging to do so across a racial divide. She discusses how we cross that divide and get beyond the prickly uncomfortable moments and have meaningful, enlightening, empathetic conversations about race. With the inclusion of personal stories, this book stirs up authentic racial discourse, prompts readers to examine their own friendship patterns, and encourages us all to create a better path toward a more enlightened future by crossing racial lines in friendship and deepening the strength of current cross-racial friends. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Some of My Friends Are.: The Daunting Challenges and Untapped Benefits of Cross-Racial Friendships Author: Deborah Plummer Narrator: Melanie Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An insightful look at how cross-racial friendships work and fail within American society. In a U.S. national survey conducted for this book, 70% of respondents strongly agreed that friendships across racial lines are essential to making progress toward improving race relations. However, further polling found that most Americans tend to gravitate towards friendships within their own racial category. Psychologist, Deborah L. Plummer tells us why that is so. She examines how factors such as leisure, politics, humor, faith, social media, and education influence the nature and intensity of cross-racial friendships. With engaging stories and inspiring anecdotes drawn from national focus groups, interviews, and analyses of survey results of contemporary patterns of adult friendships, she provides insights into the fears and discomforts associated with cross-racial friendships. Through these narratives and social analyses of friendship patterns, Plummer explores how we make connections to form solid bonds, and why it is so challenging to do so across a racial divide. She discusses how we cross that divide and get beyond the prickly uncomfortable moments and have meaningful, enlightening, empathetic conversations about race. With the inclusion of personal stories, this book stirs up authentic racial discourse, prompts readers to examine their own friendship patterns, and encourages us all to create a better path toward a more enlightened future by crossing racial lines in friendship and deepening the strength of current cross-racial friends. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345682 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memes to Movements: How the World's Most Viral Media Is Changing Social Protest and Power Author: An Xiao Mina Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A global exploration of internet memes as agents of pop culture, politics, protest, and propaganda on- and offline, and how they will save or destroy us all. Memes are the street art of the social web. Using social media–driven movements as her guide, technologist and digital media scholar An Xiao Mina unpacks the mechanics of memes and how they operate to reinforce, amplify, and shape today’s politics. She finds that the “silly” stuff of meme culture—the photo remixes, the selfies, the YouTube songs, and the pun-tastic hashtags—are fundamentally intertwined with how we find and affirm one another, direct attention to human rights and social justice issues, build narratives, and make culture. Mina finds parallels, for example, between a photo of Black Lives Matter protestors in Ferguson, Missouri, raising their hands in a gesture of resistance and one from eight thousand miles away, in Hong Kong, of Umbrella Movement activists raising yellow umbrellas as they fight for voting rights. She shows how a viral video of then presidential nominee Donald Trump laid the groundwork for pink pussyhats, a meme come to life as the widely recognized symbol for the international Women’s March. Crucially, Mina reveals how, in parts of the world where public dissent is downright dangerous, memes can belie contentious political opinions that would incur drastic consequences if expressed outright. Activists in China evade censorship by critiquing their government with grass mud horse pictures online. Meanwhile, governments and hate groups are also beginning to utilize memes to spread propaganda, xenophobia, and misinformation. Botnets and state-sponsored agents spread them to confuse and distract internet communities. On the long, winding road from innocuous cat photos, internet memes have become a central practice for political contention and civic engagement. Memes to Movements unveils the transformative power of memes, for better and for worse. At a time when our movements are growing more complex and open-ended—when governments are learning to wield the internet as effectively as protestors—Mina brings a fresh and sharply innovative take to the media discourse. An Xiao Mina Tue, 08 Jan 2019 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345682 thebookvoice.com 8:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memes to Movements: How the World's Most Viral Media Is Changing Social Protest and Power Author: An Xiao Mina Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A global exploration of internet memes as agents of pop culture, politics, protest, and propaganda on- and offline, and how they will save or destroy us all. Memes are the street art of the social web. Using social media–driven movements as her guide, technologist and digital media scholar An Xiao Mina unpacks the mechanics of memes and how they operate to reinforce, amplify, and shape today’s politics. She finds that the “silly” stuff of meme culture—the photo remixes, the selfies, the YouTube songs, and the pun-tastic hashtags—are fundamentally intertwined with how we find and affirm one another, direct attention to human rights and social justice issues, build narratives, and make culture. Mina finds parallels, for example, between a photo of Black Lives Matter protestors in Ferguson, Missouri, raising their hands in a gesture of resistance and one from eight thousand miles away, in Hong Kong, of Umbrella Movement activists raising yellow umbrellas as they fight for voting rights. She shows how a viral video of then presidential nominee Donald Trump laid the groundwork for pink pussyhats, a meme come to life as the widely recognized symbol for the international Women’s March. Crucially, Mina reveals how, in parts of the world where public dissent is downright dangerous, memes can belie contentious political opinions that would incur drastic consequences if expressed outright. Activists in China evade censorship by critiquing their government with grass mud horse pictures online. Meanwhile, governments and hate groups are also beginning to utilize memes to spread propaganda, xenophobia, and misinformation. Botnets and state-sponsored agents spread them to confuse and distract internet communities. On the long, winding road from innocuous cat photos, internet memes have become a central practice for political contention and civic engagement. Memes to Movements unveils the transformative power of memes, for better and for worse. At a time when our movements are growing more complex and open-ended—when governments are learning to wield the internet as effectively as protestors—Mina brings a fresh and sharply innovative take to the media discourse. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memes to Movements: How the World's Most Viral Media Is Changing Social Protest and Power Author: An Xiao Mina Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A global exploration of internet memes as agents of pop culture, politics, protest, and propaganda on- and offline, and how they will save or destroy us all. Memes are the street art of the social web. Using social media–driven movements as her guide, technologist and digital media scholar An Xiao Mina unpacks the mechanics of memes and how they operate to reinforce, amplify, and shape today’s politics. She finds that the “silly” stuff of meme culture—the photo remixes, the selfies, the YouTube songs, and the pun-tastic hashtags—are fundamentally intertwined with how we find and affirm one another, direct attention to human rights and social justice issues, build narratives, and make culture. Mina finds parallels, for example, between a photo of Black Lives Matter protestors in Ferguson, Missouri, raising their hands in a gesture of resistance and one from eight thousand miles away, in Hong Kong, of Umbrella Movement activists raising yellow umbrellas as they fight for voting rights. She shows how a viral video of then presidential nominee Donald Trump laid the groundwork for pink pussyhats, a meme come to life as the widely recognized symbol for the international Women’s March. Crucially, Mina reveals how, in parts of the world where public dissent is downright dangerous, memes can belie contentious political opinions that would incur drastic consequences if expressed outright. Activists in China evade censorship by critiquing their government with grass mud horse pictures online. Meanwhile, governments and hate groups are also beginning to utilize memes to spread propaganda, xenophobia, and misinformation. Botnets and state-sponsored agents spread them to confuse and distract internet communities. On the long, winding road from innocuous cat photos, internet memes have become a central practice for political contention and civic engagement. Memes to Movements unveils the transformative power of memes, for better and for worse. At a time when our movements are growing more complex and open-ended—when governments are learning to wield the internet as effectively as protestors—Mina brings a fresh and sharply innovative take to the media discourse. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345679 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Less Stupid About Race: On Racism, White Supremacy, and the Racial Divide Author: Crystal M. Fleming Narrator: Melanie Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A unique and irreverent take on everything that's wrong with our “national conversation about race”—and what to do about it How to Be Less Stupid About Race is your essential guide to breaking through the half-truths and ridiculous misconceptions that have thoroughly corrupted the way race is represented in the classroom, pop culture, media, and politics. Centuries after our nation was founded on genocide, settler colonialism, and slavery, many Americans are kinda-sorta-maybe waking up to the reality that our racial politics are (still) garbage. But in the midst of this reckoning, widespread denial and misunderstandings about race persist, even as white supremacy and racial injustice are more visible than ever before. Combining no-holds-barred social critique, humorous personal anecdotes, and analysis of the latest interdisciplinary scholarship on systemic racism, sociologist Crystal M. Fleming provides a fresh, accessible, and irreverent take on everything that’s wrong with our “national conversation about race.” Drawing upon critical race theory, as well as her own experiences as a queer black millennial college professor and researcher, Fleming unveils how systemic racism exposes us all to racial ignorance—and provides a road map for transforming our knowledge into concrete social change. Searing, sobering, and urgently needed, How to Be Less Stupid About Race is a truth bomb for your racist relative, friend, or boss, and a call to action for everyone who wants to challenge white supremacy and intersectional oppression. If you like Issa Rae, Justin Simien, Angela Davis, and Morgan Jerkins, then this deeply relevant, bold, and incisive book is for you. Crystal M. Fleming Tue, 18 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345679 thebookvoice.com 7:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Less Stupid About Race: On Racism, White Supremacy, and the Racial Divide Author: Crystal M. Fleming Narrator: Melanie Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A unique and irreverent take on everything that's wrong with our “national conversation about race”—and what to do about it How to Be Less Stupid About Race is your essential guide to breaking through the half-truths and ridiculous misconceptions that have thoroughly corrupted the way race is represented in the classroom, pop culture, media, and politics. Centuries after our nation was founded on genocide, settler colonialism, and slavery, many Americans are kinda-sorta-maybe waking up to the reality that our racial politics are (still) garbage. But in the midst of this reckoning, widespread denial and misunderstandings about race persist, even as white supremacy and racial injustice are more visible than ever before. Combining no-holds-barred social critique, humorous personal anecdotes, and analysis of the latest interdisciplinary scholarship on systemic racism, sociologist Crystal M. Fleming provides a fresh, accessible, and irreverent take on everything that’s wrong with our “national conversation about race.” Drawing upon critical race theory, as well as her own experiences as a queer black millennial college professor and researcher, Fleming unveils how systemic racism exposes us all to racial ignorance—and provides a road map for transforming our knowledge into concrete social change. Searing, sobering, and urgently needed, How to Be Less Stupid About Race is a truth bomb for your racist relative, friend, or boss, and a call to action for everyone who wants to challenge white supremacy and intersectional oppression. If you like Issa Rae, Justin Simien, Angela Davis, and Morgan Jerkins, then this deeply relevant, bold, and incisive book is for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Less Stupid About Race: On Racism, White Supremacy, and the Racial Divide Author: Crystal M. Fleming Narrator: Melanie Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A unique and irreverent take on everything that's wrong with our “national conversation about race”—and what to do about it How to Be Less Stupid About Race is your essential guide to breaking through the half-truths and ridiculous misconceptions that have thoroughly corrupted the way race is represented in the classroom, pop culture, media, and politics. Centuries after our nation was founded on genocide, settler colonialism, and slavery, many Americans are kinda-sorta-maybe waking up to the reality that our racial politics are (still) garbage. But in the midst of this reckoning, widespread denial and misunderstandings about race persist, even as white supremacy and racial injustice are more visible than ever before. Combining no-holds-barred social critique, humorous personal anecdotes, and analysis of the latest interdisciplinary scholarship on systemic racism, sociologist Crystal M. Fleming provides a fresh, accessible, and irreverent take on everything that’s wrong with our “national conversation about race.” Drawing upon critical race theory, as well as her own experiences as a queer black millennial college professor and researcher, Fleming unveils how systemic racism exposes us all to racial ignorance—and provides a road map for transforming our knowledge into concrete social change. Searing, sobering, and urgently needed, How to Be Less Stupid About Race is a truth bomb for your racist relative, friend, or boss, and a call to action for everyone who wants to challenge white supremacy and intersectional oppression. If you like Issa Rae, Justin Simien, Angela Davis, and Morgan Jerkins, then this deeply relevant, bold, and incisive book is for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revive Us Again: Vision and Action in Moral Organizing Author: Rick Lowery, William J. Barber, Liz Theoharis Narrator: Jd Jackson, Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A collection of sermons and speeches that lay out a groundbreaking vision for intersectional organizing, paired with inspirational and practical essays from activists in today’s Poor People’s Campaign The Rev. Dr. William J. Barber II has been called “the closest person we have to Martin Luther King Jr. in our midst” (Cornel West) and “one of the most gifted organizers and orators in the country today” (Ari Berman). In this age of political division and civic unrest, Rev. Barber’s message is more necessary than ever. This volume features Rev. Barber’s most stirring sermons and speeches, with response essays by prominent public intellectuals, activists, and faith leaders. Drawing from the history of social movements in the US, especially the Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.’s Poor People’s Campaign, Rev. Barber and the contributors to this volume speak to the most pressing issues of our time, including Black Lives Matter, the fight for a $15 minimum wage, the struggle to protect voting rights, the march for women’s rights, and the movement to overcome poverty and unite the dispossessed across all dividing lines. Grounded in the fundamental biblical theme of poor and oppressed people taking action together, the book suggests ways to effectively build a fusion movement to make America fair and just for everyone. Rick Lowery, William J. Barber, Liz Theoharis Tue, 04 Dec 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345677 thebookvoice.com 9:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revive Us Again: Vision and Action in Moral Organizing Author: Rick Lowery, William J. Barber, Liz Theoharis Narrator: Jd Jackson, Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A collection of sermons and speeches that lay out a groundbreaking vision for intersectional organizing, paired with inspirational and practical essays from activists in today’s Poor People’s Campaign The Rev. Dr. William J. Barber II has been called “the closest person we have to Martin Luther King Jr. in our midst” (Cornel West) and “one of the most gifted organizers and orators in the country today” (Ari Berman). In this age of political division and civic unrest, Rev. Barber’s message is more necessary than ever. This volume features Rev. Barber’s most stirring sermons and speeches, with response essays by prominent public intellectuals, activists, and faith leaders. Drawing from the history of social movements in the US, especially the Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.’s Poor People’s Campaign, Rev. Barber and the contributors to this volume speak to the most pressing issues of our time, including Black Lives Matter, the fight for a $15 minimum wage, the struggle to protect voting rights, the march for women’s rights, and the movement to overcome poverty and unite the dispossessed across all dividing lines. Grounded in the fundamental biblical theme of poor and oppressed people taking action together, the book suggests ways to effectively build a fusion movement to make America fair and just for everyone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revive Us Again: Vision and Action in Moral Organizing Author: Rick Lowery, William J. Barber, Liz Theoharis Narrator: Jd Jackson, Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A collection of sermons and speeches that lay out a groundbreaking vision for intersectional organizing, paired with inspirational and practical essays from activists in today’s Poor People’s Campaign The Rev. Dr. William J. Barber II has been called “the closest person we have to Martin Luther King Jr. in our midst” (Cornel West) and “one of the most gifted organizers and orators in the country today” (Ari Berman). In this age of political division and civic unrest, Rev. Barber’s message is more necessary than ever. This volume features Rev. Barber’s most stirring sermons and speeches, with response essays by prominent public intellectuals, activists, and faith leaders. Drawing from the history of social movements in the US, especially the Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.’s Poor People’s Campaign, Rev. Barber and the contributors to this volume speak to the most pressing issues of our time, including Black Lives Matter, the fight for a $15 minimum wage, the struggle to protect voting rights, the march for women’s rights, and the movement to overcome poverty and unite the dispossessed across all dividing lines. Grounded in the fundamental biblical theme of poor and oppressed people taking action together, the book suggests ways to effectively build a fusion movement to make America fair and just for everyone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345678 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Regretting Motherhood: A Study Author: Orna Donath Narrator: Mandy Kaplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A provocative and deeply important study of women’s lives, women’s choices—and an ‘unspoken taboo’—that questions the societal pressures forcing women into motherhood   Women who opt not to be mothers are frequently warned that they will regret their decision later in life, yet we rarely talk about the possibility that the opposite might also be true—that women who have children might regret it. Drawing on years of research interviewing women from a variety of socioeconomic, educational, and professional backgrounds, sociologist Orna Donath treats regret as a feminist issue: as regret marks the road not taken, we need to consider whether alternative paths for women currently are blocked off. She asks that we pay attention to what is forbidden by rules governing motherhood, time, and emotion, including the cultural assumption that motherhood is a “natural” role for women—for the sake of all women, not just those who regret becoming mothers. If we are disturbed by the idea that a woman might regret becoming a mother, Donath says, our response should not be to silence and shame these women; rather, we need to ask honest and difficult questions about how society pushes women into motherhood and why those who reconsider it are still seen as a danger to the status quo. Groundbreaking, thoughtful, and provocative, this is an especially needed book in our current political climate, as women's reproductive rights continue to be at the forefront of national debates. Orna Donath Tue, 27 Feb 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345678 thebookvoice.com 6:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Regretting Motherhood: A Study Author: Orna Donath Narrator: Mandy Kaplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A provocative and deeply important study of women’s lives, women’s choices—and an ‘unspoken taboo’—that questions the societal pressures forcing women into motherhood   Women who opt not to be mothers are frequently warned that they will regret their decision later in life, yet we rarely talk about the possibility that the opposite might also be true—that women who have children might regret it. Drawing on years of research interviewing women from a variety of socioeconomic, educational, and professional backgrounds, sociologist Orna Donath treats regret as a feminist issue: as regret marks the road not taken, we need to consider whether alternative paths for women currently are blocked off. She asks that we pay attention to what is forbidden by rules governing motherhood, time, and emotion, including the cultural assumption that motherhood is a “natural” role for women—for the sake of all women, not just those who regret becoming mothers. If we are disturbed by the idea that a woman might regret becoming a mother, Donath says, our response should not be to silence and shame these women; rather, we need to ask honest and difficult questions about how society pushes women into motherhood and why those who reconsider it are still seen as a danger to the status quo. Groundbreaking, thoughtful, and provocative, this is an especially needed book in our current political climate, as women's reproductive rights continue to be at the forefront of national debates. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Regretting Motherhood: A Study Author: Orna Donath Narrator: Mandy Kaplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A provocative and deeply important study of women’s lives, women’s choices—and an ‘unspoken taboo’—that questions the societal pressures forcing women into motherhood   Women who opt not to be mothers are frequently warned that they will regret their decision later in life, yet we rarely talk about the possibility that the opposite might also be true—that women who have children might regret it. Drawing on years of research interviewing women from a variety of socioeconomic, educational, and professional backgrounds, sociologist Orna Donath treats regret as a feminist issue: as regret marks the road not taken, we need to consider whether alternative paths for women currently are blocked off. She asks that we pay attention to what is forbidden by rules governing motherhood, time, and emotion, including the cultural assumption that motherhood is a “natural” role for women—for the sake of all women, not just those who regret becoming mothers. If we are disturbed by the idea that a woman might regret becoming a mother, Donath says, our response should not be to silence and shame these women; rather, we need to ask honest and difficult questions about how society pushes women into motherhood and why those who reconsider it are still seen as a danger to the status quo. Groundbreaking, thoughtful, and provocative, this is an especially needed book in our current political climate, as women's reproductive rights continue to be at the forefront of national debates. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345675 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Does It Feel to Be Unwanted?: Stories of Resistance and Resilience from Mexicans Living in the United States Author: Eileen Truax Narrator: Kyla Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In an era of increasing anti-immigrant sentiment and bigotry, each of these 13 stories illuminates the issues affecting the Mexican community and shows the breadth of a frequently stereotyped population. Dreamers and their allies, those who care about immigration justice, and anyone interested in the experience of Mexicans in the US will respond to these stories of Mexican immigrants (some documented, some not) illuminating their complex lives. Regardless of status, many are subjected to rights violations, inequality, and violence--all of which existed well before the Trump administration--and have profound feelings of being unwanted in the country they call home. There's Monica Robles, the undocumented mother of three US citizens who is literally confined to a strip of territory between two checkpoints--one at the Mexico border and one twenty-seven miles north of the border. We meet Jeanette Vizguerra, who came to symbolize the sanctuary movement when she took shelter in a Denver church in February 2017 to avoid deportation. (Later that year, Time magazine named her one of the one hundred most influential people in the world.) There's Daniel Rodriguez, the first undocumented immigration lawyer in Arizona to successfully obtain a license to practice. Alberto Mendoza, who suffered persecution as a gay man for years, in 2013 founded Honor 41, a national Latina/o LGBTQ organization that promotes positive images of their community. After crossing the border illegally with his mother as a child, Al Labrada later joined the military to get on a path to citizenship; in March 2017, he was promoted to captain in the Los Angeles Police Department. These and eight other stories will broaden how you think about Mexicans in America. Eileen Truax Tue, 11 Sep 2018 07:31:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345675 thebookvoice.com 7:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Does It Feel to Be Unwanted?: Stories of Resistance and Resilience from Mexicans Living in the United States Author: Eileen Truax Narrator: Kyla Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In an era of increasing anti-immigrant sentiment and bigotry, each of these 13 stories illuminates the issues affecting the Mexican community and shows the breadth of a frequently stereotyped population. Dreamers and their allies, those who care about immigration justice, and anyone interested in the experience of Mexicans in the US will respond to these stories of Mexican immigrants (some documented, some not) illuminating their complex lives. Regardless of status, many are subjected to rights violations, inequality, and violence--all of which existed well before the Trump administration--and have profound feelings of being unwanted in the country they call home. There's Monica Robles, the undocumented mother of three US citizens who is literally confined to a strip of territory between two checkpoints--one at the Mexico border and one twenty-seven miles north of the border. We meet Jeanette Vizguerra, who came to symbolize the sanctuary movement when she took shelter in a Denver church in February 2017 to avoid deportation. (Later that year, Time magazine named her one of the one hundred most influential people in the world.) There's Daniel Rodriguez, the first undocumented immigration lawyer in Arizona to successfully obtain a license to practice. Alberto Mendoza, who suffered persecution as a gay man for years, in 2013 founded Honor 41, a national Latina/o LGBTQ organization that promotes positive images of their community. After crossing the border illegally with his mother as a child, Al Labrada later joined the military to get on a path to citizenship; in March 2017, he was promoted to captain in the Los Angeles Police Department. These and eight other stories will broaden how you think about Mexicans in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Does It Feel to Be Unwanted?: Stories of Resistance and Resilience from Mexicans Living in the United States Author: Eileen Truax Narrator: Kyla Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In an era of increasing anti-immigrant sentiment and bigotry, each of these 13 stories illuminates the issues affecting the Mexican community and shows the breadth of a frequently stereotyped population. Dreamers and their allies, those who care about immigration justice, and anyone interested in the experience of Mexicans in the US will respond to these stories of Mexican immigrants (some documented, some not) illuminating their complex lives. Regardless of status, many are subjected to rights violations, inequality, and violence--all of which existed well before the Trump administration--and have profound feelings of being unwanted in the country they call home. There's Monica Robles, the undocumented mother of three US citizens who is literally confined to a strip of territory between two checkpoints--one at the Mexico border and one twenty-seven miles north of the border. We meet Jeanette Vizguerra, who came to symbolize the sanctuary movement when she took shelter in a Denver church in February 2017 to avoid deportation. (Later that year, Time magazine named her one of the one hundred most influential people in the world.) There's Daniel Rodriguez, the first undocumented immigration lawyer in Arizona to successfully obtain a license to practice. Alberto Mendoza, who suffered persecution as a gay man for years, in 2013 founded Honor 41, a national Latina/o LGBTQ organization that promotes positive images of their community. After crossing the border illegally with his mother as a child, Al Labrada later joined the military to get on a path to citizenship; in March 2017, he was promoted to captain in the Los Angeles Police Department. These and eight other stories will broaden how you think about Mexicans in America.